01 2008 Service Manual Terex English PDF

SERVICE-MANUAL
List of Contents
TL 65 (SKL824) TL 80 (SKL 834) 1 General

TL 100 (SKL844) TL 120 (SKL 854) 2 Technical Data
TL 160 (SKL 160) SKL 200 (SKL873) 3 Diesel Engine
TL 260 (SKL 260) TL 70 (SKS 634) 4 Hydraulic System
5 Setting Instructions
6 Functioning Description
TW 70 (HML 23) 7 Electrical System
TW 85 (HML 32) 8 Maintenance
TW 110 (HML 42) 9 Operation
10 Options
TC 60 (HR 20) 11 Repair Instructions
TC 125 (HR 42) 12 Service-Bulletins
TC 75 (HR 32)
TC 29 (HR14)
TC 35 (HR 16)
TC 48 (HR 18)
TC 15 (HR 1.5) TC 16 (HR 1.6)

TC 20 (HR 2.0) TC 37 (HR 3.7)
TC 50
01.2007
folder 1 von 2
SUBGROUP LIST
General
Foreword / Information for the User 1.100.01
Safety and Accident Prevention 1.200.01-05
Tightening torques, piston nuts 1.500.01
Pictograms 1.500.50-52
Test ports 1.600.01
Drift values 1.650.01
01/2007
In this Service Manual the individual replacement of sealing parts at every
components of the Terex construction repair should be self-evident.
machinery range as well as the functions
and adjustments of the aggregates in- Unless any special values are indicated,
stalled are described. screw fittings are to be tightened using
correct torque specifications.
The hydraulic and electrical diagrams as
well as cut-off views in connection with the This Service Manual is issued by the
operating manual and parts catalogue are Customer Service Department of Messrs.
to facilitate the repair and maintenance Terex. It is to develop the after-sales
work. service of Terex construction machinery
together. The Service Bulletins we issue
We have purposely left out assembly and for your information can serve as a
working steps as major repairs are supplement.
normally carried out by experienced and
qualified workshop personnel familiar with This Manual is kept up-to-date through
these type of repairs. periodic supplements.
This document is not to be copied and / or

When carrying out a repair, safety and distributed completely nor in part without
cleanliness at the workplace are essential. our full written consent, nor is it to be
The use of excellent tools and the passed on to a third party.
Terex GmbH & Co. KG

Service Department
P.O. Box 12 64 D-91534 Rothenburg
Erlbacher Str.115 D-91534 Rothenburg
Phone: 00 49 / (0) 98 61 / 9 72 - 4 51
Fax: 00 49 / (0) 98 61 / 9 72 - 4 60
Internet: www.terex-schaeff.com
E-Mail: info@terex-schaeff.com
Typ/Model/Type Datum/Edition/Date
General 01.2007
Benennung/Description/Dénomination Blatt/Page/Feuille
Foreword / Information for the User 1.100.01

The Service Manual is subdivided into This structuring will also facilitate the filing
main groups, subgroups and page of revised versions and supplements
numbers so that you can easily find within the framework of the technical
special groups and pages. alteration service.
E.g.
main group
subgroup
page no.
1. 01. 01
For the division of the main groups, please information referring to the repair you
refer to the list of contents. intend to do.
The subgroup division is done starting
from the main group. Any maintenance and repair work on
The page number follows the subgroup machines located in the field may only
and main group number. be performed when the work equipment
is lowered to the ground, the engine is
Please strictly follow the regulations for switched off, the machine is secured so
Accident Prevention valid in your country that it cannot roll, and the hydraulic
(see also 1.20). system is relieved.
The best safety measure to avoid If qualified personnel perform repair work
accidents is to be careful when carrying in the workshop, the relevant Accident
out repairs. We therefore recommend to Prevention Regulations also apply.
carefully study the corresponding
1.100.01/01.2007
Safety and Accident Prevention
If special attachments, such as Uni-shovel,

1 Introductory remarks
side dump shovel, sweeper, fork lift
attachment etc. are mounted, special jobs
Please read the operating instructions
can be done with the attachment.
carefully before putting an earth-moving
machine into operation and strictly follow
Another or additional application, e.g. for
the following remarks for a safe operation.
transportation of passengers or using the
National safety regulations - e.g. the lifting device as working platform etc. is
Accident Prevention Regulations, “Earth- not considered as correct use. The
Moving Machinery” (VBG 40) and supplier is not liable for subsequent
“Vehicles” (VBG 12) in the Federal damage. The enduser himself bears the
Republic of Germany - must also be full risk.
complied with.
It is part of the correct use to follow the
In addition to the operating instructions,
operating and maintenance instructions
legal regulations governing road traffic and
and to carry out the maintenance as well
road safety measures must also be
as to follow the maintenance intervals.
observed. Such requirements could also
apply in respect of handling hazardous
goods or the wearing of personal safety 3 General safety notes
equipment, for example.
It is important to refrain from any working
Furthermore, safety laws governing work methods which impair safety.
in particular locations (tunnels, adits,
quarries, pontoons, contaminated areas, The earth-moving machine may only be
etc.) must likewise be observed. used when it is in a safe, operational
condition.
2 Correct use The manufacturer’s operating instructions

must be complied with for operation,
maintenance, repair, assembly and
The earth-moving machine with normal
transportation.
shovel equipment is only to be used for
work which is suitable for the machine’s The plant operator must provide additional
functions and its attachment. special safety instructions, wherever
necessary, for specific local conditions.
Such work includes the digging, loading,
The operating instructions and any
displacing and dumping out of earth,
information pertaining to safety must be
stones or other materials and the loading
carefully kept in the driver’s cab.
of these materials onto lorries, conveyor
belts or other means of transportation. The The operating instructions and safety
transport of the loading material, however, notes must be complete and fully
is mainly carried out by moving the earth- readable.
moving machine.
Safety devices on earth-moving machines
must not be deactivated or removed.
General 01.2007
Safety and Accident Prevention 1.200.01

during operation. Rings, scarves and Operating equipment (controls) may only
unbuttoned jackets are to be avoided. be activated from the driver’s seat.
Protective goggles, protective boots,
The earth-moving machine may only be
helmets, gloves, reflecting jackets, ear-
ascended and entered using the entrances
muffs, etc. may be required.
and surfaces intended for this purpose.
Before commencing work, information
The operator has to ensure that the cab,
must be obtained on first aid and possible
steps and other walked-on surfaces of the
means of rescue (ambulance, fire brigade,
earth-moving machine are free of dirt,
helicopters).
grease, oil, ice and snow.
A check must be carried out to ensure that
the first aid box is at hand and that its
5 Danger zone
contents comply with regulations.
Personnel must be aware of the location •No one may enter the danger zone of
and method of operation of the fire earth-moving machines.
extinguishers on the earth-moving
machine as well as on-site fire-warning •The danger zone encompasses the area
and fire-fighting equipment. around the earth-moving machine in which
people may be injured by movements of
Loose parts such as tools or other the earth-moving machine during
accessories must be secured to the earth- operation, its working equipments and
moving machine. attachments, or by swinging out or falling
Open doors, windows, covers, flaps, etc. loads, or by falling working equipment.
must be secured so that they cannot slam •The machine operator may only work with
shut. the earth-moving machine when the
danger zone is free of personnel.
4 Operation •The machine operator must give a
warning signal to persons who may be in
Earth-moving machines may only be danger.
independently operated and serviced by
people who •The machine operator has to stop work
with the earth-moving machine if anyone
- are physically and mentally fit remains in the danger zone despite the
- have been instructed in the operation or warning.
maintenance of the earth-moving
machine and have demonstrated this •To ensure no danger of crushing, a
ability to the plant operator sufficient safety distance (min. 500 mm)
- can be expected to perform their must be kept from solid objects, e.g.
allocated duties reliably buildings, excavation slopes, scaffolding,
other machines, etc.
All these people must be of the legal
minimum age. If the above safety distance cannot be
maintained, the area between solid objects
They must be designated by the plant and the working zone of the earth-moving
operator to operate or service the earth- machine must be blocked off.
moving machine.
1.200.01/01.2007
quarries, pits, mounds and slopes to
•If conditions are such that the machine
ensure there is no risk of falling.
operator’s view of the driving and working
zone is restricted, he must be guided or Earth-moving machines must be secured
the driving and working zone must be so that they cannot roll or slip when in the
marked by a solid barricade. vicinity of excavations, shafts, ditches, pits
and slopes.
The windows must be clean and free of
ice.
8 Travel operation
Driving tracks must be designed so as to
ensure smooth, safe operation, i.e. they Before putting the earth-moving machine
must be sufficiently wide, on ground which into operation, the driver’s seat, mirrors
has sufficient carrying capacity and as few and controls must be so adjusted as to
slopes as possible. ensure safe working.
Downhill tracks must be set out in such a The carrying capacity of bridges, cellar
way that loading machines can be braked roofs, vaults, etc. must be verified before
safely. the earth-moving machine can drive over
them.
The internal dimensions of constructions
6 Transport of passengers must be noted before entering
underground passages, tunnels, etc.
Passengers must not be transported on
the machine. On steep drops and uphill gradients, the
load must be carried on the uphill side, if
possible, in order to increase stability.
7 Stability Before driving downhill, the appropriate
gear for the terrain must be selected and
Earth-moving machines must be used, the gear lever must not be moved during
driven and operated in such a manner that downhill travel (normal or crawler gear).
their stability against overturning is
ensured at all times. Earth-moving machines may only be
driven on the open road when both the
The machine operator must drive at machine and the driver have the
speeds which are suitable for local appropriate licence as required by the
conditions. country in question.
The permitted payload of the earth-moving Outside areas covered by general traffic
machine must not be exceeded. regulations, e.g. on construction sites,
Earth-moving machines must remain at a traffic regulations should be applied in the
sufficient distance from the edges of proper manner. This should also apply
with regard to drivers’ licences.
General 01.2007

9 Operation
Earth-moving machines may only be used
where there is a danger of falling objects if
The operator has to check the correct
the driver’s seat and operator consoles
fastening of the attachments and / or lock
have an overhead guard (FOPS). A front
of the quick exchange device daily before
guard must be employed if there is a risk
start of operation and after every
of materials breaking into the cab.
attachment change. Move the attachment
carefully at low height. Please ensure that In front of walls e.g. of stacked materials,
nobody is in the danger zone during these earth-moving machines must be
checks. positioned and operated in such a way
that the driver’s seat and entry to the
The machine operator may only swing the driver’s seat are not situated on the side
working equipment over occupied drivers’ facing the wall.
seats, operator consoles and workplaces
Demolition work may only be performed
of other machines if these are protected by
with earth-moving machines where there
overhead guards (FOPS).
is no danger to personnel.
If a cab does not have the required
protection, the driver of this vehicle must
leave the driver’s seat when the working
12 Working in the vicinity of
equipment has to be slewed overhead.
underground power lines
The vehicles must be loaded in such a
manner as to ensure that there is no Before commencing excavating work
overloading and no material can be lost using earth-moving machines, it must be
during travel. The vehicle must be loaded determined whether any underground
from the lowest possible height. power lines are present in the intended
working zone which may present a danger
At dumping points, earth-moving machines to personnel.
may only be operated when suitable
measures have been taken to prevent If underground power lines are present,
rolling or falling. their exact position and course must be
determined in consultation with the
proprietor or operator of the lines, and the
necessary safety precautions decided and
10 Guides implemented.
Guides must be easily recognizable, e.g. The course of power lines in the work area
by means of reflective clothing. They must must be clearly marked, under
remain within the machine operator’s field supervision, before commencing any
of sight. excavation work. If the position of lines
cannot be determined, search ditches
While guiding the machine, guides must must be dug - manually, if needed.
not be given other jobs which may distract
If underground power lines are
them from their task.
encountered unexpectedly or they or their
protective covers are damaged, the
machine operator must discontinue work
immediately and notify the supervisor.
11 Danger of falling objects
1.200.02/01.2007
13 Working in the vicinity of overhead
In the observation of safety distances, all
power lines
working movements of the earth-moving
machine, e.g. positions of the boom,
When the earth-moving machine is being
swinging ropes and the dimensions of
used in the vicinity of overhead power
attached loads must be taken into
lines and trolley wires, a safety distance
consideration. Uneven ground which
which varies depending upon the nominal
would cause the earth-moving machine to
voltage of the overhead line must be
be inclined and thus nearer to overhead
maintained between the lines and the
lines must also be taken into account.
earth-moving machine and its working
equipment, in order to prevent current During work in windy conditions, both
overspill. This also applies to the distance overhead lines and working equipment
between these lines and attached may swing out, thus reducing the safety
implements or loads. distance.
The safety distances specified below must If it is impossible to maintain sufficient
be complied with: distance from overhead power lines and
trolley wires, the plant operator must
Nominal voltage Safety distance consult with the proprietor or operator of
the overhead lines to find other safety
in metres precautions to prevent current overspill.
Such measures could be, e.g.
- 1000 V 1.0 m
- Switching off the current
over 1 kV - 110 kV 3.0 m
- Re-routing the overhead line
over 110 kV - 220 kV 4.0 m - Cabling, or
- Limiting the work zone of earth-moving
over 220 kV - 380 kV 5.0 m machines.
nom. voltage unknown 5.0 m
General 01.2007

14 Operation in closed rooms aid of a fixing device (rope, chain, etc.),
whereby the assistance of personnel is
If earth-moving machines are used in required to attach and release the load.
closed rooms, these areas must be
Such work covers, for example, the lifting
sufficiently ventilated and special
and lowering of pipes, heavy machine
regulations observed.
parts or containers with earth-moving
machines.
Earth-moving machines may only be used
15 Work stoppages for crane operations if the prescribed
safety devices are present and in full
Before rest periods and at the end of the working order. For earth-moving
working day, the driver of the earth-moving machines, these are:
machine must park the machine on ground - Safe fastening points for lifting device
with sufficient load capabilities and is as - Table of carrying capacity
even as possible, and must secure it - Overload warning device*
against movement. - Hose rupture safety valve for boom cy-
Before rest periods and at the end of the linder*
working day, the driver must lower the *only in case of an admissible carrying
working equipment onto the ground or capacity of more than 1000 kg
secure it so that it cannot move about. Loads must be attached in such a way that
The driver must not leave the earth- they cannot slip or fall out.
moving machine if the working equipment Personnel guiding the machine and
has not been lowered to the ground or attaching loads must always remain in the
secured. machine operator’s field of sight.
Earth-moving machines may only be The machine operator must carry loads as
parked in places where they do not close to the ground as possible and
present an obstacle, e.g. on the prevent them from swinging.
construction site or to plant traffic. Warning
devices, e.g. triangles, warning cordons, Earth-moving machines may only travel
flashing or hazard lights are to be used if with an attached load if the path of travel is
necessary. fairly level.
Before leaving the control console, the When earth-moving machines are used for
driver must bring all working equipment crane operations, personnel attaching
into home position and apply the brakes. loads may only approach the boom from
the side and with the machine operator’s
If the driver is leaving the earth-moving permission. The machine operator may
machine unattended, he must first turn off only give his permission if the earth-
the drive motors and ensure that they moving machine is standing still and the
cannot be started up by unauthorized working equipment is not in motion.
persons (remove ignition key for example).
Do not use fixing devices (ropes, chains)
16 Crane operations which are damaged or of inadequate
dimensions. Protective gloves must
Crane operations are the hoisting, always be worn when working with fixing
transporting and lowering of loads with the devices.
1.200.03/01.2007
17 Assembly, maintenance, repair case of maintenance or repair work which
cannot be performed without the engine/
Earth-moving machines may only be motor running.
assembled, converted or disassembled Depressurize the hydraulic system when
under the guidance of a suitable person carrying out maintenance and repair jobs.
designated by the plant operator and To do this, lower the working equipment to
following the manufacturer’s operating the ground with the engine turned off and
instructions. operate all hydraulic control levers until the
After every change of attachment, the hydraulic system is depressurized.
operator has to ensure the correct Before working on the electrics or when
fastening and / or lock of the quick performing arc-welding on the machine,
exchange device. the connection to the battery must be
Work on braking, steering, hydraulic and interrupted.
electric systems of the earth-moving When disconnecting the battery, first the
machine may only be carried out by expert negative pole then the positive pole must
personnel specially trained in these areas. be disconnected. The battery must be re-
Stability must be ensured at all times connected in reverse order.
during work on earth-moving machines. During repair work around the battery, the
The working equipment must be secured battery must be covered with insulating
against movement by lowering them to the material; tools should never be placed on
ground or equivalent measures, e.g. stays, or near the battery.
trestles. When the engine is running, the Protective devices of moving machine
insecured articulation area of loaders with parts may only be opened or removed
articulated steering must not be entered. when the drive has been switched off and
When jacking up earth-moving machines, cannot be switched on again by
jacking devices must be positioned so that unauthorized persons. Protective devices
they cannot slip. Jacks must be positioned are e.g. engine/motor covers, doors,
and applied absolutely straight, without protective grating, trim.
tilting. Upon completion of assembly,
Raised earth-moving machines must be maintenance or repair work, all protective
supported by suitable structures such as devices must once more be attached in
crosswise stacks of planks, square timbers the proper manner.
or steel trusses. Load-bearing parts of earth-moving
Earth-moving machines which are raised machines may only be welded following
with working equipment must be stabilized consultation with the manufacturer and in
by a supporting structure immediately after accordance with recognized welding
lifting. Do not work under earth-moving principles.
machines which are only supported by the
hydraulics.
Overhead guards (FOPS) must not be
The engine/motor must be turned off prior welded or drilled in any way which could
to all maintenance and repair work. These impair their sturdiness.
requirements may only be ignored in the
General 01.2007

Alterations, such as welding of the Before setting off, the route to be taken
hydraulic system, may only be undertaken must be examined to determine whether
with the manufacturer’s permission. the roads are wide enough, entrances and
passages under bridges are large enough
and that roads and bridges have sufficient
Before commencing work on the hydraulic carrying capacity.
system, the pilot pressure, back pressure
and pressure inside the tank must be let 19 Monitoring and inspections
off.
Lubricants cannot be taken internally and The machine must be thoroughly
repeated skin contact should be avoided. inspected by an authorized and trained
There is no special danger to health if person according to the safety regulations
lubricants are used correctly. Please follow valid in your country:
the safety recommendations issued by the
mineral oil companies. •prior to the first commissioning and prior
to re-commissioning after major changes
Only the hoses specified by the •at least once a year
manufacturer may be used. •periodically according to the operating
Hydraulic hoses must be routed and conditions and the conditions in the
operator’s company
assembled by expert personnel.
Never smoke or handle open flames near The inspection report is to be put in writing
or around the fuel tank and batteries. and kept for future reference.
Furthermore, prior to each work shift, the
machine operator must check the earth-
18 Towing, loading, transportation moving machine according to the
inspection chart.
The towing of earth-moving machines may Hydraulic hoses must be replaced as soon
only be done with towing devices as the following damages are recognized:
sufficiently dimensioned.
- Damages to the outer layer which reach
The fixing devices specified by the the intermediate layer
manufacturer must be employed. - Embrittled patches on the outer layer
For loading and transportation, earth- - Deformations when under pressure or
moving machines and all necessary without pressure which differ from the
auxiliary equipment must be secured original shape of the installed hose
against unwanted movement. - Leakages
- Damages to hose fittings or to the
The travelling gear and track-laying gear connection between the fitting and the
of earth-moving machines must be hose
sufficiently cleaned of mud, snow and ice
to ensure that ramps can be driven up The coolant level must only be checked
without risk of slipping. when it has cooled down; the cap must be
turned carefully in order to bleed off
When the earth-moving machine is excess pressure.
transported on lorries, flat-bed trailers or
by rail, it has to be carefully secured with Prior to operations, the machine operator
wheel chocks and tie-downs at the must check the function of the safety
fastening points. devices.
1.200.04/01.2007
The machine operator must advise the
21 Emergency exit
supervisor immediately - and the person
relieving him, should there be a change of
operators - with regard to any The windscreen acts as an emergency
shortcomings. exit. If a front guard is fitted or this exit can
no longer be used for any other reason, an
In the event of shortcomings which emergency hammer must be affixed at an
jeopardize the operating safety of the easily accessible place inside the driver’s
earth-moving machine, it must not be used cab.
until these have been eliminated.
20 Fire protection 22 Other dangers
Failure of the hydraulics

A fire extinguisher has to be
stored in the operator’s cab. A If the hydraulic system fails due to a
fire extinguisher symbol has to standstill of the diesel engine, a
be applied. defectiveness of the hydraulic pump or a
hydraulic oil leakage, only the emergency
functions „lower working equipment“ are
possible.
General 01.2007

Gewinde Kolbenmutter Anziehdrehmoment Nm
Thread of nut Tightening torques Nm
Filetage d’écrou Couples de serrage Nm
M 18x2 200
M 20x2 260
M 22x2 410
M 24x2 450
M 27x2 810
M 30x2 1050
M 35x1,5 730
M 36x2 1075
M 36x3 1550
M 39x3 1700
M 40x1,5 730
M 42x2 1400
M 42x3 1850
M 48x3 2050
M 56x2 1600
M 60x2 1800
M 70x2 2500
M 80x2 2900
M 90x2 3200
General 01.2007
Tightening torques, piston nuts 1.500.01
Führungsbüchse
Gland
Douille
Hydraulikzylinder ∅ Gewinde - Führungsbüchse Anziehdrehmomente Nm

Hydraulic cylinder ∅ Thread - Bushing Tightening torques Nm
Vérin hydraulique ∅ Filetage - Douille Couples de serrage Nm
35/45 M50x2 200 - 230

50 M56x2 230 - 265
55 M60x2 250 - 290
63 M68x2 290 - 335
70 M75x2 330 - 380
70 M80x2 360 - 415
80 M85x2 390 - 450
90 M95x2 450 - 520
95 M100x2 480 - 550
100 M105x2 520 - 600
105 M110x2 550 - 635
110 M115x2 590 - 680
115 M120x2 630 - 725
125 M130x2 690 - 795
1.500.01/01.2007
Pictograms
001 - 099 General control
100 - 119 Loader
120 - 139 Excavator
140 - 149 Backhoe excavator
150 - 159 Universal-mounted excavator / loader
160 - 179 Walking excavator
180 - 199 Tunnelling and mining machines / Rail-road excavator
200 - Maintenance, safety, etc. in general
Symbol Description Symbol Description

001 Battery charge 012 Hydraulic oil, hydraulic oil
indicator level
002 Pre-heat 013 Hydraulic oil temperature
003 Engine oil pressure 014 Hydraulic oil filter

clogging indicator
004 Engine oil temperature 015 Horn
005 Engine oil level 016 Operational status,

operating hours
006 Coolant temperature 017 Parking brake
007 Coolant level 018 Brake accumulator

pressure
008 Air filter 019 Excavator brake
009 Fuel, fuel level 020 Service brake
010 Fan, 021 Hazard warning system

Heater / ventilation
011 Windscreen wash/ 022 Direction indicator,

wipe system left/right
Pictograms 01.2007
General 1.500.50
023 Working floodlights 039 Speed control
024 Upper beam indicator 040 Oscillating axle lock
025 Direction of travel 041 Steering inversion

forward/reverse
026 Rotating beacon 042 All-wheel steering

crab / round steer
027 Light, lower beam 043 Rocker pedal for travel
028 Central grease system 044 Only shift when machine

is at standstill
029 Lashing points 045 High gear
030 Overload warning 046 Cabin lift / lower

device / Overload
warning indicator
031 Suspension point for 047 Steering control display
loading by crane
032 Travel speed, fast 048 First aid kit
033 Travel speed, slow 049 Fire extinguisher
034 Working hydraulics 050 Switch-over monitor for

cut-off, excavator; operating hours and time
loader / crane
035 Unlocked 051 Swing limitation, engine
stop override
036 Locked 052 Switch for all-wheel

steering
037 Float position 053 Interior lighting
038 Dozer blade 054 Reset hydraulic pulley

block (crane)
1.500.50/01.2007
055 Quick movement 071 Danger of crushing
hoisting winch
056 Cable uncoil limit switch 072 Danger of injury
057 Auxiliary winch 073 Observe notes in

operating instructions
058 Magnet system 074
059 Hydraulic rock breaker 075 Linde - no load

automatics
060 Electric boom height 076 Remote control

limitation
061 Undercarriage- 077 Warning - general

adjustment
062 Switch-over swing 078 Temperature - General

speed, engine speed
adjustment
063 Free fall mode 079
064 Grab rotation 080
065 Bucket return 100 Control by Joystick

positioning, lifting frame
height limitation
066 Ride control system 101
067 Bucket return 102 Quick mount-hitch lock

positioning
068 Hydraulic oil level 103
070 Safety distance, 104 Water pump for sweeper

see item 202
Pictograms 01.2007
General 1.500.51
105 Warning lamp gearbox 151 Universal-mounted
excavator/ loader (AL)
controls
ISO control system right
120 Control 152 Universal-mounted
ISO control system-left
controls
Schaeff control system-
right Schaeff control system left
ISO control system right
controls
Schaeff control system right
Schaeff control system
controls
left
Outrigger right
Intermediate boom
controls
(articulated boom type)
Outrigger left
124 Control 160 Control
telescopic stick in / out Outrigger leg left

articulation „Knickmatik“ Wheel outrigger - left
126 Switch-over rock 162 Control

breaker / grapple
Outrigger leg right

dozer blade Wheel outrigger - right
128 Switch-over (HR 12) 164 Steering

Bucket - rocker breaker
small / rock breaker big
140 Shifting of slide bearing 165 Wheel lock (HS 41)
150 Universal-mounted 166 Free wheel (HS 41 M)

controls
ISO control left

1.500.51/01.2007
167 Outriggers spread 200 Grease gun
168 Outriggers lift / lower 201 Danger
169 Steering mode switch 202 On the machine:

HS 41 MM caution, safety distance
In the operating manual:
warning
170 Outrigger left 203 Note
171 Outrigger right 204 Soot filter

R
180 Switch-over 205 Particle filter
diesel drive
181 Switch-over
electric drive
182 Diesel engine

ignition lock
183 Pony truck IN
184 Pony Truck OUT
185 Electric motor START
186 Electric motor

emergency OFF
187 Cable drum (cable

winch)
Pictograms 01.2007
General 1.500.52
Minimum basic equipment
test port 8 L
part no. 5 066 234 200 pilot pressure
“working hydraulics“
2X control pressure
“travel hydraulics“
screwed fitting ELSD 8 L etc.
part no. 1 919 060 351
test port 10 L
part no. 5 066 234 230
brake pressure
1X
etc.
screwed fitting ELSD 10 L
part no. 1 919 060 352
control pressure
test port M 12x1,5
regulation start
part no. 5 066 253 605
2X housing pressure
seal ring 18x12x1,5
“travel hydraulics“
part no. 1 636 815 453
etc.
nut 8 L
part no. 1 911 060 154 brake inching
plug 1X
part no. 1 928 000 944 etc.
screwed fitting G 8 L
part no. 1 915 000 418
Measuring hoses (Minimeß)
L = 2000mm part no. 5 066 253 600 L = 2500mm part no. 5 066 314 010
L = 3200mm part no. 5 066 314 040 L = 5000mm part no. 5 066 314 055
L = 6000mm part no. 5 066 314 070
General 01.2007
Test ports 1.600.01
Drift values in mm / minute
Machinery type Lift cylinder Tilt cylinder

TL 65 (SKL 824) 3,0 5,5
TL 70 (SKS 634) 3,0 5,5
TL 80 (SKL 834) 3,0 5,5
TL 100 (SKL 844) 3,5 6,0
TL 120 (SKL 854) 3,5 6,0
TL 160 (SKL 160) 3,5 3,0
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 3,5 3,0
TL 260 (SKL 260) 3,5 3,0
Machinery Boom Intermediate Dipperstick
type cylinder boom cyl. cylinder
TW 70 (HML 23 GA) 3,0 3,0 4,0

TW 85 (HML 32 Mono) 3,5 5,5
TW 85 (HML 32 GA + Ci) 3,5 2,5 5,5
TW 110 (HML 42 GA) 3,0 2,5 5,0
TC 60 (HR 20 Mono) 3,0 3,0
TC 75 (HR 32 Mono) 3,5 5,5
TC 75 (HR 32 Ci) 3,5 2,5 5,5
TC 125 (HR 42 GA) 3,0 2,5 5,0
TC 125 (HR 42 Mono) 3,0 5,0
Machinery type Boom Dipperstick-

Engine/Control valve cylinder cylinder
TC 15 (HR 1.5) 5,0 6,5
TC 16 (HR 1.6) 5,0 6,5
TC 20 (HR 2.0) 5,0 6,5
TC 29 (HR 14) Mitsub./SX12 4,0 7,0
TC 35 (HR 16) Mitsub./SX12 4,0 7,0
TC 37 (HR 3.7) 4,0 6,5
TC 48 (HR18) Mitsub./KVSE 3,0 3,0
TC 50 (HR 5.0)
General 01.2007
Driftvalues 1.650.01
Test conditions:
1. Hydraulic oil temperature approx. 50 - 60 °C.
2. Fit test port with gauge on the cylinder.
3. Retract and extend cylinder several times and operate working equipment to its maximum
reach until the gauge indicates a load pressure of 100 bar (if necessary charge with weight).
4. Measure piston rod length of cylinder
5. Measure piston rod length again after 5 minutes
6. The difference converted into 1 minute is the drift of the cylinder
7. The values indicated are valid for hydraulic oil 10 W 40 (viscosity at 50°C approx. 35 mm2/s
(cST))
There may be differences if hydraulic oil with a different specification is used.
1.650.01/01.2007
SUBGROUP LIST
Technical Data
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 2.13

TL 65 (SKL 824) 2.22
TL 80 (SKL 834) 2.24
TL 80 AS 2.25
TL 100 (SKL 844) 2.26
TL 120 (SKL 854) 2.27
TL 160 (SKL 160) 2.28
TL 210 2.29
TL 260 (SKL 260) 2.30
TL 420 2.33
TL 450 2.35
TL 70 (SKS 634) 2.37
TW 70 (HML 23) 2.49.50

TW 85 (HML 32) 2.51
TW 110 (HML 42) 2.53
TC 60 (HR 20) 2.60

TC 75 (HR 32) 2.65
TC 125 (HR 42) 2.67
TC 29 (HR 14) 2.76

TC 35 (HR 16) 2.78
TC 48 (HR 18) 2.80
TC 15 (HR 1.5) 2.90

TC 16 (HR 1.6) 2.91
TC 20 (HR 2.0) 2.92
TC 25 2.93
TC 37 (HR 3.7) 2.97
TC 50 2.99
01/2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Perkins
Type: 1106C-E60TA
Performance acc. to DIN 70020: kW/PS 106 / 144 at 2,200 min-1
Construction: 6 cylinders in line
Cooling: water
Injection: direct injection
Spec. fuel consumption: g/kWh 220
Capacity: cm³ 6,000
High idle: min-1 2,350 +50
Low idle: min-1 750 +50
Tappet clearance - inlet cold: mm 0.20
Tappet clearance - outlet cold: mm 0.45
Further data: see engine instruction book
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
Voltage: V 24
Battery: V/Ah/A 2 x 12 / 105 / 760
Alternator: V/A 24 / 80
Starter: V/kW/PS 24 / 4.5 / 6.1
Starting aid: glow system
Lighting: acc. to German motor vehicle
construction and use regulation
and Euronorm
TRANSMISSION
Travel pump: type A 4 VG 125 DA with pressure cut-off
Displacement: max. cm³/rev. 125
Travel motor: type A 6 VM 160 DA 6
TRAVEL RANGE
4 pre-selectable travel ranges, electro-hydraulically operated:
SKL 200: 20 km/h - version
Gearbox position 1, tortoise / rabbit: km/h 0 to 7 / 0 to 15
SKL 200: 40 km/h - version
Cardan shaft rev. at 20 km/h - version adjustment at nominal speed
tortoise / rabbit
tyres 1./2. gear / 1./2. gear
standard: 20.5-25 12PR SGLD/L-2 Good Year: min-1 450 / 660 800 / 1,170
option: 20.5 R25 XHA TL Michelin: min-1 450 / 660 800 / 1,170
20.5-25 12PR E91TL Dunlop: min-1 450 / 660 820 / 1,200
555/70 R25 XHF Michelin: min-1 450 / 660 840 / 1,230
20.5 R25 EM RL-2 Good Year: min-1 450 / 660 800 / 1,170
tortoise / rabbit
standard: 20.5-25 12PR SGLD/L-2 Good Year: min-1 450 / 1,035 1,015 / 2,330
option: 20.5 R25 XHA TL Michelin: min-1 450 / 1,035 1,015 / 2,330
20.5-25 12PR E91TL Dunlop: min-1 450 / 1,035 1,040 / 2,380
555/70 R25 XHF Michelin: min-1 450 / 1,035 1,065 / 2,450
20.5 R25 EM RL-2 Good Year: min-1 450 / 1,035 1,015 / 2,330
SKL 200 (SKL873) 01.2007
Technical Data 2.13.05
PRESSURE AND SETTING VALUES travel
Suction pressure: max. bar - 0.25
Charge pressure (high idle): bar 32 ±1
High pressure (safety valves): bar 480
Pressure cut-off: bar 440 ±10
Case pressure: max. bar 2.5
Regulation start (DA-motor): bar 220 (motor can be stalled up to
2,100 -50 min-1)
Start-up speed: min-1 1,150 ±50
Engine stalling (tortoise): min-1 2,000 -100 at full speed and 220 bar HP
Brake inching beginning / end: bar 5 / 13
STEERING
Steering unit: type Rexroth LAGU 320/160-12/LD 240-
175
Servo selector valve: type Rexroth 7730
Steering pump: make Brueninghaus (see working hydraulics)
Steering pressure: bar 205 +10/-5 (LS eff. 175 bar)
Supplementary steering (shift pressure) bar 20 ±2
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working and steering pump: make Brueninghaus/Rexroth
type A10 VO 71 DFR 1
Displacement: cm³/rev. 71
ltr./min 156
Stand-by pressure (flow controller): bar 32 +2
Servo-controlled valve: type PRSV C01
Control valve: type Rexroth 3 M6-15
PRESSURE AND SETTING VALUES working

LS pressure relief valve: bar 250
Line relief pressures:
- lifting frame lift: bar 280 +10
- lifting frame lower: bar anti-cavitation
- shovel dump in: bar 280 +10
- shovel dump out: bar 280 +10
- additional control circuit: bar 230 +10 / 230 +10
WORKING CYCLES
Lifting frame lift: s 6.3
Lifting frame lower: s 4.3
Shovel dump in: s 1.3
Shovel dump out: s 1.4
AXLES
Front axle with self-locking diff., 20 km/h - version: make/type DANA 176 / 348
Rear axle with self-locking diff., 20 km/h - version: make/type DANA 360 / 176 / 70
Lock value: max. 45%
Front axle with self-locking diff., 40 km/h - version: make/type DANA 176 / 348
Rear axle with self-locking diff., 40 km/h - version: make/type DANA 360 / 176 / 69
2.13.05/01.2007
BRAKE SYSTEM
Service brake (four-wheel-brake): hydraulic 2-circuit brake, oil-immersed
disks of both axles
Parking brake (hydraulic hand brake valve): spring-loaded brake acting on the disks
of both axles
Additional brake: hydrostatic by closed circuit of the
transmission
Brake pump (accessory drive): make Cassappa PLP 20.11.2
ltr./min. 24
Brake pressure (service brake): max. bar 60 +6
Accumulator charge valve: make Rexroth type LT 13
Cut-in / cut-off pressure: bar 120 - 150
Sequence valve (pressure sequence valve): bar Δp 13 (e.g. 60 bar brake pressure
means 60 bar at the inching valve and
47 bar at the brake)
Opening pressure (parking brake): bar 15
Setting value, parking brake: bar 25
LUBRICANTS
Engine: see engine instruction book
Hydraulic oil: see Schaeff hydraulic oil recommendation
table
Transmission oil: MIL-L 2105 B or API-GL 5,
SAE 85 W 90 LS or SAE 90 LS
Multi-purpose grease: acc. to DIN 51825. Dripping point over
170° C. With lithium.
Brake medium: hydraulic oil
MAINTENANCE PARTS see instruction book
CAPACITIES ltr.
Engine oil - change: approx. 15.0 engine oil (+ 2 x 0.5 l filter)
Hydraulic oil (tank and system): approx. 170.0 hydraulic oil
Hydraulic oil (change): approx. 130.0 hydraulic oil
Fuel tank: approx. 210.0 diesel
Front axle - central housing: approx. 11.5 transmission oil
Front axle - wheel hub: approx. 2.35 transmission oil, each
Rear axle - central housing: approx. 10.5 transmission oil
Rear axle - reduction gearbox: approx. 3.4 transmission oil
Rear axle - wheel hub: approx. 2.35 transmission oil, each
Service brake: connected to the hydraulic system
Cooling agent: approx. 46.0 water with anti-corrosive
and anti-freeze agent
SKL 200 (SKL873) 01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Deutz
Type: F4M 2011
Performance according to
(ECE-R24/ISO1585/ISO9249): kW 37 at 2,300 min-1
Cooling: external oil cooling
Spec. fuel consumption under full load: g/kWh 216
Torque of cylinder head studs Nm 30 / 80 / 160
(only in case of repair): Tightening angle 90°
Further data: see engine instruction book or chapter 3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 80 / 720 (EN)
Generator: V/A 14 / 95
Starter: V/kW/PS 12 / 2.3 / 3.1
Cold start aid: heater plug
Lighting: acc. to German motor vehicle construction and use
regulation (“StVZO”) and Euronorm.
H4 halogen headlamp.
Two working lights at the front.
TRANSMISSION
Travel motor 20/36 km/h version: type A 6 VM 55 DA 2
Displacement 20/36 km/h version: max. cm³/rev. 55
TRAVEL RANGE
Two/ four pre-selectable travel ranges, electro-hydraulically controlled:
TL 65: 20 km/h - version:
tortoise / rabbit km/h 0 to 7.0 / 0 to 20
TL 65 S: 36 km/h - version:
Gearbox position 1, tortoise / rabbit: km/h 0 to 6.5 / 0 to 18

tortoise / rabbit
and standard tyres 365/70 R18: min-1 650 / 1,985
12,5-18: min-1 650 / 1,985
335/80 R18: min-1 650 / 1,940

tortoise / rabbit
1./2. gear / 1./2. gear
and standard tyres 365/70 R18: min-1 630 / 1,290 1,750 / 3,565
12,5-18: min-1 630 / 1,290 1,750 / 3,565
335/80 R18: min-1 630 / 1,290 1,710 / 3.490
TL 65 from s/n.: TL00650100 (SKL 824 / SKL 824 S) 01.2007
Blatt/Page/Feuille
Benennung/Description/Dénomination
Suction pressure: max. bar 0.5 ±0.1
High pressure (SV): bar 480
Pressure cut-off: bar 450
Case pressure at + 50° C: max. bar 2.5
Regulation start, dynamic: min-1 2,200 -50 at 240 bar HP
(see setting instructions, chapter 5, measuring method 2)
Start-up speed: min-1 1,150
Engine stalling (rabbit) - dynamic: min-1 2,100 -100 at 260 bar HP
Brake inching beginning / end: bar 5 - 13
Pressure switch (hydrostatic brake): bar 22
STEERING
Steering unit: type Danfoss OSPC 250 LS dyn.
Steering pump: make Cassappa
Displacement: cm³/rev: 17.8
Steering pressure (high idle): bar 175
Priority valve: type Danfoss OLS 80 dyn.
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump: make Cassappa
Displacement: l/min. 41
Valve bank: type Parker P70
Servo-controlled valve: type Brown PRSV
Main pressure relief valve (high idle): max. bar 250

- lifting frame lift: bar 280
- shovel dump in: bar 280
- shovel dump out: bar 130
- additional control circuit: bar 230 / 230
- pilot pressure (charge pressure): bar 30 ±1
WORKING CYCLES
Shovel dump in: s ---
Shovel dump out: s ---
AXLES
Front axle with self-locking differential - 20 km/h-version: make/type ZF / AP – R – 715 // 4472 004 064
Rear axle with self-locking differential - 20 km/h-version: make/type ZF / AP – R – 715 // 4472 004 065
2.22.01/01.2007
BRAKE SYSTEM
Service brake: hydraulically operated drum brake,
front axle
Parking brake: drum brake at the front axle
Master cylinder: make ATE (mineral oil)
LUBRICANTS
table
Transmission oil: MIL-L 2105 B or API-GL 5 resp.,
170° C. Lithium-saponified.
Brake medium: ATF type A Suffix A or Dexron II D
CAPACITIES ltr.
Engine oil with oil filter and oil cooler - change: approx. 13.0 engine oil
Hydraulic oil (tank and system) - first filling: approx. 49.0 hydraulic oil
Hydraulic oil tank (change): approx. 40.0 hydraulic oil
Rear axle - central housing and reduction gearbox: approx. 4.0 transmission oil
Service brake: approx. 0.25 ATF oil
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Deutz
Type: F4M 2011
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 80 / 720 (EN)
Starter: V/kW/PS 12 / 2.3 / 3.1
TRANSMISSION
TRAVEL RANGE

tortoise / rabbit
12,5-20: min-1 650 / 1,900
335/80 R20: min-1 650 / 1,850

tortoise / rabbit
1./2. gear / 1./2. gear
12,5-20: min-1 635 / 1,300 1,675 / 3,420
335/80 R20: min-1 635 / 1,300 1,625 / 3,320
Blatt/Page/Feuille
Regulation start, dynamic: min-1 2,300 -50 at 180 bar
STEERING
Displacement: cm³/rev: 27
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Valve bank: type Parker P 70

WORKING CYCLES
AXLES
2.24.01/01.2007
BRAKE SYSTEM
front axle
LUBRICANTS
table
CAPACITIES ltr.
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Deutz
Type: F4M 2011
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 80 / 720 (EN)
Starter: V/kW/PS 12 / 2.3 / 3.1
TRANSMISSION
Travel motor 20/36 km/h version: type/make 51D080 / Danfoss
TRAVEL RANGE

tortoise / rabbit
12,5-20: min-1 650 / 1,900
335/80 R20: min-1 650 / 1,850

tortoise / rabbit
1./2. gear / 1./2. gear
12,5-20: min-1 635 / 1,300 1,675 / 3,420
335/80 R20: min-1 635 / 1,300 1,625 / 3,320
Blatt/Page/Feuille
Regulation start: bar 230
Engine stalling (rabbit) - dynamic: min -1
2,200 -100 at 220 bar HP
STEERING
WORKING HYDRAULICS

WORKING CYCLES
AXLES
2.24.03/01.2008
BRAKE SYSTEM
front axle
LUBRICANTS
table
CAPACITIES ltr.
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Deutz
Type: F4M 2011
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 80 / 720 (EN)
Starter: V/kW/PS 12 / 2.3 / 3.1
Two working lights at the rear (option)
TRANSMISSION
Travel motor ( 20 km/h ): type/make A 6 VM 80 DA 2
Displacement : max. cm³/rev. 80
TRAVEL RANGE 20 km/h :
Tortoise / rabbit km/h 0 to 7.0 / 0 to 20
Cardan shaft rev. adjustment at nominal speed

tortoise / rabbit
and standard tyres 12,5-20: min-1 650 / 1,865

340/80 R20: min-1 650 / 1,830
405/70 R18: min-1 650 / 1,850
TL 80 AS 01.2008
Blatt/Page/Feuille
Regulation start: min-1 2300-50 at 180 bar HP
(see setting instructions,chapter 5,measuring method 2)
STEERING
Steering unit: type Rexroth LAGC100-15/LD240-1
Priority valve: type Rexroth LPS80RM/LD7-643/0
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Valve bank: type Walvoil SDM 100/3

WORKING CYCLES
Shovel dump in: s 3.0
Shovel dump out: s 3.8
AXLES
Front axle with self-locking differential - 20 km/h-version: make/type Dana 211/111
Rear axle with self-locking differential - 20 km/h-version: make/type Dana 311/211/174
2.25.01/01.2008
BRAKE SYSTEM
front axle
LUBRICANTS
Hydraulic oil: see TEREX hydraulic oil recommendation
table
CAPACITIES ltr.
TL 80 AS 01.2008
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Deutz
Type: BF4M 2011 Turbo
Injection: direct injection, turbo charged
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 80 / 720 (EN)
Starter: V/kW/PS 12 / 2.3 / 3.1
TRANSMISSION
Travel motor 20/36 km/h version: type A 6 VM 80 DA 5 / 63 W
TRAVEL RANGE
tyres tortoise / rabbit
standard: 405/70 R20: min-1 600 / 1,990
option: 14,5-20: min-1 600 / 2,005
16/70-20: min-1 600 / 2,070
375/75 R20: min-1 600 / 2,040
tortoise / rabbit
standard: 405/70 R20: min-1 580 / 1,190 1,750 / 3,570
option: 14,5-20: min-1 580 / 1,190 1,760 / 3,595
16/70-20: min-1 580 / 1,190 1,800 / 3,700
375/75 R20: min-1
DKD
580 / 1,190 1,775 / 3,660
Blatt/Page/Feuille
STEERING
Steering unit: type LAGU 400/130-11/LD240-175M01
Steering pump: make WSP 20.14-045
Priority valve: type LPS 80R11/LD7-643/01
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump: make WSP 20.14-045
Servo-controlled valve: type Brown PRSV C01 S053 FO

WORKING CYCLES
AXLES
2.26.01/01.2007
BRAKE SYSTEM
front axle
LUBRICANTS
table
CAPACITIES ltr.
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Deutz
Type: BF4M 2011 Turbo
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 80 / 720 (EN)
Starter: V/kW/PS 12 / 2.3 / 3.1
TRANSMISSION
Travel motor 20/36 km/h version: type/make 51D080 / Danfoss
TRAVEL RANGE
standard: 405/70 R20: min-1 600 / 1,990
option: 14,5-20: min-1 600 / 2,005
16/70-20: min-1 600 / 2,070
375/75 R20: min-1 600 / 2,040
tortoise / rabbit
standard: 405/70 R20: min-1 580 / 1,190 1,750 / 3,570
option: 14,5-20: min-1 580 / 1,190 1,760 / 3,595
16/70-20: min-1 580 / 1,190 1,800 / 3,700
375/75 R20: min-1
DKD
580 / 1,190 1,775 / 3,660
Blatt/Page/Feuille
Regulation start: bar 290
STEERING
Steering pump: make WSP 20.14-045
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump: make WSP 20.14-045
Servo-controlled valve: type Brown PRSV C01 S053 FO

WORKING CYCLES
AXLES
2.26.03/01.2008
BRAKE SYSTEM
front axle
LUBRICANTS
table
CAPACITIES ltr.
DIESEL ENGINE
Type: 1104 C - 44
Performance (ECE-R24/ISO1585/ISO9249): kW 61.5 at 2,200 min-1
Cooling: water cooling
Engine oil pressure: bar 3.0 (high idle, service temperature)
Torque of cylinder head studs Nm 100
(only in case of repair): Tightening angle 225° (short) 270° (long)
depending the length of the bolts.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 110 / 850 (EN)
Starter: V/kW/PS 12 / 3.0 / 4.1
Cold start aid: 4 Glow plugs
Lighting: acc. to German motor vehicle construction
and use regulation (“StVZO”) and Euronorm.
TRANSMISSION
Displacement: cm³/rev. max. 71
Displacement 20/36 km/h version: cm³/rev. max. 107
TRAVEL RANGE
standard: 405/70 R20 Mitas: min-1 560 / 1,800
option: 14,5-20 Dunlop: min-1 560 / 1,815
16/70-20 Dunlop: min-1 560 / 1,870
375/75 R20 Michelin: min-1 560 / 1,850
tortoise / rabbit
standard: 405/70 R20 Mitas: min-1 500 / 1,050 1,490 / 3,300
option: 14,5-20 Dunlop: min-1 500 / 1,050 1,500 / 3,300
16/70-20 Dunlop: min-1 500 / 1,050 1,550 / 3,300
375/75 R20 Michelin: min-1 500 / 1,050 1,530 / 3,300
Blatt/Page/Feuille
STEERING
Displacement: cm³/rev: 34.5
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump: make KP 30.34DO-A8K9
Valve bank: type Bucher HDM19WL/3
Servo-controlled valve: type Brown HPV1C01 F094 R0

WORKING CYCLES
Shovel dump in: s 1,3 in upper position
Shovel dump out: s 1.5 in upper position
AXLES
Front axle with self-locking differential - 20 km/h-version: make/type Dana - Hurth 112 / 213
Rear axle with self-locking differential - 20 km/h-version: make/type Dana - Hurth 311 / 112 / 140
Front axle with self-locking differential - 36 km/h-version: make/type Dana - Hurth 112 / 216
Rear axle with self-locking differential - 36 km/h-version: make/type Dana - Hurth 357 / 112 / 248
2.27.01/01.2007
BRAKE SYSTEM
Service brake 20km/h - Version: hydraulically operated drum brake at the
front axle
36km/h - Version: hydraulically operated drum brake at the
front axle and oil-immersed disk brake
at the rear axle
LUBRICANTS
Hydraulic oil: see instruction book
table
CAPACITIES ltr.
Engine oil with oil filter - change: approx. 9.5 engine oil
Fuel tank: approx.110.0 diesel
DIESEL ENGINE
Type: 1104 C – 44 Turbo
Performance (ECE-R24/ISO1585/ISO9249): kW 74.5 at 2,200 min-1
Max. Torque: Nm 412 at 1,400 min-1
Engine oil pressure: bar 3.0 (high idle, service temperature)
(only in case of repair): Tightening angle 225° (short) 270° (long)
depending the length of the bolts.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 24
Battery: V/Ah/A 2 x 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
Starter: V/kW/PS 24 / 4.5 / 6.1
Cold start aid: 4 Glow plugs
Two working lights at the front and rear.
TRANSMISSION
Travel pump: type A 4 VG 90 DA 2 D8 / 32R

TRAVEL RANGE


standard: 15,5 R25 GP-2B L-2: min-1 412 / 1,410
option: 17,5-25 TL12PR SGL: min-1 412 / 1,340
16/70-24 SPT9 TL: min-1 412 / 1,575
455/70 R24 SPT9 TL: min-1 412 / 1,445
19,5 LR24 XM27 TL: min-1 412 / 1,395
Blatt/Page/Feuille
Cardan shaft rev. at 40 km/h - version adjustment
tortoise / rabbit
standard: 15,5 R25 GP-2B L-2: min-1 412 / 845 1,340 / 2,735
option: 17,5-25 TL12PR SGL: min-1 412 / 800 1,340 / 2,735
16/70-24 SPT9 TL: min-1 412 / 945 1,340 / 3,060
455/70 R24 SPT9 TL: min-1 412 / 865 1,340 / 2,810
19,5 LR24 XM27 TL: min-1 412 / 835 1,340 / 2,710

Start-up speed: min-1 1,150±50
Engine stalling (rabbit) - dynamic: min -1
2,000 -100 at 230 bar HP
STEERING
Steering unit: type LAGZ 420/100-21/LD240-175M01
Steering pump: make Brueninghaus A10VO45DFR1
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump: make Brueninghaus A10VO45DFR1
Valve bank: type Rexroth 3M6-15
Main pressure relief valve (high idle): bar 310

WORKING CYCLES
Shovel dump in: s 2.0 in upper position
2.28.01/01.2007
AXLES
Front axle with self-locking differential - 20 km/h-version: make/type Dana 176 / 379
Rear axle with self-locking differential - 20 km/h-version: make/type Dana 360 / 176 / 88
BRAKE SYSTEM
Service brake (four-wheel-brake): hydraulically operated 2 circuit brake
oil-immersed disks at both axles
Parking brake (electr. switch): spring-loaded brake acting on the disks
of both axles
Additional brake: hydrostatically by closed circuit of the
transmission
Brake pump (accessory drive): make Cassappa PLP 20.11.2 DO-L9P1
ltr./min. 24
Accumulator charge valve: make Safim S6
Setting value, parking brake: bar 30 -5
Fan r.p.m. - oil cooler
temperatur related min-1 2,100 ±50
LUBRICANTS
table
CAPACITIES ltr.
Engine oil with oil filter and oilcooler - change: approx. 9.5 engine oil
Fuel tank: approx.140.0 diesel
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Cummins
Type: QSB 6.7 turbo charged with intercooler
Performance (ECE-R24/ISO1585/ISO9249): kW 119 at 2,200 min-1
Injection: Common Rail Injection
Tappet clearance - inlet cold: mm 0.25 (tightening torque M = 24 Nm)
Tappet clearance - outlet cold: mm 0.50 (tightening torque M = 24 Nm)
Minimum engine oil pressure: bar 0.7 ( low idle, service temperature)
Minimum engine oil pressure: bar 2.1 (high idle, service temperature)
Torque of cylinder head studs Nm 90 ( 2 times! )
° 90 (Tightening angle – for all bolts)
Charge pressure fuel system bar 3.0 to 11.0
(Rail pressure) (without electrical fuel pump at crank idle)
5.0 to 13.0
(with electrical fuel pump at crank idle)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 24
Battery: V/Ah/A 2 x 12 / 110 / 850 (EN)
Starter: V/kW 24 / 3.7 / 5.0
Cold start aid: heater flange
TRANSMISSION
Travel pump: type A4 VG 125 DA2 D2
Travel motor: type A6 VM 140 DX
Travel motor: type A6 VM 80 DA 3
TRAVEL RANGE
Two pre-selectable travel ranges, electro-hydraulically controlled:
TL 210:
Travel range 1: km/h 0 to 6.0
TL 210 (from serial no. TL02100100) 08.2007
Blatt/Page/Feuille
Cardan shaft rev. at 40 km/h - version adjustment at nominal engine idle
Travel range 1 / Travel range 2
standard tire:
20.5 R-25 EM 60 12PR Mitas: min-1 425 2,830
optional tires:
20.5 R-25 EM 16 PR SGLD L-2 Goodyear: min-1 425 2,830
20.5 R 25 RL 2 Goodyear: min-1 425 2,830
20.5 R 25 GP-2B Goodyear: min-1 425 2,830
20.5 R 25 XTLA TL Michelin: min-1 425 2,830
20.5 R 25 X HA TL Michelin: min-1 425 2,830
20.5 R 25 XLDD2A Michelin: min-1 425 2,830
20.5 R 25 X Mine D2 Michelin: min-1 425 2,830

Regulation start, dynamic: bar A6VM80 @280bar high pressure + 30 bar pressure
in displacement chamber of the travel motor
A6VM140 @280bar high pressure + 30 bar pressure
Engine stalling (rabbit): min-1 2,050 -100 at 260 bar dynamically
STEERING
Steering unit: type LAGC 630 – 15/LD240-175M01
Steering pump: make Casappa LVP 75D-06S7 LMF
Emergency steering pump : type DC1-MPG (switchpoint: stand-by < 5bar)
Displacement: l/min: 160
Steering pressure (high idle): bar 190 ±10
Safety valves / orbitrol: bar 240/240
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump: make Casappa LVP 75D-06S7 LMF
Safety valve at the working pump: bar 340 +10
Servo-controlled valve: type Brown HPV1C01 F055 R 0 CB
Reversing fan speed (combined water-oil-intercooler)
temperature depended controlled: min-1 1,650

Pressure cut off valve: bar 270 (measured at the test port of the
pump; Δp eff. 240bar + stand-by pressure)
2.29.01/08.2007
WORKING CYCLES
AXLES
Front axle with self-locking differential: make/type Dana 113 / 56
Rear axle with self-locking differential: make/type Dana 319 / 113 / 56
BRAKE SYSTEM
Parking brake (electrically switched): spring-loaded brake acting on the disks
of the rear axle
transmission
Brake pump (accessory drive): make Casappa PLP 20.19 SO-07S1-LBE/BC-N-L
l/min. 42
LUBRICANTS
Axle oil: MIL-L 2105 B or API-GL 5 resp.,
Gear oil (reduction gearbox): MINERAL-OIL ATF
CAPACITIES ltr.
Engine oil with oil filter and oilcooler - change: approx. 15 engine oil
Hydraulic oil (tank and system) - first filling: approx. 135 hydraulic oil
Hydraulic oil tank (change): approx. 95 hydraulic oil
Fuel tank: approx. 240 diesel
Rear axle - reduction gearbox: approx. 4.25 ATF
DIESEL ENGINE
Type: 1106 C – E60 TA Turbo with intercooler
Capacity: cm³ 6000
° 150 (Tightening angle - short bolts)
° 180 (Tightening angle - medium sized bolts)
° 210 (Tightening angle - long bolts )
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 24
Battery: V/Ah/A 2 x 12 / 110 / 850 (EN) 510 A (DIN)
Starter: V/kW 24 / 4.5
Cold start aid: heater spiral and resistor
TRANSMISSION
Travel pump: type A 4 VG 140 DA 2 D2

TRAVEL RANGE

Gearbox 1.gear tortoise / rabbit: km/h 0 to 6.0 / 0 to 16
Gearbox 2.gear tortoise / rabbit: km/h 0 to 14 / 0 to 40

tortoise / rabbit
and standard tyres
20.5 R-25 EM 16 PR SGLD L-2: min-1 445 / 1,120
optional tires: 20.5 R 25 RL 2: min-1 445 / 1,120
20.5 R 25 GP –2B: min-1 445 / 1,120
20.5 R 25 XTLA TL: min-1 445 / 1,120
20.5 R 25 XHA TL: min-1 445 / 1,120
20.5 R 25 XLDD2A: min-1 445 / 1,100
20.5 R 25 X Mine D2: min-1 445 / 1,090
Blatt/Page/Feuille
Cardan shaft rev. at 40 km/h - version adjustment
tortoise / rabbit
1./2. gear / 1./2. gear
standard tire:20.5 R-25 EM 16 PR SGLD L-2: min-1 445 / 1.290 1.020 / 2.950
optional tires:
20.5 R 25 RL 2: min-1 445 / 1.290 1.020 / 2.950
20.5 R 25 GP-2B : min-1 445 / 1.290 1.020 / 2.950
20.5 R 25 XTLA TL: min-1 445 / 1.290 1.020 / 2.950
20.5 R 25 X HA TL: min-1 445 / 1.290 1.020 / 2.950
20.5 R 25 XLDD2A: min-1 445 / 1.290 1.020 / 2.950
20.5 R 25 X Mine D2: min-1 445 / 1.290 1.020 / 2.950

Regulation start, dynamic: min-1 2,100 -50 at 260 bar dynamic
-100
Engine stalling (rabbit): min-1 2,000 at 280 bar dynamic
STEERING
Steering pump: make Casappa LVP 75D-06
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump: make Brueninghaus A10VO45DFR1
Main pressure relief valve (high idle): bar 340

Pressure cut off valve: bar 310
WORKING CYCLES
2.30.01/01.2007
AXLES
(second gear not shiftable)
BRAKE SYSTEM
Parking brake (electr. switch): spring-loaded brake acting on the disks
of the rear axle
transmission
Brake pump (accessory drive): make Cassappa PLP 20.11.2 DO-L9P1
ltr./min. 42
LUBRICANTS

CAPACITIES ltr.
DIESEL ENGINE
Type: QSB 6.7 turbo charged with intercooler
Injection: Common Rail Injection
Tappet clearance - inlet cold: mm 0.25 (tightening torque M = 24 Nm)
Tappet clearance - outlet cold: mm 0.50 (tightening torque M = 24 Nm)
° 90 (Tightening angle – for all bolts)
Charge pressure fuel system bar 3.0 to 11.0
(Rail pressure) (without electrical fuel pump at crank idle)
5.0 to 13.0
(with electrical fuel pump at crank idle)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 24
Battery: V/Ah/A 2 x 12 / 110 / 850 (EN)
Starter: V/kW 24 / 3.7 / 5.0
TRANSMISSION
Travel pump: type A4 VG 125 DA2 D2
Travel motor: type A6 VM 140 DX
Travel motor: type A6 VM 80 DA 3
TRAVEL RANGE
Two pre-selectable travel ranges, electro-hydraulically controlled:
TL 210:
Blatt/Page/Feuille
Cardan shaft rev. at 40 km/h - version adjustment at nominal engine idle
Travel range 1 / Travel range 2
standard tire:
20.5 R-25 EM 60 12PR Mitas: min-1 425 2,830
optional tires:
20.5 R-25 EM 16 PR SGLD L-2 Goodyear: min-1 425 2,830
20.5 R 25 RL 2 Goodyear: min-1 425 2,830
20.5 R 25 GP-2B Goodyear: min-1 425 2,830
20.5 R 25 XTLA TL Michelin: min-1 425 2,830
20.5 R 25 X HA TL Michelin: min-1 425 2,830
20.5 R 25 XLDD2A Michelin: min-1 425 2,830
20.5 R 25 X Mine D2 Michelin: min-1 425 2,830

Regulation start, dynamic: bar A6VM80 @290bar high pressure + 30 bar pressure
A6VM140 @290bar high pressure + 30 bar pressure
Engine stalling (rabbit): min-1 2,050 -100 at 280 bar dynamically
STEERING
Steering pump: make Casappa LVP 75D-06S7 LMF
Emergency steering pump : type DC1-MPG (switchpoint: stand-by < 5bar)
Displacement: l/min: 160
Safety valves / orbitrol: bar 240/240
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump: make Casappa LVP 75D-06S7 LMF
Safety valve at the working pump: bar 340 +10
Servo-controlled valve: type Brown HPV1C01 F055 R 0 CB
Reversing fan speed (combined water-oil-intercooler)
temperature depended controlled: min-1 1,650

Pressure cut off valve: bar 310 (measured at the test port of the
pump; Δp eff. 240bar + stand-by pressure)
2.30.03/08.2007
WORKING CYCLES
AXLES
Front axle with self-locking differential: make/type Dana 113 / 51
Rear axle with self-locking differential: make/type Dana 319 / 113 / 54
BRAKE SYSTEM
Parking brake (electrically switched): spring-loaded brake acting on the disks
of the rear axle
transmission
Brake pump (accessory drive): make Casappa PLP 20.19 SO-07S1-LBE/BC-N-L
l/min. 42
LUBRICANTS
Axle oil: MIL-L 2105 B or API-GL 5 resp.,
Gear oil (reduction gearbox): MINERAL-OIL ATF
CAPACITIES ltr.
Rear axle - reduction gearbox: approx. 4.25 ATF
DIESEL ENGINE
Type: QSM 11 Turbo with intercooler
Performance: kW 216 at 2,100 min-1
Max. Torque: Nm 1,478 at 1,200 min-1
High idle: min-1 2,230
Low idle: min-1 750
Minimum engine oil pressure: bar 2-4 (high idle, service temperature)
Nm 136
° 180 (Tightening angle)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 24
Battery: V/Ah/A 2 x 12 / 110 / 850 (EN)
TRANSMISSION
Travel gear: type ZF 4WG260

Power shift transmission
with torque converter
TRAVEL RANGE
Four speed gearbox:
Gearbox 1.gear km/h 7

TYRES
standard tyres 26.5 -25
optional tires: 26.5 R-25 RL 2

26.5 R-25 EM60
26.5 R-25 XHA
26.5 R-25 RT5C
26.5 R-25 TB516
TL 420 from s/n.: TL04200100 01.2007
Blatt/Page/Feuille
PRESSURE AND SETTING VALUES
STEERING
Steering unit: type EHPS 80/8-011008658
Steering valve: type OSPCX 80 CN 150 G 6001
Priority valve type OLS 320 152B 6001
Steering pump: make Danfoss JRR 075
Stand-by pressure (flow controller): bar 42
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump: make Danfoss ERR 100 BBS 3130
Servo-controlled valve: type 4THF 6Z43
Main pressure controller (high idle): bar 380

WORKING CYCLES
2.33.01/01.2007
AXLES
Front axle with self-locking differential make/type ZF MT-L 3105 / LKV
Rear axle with self-locking differential make/type ZF MT-L 3095 / HKV
BRAKE SYSTEM
Parking brake (electr. switch): spring-loaded brake acting on the disk
of the cardan shaft
Brake pump (accessory drive): make Cassappa PLP 20.19-04S5-LBM
Displacement: ltr./min. 23
Accumulator charge valve: make Safim
LUBRICANTS
Rear and front axle: UTTO TE ML 5 Titan Powerfluid

Transmission oil: SAE 15W40 API CF-4
CAPACITIES (approx.) ltr. /Gallon

Engine oil with oil filter - change: 30 / 8.5 engine oil
Hydraulic oil (system content including tank): 370 / 97.7 hydraulic oil
Fuel tank: 455 / 120.0 diesel
Front axle: 51 / 13.5
Rear axle: 42 / 11.1
Transmission oil: 32 / 8.7
Cooling agent: 47 / 12.4 water with anti-corrosive
TL 420 from s/n.: TL04200100 01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Type: QSM 11 Turbo with intercooler
Performance: kW 231 at 2,100 min-1
Max. Torque: Nm 1,573 at 1,200 min-1
High idle: min-1 2,230
Low idle: min-1 750
Minimum engine oil pressure: bar 2-4 (high idle, service temperature)
Nm 136
° 180 (Tightening angle)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 24
Battery: V/Ah/A 2 x 12 / 110 / 850 (EN)
TRANSMISSION
Travel gear: type ZF 4WG260

Power shift transmission
with torque converter
TRAVEL RANGE
Four speed gearbox:

TYRES
standard tyres 26.5 -25
optional tires: 26.5 R-25 RL 2

26.5 R-25 EM60
26.5 R-25 XHA
26.5 R-25 RT5C
26.5 R-25 TB516
TL 450 from s/n.: TL04500100 01.2007
Blatt/Page/Feuille
STEERING
Steering unit: type EHPS 80/8-011008658
Steering valve: type OSPCX 80 CN 150 G 6001
Priority valve type OLS 320 152B 6001
Steering pump: make Danfoss JRR 075
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump: make Danfoss ERR 100 BBS 3130
Servo-controlled valve: type 4THF 6Z43
Main pressure controller (high idle): bar 380

WORKING CYCLES
2.35.01/01.2007
AXLES
Front axle with self-locking differential make/type ZF MT-L 3105 / LKV
Rear axle with self-locking differential make/type ZF MT-L 3095 / HKV
BRAKE SYSTEM
Parking brake (electr. switch): spring-loaded brake acting on the disk
of the cardan shaft
Brake pump (accessory drive): make Cassappa PLP 20.19-04S5-LBM
Displacement: ltr./min. 23
Accumulator charge valve: make Safim
LUBRICANTS
Rear and front axle: UTTO TE ML 5 Titan Powerfluid

Transmission oil: SAE 15W40 API CF-4
CAPACITIES (approx.) ltr. /Gallon

Engine oil with oil filter - change: 30 / 8.5 engine oil
Hydraulic oil (system content including tank): 370 / 97.7 hydraulic oil
Fuel tank: 455 / 120.0 diesel
Front axle: 51 / 13.5 transmission oil
Rear axle: 42 / 11.1 transmission oil
Transmission oil: 32 / 8.7
Cooling agent: 47 / 12.4 water with anti-corrosive
TL 450 from s/n.: TL04500100 01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Deutz
Type: F4M 2011
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 80 / 720 (EN)
Starter: V/kW/PS 12 / 2.3 / 3.1
TRANSMISSION
TRAVEL RANGE

standard: 12,5-20: min-1 650 / 2,100
option: 335/80 R20 SPT 9: min-1 650 / 2,050
335/80 R20 XM 27TL: min-1 650 / 2,080
tortoise / rabbit
standard: 12,5-20: min-1 635 / 1,300 1.860 / 3,780
option: 335/80 R20 SPT 9: min-1 635 / 1,300 1.800 / 3,680
335/80 R20 XM 27TL: min-1 635 / 1,300 1.840 / 3,750
TL 70 from s/n.: TL00700100 (SKS 634 / SKS 634 S) 01.2007
Blatt/Page/Feuille
STEERING
Displacement: l/min 37
WORKING HYDRAULICS
( = slewing 28 l/min and steering 37 l/min summation)
Valve bank: type Parker P 70 CF
PRESSURE AND SETTING VALUES working (at high idle)

Main pressure relief valve I: max. bar 250
- lifting frame lift: (B2) bar 280
- lifting frame lower: (A2) bar anti-cavitation
- shovel dump in: (B3) bar 280
- shovel dump out: (A3) bar 130
- additional control circuit: (A1+Y9 / B1+Y8) bar 230 / 230
Main pressure relief valve II: max. bar 250
- slewing left: (A1+Y31) bar 230
- slewing right: (B1+Y32) bar 230
WORKING CYCLES
Slewing right / left: s 3.2 to each side
AXLES
Front axle: with self-locking differential - 20 km/h-version: make/type ZF / AP – R – 720 // 4472 025 009
Rear axle: with self-locking differential - 20 km/h-version: make/type ZF / AP – R – 720 // 4472 025 010
Rear axle : with self-locking differential - 36 km/h-version: make/type ZF / AP – R – 720 // 4472 025 011
2.37.01/01.2007
BRAKE SYSTEM
front axle
LUBRICANTS
table
CAPACITIES ltr.
TL 70 from s/n.: TL00700100 (SKS 634 / SKS 634 S) 01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Deutz
Type: F4M 2011
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 80 / 720 (EN)
Starter: V/kW/PS 12 / 2.3 / 3.1
TRANSMISSION
Travel motor 20/36 km/h version: type 51D080 Danfoss
TRAVEL RANGE

standard: 12,5-20: min-1 650 / 2,100
option: 335/80 R20 SPT 9: min-1 650 / 2,050
335/80 R20 XM 27TL: min-1 650 / 2,080
tortoise / rabbit
standard: 12,5-20: min-1 635 / 1,300 1.860 / 3,780
option: 335/80 R20 SPT 9: min-1 635 / 1,300 1.800 / 3,680
335/80 R20 XM 27TL: min-1 635 / 1,300 1.840 / 3,750
TL 70 from s/n.: TL00700206 01.2008
Blatt/Page/Feuille
STEERING
WORKING HYDRAULICS
( = slewing 28 l/min and steering 37 l/min summation)
Valve bank: type Parker P 70 CF
PRESSURE AND SETTING VALUES working (at high idle)

Main pressure relief valve I: max. bar 250
- lifting frame lift: (B2) bar 280
- lifting frame lower: (A2) bar anti-cavitation
- shovel dump in: (B3) bar 280
- shovel dump out: (A3) bar 130
- additional control circuit: (A1+Y9 / B1+Y8) bar 230 / 230
Main pressure relief valve II: max. bar 250
- slewing left: (A1+Y31) bar 230
- slewing right: (B1+Y32) bar 230
WORKING CYCLES
Slewing right / left: s 3.2 to each side
AXLES
Rear axle: with self-locking differential - 20 km/h-version: make/type ZF / AP – R – 720 // 4472 025 010
Rear axle : with self-locking differential - 36 km/h-version: make/type ZF / AP – R – 720 // 4472 025 011
2.37.03/01.2008
BRAKE SYSTEM
front axle
LUBRICANTS
table
CAPACITIES ltr.
TL 70 from s/n.: TL00700206 01.2008
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: KHD
Type: F 4 M 2011
Performance according to DIN 70020: kW 44 at 2,400 min-1
Cooling: engine oil / air; external oil cooling
High idle: min-1 2,550 ±50
Low idle: min-1 850 ±50
Engine oil pressure (at Service-Temp. 110°C) bar 1,4 at 900 min –1
2,2 at 1,800 min –1
3,0 at 2,550 min –1
Torque cylinder head studs: Nm 30, 80, 160°
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 110 / 850
Starter: kW/PS 2.3 / 3.1
Starting aid: heater plug
and Euronorm
TRANSMISSION
Displacement: cm³/rev. 0 to 40
Travel motor: type A 6 VM 55 DA
Servo-controlled valve, pedal: type Rexroth 2TH6 RP20
TRAVEL RANGE
TW 70 20 km/h version
Symbol tortoise / rabbit: km/h 0 to 6 / 0 to 20
TW 70 30 km/h - Version:
Cardan shaft rev. 20 km/h version adjustment at nominal speed
tortoise / rabbit
with standard tyres: 365/70 R18: min-1 795 / 2,560
option: 8.25-20: min-1 735 / 2,370
500/45-20: min-1 770 / 2,490
Cardan shaft rev. 30 km/h version adjustment at nominal speed
tortoise / rabbit
1st / 2nd gear / 1st / 2nd gear
with standard tyres: 365/70 R18: min-1 300 / 1,305 / 855 / 3,560
option: 8.25-20: min-1 300 / 1,305 / 855 / 3,560
500/45-20: min-1 300 / 1,305 / 855 / 3,560
TW 70 from s/n.: TL00700100 (HML 23) 01.2007
PRESSURE AND SETTING VALUES Travel
Suction pressure: bar - 0.25
Charge pressure (high idle): bar 30 +2
Regulation start (dynamic): bar 290 ±10
Start-up speed: min-1 1,100 +50 (50 bar HP)
Engine stalling (tortoise, dynamic): min-1 2,300 +50/-100 at 280+10 bar HP
STEERING
Steering unit: type Rexroth LAGC SD 160
Steering pump: make Kayaba P3
Displacement: cm³/rev. 18 (≈ 43 l/min)
Priority valve: type Rexroth LPS 80
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump (variable displacement pump): type Kayaba PSVD2-26E
Displacement: cm³/rev. 2 x 26 (≈ 2 x 62 l/min)
Gear pump: P3 type Kayaba
Displacement: cm³/rev. 18 (≈ 43 l/min)
Main relief valve: P1 + P2 bar 245
Main relief valve: P3 bar 205
Servo-controlled valve (joystick) right / left: type Rexroth 4TH5 E70
Servo-controlled valve, linear lever (stabilising): type Hydro – Control HC-RC11
Servo-controlled valve, pedal
(intermediate boom / articulation) type Rexroth 2TH6 RP20
Valve bank: type Kayaba KVSE-72-9
PRESSURE AND SETTING VALUES Working

Valve bank - KVSE-72
Main relief valve P1 + P2 bar 245
- Boom - articulated boom (raise / lower): bar 280 / 280
- Dipperstick: bar 280 / 280
- Bucket: bar 280 / 280
- Intermediate boom - articulated boom / circular boom
in / out: bar 280 / 150
- Additional control circuit / breaker: bar 280 / 280
Main relief valve P3 bar 205
- Slewing (valves at slew motor): bar 205 / 205
- Articulation: bar ---
- Stabilising: bar ---
Pilot pressure (charge pressure) - high idle: bar 30 +2
SLEW DRIVE
Slew gear with slew motor: type Kayaba MSG-27P-23E-2
Slew pressure (valves at the slew motor): bar 205 (high idle)
2.49.50/01.2007
CYCLE TIMES
Articulated boom - raise / lower: sec. 4.5 / 4.5
Intermediate boom - raise / lower: sec. 4.1 / 3.2
Dipperstick - in / out: sec. 3.5 / 2.9
Bucket - in / out: sec. 2.6 / 2.1
AXLES
Front axle: 20 km/h version make/type Clark-Hurth 211 / 52
Rear axle: 20 km/h version make/type Clark-Hurth 315 / 111 / 61
Front axle: 30 km/h version make/type Clark-Hurth 211 / 52
Rear axle: 30 km/h version make/type Clark-Hurth 357 / 111 / 237
BRAKES
Brake pump: make Kayaba
Brake shut-off valve: make Wabco 477
Switching range: bar 120 - 150
Foot brake valve: make Wabco 467
Brake pressure: bar 45
Beginning/ end of inching: bar 5 - 13
Parking brake: spring-loaded brake in the front axle
Service brake: oil-immersed multi-disk brake, front
and rear axle
LUBRICANTS
Engine oil: see engine instruction book
Hydraulic oil: see Schaeff hydraulic oil recommen-
dation table
Transmission oil: MIL-L 2105 B / API-GL 5,
Multi-purpose grease: acc. to DIN 51825. Dripping point
over 170°C. Lithium-saponified.
NLGI grade 2 with EP additives
MAINTENANCE PARTS see operating manual
CAPACITIES ltr.
Engine oil (change): approx. 13.0 engine oil

Steering front axle - central housing: approx. 4.0 transmission oil
Reduction gear: approx. 0.7 transmission oil
Wheel hubs front axle: approx. 0.9 transmission oil, each
Wheel hubs rear axle: approx. 0.9 transmission oil, each
Swing gear: lubrication by circulation of the hydraulic oil
Cooling agent: engine oil
TW 70 from s/n.: TL00700100 (HML 23) 01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: KHD
Type: BF 4 M 2012 - COM 2
Performance according to DIN 70020: kW 60 at 2,000 min-1
Cooling: water
High idle: min-1 2,150+50
Low idle: min-1 800+50
Tappet clearance - inlet cold: mm 0.3 +0.1
Tappet clearance - outlet cold: mm 0.5 +0.1
Torque cylinder head studs: Nm 30, 80, 90°
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 110 / 850
Starter: kW/PS 3.1 / 4
Starting aid: heater flange
and Euronorm
TRANSMISSION
Travel pump: type A 4 VG 56 DA with pressure
cut-off
Travel motor: type A 6 VM 107 DA
Servo-controlled valve, pedal: type Rexroth 2TH6 RP20
TRAVEL RANGE
TW 85 20km/h version
Symbol tortoise/rabbit km/h 0 to 6 / 0 to 20
Gear position 1: tortoise/rabbit km/h 0 to 5 / 0 to 15
Cardan shaft rev. with 20 km/h version adjustment at nominal speed
tortoise / rabbit
with standard tyres: 8.25-20: min-1 395 / 1,480
365/70 R18: min-1 395 / 1,475
500/45-20: min-1 395 / 1,450
tortoise / rabbit
with standard tyres: 8.25-20: min-1 395 / 1,850
365/70 R18: min-1 395 / 1,840
500/45-20: min-1 395 / 1,810
TW 85 from s/n.: TL00850100 (HML 32) 01.2007
tortoise / rabbit
gear pos.1 / 2 gear pos. 1 / 2
with standard tyres: 8.25-20: min-1 350 / 850 1,105 / 2,660
365/70 R18: min-1 350 / 850 1,100 / 2,650
500/45-20: min-1 350 / 850 1,080 / 2,600
PRESSURE AND SETTING VALUES Travel

Charge pressure (high idle): bar 30 +2
Start-up speed: min-1 1,100 +50 (50 bar HP)
Engine stalling (tortoise, dynamic): min-1 1,900 ±50 at 320 +10 bar HP
STEERING
Steering unit: type Rexroth LAGC 200-14/LD 200-140
Steering pump: make Casappa
Displacement: cm³/rev. 16,6
Priority valve: type Rexroth LPS 40 R11
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump (variable displacement pump): type A 10 VO 071 DFLR
Triple gear pumps: type Casappa
Displacement: cm³/rev. 16.6+11.1
LS-pressure relief valve: bar 280 (valve bank 1)
LS-regulator (stand-by pressure): bar 22 at 2,150 min-1
(variable displacement pump)
Servo-controlled valve (joystick) right / left: type Rexroth 4TH 6 N

Servo-controlled valve, linear lever (stabilizing): type Hydro – Control
MONO boom:
Servo-controlled valve, pedal (articulation): type Rexroth 2TH 6 RP 20
With articulated boom and circular boom:

Servo-controlled valve, pedal (intermediate boom /
articulation) type Rexroth 2TH 6 RP 20
Valve bank 1, articulated boom and circular boom /
MONO boom: type Rexroth 5 SX 14 / 4 SX 14
Valve bank 2: type Rexroth 4 SM 12
2.51.02/01.2007
PRESSURE AND SETTING VALUES Working
Valve bank 1 - SX 14
LS valve: bar 280
Main relief valve: bar 310
- Boom - articulated boom (raise / lower): bar 300 / 300
- Boom - Mono boom (raise / lower): bar 300 / 180
- Boom - circular boom (raise / lower): bar 300 / 180
- Bucket: bar 300 / 300
- Intermediate boom - articulated boom / circular boom
in / out: bar 300 / 150
Valve bank 2 - SM 12
Main pressure relief valve 2 (high idle): bar 230
- Slewing (valves at slew motor): bar 100/250 / 100/250
- Articulation: bar ----
- Stabilizing: bar ----
- Option: front dozer blade: bar 130 +10 (Bosch safety valve in the
undercarriage)
Cut-off valve: make Bergin

Cut-off pressure (high idle): bar 110
Pilot pressure (charge pressure) - high idle: bar 30 +2
SLEW DRIVE
Slew gear : type ZFP DR - 140
Slew motor: type A 2 FM 28
Slew pressure (valves at the slew motor): bar 100 / 250
CYCLE TIMES
Mono boom - raise / lower: sec. 4.5 / 4.8
Articulated boom - raise / lower: sec. 4.5 / 4.5
Intermediate boom - raise / lower: sec. 4.0 / 3.0
Dipperstick - in / out: sec. 4.0 / 3.6
Bucket - in / out: sec. 2.6 / 2.0
AXLES
Front axle: standard make/type Clark-Hurth 311/212/99
Rear axle: standard make/type Clark-Hurth 162/53
Options:
Front axle: 4 wheel steering make/type Clark-Hurth 311/212/110

Rear axle: 4 wheel steering make/type Clark-Hurth 212/348
Front axle: “S”-version make/type Clark-Hurth 357/212/199

Rear axle: “S”-version make/type Clark-Hurth 162/53
Front axle: “S”-version, 4 wheel steering make/type Clark-Hurth 357/212/199

Rear axle: “S”-version, 4 wheel steering make/type Clark-Hurth 212/348
TW 85 from s/n.: TL00850100 (HML 32) 01.2007
BRAKES
Brake pump: make Casappa
Displacement: cm³/rev. 11.1
Brake shut-off valve: make Wabco
Switching range: bar 120 - 150
Foot brake valve: make Wabco
Brake pressure: bar 40 +10
Beginning/ end of inching: bar 5 - 13
Service brake: oil-immersed multi-disk brake, front
and rear axle
LUBRICANTS
Hydraulic oil: see Schaeff hydraulic oil recommen-
dation table
Transmission oil: MIL-L 2105 B / API-GL 5,
Multi-purpose grease: acc. to DIN 51825. Dripping point
over 170°C. Lithium-saponified.
NLGI grade 2 with EP additives
CAPACITIES ltr.
Engine oil (first filling): approx. 10.0 engine oil

Reduction gear: approx. 1.5 transmission oil
Wheel hubs front axle: approx. 0.5 transmission oil, each
Wheel hubs rear axle: approx. 0.5 transmission oil, each
Swing gear: lubrication by circulation of the hydraulic oil
2.51.02/01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: KHD
Type: BF 4 M 2012 – COM 2
Performance acc. to DIN 70020: kW 67 at 2,000 min-1
Cooling: water/ water antifreeze mixture
Tappet clearance - inlet cold: mm 0.3 +0.1
Tappet clearance - exhaust cold: mm 0.5 +0.1
Torque cylinder head studs: Nm 1st step: 40
2nd step: 70
Tightening angle: 180°
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 135 / 950(EN)
(“StVZO”) and Euronorm
TRANSMISSION
Travel pump: type A 4 VG 90 DA 1 DT 8

with pressure cut-off
Travel motor: 20/25km/h-version type A 6 VM 140 DA 1
36 km/h-version type A 6 VM 107 DA 1
Displacement: 20/25km/h-version cm³/ min-1 max. 140
36 km/h-version cm³/ min-1 max. 107
Pilot-operated valve, pedal: type Rexroth 2 TH 6 RP 20
TRAVEL RANGE
Symbol tortoise/rabbit km/h 0 to 6 / 0 to 20
tortoise / rabbit
with standard tyres: 9.00-20 14 PR: min-1 570 / 1,840
600/40-22,5: min-1 570 / 1,795
315/80 R22,5: min-1 570 / 1,780
tortoise / rabbit
with standard tyres: 9.00-20 14 PR: min-1 570 / 2,150
600/40-22,5: min-1 570 / 2,065
315/80 R22,5: min-1 570 / 2,050
TW 110 (HML 42) 01.2007
tortoise / rabbit
gear pos.1 / 2 gear pos. 1 / 2
-1
with standard tyres: 9.00-20 14PR: min 510 / 1.180 1,440 / 3,300
-1
600/40-22,5: min 510 / 1.180 1,400 / 3,230
-1
315/80-R22,5: min 510 / 1.180 1,395 / 3,200

+2
Charge pressure (high idle): bar 30
-10
-1 +50
Start-up speed: min 1,000 (50 bar HP)
1,900 ±50 at 230
-1 +10
Engine stalling (tortoise dynamic): min bar HP
STEERING
Steering unit: type Rexroth LAGC 160-14/LD 200-140/M01
Steering pump: make Casappa
Priority valve: type Rexroth LPS 80 R11/LD7
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump (variable displacement pump): type A 11 VO 95 DFSR
Displacement: cm³/rev. 0 to 93.5
Gear pumps (triple): type Casappa
Displacement: cm³/rev. 16.6 + 11.1 + 4.8
LS-pressure relief valve: bar 330 (valve bank 1)
22 ±1at 2,150 min
-1
LS-regulator (stand-by pressure): bar
(variable displacement pump)
-1 –100
Engine stall RPM: min 1,900 (intermediate boom out,
stabilizer up)
Servo-controlled valve (joystick), right / left: type Rexroth 4TH6 NE-70-10
Servo-controlled valve, linear lever (stabilising): type Hydro-Control HC-RCB-01-A01
Servo-controlled valve, pedal (intermediate
boom/articulation): type Rexroth 2TH6 RP 20
Valve bank 1, articulated boom: type Rexroth 5 SX 14

Valve bank 2: type Rexroth 4 SM 12

Valve bank 1 (SX 14)
LS valve bar 330
Main relief valve (high idle) bar 380
Line relief pressures
- Boom, articulated boom (up/down): bar 370 / 370
- Stick: bar 370 / 370
- Bucket: bar 370 / 370
- Intermediate boom, articulated boom (in/out): bar 370 / 200
2.53.03/01.2007
Valve bank 2 (SM 12)
Main pressure relief valve 2 (high idle) bar 230
Line relief pressures
- Swing (valves at swing motor): bar 100/250 / 100/250
- Articulation: bar ---/---
- Stabilizing: bar ---/---
+10
- Option: front dozer blade bar 150 (Bosch safety valve in the
undercarriage)
Shut-off valve make Knappheide

±5
Shut-off valve (high idle): bar 110
+2
Pilot pressure (charge pressure) – high idle: bar 30
SWING DRIVE
Swing gear: type ZFP DR - 140
Swing motor: type A 2 FM 28
Swing pressure (valves at the swing motor): bar 100 / 250
CYLE TIMES:
Articulated boom, boom up / down: s 3.4 / 3.0

Intermediate boom up / down: s 3.3 / 3.7
Stick in / out: s 3.6 / 3.1
Bucket in / out: s 2.8 / 1.7
AXLES
Front axle: standard make/type Clark-Hurth 311/212/100
Rear axle: standard make/type Clark-Hurth 162/54
Options:
Front axle: 4 wheel steering make/type Clark-Hurth 311/212/118

Rear axle: 4 wheel steering make/type Clark-Hurth 212/402
Front axle: “S”-version make/type Clark-Hurth 357/212/217

Rear axle: “S”-version make/type Clark-Hurth 162/54
Front axle: “S”-version, 4 wheel steering make/type Clark-Hurth 357/212/217

Rear axle: “S”-version, 4 wheel steering make/type Clark-Hurth 212/402
BRAKES
Brake pump: make Cassappa

Brake shut-off valve: make Wabco
±10
Switching range: bar 120 – 150
Foot brake valve: make Wabco
+5
Brake pressure: bar 40
Beginning / end of brake inching: bar 5 - 13
Beginning / end of brake inching (S-version): bar 9 - 13
Service brake: bar oil-immersed multi-disk brake, front and
rear axle
TW 110 (HML 42) 01.2007
LUBRICANTS

Hydraulic oil: see Schaeff hydraulic oil specification in
the operating manual
Transmission oil: SAE 80W 90LS / API-GL 5,
Multi-purpose grease: acc. to DIN 51825, lithium-saponified multi-
purpose grease, K2K-30
CAPACITIES ltr.
Engine oil (first filling): approx. 10.0 engine oil

Steering front axle – gearbox: approx. 0.9 transmission oil
Steering front axle – wheel hub: approx. 0.9 transmission oil, each
Rear axle – wheel hubs: approx. 2.1 transmission oil, each
Swing gear: Hydraulic oil, lubrication by circulation
of the oil
2.53.04/01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Mitsubishi
Type: S 4Q 2 - Y 163 KL
Output acc. to ISO 9249 (DIN 70020): kW 37.9 at 2,400 min-1
Cooling: water / anti-freeze agent
High idle: min -1 2,570 +30/-20
Low idle: min -1 850 +20
Spec. fuel consumption (full load): g/kWh 252
Fuel bleeding: automatic
Tappet clearance - inlet / outlet: mm 0.25 (cold)
Injection timing: ° 20 (before upper dead centre)
Tightening torque of cylinder head studs
(in case of repair): Nm M 12 x 1.75 : 118 ±5
Further data: see engine operator’s manual
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
Starting aid: glow plugs, glow time controlled,
Lighting: working headlamp H3,
additional headlamp (optional)
TRANSMISSION
Travel motors with travel gear: make / type Kayaba MAG-33V-550 E
Travel speed: km/h 0 to 3.0, 0 to 5.2
EXCAVATOR AND TRAVEL HYDRAULICS

Summation-controlled double variable
displacement pump and 2 gear pumps: make Kayaba PSVD 2-26 E
Flow rate: l/min. 62.4+62.4+43.2+8.4
Pilot pressure (high idle): bar 30 (service temperature)
Control valve: type Kayaba KVSE 72-11

Joystick: type Rexroth 4TH 5
Pedal-operated valve
(travel right/left, articulation,
additional control circuit): type Rexroth 2TH 6
Pedal-operated valve (dozer blade) type Hydrocontrol HC-RCM-1S
SLEW DRIVE
Slew motor with gearbox: make Kayaba MSG-27P-23E-2
Slew pressure (valves at slew motor): bar 205 (high idle) (service temperature)
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type TC 60 (HR 20) Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha
Benennung Technische Daten Blatt

Description Technical data Page
Dénomination Caractéristiques techniques Feuille 2.60.01
Denominación Datos téchnicos Página
Main pressure relief valve P1 (high idle): max. bar 245
P2 max. bar 245
P3 max. bar 205
LINE RELIEF PRESSURE S

P1 (main pressure relief valve: 245 bar)
- Travel right: bar -- / --
- Stick: bar 280 / 280
- Articulation: bar anti-cavitation
- Additional control circuit: bar 210 / 210
(slew bucket, grab rotation, rock breaker)
- Travel left: bar -- / --
- Boom lift / lower: bar 280 / 180
- Bucket: bar 280 / 280
- Slewing (valves at the slew motor): bar 205 / 205
- Dozer blade: bar -- / --
CYCLE TIMES
Boom up / down - to the ground
(without damping) sec. 3.0 / 2.7
Dipperstick cylinder extend / retract: sec. 3.0 / 3.2
Bucket cylinder extend / retract: sec. 2.0 / 2.5
LUBRICANTS
Hydraulic oil: see Terex hydraulic oil recommen-
dation table
Transmission oil: MIL-L-2105 B or API-GL5,
SAE 85 W 90 LS
Multiple-purpose grease: acc. to DIN 51825. Dripping point over
MAINTENANCE PARTS see operation manual
CAPACITIES ltr.
Fuel: approx. 95.0 diesel
Engine oil, engine and filter: approx. 5.5 + 1.0 HD oil (change)
Hydraulic oil, tank and system: approx. 108.0 hydraulic oil
Hydraulic oil tank: approx. 75.0 hydraulic oil (change)
Travel gear: approx. 0.9 transmission oil, each
Slew gear: supply of hydraulic oil
The values stated are approximate.

The level indicator is always decisive.
Typ Datum
Model
Type
TC 60 (HR 20) Edition
Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

Description Technical data Page
Dénomination Caractéristiques techniques Feuille 2.60.02
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Deutz
Type: BF 4 M 2011 Turbo - TIER ΙΙ
Output acc. to DIN 70020: kW 54 at 2,200 min-1
Cooling: external oil cooler
Engine Torque Nm 270 at 1,600 min-1
Tappet clearance-inlet cold: mm 0.3 +0,1
Tappet clearance-outlet cold: mm 0.5 +0,1
Compression ratio: bar 22 – 27
Injection nozzle (opening pressure) bar 210 +8
Engine oil pressure: bar 1.4 at 900 min -1
2.2 at 1,800 min -1
3.0 at high idle
Torque of cylinder head studs: Nm 30 / 80 / 160
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 110 / 850 (EN)
Starter: kW 2.3
Starting aid: 2 glow plugs
and Euronorm.
TRANSMISSION
Travel gear: make Lohmann Stolterfoht GFT 9 T2
2-stage variable displacement motor
(integrated in the travel gear): type A 10 VE 45 HZ
TRAVEL RANGE
Travel range I: km/h 2.7
Travel range II: km/h 5.2
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump (variable displacement pump): type A 10 VO 71 DFSR
Gear pump: make Bosch A510341201
LS-regulator (stand-by pressure
variable displacement pump): bar 22 ±1
Engine stalling (boom + dozer blade down in end position): min-1 2,000 +200
Servo-controlled valve (cross servo control stick): type Rexroth 4TH5 E70
Servo-controlled valve, pedal (travel): type Rexroth 2TH6
Servo-controlled valve, pedal (add.control circuit): type Rexroth 2TH6
Valve bank 1: (Mono / circular boom) type 6 SX 14 / 7 SX 14

Valve bank 2: (Standard / 2nd add. Circuit-Option) type 3 SM 12 / 4 SM 12
TC 75 (HR 32) from serial no. : TC00750100 01.2007
PRESSURE AND SETTING VALUES WORKING
LS-pressure relief valve (6 SX 14): bar 280 (valve bank 1)
Main pressure relief valve 1 (6 SX 14): bar 310 (SV)
Main pressure relief valve 2 (3 SM 12)
(high idle): bar 230
Line relief pressures - valve bank 1 (SX 14):

- MONO and circular boom: bar 210 / 300
- Intermediate boom: bar 180 / 300
- Bucket: bar 300 / 300
- Breaker / additional control circuit: bar 300 / 300
- Travel left / travel right: bar 300 / 300 (valves in the travel motor)
Line relief pressures - valve bank 2 (SM 12):

- Slewing (2 stage valves at the slew motor): bar 100/250 / 100/250
- Dozer blade: bar ----
Pilot pressure valve bank including

the pressure reducing valve: make Hydac
+5
Pilot pressure - high idle bar 35
SLEW DRIVE
Slew gear: type ZFP - DR 140
Slew motor: type A 2 FM 28 / 61W
Slew pressure (2-stage valves at slew motor): bar 100 / 250 (high idle)
LUBRICANTS
Hydraulic oil: see Schaeff hydraulic oil recommendation table
Transmission oil: MIL-L-2105 B / API-GL 5,
CAPACITIES ltr.
Slew gear: Hydraulic oil, lubrication by circulation of the oil
2.65.10 /01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Deutz
Type: BF 4 M 2012 – TIER II
Output acc. to DIN 70020: kW 69 at 2,100 min-1
Cooling: water
Low idle: min-1 800 ±50
Tappet clearance-inlet cold: mm 0.3 +0.1
Tappet clearance-outlet cold: mm 0.5 +0.1
Compression ratio: bar 30 – 38
Injection nozzle (opening pressure) bar 220
Engine oil pressure: bar 0.8 at low idle, 120°C
Torque of cylinder head studs: Nm 40, 70, Tightening angle 180°
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah/A 12 / 135 / 1000(EN)
Starting aid: air intake heater plate
and Euronorm.
TRANSMISSION
Travel gear: make Lohmann Stolterfoht GFT 17 T3
2-stage variable displacement motor
(integrated in the travel gear): type A 10 VE 45 HZ
Parking and service brake: oil immersed, spring loaded
multi-disk brake in the travel gear
TRAVEL RANGE:
Travel range I: km/h 2.5
Travel range II: km/h 5.4
WORKING HYDRAULICS
Working pump (variable displacement pump): type A 11 VO 75 LR3S
Gear pumps: make Casappa
Displacement: cm³/rev. 16,6+14,4
LS-regulator (stand-by pressure): bar 22 ±1 at 2,250 min-1
LS-pressure relief valve (SX 14): bar 350 (valve bank 1)
Engine stalling min-1 2,000 ±50
Servo-controlled valve (cross servo control stick): type Rexroth 4TH5 E70
Servo-controlled valve, pedal (articulation): type Rexroth 2TH6 RG06-10
Servo-controlled valve, pedal (dozer blade): type Rexroth 2TH6
Servo-controlled valve, pedal (travel): type Rexroth 2TH6 RP20
Servo-controlled valve, pedal (add. control circuit): type Rexroth 2TH6 RP20
Control valve 1: (mono boom) type 6 SX 14 (08 401 397)

Control valve 2: type 3 SM 12 (08 401 195)
Control valve 1: (articulated boom) type 7 SX 14 (08 402 325)
Control valve 2: (with option 2nd control circuit) type 4 SM 12 (08 401 495)
TC 125 (HR 42) from s/n.: TC01250100 01.2007
PRESSURE AND SETTING VALUES WORKING
Main pressure relief valve 1 (6 SX 14): bar 380 (safety valve)

Main pressure relief valve 2 (3 SM 12): bar 230
Line relief pressures - valve bank 1 (6/7 SX 14):

- Boom mono: bar 330 / 330
articulated: bar 370 / 370
- Intermediate boom: bar 370 / 200
- Dipper stick: bar 370 / 370
- Bucket: bar 370 / 370
- Breaker / additional control circuit: bar 300 / 300
- Travel left / travel right: bar 350 / 350 (valves in the travel motor)
Line relief pressures - valve bank 2 (3 SM 12):

- Slewing (valves at the slew motor): bar 150/250 /// 150/250
Shut-off valve: make Bergin

Shut-off pressure (high idle): bar 110
Pressure reducing valve (pilot control): make Parker PRS-6 G
Pilot pressure - high idle bar 35 +2
SLEW DRIVE
Slew gear: type ZFP - DR 140
Slew motor: type A 2 FM 32/61W
Slew pressure (valves at slew motor): bar 150 / 250 /// 150 / 250 (high idle)
LUBRICANTS
Hydraulic oil: see Schaeff hydraulic oil recommendation table
Transmission oil: MIL-L-2105 B / API-GL 5,
CAPACITIES ltr.
Cooling agent: approx. 12.0 water with anti-corrosive and
anti-freeze agent
2.67.02/01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Type: S 4L - 262 KL
Output acc. to DIN 70020 and ECE-R24: kW 19 at 2,000 min-1
High idle: min-1 2,250 +20/-20
Low idle: min-1 1,000 +50/-25
Compression ratio: bar 27 - 30
Engine oil pressure: bar 3.5 ±0.5 (at high idle, service
temperature)
Torque of cylinder head studs
(in case of repair): Nm M 10 Æ 83 – 92
Injection pressure (valve opening pressure) bar 140 +5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
Starting aid: Glow plugs, glow time controlled,
Lighting: working headlamps H3,
TRANSMISSION
Travel motors with travel gear: make/type SOM PGRF 402

Travel speed: km/h 0 to 2.7; 0 to 4.6

Hydraulic pump: make A 10 VO 45 DFR
Flow rate: l/min 0 - 45
Valve bank: type Rexroth 9 SX 12
Cross servo control stick: type Rexroth 4TH 6 N
SLEW DRIVE

Slew pressure (valves at slew motor): bar 210+5(high idle; service temperature)
(Δp at the slew motor 180 +5bar)
TC 29 from s/n.: TC00290100 (HR 14) 01.2007
Main pressure relief valve (high idle): max. bar 210 +5
Power regulator (G-regulator): bar 20 (high idle, service temperature)
Stand-by regulator: bar 21 (high idle, service temperature)
Δp (LS-Pressure) bar 15,0 (high idle, service temperature)
LINE RELIEF PRESSURES
- slewing (valves at the slew motor): bar 210+5 / 210+5 (high idle, service temperature)
(Δp at the slew motor 180bar)
- blade: bar ---
- travel left: bar --- / --- (190 bar shock valves at the
travel motor)
- travel right: bar --- / --- (190 bar shock valves at the
travel motor)
- bucket: bar 175 / 175
- boom lift / lower: bar 230 / 160
- articulation: bar anti-cavitation
- dipperstick in/out: bar 230 / 230
- breaker / slew bucket / grab rotation: bar ---
CYCLE TIMES
Dipperstick out / in: sec. 2.5 / 3.3
Bucket out / in: sec. 2.0 / 2.8
LUBRICANTS
Hydraulic oil: see operation manual
table
CAPACITIES ltr.
Engine oil, engine and filter: approx. 7.7 + 0.5 HD-oil (change)
Slew gear: lubrication by circulation of the hydraulic oil

2.76.02/01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Type: S 4L 2 – Y 263 KL – Tier II
Output acc. to DIN 70020 and ECE-R24: kW 23.8 at 2,100 min-1
Torque Nm 105 at 1,500 min -1
High idle: min-1 2,300 -50
Low idle: min-1 1,000 +25/-25
Engine oil pressure: bar 3.5 ±0.5 (high idle, service temperature)
(in case of repair): Nm M 10 Æ 83 to 92
Injection pressure bar 140 +5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
TRANSMISSION
Travel motors with travel gear: make/type SOM PGR 402
Travel speed: km/h 0 to 2.7 / 0 to 4.6

Variable displacement pump: make Rexroth
type A 10 VO 45 DFLR
Flow rate: cm³/rev. 0 – 45 (0 – 94.5 l/min)
Cross servo control stick: type Rexroth 4TH6
SLEW DRIVE

Slew pressure (valves at slew motor): bar 250 +5 (Δp=200+5 between M1 and M2;
high idle; service temperature)
TC 35 from s/n.: TC00350100 (HR 16) 01.2007
Main pressure relief valve: max. bar 250 +5 (high idle, service temperature)
Power regulator (G-regulator): bar 20 (high idle, service temperature)
Stand-by regulator: bar 21 (high idle, service temperature)
Δp (LS-Pressure) bar 15,0 (high idle, service temperature)

- slewing (valves at the slew motor): bar 250 / 250 (Δp between M1 and M2
high idle, service temperature)
- blade: bar ---
- travel left: bar --- (250 bar shock valves at
the travel motor)
the travel motor)
- bucket: bar 210 / 210

- dipper stick: bar 280 / 280
- breaker / slew bucket / grab rotation: bar 210 / 210
CYCLE TIMES
Dipper stick cylinder extend / retract: sec. 2.5 / 3.3
LUBRICANTS
CAPACITIES ltr.

2.78.02/01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Type: S 4Q 2 - 262 KL
Output acc. to ISO 9249 (DIN 70020): kW 34.6 at 2,200 min-1
Compression ration bar 26 - 30
Engine oil pressure: bar 3.5 ±0.5 (at high idle, service
temperature)
Tightening torque of cylinder head studs
(in case of repair): Nm M 12 x 1.75 Æ 118 ± 5
Injection pressure (valve opening pressure) bar 120 +10
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
Starting aid: glow plugs, glow time controlled,
TRANSMISSION
Travel motors with travel gear: make/type Kayaba MAG-33V-550 E
Travel speed: km/h 0 to 2.6; 0 to 5.0

Summation-controlled double variable
displacement pump and 2 gear pumps: make Kayaba PSVD 2 - 26 E
Flow rate: l/min. 57 + 57 + 37 + 10
Control valve: type Kayaba KVSE 70-10

Joystick: type Rexroth 4TH 5
Pedal-operated valve
(travel right/left, dozer blade, articulation,
additional control circuit): type Rexroth 2TH 6
SLEW DRIVE
Slew motor with gearbox: make Kayaba MSG-27 P-23
Slew pressure (valves at slew motor): bar 205 (high idle) (service temperature)
TC 48 from s/n.: TC00480100 (HR 18) 01.2007
Main pressure relief valve P1 (high idle): max. bar 245
P2 max. bar 245
P3 max. bar 205

- Travel right (valves at the slew motor): bar 270 / 270
- Stick: bar 280 / 280
- Articulation: bar anti-cavitation
- Additional control circuit: bar 210 / 210
(slew bucket, grab rotation, rock breaker)
- Travel left (valves at the slew motor): bar 270 / 270
- Boom lift / lower: bar 280 / 140
- Bucket: bar 280 / 280
- Slewing (valves at the slew motor): bar 205 / 205
CYCLE TIMES
Dipperstick extend / retract: sec. 3.4 / 3.8
Bucket extend / retract: sec. 1.5 / 2.7
LUBRICANTS
SAE 85 W 90 LS
CAPACITIES ltr.

2.80.02/01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Type: L 3 E - W 262 KL
Performance acc. to DIN 70020 + ECE-R24: kW 13.0 at 2,250 min-1
Capacity: cm³ 952
High idle: min-1 2.450 +35/-10
Low idle: min-1 1.020 +50
Tappet clearance - inlet / exhaust: mm 0.25 (cold)
Injection timing: ° 17 before upper dead centre
Torque of cylinder head studs: Nm M 10: 75 - 85
M 8: 20 – 30
Electric fuel pump: bar 0,18
l/min 0.37
Injection pressure (valve opening pressure): bar 140
Further data: see engine operating manual
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
Starting aid: 3 glow plugs, glow time controlled
Lighting: working headlight H3
TRANSMISSION
Travel motors: make/type SOM MOR 15
Travel gears: make/type SOM PGR 132 N
Travel speed: km/h 0 to 2.4

Hydaulic pump: make Haldex WP 09 A2
Flow rate: l/min 33,6 + 19,2
Cut off valve: pump integrated
Cut off pressure (high idle): bar 110 –5 (service temperature)
Pressure reducing valve with accu make Hydac
Cross servo control stick: type Rexroth 4TH 6
Flow at additional circuit l/min at 100 bar Î approx. 32
at 140 bar Î approx. 26
SLEW DRIVE
Slew motor with gearbox: make SOM SD50 + GWS200
Slew pressure (valves at slew motor): bar 140 (high idle and service temperature,
measured at pressure port P1)
TC 15 from s/n.: TC00150100 (HR 1.5) 01.2007
- travel left (valves in the motor): bar ----

- travel right (valves in the motor): bar ----
- slewing (valves at the slew motor): bar 140
(high idle and service temperature,
- dipperstick: bar 210 / 210
- bucket: bar 210 / 210
- breaker / slew bucket / grab rotation: bar ----
- articulation: bar anti cavitation
- dozer blade: bar ----
CYCLE TIMES
Boom up / down to the ground: s 3.0 / 2.9
Dipperstick extend / retract: s 2.6 / 2.9
Bucket extend / retract: s 2.1 / 2.4
Slew speed (max.) min-1 10
LUBRICANTS
CAPACITIES ltr.

Slew gear: approx. 0.07 transmission oil
Cooling agent: approx. 4.2 water with anticorrosive

2.90.01/01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Capacity: cm³ 952
High idle: min-1 2.450 +35/-10
M 8: 20 – 30
Electric fuel pump: bar 0,18
l/min 0.37
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
TRANSMISSION

Hydaulic pump: make Haldex WP 09 A2
SLEW DRIVE
Slew motor with gearbox: make Nachi PCR-01B-05A
TC 15 from s/n.: TC00150163 (HR 1.5) 01.2008

- bucket: bar 210 / 210
CYCLE TIMES
LUBRICANTS
CAPACITIES ltr.


2.90.02/01.2008
DIESEL ENGINE
Capacity: cm³ 952
High idle: min-1 2.450 +35/-10
M 8: 20 – 30
Electric fuel pump bar 0,18
l/min 0,37
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
TRANSMISSION

Hydraulic pump: make Haldex WP 09 A2
SLEW DRIVE
Slew motor with gearbox: make SOM SD50 + GWS200
TC 16 from s/n.: TC00160100 (HR 1.6) 01.2007

- bucket: bar 210 / 210
CYCLE TIMES
LUBRICANTS
CAPACITIES ltr.


2.91.01/01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Capacity: cm³ 952
High idle: min-1 2.450 +35/-10
M 8: 20 – 30
l/min 0,37
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
TRANSMISSION

SLEW DRIVE
TC 16 from s/n.: TC00160733 (HR 1.6) 01.2008

- bucket: bar 210 / 210
CYCLE TIMES
LUBRICANTS
CAPACITIES ltr.


2.91.02/01.2008
DIESEL ENGINE
Capacity: cm³ 952
High idle: min-1 2.450 +35/-10
M 8: 20 – 30
l/min 0,37
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
TRANSMISSION
Travel speed: tortoise km/h 0 to 2.7
rabbit km/h 0 to 4.5

SLEW DRIVE
Slew motor with gearbox: make SOM RCG-35
TC 20 from s/n.: TC00200100 (HR 2.0) 01.2007
- travel left (valves in the motor): bar 180 / 180

- travel right (valves in the motor): bar 180 / 180
- bucket: bar 210 / 210
CYCLE TIMES
LUBRICANTS
CAPACITIES ltr.


2.92.01/01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Capacity: cm³ 952
High idle: min-1 2.450 +35/-10
M 8: 20 – 30
l/min 0,37
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
TRANSMISSION
Travel speed: tortoise km/h 0 to 2.7
rabbit km/h 0 to 4.5

SLEW DRIVE
TC 20 from s/n.: TC00200493 (HR 2.0) 01.2008
- travel left (valves in the motor): bar 180 / 180

- travel right (valves in the motor): bar 180 / 180
- bucket: bar 210 / 210
CYCLE TIMES
LUBRICANTS
CAPACITIES ltr.


2.92.02/01.2008
DIESEL ENGINE
Type: S 3L 2 – W 463 KL ( Tier 4)
Torque Nm 78,4 at 1,800 min -1
High idle: min-1 2,400 +30/-25
Low idle: min-1 1,160 ±25
Injection timing: ° 17° (before upper dead centre)
Engine oil pressure: bar 3.5 ±0,5 (high idle, service temperature)
(in case of repair): Nm 83 to 92 (M10)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
Starting aid: 3 Glow plugs. Glow time:
temperature independent
preglowing: 6 sec continuous
postglowing: 4,5 sec continuous

TRANSMISSION
Travel motors with travel gear: make/type Nachi PHV-3B-35A
Travel speeds: km/h 0 to 2.7 / 0 to 4.4

Variable displacement pump: make Bosch Rexroth
type A 10 VNO 28
Flow rate: cm³/rev. 0 – 28 (max. 67 l/min)
Valve bank: type 9 SX 10
Cross servo control stick: type 4 TH5

Travel pedal type 4 TH5 NR
Control lever boom offset type Hydrocontrol HC-RCM
Control lever add.circuit type Hydrocontrol HC-RCM
Typ/Model Datum/Edition
TC 25 from s/n.: TC00250100 08.2007
Benennung/Description Blatt/Page
Technical data 2.93.01
SLEW DRIVE

Slew pressure (valves at slew motor): bar 180 +5 (Δp between M1 and M2;

Pump safety relief valve: bar 280 (high idle, service temperature)
Main relief valve - LS: bar 250 (high idle, service temperature)
Stand-by (free flow circuit): bar 24,2 (high idle, service temperature)
Δp (P minus LS pressure) bar 17,0 (high idle, service temperature)

- slewing (valves at the slew motor): bar 180+5 (Δp between M1 and M2,
- dozer: bar ---
- travel left: bar ---
- travel left: bar ---
- bucket: bar 270 / 270

- boom offset: bar anti-cavitation
CYCLE TIMES
Dipper stick cylinder out / in: sec. 2.2 / 2.5
Bucket cylinder open / close: sec. 1.8 / 2.1
Slew speed min-1 10
LUBRICANTS
CAPACITIES ltr.
Fuel: approx. 40 diesel
Engine oil, engine and filter: approx 5,7 HD oil (change)
Hydraulic oil, tank and system: approx. 40 hydraulic oil
Hydraulic oil tank: approx. 34 hydraulic oil (change)
2.93.01/08.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Type: S 4L 2 – Y 263 KL – TIER II
Torque Nm 105 at 1,500 min -1
High idle: min-1 2,300 -50
Low idle: min-1 1,000 +25/-25
Engine oil pressure: bar 3.5 ±0.5 (high idle, service temperature)
(in case of repair): Nm M 10 Æ 83 to 92
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
TRANSMISSION
Travel motors with travel gear: make/type SOM PGR 402
Travel speed: shift I km/h 0 to 2.7
shift II km/h 0 to 4.6

type A 10 VO 45 DFLR
Flow rate: cm³/min. 0 – 45 (0 - 94.5 l/min)
SLEW DRIVE
Slew motor with gearbox: make Kayaba MSG-27P-10E

Slew pressure (valves at slew motor): bar 250+5 (Δp= 200+5 between M1 and M2;
TC 37 from s/n.: TC00370100 (HR 3.7) 01.2007
Main pressure relief valve: max. bar 250 +5 (high idle, service temperature)
Power regulator (G-regulator): bar 20.0 (high idle, service temperature)
Stand-by regulator: bar 21.0 (high idle, service temperature)
Δp (LS-Pressure) bar 15.0 (high idle, service temperature)

- slewing (valves at the slew motor): bar 215+5 / 215+5(Δp= 185+5 between M1 and M2
- blade: bar ---
the travel motor)
the travel motor)
- bucket: bar 210 / 210
CYCLE TIMES
LUBRICANTS
CAPACITIES ltr.

2.97.01/01.2007
DIESEL ENGINE
Manufacturer: Yanmar
Type: 4TNV88 (Tier2)
Output acc. to DIN 70020 and ECE-R24: kW 29 at 2,200 min-1
Torque Nm 133-144 at 1,500 min -1
Tappet clearance - inlet / outlet: mm 0.15 – 0,25 (cold)
Engine oil pressure: bar 2.8 – 4.3 (high idle, service temperature)
Engine oil pressure: bar 0.6 (low idle, service temperature)
Torque of cylinder head studs M10 x 1.25
(in case of repair): Nm 40 – 45 Nm (Step 1)
Nm 85 – 91 Nm (Step 2)
Injection pressure bar 410
+10
Injection pressure (opening pressure nozzle) bar 196
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage: V 12
Battery: V/Ah 12 / 74 / 680 (EN)
Starting aid: Glow flange, glow time controlled,
TRANSMISSION
Travel motors with travel gear: make/type MAG-33V-550F (auto 2-speed)
Travel speed: shift I km/h 0 to 2.8
shift II km/h 0 to 5.0

type A 10 VO 63 LR3DS
Flow rate: cm³/min. 0 – 63 (0 - 136 l/min)
SLEW DRIVE
Slew motor with gearbox: make Kayaba

Slew pressure (valves at slew motor): bar 205 (Δp between M1 and M2;
TC 50 from s/n.: TC00500100 (HR 5.0) 01.2007
Main pressure relief valve: bar 280 (high idle, service temperature)
Pressure cut-off valve: bar 250 (high idle, service temperature)
Stand-by: bar 27.0 (high idle, service temperature)
Δp (LS-Pressure) bar 19.0 (high idle, service temperature)

- slewing (valves at the slew motor): bar 205 (Δp between M1 and M2
- blade: bar ---
the travel motor)
the travel motor)
- bucket: bar 280 / 280
CYCLE TIMES
Swing rev. 10 per minute
LUBRICANTS
CAPACITIES ltr.

2.99.01/01.2007
SUBGROUP LIST
DIESEL ENGINES
TW 85 / TW 110 DEUTZ BF 4M 2012 E 3.150

(HML 32 COM2) / (HML 42)
TC 125
(HR 42)
TL 65 / TL 70 DEUTZ F4M 2011 3.250

(SKL 824) / (SKS 634)
TL 80 / TL100
(SKL 834) / (SKL 844)
TC 75 / TW 70
(HR 32) / (HML 23)
TL 210 / TL 260 CUMMINS QSB 6.7 3.290
TL 120 / TL 160 PERKINS 1104 C 3.300

(SKL 854) / (SKL 160)
TL 420 / TL 450 CUMMINS QSM 11 3.350
SKL 200 / TL 260 PERKINS 1106 3.450

(SKL 873) / (SKL 260)
TC 15, 16, 20 Mitsubishi L3E 3.500

(HR 1.5, 1.6, 1.7)
TC 29 / TC 35 Mitsubishi S4L 3.600

(HR 14) / (HR 16)
TC 48 / TC 60 Mitsubishi S4Q 3.800

(HR 18) / (HR 20)
TC 50 Yanmar TNV88 3.900
01/2007
10
11
12
13 8
15
9
5 1
3
6
2
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
Typ Motor Datum

Model Deutz Engine Edition
Type BF-4/6 M 2012 Moteur Date 01.2007
Tipo Motor Fecha
Description Specification Data Page
Dénomination Caractéristicos techniques Feuille
3.150.01
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Ventileinstellschema Blatt
Description Schematic for valve clearance adjustment Page
Dénomination Schéma de réglage des soupapes Feuille
3.150.02
Denominación Esquema para el adjuste del juego de válvulas Página
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Ventileinstellschema Blatt
Description Schematic for valve clearance adjustment Page
Dénomination Schéma de réglage des soupapes Feuille
3.150.03
Denominación Esquema para el adjuste del juego de válvulas Página
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Reihenfolge bei Anziehen der Zylinderkopfschraube Blatt
Description Tightening order cylinder head bolt Page
Dénomination Ordre de serrage des boulons de culasse Feuille
3.150.04
Denominación Orden a seguir para el apriete de los tornillos de culata Página
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
3.150.05
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
3.150.06
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
3.150.07
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
3.150.08
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
3.150.09
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
3.150.10
Specification data 3.250.01
Schematic for valve clearance adjustment 3.250.02
Key to Symbols 3.250.03
Engine DEUTZ F-4M 2011 - overview 3.250.04
Valve clearance checking and adjusting 3.250.05-3.250.06
Compression pressure checking and adjusting 3.250.07-3.250.08
Injector checking and adjusting 3.250.09-3.250.11
Injector, repair of components 3.250.12-3.250.14
Typ Motor Datum

Model DEUTZ Engine Edition
Moteur
01.2007
Type F - 4M 2011 Date
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung INHALTSVERZEICHNIS Blatt
Description TABLE OF CONTENTS Page
3.250.00
Dénomination SOMMAIRE INDICE Feuille
Denominación INDICE Página
Deutsch English Français Español
Technische Daten Specification data Caractéristiques Datos técnicos

techniques
F – 4M 2011 F – 4M 2011 F – 4M 2011 F – 4M 2011

ohne Kühlsystem Without cooling system sans système de refroid sin sistema de refrige
Motorgewicht ohne Engine weight without Poids du moteur sans Peso del motor sin
Starter, mit Generator starter with generator démarreur avec arrancador, con
ca. 248 kg approx. 248 kg génératrice generador aprox. 248 kg
approx. 248 kg
Gesamthubvolumen Engine swept volume Cylindrée totale Cilindradea total

3108 cm3 3108 cm3 3108 cm3 3108 cm3
Bohrung 94mm Bore 94mm Alésage 94mm Calibre 94mm
Hub 112mm Stroke 112mm Course 112mm Carrera 112mm
Drehrichtung: Direction of rotation: Sens de rotation: Sentido de giro:

Auf Schwungrad gesehen When facing flywheel Vu sur volant à gauche Visto sobre el volante a
links counter-clockwise izquierdas
Nenndrehzahl: Rated speed: Régime nominal: Régimen nominal:

max. 2800/min max. 2800 rpm max.2800 tr/mn máx. 2800 r/min
Niedrigste Leerlauf- Minimum idle speed: Ralenti extrême: Régimen min. en vacío:
drehzahl: 900/min 900 rpm 900 tr/mn 900 r/min
Arbeitsweise: Working cycle: Principe de Sistema de trabajo:

Viertakt - Diesel four-stroke diesel fonctionnement: Diesel a 4 tiempos
Diesel 4 temps
Verbrennungsverfahren Combustion system: Principe de Sistema de

: Direct injection combustion: compustión:
Direkteinspritzung Injection directe Inyección directa
Verdichtungsverhältnis: Compression ratio: Taux de compression: Relación de

19 19 19 compresión:19
Kompressionsdruck: Compression pressure: Compression: Pressión de

25-30 bar 25-30 bar 25-30 bars compresión:
25-30 bar
Zündfolge: Firing order: Ordre d’allumage: Orden de encendido:

1–3–4-2 1–3–4-2 1–3–4-2 1–3–4-2
Typ Motor Datum

Moteur
01.2007
Tipo Motor Fecha
Description Specification data Page
3.250.01
Dénomination Caractéristiques techniques Feuille
Denominación Datos técnicos Página
Technische Daten Specification data Caractéristiques Datos técnicos

techniques
F – 4M 2011 F – 4M 2011 F – 4M 2011 F – 4M 2011

ohne Kühlsystem Without cooling system sans système de refroid sin sistema de refrige
Steuerzeiten ohne Valve timing without Calage distribution Cotas de reglaje sin
Stößel- und Ventilspiel valve clearance sans jeux des juegos de válvula y de
poussoirs st soupapes empujadores
Einlaß öffnet Inlet opens Admission ouvre Admisión abre

45 Grad vor OT 45 degrees before TDC 45 degrés avant PMH 45 drados a. PMS
Einlaß schließt Inlet closes Admission ferme Admisión cierra

65 Grad nach UT 65 degrees after BDC 65 degrés après PMB 65 grados t. PMI
Auslaß öffnet Exhaust opens Échappement ouvre Escape apre

76 Grad vor UT 76 degrees before BDC 76 degrés avant PMB 76 grados a. PMI
Auslaß schließt Exhaust closes Échappement ferme Escape cierra

44 Grad nach OT 44 degrees after TDC 44 degrés après PMH 44 grados t. PMS
Mindestöldruck bei Minimum oil pressure Pression d’huile Presión min. de aceite a
warmem Motor, during warm motor, minimum sur moteur motor caliente,
Öltemperatur 110 °C Oil temperature 110 °C chaud, temperatura del aceite
Öl SAE 20/20 bei: Oil SAE 20/20 during: température d’huile 110 110 °C, SAE 20/20, a:
°C, huile SAE 20/20, à :
900/min (niederer 900 rpm 900 tr/mn 900 r/min (régimen bajo
Leerlauf) 1,4 bar (lower no-load) 1,4 bar (ralenti minimum)1,4 bars en vacìo) 1,4 bar
1800/ min 2,2 bar 1800 rpm 2,2 bar 1800 tr/mn 2,2 bars 1800 r/min 2,2 bar
max. 2800/min 3,0 bar max. 2800 rpm 3,0 bar 2800 tr/mn maxi 3,0 bars máx. 2800 r/min 3,0 bar
Angaben für Motoren Data related to motors Indications pour moteurs Datos para motores sin
ohne Motoröl-Heizung without motor oil heating sans chauffage par huile calefacción por el aceite
moteur del motor
Absteuerventil Pressurestat Clapet de décharge Válvula reguladora final

7 bar 7 bar 7bar 7 bar
3.250.01/01.2007
Ventilspieleinstell- Schematic for valve Schema de reglage Esquema para el

schema clearance adjustment des soupapes ajuste de holgura de
v81vulas
Kurbelwellen- Crankshaft Position de Posición dei

stellung position I'arbre à cames cigüeñal
Motor bis zum Erreichen der Turn engine until valves Virer le moteur jusqu'au Gírese el motor, hasta
Ventilüberschneidung am of cylinder No.1 overlap chevau-chement des que las válvulas del
Zyl. Nr. 1 durchdrehen soupapes au cylindre 1 cilindro N° 1 coincidan en
su posición momentánea
Kurbelwellen- Crankshatt Position de Posición dei

stellung 2 position 2 I'arbre à cames 2 cigüeñal 2
Motor um eine volle Turn engine further by Taurner le mateur d'un Continuese girando el
Umdrehung (360°) one complete revolution taur complet (360°) motor por una rotación
weiterdrehen (360°). completa (360°)
nicht einstellbar einstellbar

not ready for adjustment ready for adjustment
non réglable réglable
no ajustable ajustable
Typ Motor Datum

Moteur
01.2007
Tipo Motor Fecha
3.250.02
Reihenfolge beim Anziehen der Zylinderkopfschrauben
Tightening order for cylinder head bolts
Ordre à respecter lors du serrage d'approche et définitif des vis de cul.
Sucesión de los trabajos al apretar los tornillos de culata
Krümmerseite
Mainfold side
Coté coudes
Lado codo
4-Zylinder
4-cylinder
4-cylindres
4-cilindros
3.250.02/01.2007
Bildzeichen- Key to Explication des Leyenda de

erklärung Symbols symboles símbolos
Zerlegen Disassembly Déassemblage Desarmer

von Baugruppen of assembly groups d’ensemble constructifs grupos de constucción
Zusammenbauen Reassembly Assemblage Ensamblar

zu einer Baugruppe to form assembly group d’un ensemble constructif un grupo de construcción
Démontage – Dépose
Abbauen – Ausbauen Remove Desmontar
de pièces entravant
behindernder Teile obstructing parts elementos estorbantes
l’accès
Remontar
Einbauen – Anbauen Reinstall – Remount Remontage – repose
elementos que habían
Teile, die beim parts which had de pièces qui entravaient
estorbado en el
Ab-/Ausbauen hinderten obstructed disassembly la dépose
desmontaje
Atención:
Achtung, Attention! Attention,
Indicación
wichtiger Hinweis Important notice! remarque importante
importante
Prüfen – Einstellen Check – Adjust Contrôler – régler Verificar – ajustar
z.B. Drehmomente, e. g. torque dimensions, p. ex. couples, cotes, p. ej. pares motor,
Maße, Drücke usw. pressures, etc. pressions etc. medidas, presiones, etc.
Spezialwerkzeug Special tool Outillage spécial Herramienta especial
Einbaurichtung Note direction of Respecter le sens de

Dirección de montaje
beachten installation montage
Kontrollieren –
Contrôle – Vérifier
Prüfen Visual inspection Inspección visual
contrôle visuel
Sichtprüfung
Réutilisation Reutilizable en
Bedingt Possibly still
conditionnelle determinadas
wiederverwendbar serviceable
Bei Bedarf auswechseln renew if necessary
Remplacer le cas condiciones
échéant Sustitur, si es necesario
Beim
Renew at each Toujours remplacer Renovar en cada
Zusammenbauen
reassembly au remontage montaje
immer erneuern
Quitar – colocar
Entsichern – Sichern Unlock – Lock Débloquer – Arrêter elementos de
z. B. Splint, e. g. split pin, p. ex. goupille, tôle d’arrêt seguridad
Sicherungsbleche usw. locking plate, etc. etc. p. ej. pasador de aletas,
chapa de seguridad, etc.
Freiner – Coller Frenar – pegar
Sichern – Kleben Lock – Adhere
p. ex. produit d’étanchéité p. ej. utilizando pasta
z. B. Dichtmittel flüssig e. g. with liquid sealant
liquide sellante
Typ Motor Datum

Moteur
01.2007
Tipo Motor Fecha
3.250.03
Bildzeichen- Key to Explication des Leyenda de

erklärung Symbols symboles símbolos
Personenschäden
Guard against Prévention de Prevención de daños
verhüten
personal injury dommages corporels personales
Hinweis auf
Indication of hazard Signalisation de danger Aviso a puntos de peligro
Gefahrenstelle
Prévention de
Materialschaden Guard against Prevención de daños
dommages matériels
verhüten material damage materiales
Endommagement de
Teilbeschädigung Damage to parts Daños en partes o piezas
pièces
colocar sobre
Unterbauen – Prop up - Support -
Supporter – Étayer caballeta – apoyar –
Abstützen - Abfangen Hold
sostener – retener
Einölen Oil Huiler Aceitar
Einfetten Grease Graisser Lubricar con grasa
Markieren Mark Repérer Marcar

Vor dem Zerlegen, before disassembly, avant désassemble, antes de desarmar,
beachten beim observe marks when respecteur au observar la marcas al
Zusammenbauen reassembly réassemblage remontar
Wuchten
Balance Equilibrer Equilibar
Ausgleichen von
Eliminate any imbalance éliminer le balourds Eliminar desequilibrios
Unwuchten
Filling – Topping up – Remplir – Faire Llenar – reponer -
Einfüllen – Auffüllen
Refilling l’appoint rellenar
– Nachfüllen
e. g. oil, p. ex. huile, eau de p. ej. aceite, agua de
z. B. Öl, Kühlwasser usw.
cooling water, etc. refroidissement refrigeración, etc.
Ablassen Drain off Vidange Evacuar
z. B. Öl, Kühlwasser e. g. oil, p. ex. huile, eau de p. ej. aceite, agua de
usw. cooling water, etc. refroidissement refrigeración, etc.
Lösen Loosen – Release Desserrer Soltar
z. B. Lockern einer e. g. loosening a p. ex. desserrer un p. ej. aflojar un dispositivo
Spanneinrichtung clamping device dispositif de tension de sujeción
Spannen Tighten – Clamp Serrer Fijar
z. B. Anziehen einer e. g. tightening a p. ex. serrer un dispositif p. ej. apretar un
Spanneinrichtung clamping device de tension dispositivo de sujeción
Entlüften Vent Purge d’air Purgar de aire
Usinage par
Spanabhebende Mecanizado con
machining process enlèvement de
Bearbeitung arranque de virutas
copeaux
3.250.03/01.2007
31
30
29
11
10
11
12
28 13
27
26 14
15
25
16
17
18
19
24
21
23 22
20
06
07
08
09
05
04 01
03 02
F:\ServHB\Kap03\4-sprachig-deut-eng-fran-span \390004-Deutz-F4M-2011
Typ Motor Datum

Type F - 4M 2011 Moteur Date 06.2002
Tipo Motor Fecha
3.250.04
Pos.
Item
Rep. Deutsch English Français Español
No.
Motor Engine Moteur Motor
01
DEUTZ F - 4M 2011 DEUTZ F - 4M 2011 DEUTZ F - 4M 2011 DEUTZ F - 4M 2011
02 Starter Starter Démarreur Arrancador
03 Lüfter Fan Ventilateur Ventilador
04 Motorabstellung Shutdown device Arrêt du moteur Parada del motor
05 Keilriemen V-belt Courroie trapézoïdale Correa trapezoidal
06 Einspritzventile Injectors Injecteurs Inyectóres
07 Luftansaugrohr Air intake manifold Collecteur d’admis. d’air Colector de admisión
08 Glühwendelkerze Glow plug Bougie de réchauffage Bujía de incandescente
09 Abgassammelrohr Exhaust manifold Collecteur d’échappement Colector de escape
10 Generator Alternator Alternateur Alternador
Raccords de Racores para el
11 Ölkühleranschlüsse Oil cooler connections
refroidisseur d’huile refrigeradore de aceite
Oil temperature Transmetteur de Transmisor de
12 Öletmperaturgeber
regulator température d’huile temperatura de aceite
13 Einspritzpumpen Injection pumps Pompes d’injection Bombas de inyección
Verschlussdeckel für Closure cover for oil Bouchon de Tapa en la boca de
14
Öleinfüllung filling remplissage d’huile Ilendo de aceite
Varilla medidora de
15 Ölmessstab Oil dipstick Jauge d’huile
nivel de aceite
Interruptor de presión
16 Öldruckschalter Oil pressure switch Manocontact d’huile
de aceite
Bomba de aceite
17 Schmierölpumpe Lube oil pump Pompe à huile
lubricante
Pompe d’alimentation Bomba de alimentación
18 Kraftstoffförderpumpe Fuel feed pump
en combustible de combustible
19 Kraftstofffilter Fuel filter Filtre à combustible Filtro de combustible
20 Ölfilter Oil filter Filtre à huile Filtro de aceite
21 Ölwanne Oil pan Carter d’huile Cárter de aceite
Bouchon de vidange Tornillo de salida de
22 Ölablasschraube Oil drain plug
d’huile aceite provisto
Oil pressure control Soupape de régulation de Válvula reguladora de
Öldruckventil mit
23 valve with heater pression d’huile avec presión de aceite con
Heizungsanschluß branchem. de chauffage conexión para calefacción
connection
Oil pressure control Soupape de régulation Válvula reguladora de
24 Öldruckventil
valve de pression d’huile presión de aceite
Starterkranz, Starter ring gear, Couronne de Corona del volante,
25
Schwungrad flywheel démarrage, volant volante
26 Thermostat Thermostat Thermostat Termostato
27 Zylinderkopfdichtung Cylinder head gasket Joint de culasse Juanta de culata
28 Zylinderkopf Cylinder head Culasse Culata
29 Zylinderkopfhaube Cylinder head cover Cache-culbuteurs Tapa de culata
30 Einspritzventile Injectors Injecteurs Inyectores
31 Entlüftungsventil Vent valve Soupape de purge d’air Válvula de ventilacón
3.250.04/06.2002
Typ Motor Datum
06.2002
Type F - 4M 2011 Moteur Date
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Ventilspiel - prüfen und einstellen Blatt
Description Valve clearance - checking and adjusting Page
3.250.05
Dénomination Jeu des soupapes - contrôle et réglage Feuille
Denominación Juego de válvulas - verificación y ajustes Página
Ventilspiel prüfen und Valve clearance Jeu des soupapes Juego de válvulas
einstellen checking and contrôle et réglage verificación y ajustes
adjusting
Die Standard- The standard valve Un réglage standard du EI juego estándar de
Ventilspieleinstellung ist clearance can be jeu des soupapes válvulas se puede
möglich: adjusted: peut se faire: ajustar:
Am kalten- oder am with engine cold or warm sur moteur froid ou A motor frio o a motor
warmen Motor nach einer after cooling down for at chaud après une durée caliente tras un período
Abkühlzeit von mindestens least 0.5 h. de refroidissement d'au de enfriamiento de, por
0,5 h. Oil temperature ≤ 80°C. moins 0,5 h. lo menos,
Öltemperatur ≤ 80 °C Température d'huile media hora (0,5 h).
≤ 80 °C. Temperatura dei aceite:
≤ 80 °C
Hinweis: Note: Nota: Nota:

Bei jedem Zylinderkopf- The valve clearance is to Après chaque Cada vez que se cambia
Dichtungswechsel ist das be increased by 0.1 mm remplacement de joint de la junta de culata, es
Ventilspiel um 0,1 mm zu at every cylinder head culasse, le jeu des necesario aumentar el
erhöhen. gasket renewal. soupapes est a juego de válvulas en
Nach 1000 Bh ist das After 1000 Bh , the augmenter de 0, 1 mm. 0,1 mm.
Standard-Ventilspiel standard valve clearance Après 1000 h de marche, Tras 1000 horas de
einzustellen. is to be adjusted. régler le jeu de soupape funcionamiento hay que
standard. ajustar el juego estándar
de válvulas.
Zylinderkopfhaube ist Cylinder head cover La cache-culbuteurs La tapa de culata está

abgebaut has been removed. est déposé desmontada.
1. Motor durchdrehen bis 1. Turn engine until 1. Virer le moteur jusqu'à 1. Girar el cigüeñal hasta
zum Erreichen der valves of ce que les soupapes que se crucen las
Ventilüberschneidung, cylinder No.1 overlap. du cylindre n° 1 soient válvulas en el cilindro
Zyl. Nr. 1. en bascule. No.1.
Ventilspieleinstellschem For valve clearance Schéma de réglage du Para el esquema de

a siehe Technische adjustment schematic jeu des soupapes, voir ajuste del juego de
Daten see Specification Data. Caractéristiques válvulas, ver Datos
techniques. técnicos.

Ventilüberschneidung Valves overlapping Soupapes en bascule Por cruce de válvulas se
bedeutet: means: signifie: soupape entiende: La válvula de
Auslassventil ist noch nicht Exhaust valve about to d'échappement pas escape aún no está
geschlossen, Einlassventil close. encore fermée, soupape cerrada y la de admisión
beginnt zu öffnen. Dabei Inlet valve about to open. d'admission commence à empieza a abrirse, sin
sind beide Stoßstangen Neither pushrod can be s'ouvrir. Les deux tiges que se puedan girar las
nicht drehbar. turned in this position. de culbuteur ne se dos varillas de empuje
laissent pas tourner en esta posición.
alors.
3.250.05/06.2002
Typ Motor Datum
06.2002
Type F - 4M 2011 Moteur Date
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Ventilspiel - prüfen und einstellen Blatt
Description Valve clearance - checking and adjusting Page
3.250.06
Dénomination Jeu des soupapes - contrôle et réglage Feuille
Denominación Juego de válvulas - verificación y ajustes Página
Ventilspiel prüfen und Valve clearance Jeu des soupapes Juego de válvulas
einstellen checking and contrôle et réglage verificación y ajustes
adjusting
2. Ventilspieleinstellung am 2. Adjust valve clearance 2. Régler le jeu des 2. Ajustar el juego de
entsprechenden Zylinder on respective cylinder soupapes du cylindre válvula en el cilindro
mit Fühlerlehrenblatt with feeler gauge. correspondant avec correspondiente
einstellen une jauge d'épaisseur. mediante la galga de
espesores.

Ventilspiel Einlass: Inlet valve clearance: Jeu de soupape Juego de válvula
0,3 mm 0.3 mm Admission 0,3 mm admisión: 0,3 mm
Ventilspiel Außlaß: Exhaust valve clearance: Jeu de soupape Juego de válvula
0,5 mm 0.5 mm Échappement 0,5 mm escape: 0,5 mm
3. Kontermutter 3. Tighten locknut. 3. Serrer le contre-écrou. 3. Apretar la

festdrehen. contratuerca.
Anziehvorschrift: Tightening specification: Prescription de serrage: Prescripción de apriete:

20 ± 2 Nm 20 ± 2 Nm 20 ± 2 Nm 20 ± 2 Nm
Einstellung nochmals mit Recheck the adjustment Vérifier encore une fois Verificar otra vez el
Fühlerlehrenblatt with feeler gauge. le réglage avec la jauge ajuste efectuado,
überprüfen. d'épaisseur. mediante la galga de
espesores.
4. Dichtung aufsetzen. 4. Put gasket in place. 4. Mettre en place le 4. Colocar la junta.

joint.
5. Neue Gummischläuche 5. Insert New rubber 5. Emmancher des 5. Colocar mangueras de

an Überströmleitung und tubes at the cross- flexibles en goma nuevas sobre la
Einspritzventile bis over caoutchouc neufs sur tuberìa de rebose y los
Anschlag aufschieben. pipe and injection la rampe de décharge inyectores hasta el
Zylinderkopfhaube und valves until the end et les injecteurs tope. Montar la tapa
Überströmleitung mon- stop. Mount the jusqu'en butée. Monter de culata y la tubería
tieren. Schrauben cylinder head cover le cache-culbuteurs et de rebose. Apretar los
festdrehen. and the cross-over la rampe de décharge. tornillos.
pipe. Tighten bolts. Serrer les vis.
Anziehvorschrift: 8,5 Nm Tightening specification: Prescription de serrage: Prescripcion de apriete:

8.5 Nm 8,5 Nm 8,5 Nm
3.250.06/06.2002
Typ Motor Datum
Type Moteur Date
06.2002
F - 4M 2011
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Kompressionsdruck - prüfen und einstellen Blatt
Description Compression pressure - checking and adjusting Page
3.250.07
Dénomination Pression de compression - controle et réglage Feuille
Denominación Presión de comprsión - verificación y ajustes Página
Kompressionsdruck Compression Pression de Presión de

prüfen und einstellen pressure compression compresión
checking and adjusting contrôle et réglage verificación y ajustes
Handelsübliche Commercial tools Outillage standard: Herramientas
Werkzeuge: required: comerciales:
Kompressionsdruckprüfer Compression tester Compressiomètre Compresímetro
Klauenschlüssel Glaw key Clé à griffes Llave de garra
Torx-Werkzeugsatz Torx tool kit Jeu d'outils Torx Juego de herramientas
Torx
Spezialwerkzeuge: Special tools required: Outillage spécial: Herramientas
especiales:
Anschlussstück 100120 Connector 100120 Élément raccord Pieza de ernpalme
100120 100120
Einspritzventile sind Injectors have been Les injecteurs sont Los inyectores están
ausgebaut, removed, déposés, desmontados,
Ventilspiel ist valve clearance has le jeu des soupapes est el juego de válvulas
kontrolliert. been checked. contrôlé. está verificado.
1. Anschlussstück mit 1. Insert connector with 1. Insérer I'élément 1. Introducir la pieza de

Spezialdichtung new special seal. raccord avec le joint empalme con una
einsetzen. spécial. junta especial.
2. Spannpratze aufsetzen. 2. Fit clamping pad. 2. Mettre en place la 2. Colocar la garra de

Schraube festdrehen. Tighten bolt. patte de serrage. sujeción. Apretar el
Serrer la vis.. tornillo.
3. Falls notwendig Adapter 3. If necessary, screw on 3. Si nécessaire, visser 3. De ser necesario,

für Anschlussstück adapter for connector. une pièce d'adaptation enroscar el adaptador
aufschrauben. pour I'élément raccord para la pieza de
empalme.
3.250.07/06.2002
Typ Motor Datum
Type Moteur Date
06.2002
F - 4M 2011
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Kompressionsdruck - prüfen und einstellen Blatt
Description Compression pressure - checking and adjusting Page
3.250.08
Dénomination Pression de compression - controle et réglage Feuille
Denominación Presión de comprsión - verificación y ajustes Página
Kompressionsdruck Compression Pression de Presión de

prüfen und einstellen pressure compression contrôle compresión
checking and adjusting et réglage verificación y ajustes
4. Kompressions- 4. Connect compression 4. Brancher le 4. Conectar el
druckprüfer tester. Turn engine with compressiomètre. Virer compresímetro. Girar el
anschließen. starter. le moteur à I'aide du motor mediante el
Motor mit Starter démarreur. arrancador.
durchdrehen. Compression pressure: Pression de Presión de compresión:
Kompressionsdruck: 25 - 30 bar compression: 25 - 30 bar
25 - 30 bar 25 à 30 bars
Der gemessene The measured La pression de La presión de

Kompressionsdruck ist compression pressure is compression mesurée compresión medida
abhängig von der dependent on the starting dépend de la vitesse de depende de la velocidad
Anlassdrehzahl während speed during the démarrage durant le de arranque al hacer la
des Messvorganges und measuring process and relevé et de I'altitude du medición y de la altitud
der Höhenlage des also on the altitude of the site d'installation du dellugar de instalación
Motoraufstellortes. engine site. moteur. del motor.
Therefore it is difficult to Des valeurs limites
Grenzwerte sind daher specify precise limit précises ne peuvent donc Por eso, no se pueden
nicht genau festlegbar. values. pas être fixées. fijar valores límite
It is recommended to use Le relevé de la pression exactos.
Empfohlen wird die Kom- the compression de compression doit Se recomienda
pressionsdruckmessung pressure measure-ment uniquement être considerar la medición de
nur als Vergleichsmes- only for comparison of considéré comme relevé la compresión tan sólo
sung aller Zylinder eines compression pressures of comparatif pour como una medición de
Motors untereinander all cylinders in one lensemble des cylindres comparación entre todos
anzusehen. Sind mehr engine. If a difference in d'un moteur. Si l'ecart los cilindros de un motor.
als 15% Abweichung pressure in excess of relevé est supérieur à Si las diferencias son
ermittelt worden, sollte 15% is determined, the 15%, il faut en déterminer superiores aI 15%, es
durch die Demontage der cylinder unit concerned la cause par démontage conveniente. buscar la
betrof-fenen should be dismantled to des unités de cylindre en causa desmontando la
Zylindereinheit die establish the cause. question unidad de cilindro
Ursache ermittelt werden. afectada.

Einspritzventile mit neuer Fit injector with new Remonter les injecteurs Introducir los inyectores
Spezialdichtung special seal and tighten avec un joint spécial neuf con una junta especial
einsetzen und et les serrer. nueva y apretar.
festdrehen. Tightening specification: Prescription de serrage: Prescripción de apriete:
21 Nm 21 Nm 21 Nm
Anziehvorschrift: 21 Nm
Attach the injection pipes Remonter les tuyauteries Montar las tuberias de
Einspritzleitungen and fix them firmly. d'injection et les serrer. inyección y apretar.
anbauen und festdrehen.
Tightening specification: Prescription de serrage: Prescripción de apriete:
Anziehvorschrift: 25 ± 2.5 Nm 25 ± 2,5 Nm 25 ± 2,5 Nm
25 ± 2,5 Nm Insert New rubber tubes Emmancher des flexibles Colocar mangueras de
Neue Gummischläuche at the cross-over pipe en caoutchouc neufs sur goma nuevas sobre la
an Überströmleitung und and injection valves until la rampe de décharge et tubería de rebose y los
Einspritzventile bis An- the end stop. les injecteurs jusqu'en inyectores hasta el tope.
schlag aufschieben. Attach the cross-over butée. Monter la rampe Montar la tubería de
Überströmleitung pipe. de décharge. rebose.
anbauen.
Tightening specification: Prescription de serrage: Prescripción de apriete:
Anziehvorschrift: 8,5 Nm 8,5 Nm 8,5 Nm 8,5 Nm:
3.250.08/06.2002
Typ Motor Datum
Moteur
01.2007
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Einspritzventil – prüfen und einstellen Blatt
Description Injector – checking and adjusting Page
3.250.09
Dénomination Injecteur – contrôle et réglage Feuille
Denominación Inyector – verificatión y ajustes Página
Einspritzventil Injector Injecteur Inyector

prüfen und einstellen checking and adjusting contrôle et réglage verificación y ajustes
Handelsübliche Commercial tools Outillage standard: Herramientas
Werkzeuge: required: Pompe d'essai des comerciales:
Düsenprüfgerät Nozzle tester injecteurs Comprobador para
Lange Stecknuss SW 15 Long socket a/flats 15 Douille longue de 15 inyectores
Llave de vaso
largo de 15
Spezialwerkzeug: Special tool required: Outillage spécial: Herramientas
Halter für Einspritzventil Retainer for injector Dispositif de blocage especiales:
110 110 110110 d'injecteur 110110 Retenedor para inyector
110110

Bei Arbeiten an der Utmost cleanliness must Lors de travaux sur le Para cualquier trabajo a
Einspritzausrüstung auf be ensured when working système d'injection, realizar en el equipo de
größte Sauberkeit achten. on the injection veiller a la plus grande inyección se observara la
Zur Prüfung der Einspritz- equipment. For testing propreté. Pour le maxima limpieza. Para la
ventile nur reines Prüföl the injector use only pure contr61e des injecteurs, comprobación de los
nach ISO 4113 oder test oil to ISO 4113 or n'utiliser que du fuel inyectores se utilizará
sauberen Dieselkraftstoff clean diesel fuel. d'essai pur selon IS0 solamente aceite de
verwenden 4113 ou du gasoil propre. prueba puro según IS0
4113 ó combustible
diesel limpio.
Achtung! Caution Attention! Atención:

Hände weg vom Beware of injection Tenir les mains hors du No acercar nunca las
Düsenstrahl. Der nozzle fuel jet. The! fuel jet des injecteurs. Le manos al chorro del
Kraftstoff dringt tief in das penetrates deeply into the combustible peut inyector, pues el combus-
Fleisch ein und kann zur skin tissue and may pénétrer profondément tible penetra profunda-
Blutvergiftung führen. cause blood poisoning. dans la chair et mente en los tejidos y
provoquer un puede causar una
empoisonnement du intoxicación de la sangre.
sang.
1. Einspritzventil an das 1. Connect injector to 1. Monter I'injecteur sur la 1. Montar el inyector en el
Düsenprüfgerät nozzle tester. pompe d'essai des comprobador.
anbauen. injecteurs.
2. Prüfung des 2. Checking opening 2. Contr61e de la 2. Comprobación de la

Öffnungsdruckes pressure pression d'ouverture presión de apertura
Hebel des Düsenprüfge- With pressure gauge Le manomètre étant Con el manómetro
rätes bei zugeschaltetem switched on, slowly press branche, abaisser conectado, tirar de la
Manometer langsam down lever of nozzle lentement le levier de la palanca del comprobador
niederdrücken. tester. The pressure at pompe d'essai. La lentamente hacia abajo.
Der Druck bei dem der which the gauge pointer pression a laquelle La presión a la que la
Zeiger stehe bleibt oder stops or suddenly drops, I'aiguille s'immobilise ou aguja se detenga o caiga
plötzlich abfällt, ist der is the opening pressure. chute brusquement est la bruscamente es la
Öffnungsdruck. pression d'ouverture. presión de apertura.
Öffnungsdruck für die Opening pressure for Pression d'ouverture pour Presión de apertura para
Neueinstellung: initial setting: un nouveau réglage: el nuevo ajuste:
210 + 8 bar 210 + 8 bar 210 + 8 bars 210 + 8 bar
3.250.09/01.2007
Typ Motor Datum
Moteur
01.2007
Tipo Motor Fecha
3.250.10

3. Einstellen des 3. Adjusting the 3. Réglage de la 3. Ajuste de la presión
Öffnungsdruckes am opening pressure on pression d'ouverture de apertura en el
Einspritzventil the injector sur I'injecteur inyector
Überwurfmutter Unscrew cap nut and Dévisser I'écrou- raccord, Desenroscar la tuerca de
abschrauben, alle Teile remove all parts démonter toutes les unión y desmontar todas
ausbauen. pièces. las piezas
Folge der Sequence of parts Ordre de démontage Secuencia del despiece

Einzeldemontage disassembly des pièces
1. Überwurfmutter 1. Cap nut 1) Écrou - raccord 1. Tuerca de unión
2. Einspritzdüse 2. Injection nozzle 2) Injecteur 2. Inyector o tobera
3. Zwischenstück 3. Adapter 3) Pièce intermédiaire 3. Pieza intermedia
4. Druckbolzen 4. Thrust pin 4) Poussoir 4. Perno de presión
5. Druckfeder 5. Compression spring 5) Ressort 5. Resorte de presión
6. Ausgleichscheibe 6. Shims 6) Rondelles de réglage 6. Arandelas de reglaje
4. Durch Auswahl der 4. Adjust pressure by 4. Régler la pression en 4. Ajustar la presión

erforderlichen Scheibe selecting appropriate choisissant la rondelle eligiendo la arandela
Druck einstellen. shim. A thicker shim adéquate. Une rondelle adecuada. Una
Stärkere Scheibe ergibt increases the opening plus épaisse donne arandela más gruesa
höheren Öffnungs- pressure. Reassemble une pression aumenta la presión de
druck. Einspritzventil injector. Tighten cap d'ouverture plus apertura. Ensamblar el
zusammenbauen. nut. élevée. Remonter inyector. Apretar la
Überwurfmutter I'injecteur. Serrer tuerca de unión.
festdrehen. I'écrou - raccord.
Anziehvorschrift: Tightening specification: Prescription de serrage: Prescripción de apriete:
45 ± 5 Nm 45 ± 5 Nm 45 ± 5 Nm 45 ± 5 Nm
Einspritzventil auf dem Recheck injector on Contr61er a nouveau Comprobar el inyector de
Düsenprüfgerät erneut nozzle tester. I'injecteur sur la pompe nuevo sobre el
prüfen. d'essai comprobador.
5. Prüfung auf Dichtheit 5. Checking for 5. Contrôle d'étanchéité 5. Comprobación de

tightness estanqueidad
Düse und Düsenhalter Dry nozzle and nozzle Sécher I'injecteur et le Secar el inyector (tobera)
abtrocknen mit Luft holder -blow out with porte-injecteur au jet y portainyector,
trockenblasen. compressed air. Press d'air. Abaisser lentement soplándolos con aire
Handhebel des down handlever of nozzle le levier de la pompe comprimido. Tirar de la
Prüfgerätes langsam tester slowly until a d'essai jusqu'a env. 20 palanca del comprobador
niederdrücken, bis pressure of about 20 bar bars au-dessous de la lentamente hacia abajo
ca. 20 bar unterhalb des below the previous pression d'ouverture hasta que se alcance una
vorher abgelesenen opening pressure reading relevée précédemment. presión en aprox. 20 bar
Öffnungsdruckes erreicht is attained. inferior a la de apertura
werden. leída anteriormente.
3.250.10/01.2007
Typ Motor Datum
Moteur
01.2007
Tipo Motor Fecha
3.250.11

6. Düse ist dicht, wenn 6. Nozzle is tight if there 6. L'injecteur est étanche 6. EI inyector es estanco
innerhalb 10 Sekunden is no dripping within a si aucune goutte ne si, pasados
kein Tropfen abfällt. period of 10 seconds. s'écoule pendant 10 segundos, no sale
10 secondes. ni una gota.
7. Fällt ein Tropfen ab, ist 7. In case of a drip, the 7. Si I'injecteur goutte, il 7. Si sale una gota, es
das Einspritzventil zu injector must be doit être démonte et la necesario despiezar y
zerlegen und die dismantled and cleaned fuite éliminée par limpiar el inyector para
Undichtigkeit durch to remedy the leak. If nettoyage. En cas eliminar la falta de
Reinigen zu beseitigen. this does not cure the d'échec, remplacer estanqueidad. Si esto
Ist das nicht erfolgreich, leak, the injector must I'injecteur. no surte el efecto
muss die Einspritzdüse be replaced. deseado, hay que
erneuert werden. sustituir el inyector por
otro nuevo.
Nacharbeit ist nicht Reworking is not Ne jamais rectifier No está permitido
zulässig. permissible. I'injecteur. rectificar el inyector.
8. Schnarr- und 8. Buzzing and spray 8. Contrôle du 8. Comprobación del

Strahlprüfung pattern test crissement et du jet ronquido y la
pulverización
Manometer des Switch off pressure Débrancher le Desconectar el
Prüfgerätes abschalten. gauge of tester. manomètre de la pompe manómetro del
d'essai. comprobador.
Die Schnarrprüfung The buzzing test permits Le contrôle du crissement La comprobación del
ermöglicht eine hörbare an audible check of the est un contrôle ronquido permite verificar
Prüfung der Leichtgängig- ease of movement of the acoustique du audiblemente el fácil
keit der Düsennadel im nozzle needle in the mouvement de I'aiguille movimiento de la aguja
Düsenkörper. Neue Ein- nozzle body. New dans le corps de dentro del cuerpo del
spritzventile haben ge- injectors emit a different I'injecteur. Les injecteurs inyector. Un inyector
genüber gebrauchten ein buzzing sound as neufs présentent un nuevo tiene un ronquido
geändertes Schnarr- compared to used comportement de distinto del de un inyector
verhalten. injectors. It deteriorates crissement différent par usado.
Durch Verschleiß im due to wear in the needle rapport aux injecteurs EI ronquido disminuye
Nadelsitzbereich ver- seat area. If an injection usages. Par suite de con el desgaste en la
schlechtert es sich. nozzle does not buzz I'usure du logement zona de asiento de la
Schnarrt eine Einspritz- despite cleaning, it must d'aiguille, il se détériore. aguja. Si un inyector deja
düse trotz Reinigung be renewed. Si malgré nettoyage, un de emitir el ronquido
nicht, muss sie durch injecteur ne crisse plus, il característico pese a su
eine neue ersetzt werden. doit être remplace par un limpieza anterior, hay que
injecteur neuf. sustituirlo por otro nuevo.
Ein gebrauchtes A used injector should Un injecteur usage doit A rápido accionamiento
Einspritzventil muss bei buzz clearly during rapid présenter un crissement de la palanca, un inyector
schneller Hebeltätigkeit actuation of the audible lorsque le levier usado debe roncar de
hörbar schnarren und handlever, while est actionne rapidement forma audible y dar un
dabei gut zerstäubt exhibiting a well atomized et bien pulvériser alors. chorro bien pulverizado,
abspritzen. Das Strahlbild spray pattern. The spray La forme du jet peut alors pudiendo variar la
kann dabei gegenüber pattern may differ être nettement différente pulverización claramente
dem eines neuen noticeably from that of a de celle d'un injecteur de la de un inyector
Einspritzventils deutlich new injector. neuf. nuevo.
unterschiedlich sein.
3.250.11/01.2007
Cummins QSB 6.7
1. Turbocharger wastegate
2. Crankcase breather
3. Barometic pressure/temperature sensor
4. Fuel rail pressure sensor
5. Fuel rail
6. High-pressure fuel lines
7. Oil fill cap
8. Tone wheel
9. Vibration damper
10. Coolant temperature sensor
11. Coolant outlet
12. Alternator
13. Exhaust manifold
14. Rail pressure relief valve
1. Fuel rail
2. Intake pressure and temperature sensor
3. Bosch fuel pump
4. Flywheel housing
5. Oil pressure switch
6. Fuel filter
7. Oil pan drain plug
8. Barometic pressure sensor
9. Engine speed sensor (crankshaft)
10. Electronic control module
11. Engine position sensor (camshaft)
12. Air intake inlet
13. Rail pressure sensor
14. Dipstick
Typ Motor Datum

Model Cummins Engine Edition
Type QSB 6.7 Moteur Date 01.2007
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Motoransichten Page
Dénomination Engine views Feuille
3.300.01
Denominación Página
1. Air inlet
2. Fan drive
3. Electronic control module
4. Engine speed sensor (crankshaft)
5. Dipstick
6. Fuel filter
7. Vibration damper
8. Water pump
9. Starter
10. Belt tensioner
11. Alternator
12. Coolant outlet
13. Coolant temperature sensor
14. Turbocharger air outlet
1. Rear engine lifting bracket

2. Turbocharger exhaust outlet
3. Clutch mounting holes
4. Flywheel housing
5. Flywheel/flexplate
6. Crankcase breather tube
7. Injector drain line
1. Coolant outlet
2. Alternator
3. Coolant inlet
4. Lubricating oil cooler
5. Oil filter
6. Oil pan drain plug
7. Turbocharger exhaust outlet
8. Starter
9. Flywheel housing
10. Turbocharger compressor inlet
Typ Motor Datum

Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.300.02
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Zylinderkopf Page
Dénomination Feuille
3.300.03
Cylinder head
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Dénomination Cylinder head Feuille
3.300.04
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.300.05
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.300.06
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.300.07
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.300.08
Cummins QSM 11
Typ Motor Datum

Model Engine Cummins Edition
Type TL420 - 450 Moteur QSM 11 Date 01.2007
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.01
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.02
Valve and injector adjustment
Method 1
Typ Motor Datum

Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.03
Cylinder head
Typ Motor Datum
Type TL420 - 450 Moteur QSM11 Date 01.2007
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.04
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.05
Cylinder head
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.06
Valve and injector adjustment
Method 2
Typ Motor Datum

Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.07
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.08
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.09
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.10
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.11
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.12
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.13
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.14
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.15
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.16
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.17
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.18
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.19
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.350.20
Typ Motor Datum
Model Perkins Engine Edition
Type 1100er Serie Moteur Date 01.2007
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Technische Daten Page
Dénomination Specification data Feuille
3.450.01
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.450.02
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.450.03
Cylinder head
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Einspritzpumpe Page
Dénomination Injection Pump Feuille
3.450.04
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Kraftstoffsystem entlüften Page
3.450.05
Bleeding of Fuel System
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Motoranzeigen Page
Dénomination Indicator lamps Feuille
3.450.06
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Motoranzeigen Page
Dénomination Indicator lamps Feuille
3.450.07
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Elektronische Steuerung Page
Dénomination Electronic control schematic Feuille
3.450.08
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Elektronische Steuerung Page
Dénomination Electronic control schematic Feuille
3.450.09
Typ Motor Datum
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Stromlaufplan Page
Dénomination Wiring schematic Feuille
3.450.10
longitudinal section
Mitsubishi L 3 E - 61 KL 01.2007
Diesel engine 3.500.01
cross section
3.500.01/01.2007
shut-off solenoid
torque screw
Basic adjustment of the torque screw (power setting of the engine)
Slacken counternut, turn out torque screw by 2 turns

Connect engine rpm gauge, start the engine, fully accelerate, 2,600 min-1
Turn in screw until the engine decreases by 50 min-1
Stop accelerating, engine must stop
Turn out torque screw by 2.8 turns again, so the correct engine power is set.
Cable colours, shut-off solenoid
Connector, wire harness: Connector, solenoid:

brown ground blue
red 50 a pink
blue/black 15/54 white
Diesel engine, regulation system 3.500.02
Oil circuit
3.500.02/01.2007
Technical Data
Valve clearance cold 0.25 mm inlet & exhaust
Injection nozzle pressure 140 bar (+ 10 / - 0 )
Compression pressure new: 28 bar lower limit 22
Injection timing 15° v.OT* up to 2000 min-1

Injection timing 17° v.OT* more than 2000 till 3600 min-1
Injection timing 19° v.OT* 3600 min-1
*v.OT = before top dead centre
Tightening torques
Crankshaft pulley M 16 100 to 120 Nm

Main bearing cap M 10 50 to 55 Nm
Connecting rod cap M8 32 to 35 Nm
Flywheel bolts M 10 85 to 95 Nm
Nozzle holder M 20 50 to 60 Nm
Glow plug M 10 15 to 20 Nm
General bolts M6 7 Nm
General bolts M8 17 Nm
General bolts M 10 35 Nm
General bolts M 12 64 Nm
cylinder head - tightening order
Cylinder head bolts M 10 75 to 85 Nm

Cylinder head bolts M8 20 to 30 Nm
1 union collar 12 sleeve
2 air vent screw 13 upper seat
3 delivery valve holder 14 plunger spring
4 valve spring 15 plunger
5 holder stopper 16 lower seat
6 housing 17 adjusting shim
7 O - ring 18 tappet roller
8 delivery valve 19 pin
9 gasket 20 control rack
10 seat valve 21 stop wire bracket
11 plunger barrel
Diesel engine, injection pump 3.500.04
Mitsubishi S4L 01.2007
CYLINDER HEAD
Loosening of the bolts - sequence -
Tightening of the bolts - sequence -
Tightening torque, cylinder head bolts: 88 ± 5 Nm
Technical Data
Valve clearance, cold 0.25 mm inlet & exhaust

Injection pressure 140 bar + 5 bar
Compression pressure new 30 bar lower limit: 27 bar
Injection timing 17° before top dead centre
Oil pressure, service temperature 3.5 bar ± 0.5 bar
Tightening torques: Bolts/nuts in general
Thread Quality class 4 Quality class 7

M6 4 Nm 9 Nm
M8 11 Nm 18 Nm
M 10 21 Nm 35 Nm
M 12 35 Nm 64 Nm
M14 60 Nm 93 Nm
3.600.01/01.2007


Fuel system
injection pipe injection pump

leak-off pipe
fuel injection nozzle
to fuel tank
overflow pipe
fuel pump
filter
from fuel tank
Injection nozzles - injection figures
good ⎜ ← bad, replace → ⎜
Injection nozzle
body
washer
spring
pin
spacer
injection nozzle compl.
threaded sleeve
3.600.02/01.2007
Oil circuit
oil pressure switch
main oil gallery
oil filter
pressure relief valve
oil pump
oil screen
drain plug
Water circuit
bypass
hose thermostat
cooler water pump
fan
fuel injection nozzle oil filler plug
fuel filter
water pump
intake manifold
oil dipstick
fuel injection pump
coolant drain plug
ventilation pump starter

fuel system
oil drain plug
exhaust manifold thermostat
fan
engine serial number
oil pressure switch
alternator
v-belt pulley on crankshaft
oil pan
flywheel housing oil filter
Mitsubishi S 4 Q 01.2007
CYLINDER HEAD
Tightening order of bolts
Tightening torque of cylinder head studs: 118 ± 5 Nm
Technical Data
Tappet clearance cold 0.25 mm inlet & exhaust

Injection pressure 120 bar + 10 bar
Compression pressure new 30 bar Lower limit: 26 bar
Injection timing 22° before top dead centre
Oil pressure, service temperature 2-4 bar (under load) ± 0,5 bar
Tightening torques: bolts / nuts, general
Thread Quality class 4 Quality class 7

M6 4 Nm 9 Nm
M8 11 Nm 18 Nm
M 10 21 Nm 35 Nm
M 12 35 Nm 64 Nm
M 14 60 Nm 93 Nm
3.800.01/01.2007
Fuel feed
Fuel filter
• Slacken the ventilation plug (A) of the
fuel filter (B) by means of an open end
wrench.
• Put a clean cloth around the ventilation
plug (A) to collect the escaping fuel,
then operate the feed pump (C) as
shown in the illustration.
• The ventilation plug (A) is to be closed
when the fuel escapes from the
ventilation without bubbles.
If the fuel pump valve is dirty and

the fuel cannot be fed through the
fuel filter, the ventilation plug as
well as the feed line of the fuel filter
are to be dismounted and cleaned
with compressed air.
• To unlock the fuel pump cover (D), turn

it to the left.
• Operate the fuel feed pump (C) ap-
proximately 20 times, then turn the
cover (D) to the right and lock.

Remove fuel lines
• Remove pipe clamp (E) from the injection

lines (F). Unscrew lines (F) at the injection
pump and at the injection nozzles (G).
• Unscrew the drain oil lines (H) at the injection

nozzles (G) by slackening the nuts (J).
Mount protective caps to protect the

fuel system against dirt or foreign
particles at the pump and injection
nozzles !
Removal of the injection nozzles

• Screw out the injection nozzles (G) of the
engine by means of a socket wrench.
Remove the injection nozzle seals

with a wire or a screwdriver and
dispose of according to regulations.
3.800.02/01.2007
Injection nozzles - injection figures
Good ⎜← Bad, replace →⎜
Injection nozzle
housing
washer
spring
pin
spacer
injection nozzle, cpl.
threaded sleeve

Removal of the injection pump
• Check the alignment of the marking on

the injection pump with the marking on flange marking
the flange.
injection pump
marking
• Remove the front cover of the injection

pump gear.
• Make markings (K) at the idler gear and

injection pump gear.
• Slacken the bolts of the intermediate
flange and remove the injection pump
including the intermediate flange and
gear.
Make sure that the engine does not

turn after the removal of the injec-
tion pump. injection pump gear
To remove the gear of the injection
pump, slacken the nut of the gear
prior to the removal of the pump.
Check the injection timing

• Adjust the piston no. 1 to top dead
centre.
3.800.03/01.2007
• Turn the crankshaft approximately 30°
counter-clockwise, facing the engine
front side (fan side). Then slowly turn
clockwise up to 20° before top dead
centre until the marking on the
crankshaft V-belt pulley is in line with
the one of the control housing.
• Remove the maintenance cover from
the fuel injection pump.
• Make sure that the flat side „A“ of the flange marking
circlip aligns with marking „E“ on the
setting plate. If this is alright, the
injection timing is adjusted correctly.
• If the flat side „A“ is not in alignment

with line „E“, the nuts holding the flange marking
injection pump are to be slackened and
the pump is to be turned in such a
manner that the markings align.
• Hold the injection pump in that position injection pump
marking
and tighten the nuts.

Engine control
The setting data of the injection system

depends on the performance, speed (rpm)
and specification of the engine. For the
correct data, please refer to the do-
cumentation of the engine manufacturer.
1) Adjustment of the first piston to top

dead centre in compression stroke
a) Turn the crankshaft clockwise (with a

view of the engine front side) until the
„O“ at the crankshaft V-belt pulley is in
line with the marking.
b) Press the inlet and outlet rocker at the

first cylinder downward.
Tappets must be free.
2) Check of the injection timing
a) Remove the retainer ring of the valve

holder for the first cylinder at the
injection pump.
b) Dismount the valve holder (1) for the

first cylinder. Remove the piston of the
pressure valve (2) and the spring (3).
c) Re-mount the valve holder (1).
d) Mount the overflow pipe on the valve

holder (1) for the first cylinder.
e) Turn the crankshaft until the piston of

the first cylinder is 60° before top dead
centre.
f) Turn the crankshaft in engine turning

direction by operating the hand feed
pump until the fuel flow from the
overflow pipe stops.
g) Check injection timing (marking on the

crankshaft V-belt pulley of the
crankshaft).
Engine control 3.800.05
3) Adjustment of the injection timing
a) If the injection timing must be changed, For inspections and settings warm the
turn the injection pump as shown in the engine up thoroughly until the coolant and
illustration opposite. engine oil temperatures are higher than
70°C (158° F).
b) Only the setscrew for max. engine
speed is sealed.
c) If this setting is checked and adjusted,

please ensure that there is somebody
near the engine to be able to operate
the engine cut-off mechanically in case injection timing
of engine overspeeding. earlier
injection
d) A marking unit at the injection pump timing later
flange changes the injection timing by
6° to the crankshaft angle.
Off-load min. speed (idle running

speed) and max. speed setting
a) The off-load min. speed (idle running

speed) as well as the max. speed of
each engine are set on the test
bench in the factory. The setscrew
for max. speed is sealed. These
settings are to be performed by an
authorised workshop only.
b) After removing the leaden seals and
adjusting the regulator, all visisble
stops are to be sealed as though
they would have been sealed by the
factory.
c) It is decisive for the settlement of
warranty claims whether the stop
screw leaden seals are alright or not.
d) When this setting is checked and
adjusted, please make sure that
there is somebody near the engine
in order to be able to stop engine
mechanically in case of engine
overspeeding.
3.800.05/01.2007
1) Engine start-up
a) Set speed adjusting lever to high idle

running speed. Actuate starter.
b) The engine fires from a crankshaft
speed of 150 min-1. When the engine is
running, the speed is to be held
between 800 and 1,000 min-1.
c) When the engine is running with
constant speed, the speed adjusting
lever is to be brought into idle running
position.
2) Set off-load low idle running speed
a) Hold the speed adjusting lever in off-

load min. speed position and set low
idle running speed by means of the
setscrew (2)
In case of a critical speed (speed

resulting in bad engine vibrations
due to torsional oscillations), a
higher or lower speed range is to
be chosen.
b) Engine speed increase:
Turn the setscrew of the low idle
running speed clockwise.
To be performed by trained and

qualified personnel only:
c) In case of speed variations (fluctuations

of the engine), turn the setscrew (3) of
the idle running speed spring clockwise
to increase the spring preload.
An excessive spring preload

results in engine overspeeding
with the load decreasing. Make
sure that this is prevented.
Datum/Edition/Date
Blatt/Page/Feuille
Engine control 3.800.06

3) Set max. output (capacity)
To be performed by trained and

qualified personnel only:
a) Bring speed adjusting lever into full load
position and load engine with its
indicated output.
b) While the engine is running with

constant speed, adjust the full load stop
screw in such a manner that the engine
achieves its indicated output.
c) If the full load stop screw is turned

counter-clockwise, the capacity is
reduced, and the engine speed is
lowered.
If the full load stop screw is turned
clockwise, the capacity is increased,
and the exhaust gas values deteriorate.
This setting can only be performed

on the test bench as it is sealed by
the factory.
3.800.06/01.2007
Oil circuit
rocker arm
valve tappet
pressure valve piston
camshaft
oil main
distribution
control
gears
oil pump
crankshaft
intake engine oil filter
manifold
drain plug
Water circuit
radiator
thermostat
fan
waterpump
Yanmar 4TNV88
Kurbelgehäuseentlüftung
Einspritzdüse (Fuel Injection Valve) (Breether)
Ventil (Valve) Thermostat

(Cooling Water Thermostat)
Kipphebel (Rocker Arm)
Zylinderkopf (Cylinder Head)
Auslasskrümmer
(Exhaust Manifold)
Einlasskrümmer
(Intake Manifold)
Kraftstoffilter
(Fuel Filter) Generator
Schwungrad
(Flywheel)
Stößel
(Tappet)
Ölmesstab
(Oil-Level Gauge)
Einspritzpumpe
(Injection Pump)
Kurbelwelle
Ölfilter (Crank Shaft)
(Oil Filter)
Nockenwelle
(Cam Shaft)
Kolben
Ölwanne
(Piston)
(Oil Pan)
Typ Motor Datum

Model Yanmar Engine Edition
Type 4 TNV 88 Moteur Date 01.2007
Tipo Motor Fecha
Benennung Blatt
3.900.01
Ventilspiel einstellen:
Valve clearence adjustment:
Einstellungen bei kaltem Motor.

Adjustments to do when engine is cold.
Zündreihenfolge: 1-3-4-2
Firing order:
Ventilspiel bei OT bzw. Überschneidung des 1. Zylinders

(Schwungradseite) an folgenden Ventilen Einstellbar.
Valve clearence to be adjust at TDC respectively overlap of cylinder 1 (flywheelside)
at following valves.
Zylinder Nummer :
Cylinder No. : 1 2 3 4
Ventil EIN AUS EIN AUS EIN AUS EIN AUS
Valve IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT
Zylinder 1 OT X X X X
No.1 TDC
Zylinder 1
überschneidung X X X X
No. 1 overlap
Ventilspiel : 0,15 - 0,25 mm

Valve clearence : 0,15 – 0,25 mm
Yanmar 4TNV88 01.2007
Antriebsmotor 3.900.02
Engine
Engine
3.900.03/01.2007
Einspritzdüse
(Fuel injector)
Rücklaufleitung
(Fuel return line)
Düsenhalter
(Nozzle holder)
Ausgleichsscheibe
(Adjustin shim)
Ventilfeder
(Nozzle spring)
Druckbolzen
(Nozzle spring seat)
Ventilplatte
(Valve stop spacer)
Düsennadel
(Nozzle valve)
Düse
(Nozzle)
Düsenkörper
(Nozzle body)
Überwurfmutter
(Nozzle case nut)
39.2 - 44.1 Nm
Einspritzdruck: 210+10 bar

(Injection pressure)
Engine
Engine
3.900.05/01.2007
Engine
3.900.06/01.2007
Engine
3.900.07/01.2007
Engine
3.900.08/01.2007
Engine
3.900.09/01.2007
Engine
3.900.10/01.2007
Engine
3.900.11/01.2007
Engine
3.900.12/01.2007
SUBGROUP LIST
Hydraulic system
Diagrams - schemes
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 4.13

TL 65 (SKL 824) 4.22
TL 80 (SKL 834) 4.24
TL 80 AS 4.25
TL 100 (SKL 844) 4.26
TL 120 (SKL 854) 4.27
TL 160 (SKL 160) 4.28
TL 210 4.29
TL 260 (SKL 260) 4.30
TL 420 4.33
TL 450 4.35
TL 70 (SKS 634) 4.37
TW 70 (HML 23) 4.49.50

TW 85 (HML 32) 4.51
TW 110 (HML 42) 4.53
TC 60 (HR 20) 4.60

TC 75 (HR 32) 4.65
TC 125 (HR 42) 4.67
TC 29 (HR 14) 4.76

TC 35 (HR 16) 4.78
TC 48 (HR 18) 4.80
TC 15 (HR 1.5) 4.90

TC 16 (HR 1.6) 4.91
TC 20 (HR 2.0) 4.92
TC 25 4.93
TC 37 (HR 3.7) 4.97
TC 50 4.99
01/2007
1 2 3 4
T G X1 X3 A
U
10
Y6 11
Y2 1 bar
M1 B
8
7 13 12
C1 C1 7 14 87°C 50°C
CF EF
p p t° t° A
13bar 13bar
LS T T
P P
V1 V1
A
B
5
BR3 BR1 BR2
S26 S25
DS3 DS1
C
0,75l S3
60bar
0,75l S1
60bar S2 0,75l
60bar
DS2
S23 T
N D
X P
Z 9
Y3
Y4
T2 b a PS FA FE MB
6
56
24 l/min l/min
17
16
A
2 bar
T1 X1 X2 G S MA
0,35
15 bar
E
L873H01 25
01-01-24
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 01.2007

Hydraulic diagram, complete, part 1 4.13.01

1 Parking brake, rear axle 18 Steering cylinder
2 Parking brake, front axle 19 Steering orbitrol
3 Service brake, rear axle 20 Logic block
4 Service brake, front axle 21 Servo control valve
5 Brake control system 22 Emergency steering
6 Gear pump on accessory drive - 23 Priority valve (integrated in control
brake, radiator drive valve)
7 Valve 24 Control valve
8 Travel motor 25 Hydraulic oil tank
9 Travel pump 26 Axial piston variable-capacity pump
10 Fan motor 27 Hydraulic cylinder - lifting frame
11 Hydraulic oil radiator 28 Hydraulic cylinder - bucket tilt
12 Hydraulic oil tank temperature 29 Additional control circuit
sensor
13 Water radiator temperature sensor 30 Ride control system (option)
14 Fan motor selector valve 31 2-gear transmission
15 Hydraulic oil, suction filter 32 Joystick
16 Hydraulic oil, return filter 33 Working hydraulics cut-off valve
17 Ventilation filter 34 Selector valve
4.13.01/01.2007
L R
240bar
T1 L R P0
X1 X2
L
MX
R MA
P LS
T A T
N
T1 L R PS
175bar
P T
Z2 2 1 Z1
T
P
RSM
SX LS S A1 B1 a2 A2 B2 pst a3A3 B3
Y13
P1 a2
P Y8 Y12
A 250 4
ø0,5
T B
P
)(
S35
1 3
a3 b3
T ø0,5 Y9 Y7
S1
280
T
4-6
230 230 280
P
2
b4
S2 b2
b2 b3 A B
L pst
Y10
P T
B
Y5
156 l/min
S L1 L
L873H02
01-01-24
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 01.2007

Hydraulic diagram, complete, part 2 4.13.02

1 Parking brake, rear axle 18 Steering cylinder
2 Parking brake, front axle 19 Steering orbitrol
3 Service brake, rear axle 20 Logic block
4 Service brake, front axle 21 Servo control valve
5 Brake control system 22 Emergency steering
6 Gear pump on accessory drive, 23 Priority valve (integrated in control
radiator drive valve)
7 Valve 24 Control valve
8 Travel motor 25 Hydraulic oil tank
9 Travel pump 26 Axial piston variable-capacity pump
10 Fan motor 27 Hydraulic cylinder - lifting frame
11 Hydraulic oil radiator 28 Hydraulic cylinder - bucket tilt
12 Hydraulic oil tank temperature 29 Additional control circuit
sensor
13 Water radiator temperature sensor 30 Ride control system (option)
14 Fan motor selector valve 31 2-gear transmission
15 Hydraulic oil, suction filter 32 Joystick
16 Hydraulic oil, return filter 33 Working hydraulics cut-off valve
17 Ventilation filter 34 Selector valve
4.13.02/01.2007
T
P
Wegeventil Steuervenil SX
Druc kspeic her 3 M6 - 15 Steuervenil
S 3 M6 - 15
Lenken = steering
Steuerventil = control valve
Wegeventil = solenoid valve
Druckspeicher = pressure accumulator
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 01.2007

Hydraulic diagram, steering 4.13.03

Druc kfolgeventil Druc kfolgeventil
Bremse HA Bremse VA
T
Wegeventil
Druc kspeic her
A
Prioventil
Von Zahnradpumpe
24 l/min
Wegeventil = solenoid valve

Druckspeicher = pressure accumulator
Prioventil = priority valve
von Zahnradpumpe = from gear pump
Inchventil = inching valve
Druckfolgeventil = pressure sequence valve
Bremse VA = brake front axle
Bremse HA = brake rear axle
Feststellbremse VA und HA = parking brake front axle and rear axle
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 01.2007

Hydraulic diagram, brake 4.13.04

pst
Hubrahmen
frame
up / auf/ab
down
lifting
Y12 Y7
in / out pen
dump
Schaufel
ein-/auskip
shovel
rcuit
cieis
teuerkr
option
Option
3 control
S th3.
Rexroth
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 01.2007

Hydraulic diagram, control valve 4.13.05

T G X1 X3 A
U
13 1
Y6
R L
240bar
2
Y2
M1 B LS
10
175bar
P T
A
6
B
3
CF EF
LS
P
7
Z R
55°C
H2 S
H1 1 bar
C
A
S26
Z
12
11
Y3
Y4
S25 T1 PS FA FE MB
8
A
30 P1 P1 9
bar 2,5bar
P2
4
A
0,5bar
T2 X1 X2 G S MA 0,35
bar
B1 B2
D
5
L834-H01
03-09-30
TL 65 (SKL824 / SKL824 S) 01.2007
Hydraulic diagram 4.22.01
1 Steering cylinder
2 Steering unit
3 Priority valve
4 Steering / loading pump
5 Hydraulic oil tank
6 Hydraulic oil radiator
7 Hydraulic oil temperature control
8 Hydraulic oil combined filter
9 Breather
10 Travel motor
11 Travel pump
12 Main brake cylinder
13 Brake, front axle
4.22.01/01.2007
26 T
P
B 27
18 19 21 23
25 17
70bar
C2 C2
M M R
20 240bar
Pil T V2 Pil T V2 ACC
Y15
B Y11
110bar
3 x 0,75l
16bar
A
b1 B1 A1 b2 B2 A2 b3 B3 A3 B4 A4
230 230 280 280 125 230 230

bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
P2 P3
B
P1 T1 T1
250
bar
UL 16
T2 T3
PS
TP
a1 a2 a3
C
B A Y13
2 Y16 Y12 B
F Y20 13 P T
CA
E 28 22 24
D Y22
C 1
Y9
B Y21
S30 S31 T
A 2
Y8
T
T
4 15
Y7
3
14 1
J
SP
Y5
2 4
0,75l
10bar
T G S F
3,2 - 18,1 bar 3 P
D
5
L834-H02
03-09-30
TL 65 (SKL824 / SKL824 S) 01.2007
14 Loader control lever
15 Pilot control unit
16 Control valve
17 Additional control circuit connection; hydraulic quick-

attach system
18 Hydraulic cylinder – lift frame
19 Hydraulic cylinder – bucket tilt
20 Load retailing valves
21 Vibration damping
22 Release valve (only if Pos. 20 and 21 exist)
23 Transmission (high speed version)
24 Valve
4.22.02/01.2007
Option
Option
Option Load check valve
Fast travel version
Service brake Hydr. Quick attach
Transmission Steering Tilt Option Gearbox
Front axle Z70/30 H270 19 Lifting Z90/45 H455
Add. control circuit Z105/60 H570 Ride control system
28 17
19
T G X1 X3 B U
27 Working
10 18
70bar
12 Y6
21 Road travel
P1 C2 P1 C2 23
R
240bar
20 P1 V2 ACC
R L 21 P1 V2 Y15
240
240 bar
Y2 bar B Y11 24
M1 A 8 110bar
A6VM80DA
LS T
9
3 x 0,75l
P 175 T
bar /16bar 25
b1 B1 A1 b2 B2 A2 b3 B3 A3
6 230 230 280 280 125
bar bar bar bar bar
P2
P3B
CF EF
7 T1
LS P1
250
A bar 16
UL Additional
Z R control
circuit Lifting Tilt T3
55°C T2
H2
a1 a2 a3
S B2
H1 A B
1 bar
Y16
A Y12 Y13
5
C1
1
Y9 A3
S26
P T
A4VG56DA 1 T 22
Z 26
11 2
4 Y8
Y3
2 T
S25 T1 Y4 PS FA FE MB T 4
13 P
3 Y7
B 3,2 - 18,1 bar
2 3
Diesel engine 4
KHD 28l
/min P1 0,35bar J
P1
F4M2011 2,5bar 0,75l/10bar Y5 14
44KW - 2400U/min 64
P2 l/min
A SP
0,5bar 3
7753
30 S MA 15
T2 X1 X2 G G S F
1 B1 B2 Continuous operation of additional
control circuit via Y9
Typ Hydraulik Datum

29 Model Hydraulic Edition
Type TL 80 (SKL 834) Hydraulique Date 01.2007
Tipo Hidráulico Fecha
Benennung Hydraulikschaltplan Blatt
Description Hydraulic diagramm Page
Dénomination Plan hydraulique Feuille 4.24.03
Página
Denominación Plano hidráulico
Pos.
Item Deutsch English Fran ais
Rep.
No.
1 Verstellpumpe Variable displacement pump Pompe à débit variable

2 Zahnradpumpe Gear pump Pumpe à engrenage
3 Rücklauffilter, Saugfilter Return filter, suction filter Filtre de retour, filtre d’aspiration
4 Belüftungsfilter Vent filter Filtre d’aération
5 Öltemperaturregler Oil temperature regulator Régulateur de température d’huile
6 Ölkühler Oil cooler Refroidisseur d’huile
7 Prioritätsventil Priority valve Valve prioritaire
8 Lenkaggregat Steering unit Ensemble direction
9 Verstellmotor - Fahren Variable displacement Moteur à cylindrée
motor - travel variable - translation
10 Hydraulikzylinder - Lenken Hydraulic cylinder - steering Vérin hydraulique - direction
11 Hauptbremszylinder Master cylinder (brake) Maître - cylindre (frein)
12 Betriebsbremse (Vorderachse) Service brake (front axle) Frein de service (essieu AV)
13 Vorsteuergerät Joy stick Distributeur à commande assistèe
14 Vorsteuereinheit Pilot - operated unit Système pilotage
15 Hydrospeicher Hydraulic accumulator Accumulateur hydraulique
16 Blocksteuergerät Valve bank Bloc distributeur
17 Hydraulikzylinder - Hubrahmen Hydraulic cylinder - lifting frame Vérin hydraulique - bras de levage
18 Hydraulikzylinder - Hydraulic cylinder - Vérin hydraulique -
Schaufel kippen dump shovel basculement godet
19 Zusatzsteuerkreis Additional control circuit Circuit supplémentaire
20 Umschalthahn Ball cock Robinet - inverseur
21 Lasthalteventil Load check valve Clapet de sécurité
22 3/2 Wegeventil 3/2 Solenoid valve electrovanne 3/2
23 Lastschwingungsdämpfventil Ride control valve bloc anti-tangage
24 Hydrospeicher (3x) Hydraulic accumulator (3x) Accumulateur hydraulique (3x)
25 Speicherblock Accumulator bloc Bloc d’accumulateurs
26 3/2 Wegeventil 3/2 Solenoid valve Electrovanne 3/2
(schnell / langsam) (low / high speed) (petite / grande vitesse)
Schaltgetriebe gearbox boîte de vitesses
28 Schnellwechselaufhängung Quick mount hitch suspension Suspension attache rapide
29 Hydrauliköltank Hydraulic oil tank Réservoir hydraulique
30 Dieselmotor Diesel engine Moteur diesel
Typ HYDRAULIKSCHALTPLAN Datum

Model HYDRAULIC DIAGRAMM Edition
Type TL 80 (SKL 834) PLAN HYDRAULIQUE Date 01.2007
Tipo PLANO HIDRAULICO Fecha
Benennung Legende Blatt

Description Legend Page
Dénomination Légende Feuille 4.24.04
Denominación Leyenda Página
Allwheelsteering OPTION 3rd CIRCUIT
22 VA
ABS 060502sd TILTCYLINDER LIFTCYLINDER HYDR. QUICK-MOUNT HITCH

SERVICE BRAKE
TRAVEL DRIVE 10 bar
28
FRONT AXLE A2 B2
18 17 19 19
0,5 bar
10
10 bar
T G X1 X3 B U
A1 0,5 bar B1
12 Y6
R L
70bar
240 bar HA
8
LAGC 100-15/LD240-175
Y2
20
M1 A6VM80DA A LS
9
175 bar 15
P T
6
7
CF EF
LPS 80
T B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1 P T
LS 280 bar 125 bar 280 bar 230 bar 230 bar
Z R
P
55°C
H2
13
S 26
H1
1 bar
27 14
A
C
5
T1 P1
S26
16 250 bar
Z
A4VG56DA
11 SDM100/3
Y3
T1 2
S25 Y4 PS FA FE MB
4
B
64
0,35 bar
ENGINE l/min
KHD 28l
/min P1
P1
F4M2011 2,5bar
44KW - 2400U/min
P2
A
0,5bar 3
30 T2 X1 X2 G S MA
1 B1 B2
Typ Hydraulik Datum
(1) Travel drive adjustment setting look at chapter 2 29 Model
Type
TL 80 AS ab 0100 Hydraulic
Hydraulique
Edition
Date
01.2008

Description Hydraulic diagramm Page 4.25.01
Plan hydraulique
Pos.
Rep.
1 Verstellpumpe - Fahren Variable displacement pump Pompe à débit variable

2 Zahnradpumpe Gear pump Pompe à engrenage
3 Rücklauffilter, Saugfilter Return filter, suction filter Filtre de retour, filtre d’aspiration
8 Lenkaggregat Steering unit Ensemble direction
9 Verstellmotor - Fahren Variable displacement Moteur à cylindrée
motor - travel variable - translation
10 Lenkzylinder mit integriertem Steering cyl. with integrated Vérin de direction avec
Parallelausgleich parallel compensation compensation en parallel
11 Hauptbremszylinder Master cylinder (brake) Maître - cylindre (frein)
12 Betriebsbremse (Vorderachse) Service brake (front axle) Frein de service (essieu AV)
13 Y9 Magnet Schieberarretierung Y9 Spool solenoid lock devise Y9 Electrovanne blocage tiroir
14 Y10 Magnet Schieberarretierung Y10 Spool solenoid lock devise Y10 Electrovanne blocage tiroir
15 Auskippdrossel Dump throttle Etrangleur de basculement
17 Hydraulikzylinder - Hubrahmen Hydraulic cylinder - lifting frame Vérin hydraulique - bras de levage
Schaufel kippen dump shovel basculement godet
20 Umschalthahn Ball cock Robinet - inverseur
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28 Schnellwechselzylinder Quick mount hitch cylinders Vérins attache rapide


Model
Type TL 80 AS HYDRAULIC DIAGRAMM
PLAN HYDRAULIQUE
Edition
Date
01.2008

Description Legend Page 4.25.02
Légende
T G X1 X3 A
U
13 1
Y6
R L
240bar
2
Y2
M1 B LS
10
175bar
P T
A
6
B
3
CF EF
LS
P
7
Z R
55°C
H2 S
H1 1 bar
C
A
S26
Z
12
11
Y3
Y4
S25 T1 PS FA FE MB
8
A
30 P1 P1 9
bar 2,5bar
P2
4
A
0,5bar
T2 X1 X2 G S MA 0,35
bar
B1 B2
D
5
L844-H01
03-09-30
TL 100 from : TL01000100 (SKL 844 / SKL 844 S) 01.2007
Hydraulic Diagramm 4.26.01
1 Steering cylinder
2 Steering unit
3 Priority valve
4 Steering / loading pump
6 Hydraulic oil radiator
9 Breather
10 Travel motor
11 Travel pump
4.26.01/01.2007
26 T
P
B 27
18 19 21 23
25 17
70bar
C2 C2
M M R
20 240bar
Pil T V2 Pil T V2 ACC
Y15
B Y11
110bar
3 x 0,75l
16bar
A
b1 B1 A1 b2 B2 A2 b3 B3 A3 B4 A4
230 230 280 280 125 230 230

bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
P2 P3
B
P1 T1 T1
250
bar
UL 16
T2 T3
PS
TP
a1 a2 a3
C
B A Y13
2 Y16 Y12 B
F Y20 13 P T
CA
E 28 22 24
D Y22
C 1
Y9
B Y21
S30 S31 T
A 2
Y8
T
T
4 15
Y7
3
14 1
J
SP
Y5
2 4
0,75l
10bar
T G S F
3,2 - 18,1 bar 3 P
D
5
L834-H02
03-09-30
TL 100 ab Fz.-Id.-Nr.: TL01000100 (SKL 844 / SKL 844 S) 01.2007
14 Steering unit
16 Control valve
17 Additional control circuit connection, hydraulic

quick-attach system
18 Hydraulic cylinder – lift frame
19 Hydraulic cylinder – bucket tilt
20 Load retaining valves
21 Vibration damping
22 Release valve (only if pos. 20 und 21 exist)
23 Transmission (S-version)
24 Valve (S-sersion)
25 Pressureless return
26 Flow divider
27 Additional control circuit
28 Control unit
4.26.02/01.2007
Option: Option:
Service brake hydr. quick attach Fast travel version
Front axle Rear axle Gearbox
Transmission Cooler & Filter Steering Add. control circuit Lifting Tilt
Working
Road travel
Typ Hydraulik Datum

(1) Transmission setting data - please see service manual Chapter 2. Model Hydraulic Edition
(2) Add. control circuit - continuous operation via Y9. Tipo Hidráulico Fecha
(3) Oil immersed disk brake in the rear axle at the SKL 854 fast travel version. Description Hydraulic diagramm Page
Página
Option:
flow divider for
hand-held hydraulic breaker
Option: Option: Option: Option: Option: Option: Option: Option:

throttle for creep speed joy-stick-steering open return hydr. quick-mount hitch return to dig Load retaining valve Ride control system Fast travel
fast travel version version
Service brake Steering add. control circuit Lifting Tilt Option: Gearbox
rear- front axle 4th control circuit
(3)
Transmission (1) Cooler & Filter
Working
Road
travel
Parker
P70CF-123
(1) Transmission setting data please see service manual chapter 2.

Typ Hydraulik Datum
(2) Add. control circuit - continuous operation via Y9. Model Edition
Hydraulic
(3) Oil immersed disk brake in the rear axle at the SKl854 fast travel version. Type TL 120 (SKL 854) Hydraulique Date 01.2007
(4) Adjust this valve as follows: While operation the Joy stick steering and Tipo Hidráulico Fecha
the steering wheel at the same time, the wheel should have the higher priority! Benennung Hydraulikschaltplan Options ! Blatt
(5) Only necessarry when both, load retaining valves as well as the Ride control system Description Hydraulic diagramm Page
The Parker P70 control valve 4.27.02
is fitted at the machine. Dénomination Plan hydraulique Feuille
is only used with the option Página
Denominación Plano hidráulico 4th control circuit !
Option Option Option
hydr. quick-mount hitch Load retaining valve Ride control system
Fan drive Cooler & Filter Steering Add. control circuit Tilt Lifting Gearbox
Service brake Parking brake
front rear front rear
Transmission (1)
Working
Road
travel
(1) Transmission setting data please see (5) Only necessarry when both, load retaining valves as well as the Ride control system Typ Hydraulik ab Fz.-Id.-Nr. Datum
service manual chapter 2 is fitted at the machine. Model Hydraulic from s/n Edition
01.2007
Type TL 160 Hydraulique
Hidráulico
à partir n du s
desde el numero
TL01600100 Date
Tipo Fecha
. Y9
(2) Add. control circuit - continuous operation via (6) Adjust LS-pressure cut off to 280bar at the working pump A10VO.
(7) With 20 km/h-Version is the switch of the solenoid Y12 not assigned! Dénomination Plan hydraulique Feuille 4.28.01
Plano hidráulico
OPTION
HYDR. QUICK-MOUNT HITCH OPTION CLUTCH
PARKING- 3rd ADD. CIRCUIT LOAD RETAINING VALVE OPTION GEARBOX
SERVICE BRAKE BRAKE COOLER+FILTER TILT LIFTING RIDE CONTROL WORKING
TRAVELDRIVE (1) STEERING
REAR- REAR- SYSTEM ROAD TRAVEL
FRONT-
FAN DRIVE (SERVO+EMERGENCY)
AXLE AXLE
AXLE
6 7 8
T 28
29 29 31 31 MX WORKING
U T X2
X 19 19
33 RSM2-16
G 30 ROAD
TRAVEL
210
C2 C2 C2 bar
T1 U
12L 70bar M M M Y11
B
15L R L 33 33 32
15L Pil T V2 Pil T V2 Pil T
Vg min 240bar V2
LAGC 630 27 B A 20S
Vg max 18
34
35L
A 16
T2 LS
Out
12L 12L 12L 12L A6VM140DA M1 11 20S 8L 25S 20S 20S 8L
22L 15
8L Y10 175bar
B
Y17 P T 2 Y16
G X1 X3 A 15L 26
U
230
bar 1 3
C A (5) 6 x 0,75l/16bar
+5
Y6-80
45 bar MD 35
+5 In
45 bar -3 38
30 bar 38
23
12L 12L 15L 22L 22L
SX S L1 a1 A1 B1 a2 A2 B2 a3 pst A3 B3
Y2-80 P1
LS
270 (6)Y23 ø0.6 ø2.0 Y7 30
5 bar 16 bar Z R bar l/min
S25 S34 M1 B
A6VM80DA
IP IS N` T1' T1 T2' T2 X' X 8L ø0.8
10 55°C
4
Y31 12L P
H2
1 bar S
N 22
R1
H1
A ø0.6
R2
R3 T
12L 14 S1
R 3bar 340 340 340 6
120/150 4x 5 bar bar bar bar
S26 bar (2) Y24 230 230
S2
F B 0,75l/60bar
100 bar
M6-1175-00/3M6-15 bar bar ø0.6 ø2.0 ø0.6 ø2.0
S6 X
P L2 b1 b2 b3
36
21 bar
3
15L 15L 9 12L 30S 8L 42L 10L 15L 25S
22L A4VG125DA
T
37
17
T1
Y3 Y4 PS FA FE MB 38 340
OUT bar
P ø1.2 25
B LVP75
J A X1
12 24
42 l/min 2
62 M 100 1
Y5
l/min bar 160 l/min Y12 Y26
T T1 20
S20 4 T
A 2 Y18
1,9bar IN D1 D2 T
2bar
T2 X1 X2 G S MA 0,35 5,7 - 18,7 bar P
bar 3 SP1 G T1 PS
28L 8L 35L 15L 12L NW 70 18L
36 12L
13 0,75l/10bar
(1) Fahrantrieb-Einstellwerte siehe Kapitel 2

(1) travel drive adjustment setting look at chapter 2
(5) nur erforderlich, wenn Lasthalteventile und
(1) Entraînement- valeurs de réglage voir chapitre 2 Typ ab Fz.-Id.-Nr. Datum
Lastschwingungssystem gleichzeitig eingebaut sind.
(5) only necessary when load control valves and ride
Model
Type
TL210 from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL02100100 Edition
Date
09.2007
(6) LS-Druckabschneidung so einstellen, daß an der Meßstelle OUT an der Verstellpumpe (20) 270 bar wirken control unit are installed together.
(6) Adjust LS pressure- cut off in that manner to obtain 270 bar at pressure port OUT at the pump (20) (5) seulement nécessaire si des clapets anti- chute Benennung Hydraulikschaltplan Blatt Blatt
(6) Regler la coupure de pression LS de tel facon afin dóbtenir 270 bar à la prise de pression OUT de la pompe (20) et anti- tangage sont montes en même temps. Description Hydraulic diagramm Page
Feuille
1/3 Page
Feuille
4.29.01
Dénomination Plan hydraulique
Pos.
Item
Rep. DEUTSCH ENGLISH FRANÇAIS
No.

2 Zahnradpumpe (Bremse + Lüfter) Gear pump (brake + fan) Pompe à engrenage (frein+vent.)
Fremdkraftbremsventil Brake system Système frein
3 Wegeventil Y31 Feststellbremse Solenoid Y31 parking brake Electrovanne Y31 frein de stationnement
Hydrospeicher (2x)Betriebsbremse Service brake accumulator (2x) Accus frein de service (2x)
4 (1x) Schaltspeicher R (1x) charging accumulator R (1x) Remplissage accus R
5 Hydrospeicher (1x)Feststellbremse R3 Accumulator (1x) parking brake R3 Accu (1x) frein de stationnement R3
6 Betriebsbremse (Vorderachse) Service brake(front axle) Frein de service(essieu AV)
7 Betriebsbremse (Hinterachse) Service brake(rear axle) Frein de service(essieu AR)
Frein de stationnement (essieu AR)
8 Feststellbremse (Hinterachse) Parking brake (rear axle)
Verstellpumpe [A4VG125DA] Variable displacement pump Pompe à débit variable
(Fahren) [A4VG125DA] (travel) [A4VG125DA] (translation)
9 Wegeventil Y3 fahren rückwärts Solenoid Y3 travel backward Electrovanne Y4 translation AR
Wegeventil Y4 fahren vorwärts Solenoid Y4 travel forward Electrovanne Y4 translation VR
Moteur à cylindrée variable
Variable displacement motor [A6VM80DA] (translation)
Verstellmotor [A6VM80DA] (Fahren)
[A6VM80DA] (travel) Electrovanne Y2 translation
10 Wegeventil Y2 Fahrtrichtungserkennung
Solenoid Y2 travel direction guide reconnaissance de sens de marche
Wegeventil Y6 fahren schnell / langsam
Solenoid Y6 travel low / high speed Electrovanne Y6 translation petite /
grande vitesse
Verstellmotor [A6VM140DA] Variable displacement motor Moteur à cylindrée variable
11 (Fahren) [A6VM140DA] (travel) [A6VM140DA] (translation)
13 Rücklauffilter Return filter Filtre de retour
Umkehrlüftermotor (Kühler) mit Reversible fan motor (cooler) Ventilateur réversible (refroidisseur)
16 Steuerventil
Wegeventil Y10 Lüftergeschwindigkeit
with control unit
Solenoid Y10 fan speed
avec distributeur
Electrovanne Y10 vitesse de ventilateur
Wegeventil Y17 Lüfterdrehrichtung Solenoid Y17 fan turn Electrovanne Y17 direction de ventilateur
17 Notlenkaggregat Emergency steering unit Groupe direction de secours
18 Lenkeinheit Steering unit Ensemble direction
19 Hydraulikzylinder (Lenken) Hydraulic cylinder (steering) Vérin hydraulique (direction)
Variable displacement pump
20 Verstellpumpe (Arbeiten) (working)
Pompe à débit variable (travail)
Pressure switch Interrupteur de pressure
21 Druckschalter (Notlenkung) (emergency steering) (direction de secours)
22 Rücklaufsammler (Arbeiten) Return line collector Collecteur de retour
Blocksteuergerät Valve bank Bloc distributeur
Wegeventil Y7 Schwimmstellung Solenoid Y7 float position Electrovanne Y7 position flottante
23 Wegeventil Y23 Zusatzsteuerkreis Solenoid Y23 additional control circuit Electrovanne Y23 circuit supplémentaire
Wegeventil Y24 Zusatzsteuerkreis Solenoid Y24 additional control circuit Electrovanne Y24 circuit supplémentaire
24 Koordinatenhebel Joy stick Distributeur à commande assistée
Bloc pilotage et accu
Vorsteuereinheit mit Speicher Pilot Control Unit with accumulator
Electrovanne Y5 pilotage marche/arrêt
Wegeventil Y5 Vorsteuerung ein/aus Solenoid Y5 pilot pressure on/off
Elektrov.Y12 changement de vitesses
Wegeventil Y12 Getriebeschaltung Solenoid Y12 gear shifting
Electrovanne Y18 Moteur à cylindrée
25 Wegeventil Y18 Verstellmotor(11) Solenoid Y18 variable displacement
variable (11) embrayage débrayer /
elektronisch aus- / einkuppeln motor (11) clutch in / out electronically
embrayer électronique
Wegeventil Y26 fahren schnell / langsam Solenoid Y26 travel low / high speed
Electrovanne Y26 translation petite /
mit „Y6“ geschaltet connected with “Y6”
grande vitesse ensemble avec « Y6 »
3/2 Wegeventil Option 3/2 Solenoid valve option électrovanne 3/2 option
26 Y16 Entriegelung Lasthalteventile Y16 unlock load check valves Y16 déverrouillage clapets anti-chute
Umschalthahn Option Ball cock option Robinet inverseur option
27 (Schnellwechsler) (quick mount hitch) (attache rapide)
Hydraulikzylinder Option Hydraulic cylinders option Vérins hydrauliques option
30 Hydraulikzylinder (Schaufel kippen) Hydraulic cylinder (dump shovel) Vérin hydraulique (basculement godet)
31 Hydraulikzylinder (Hubrahmen) Hydraulic cylinders (lifting frame) Vérins hydrauliques (bras de vitesses)
Typ ab Fz. Id. Nr. Datum
Model TL 210 from s/n TL02100100 Edition 09.2007
Type à partir du n/s Date
Benennung HYDRAULIKSCHALTPLAN LEGENDE Blatt Blatt
Description HYDRAULIKDIAGRAM LEGEND Page 2/3 Page 4.29.02
Dénomination PLAN HYDRAULIQUE LEGENDE Feuille Feuille
Pos.
Item
No.
32 Hydraulikzylinder (Schaltgetriebe) Hydraulic cylinder (gearbox) Vérin hydraulique (boîte de vitesses)

33 Lasthalteventile Option Load check valves option Clapets anti-chute option
Blocksteuergerät Option Valve bank option Bloc distributeur option
34 (Lastschwingungsdämpfung) (ride control) (anti-tangage)
Speicherblock Option Accumulator bloc option Bloc d’accumulateurs option
36 Saugfilter Suction filter Filtre d’aspiration
Clapet retenu avec dispositif
37 Drosselrückschlagventil One way valve with throttle
étrangleur
38 Rückschlagventil Check valve Clapet anti retour

TL260
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type TL 260 (SKL 260) Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha
Benennung Notizen Blatt

Description Notes Page
Dénomination Notices Feuille 4.30.00
Denominación Notas Página
parking OPTION
brake HYDR. QUICK MOUNT HITCH OPTION
service brake GEARBOX
front axle rear axle rear axle (1) ADD. HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT LOAD CHECK VALVES
TRAVEL DRIVE (SERVO+EMERGANCY)
6 7 8 DUMP LIFT OPTION working
COOLER + FILTER STEERING 28
2x Z80/40 H330
Z140/75 H550 2x Z120/70 H700 RIDE CONTROL street travel
FAN TRANSMISSION 29 29 MX
31 31
T G X1 X3 A 19 19 T X2
U
33
Y6 70bar 30
210
C2 C2 C2 bar
12L M M Y11
M
15L 15L R L 33 33 32
Pil T V2 Pil T V2 Pil T V2
240 bar RSM2-16
LAGC 630 27 20S
B A
Y2 18
34
35L
16 LS
M1 A6VM160DA B
Out
20S
25S
12L 12L 12L 22L 12L 20S 8L 20S 8L
10 15 175 bar
Y10 B
Y17 P T 2 Y16
15L 26
230
bar 1 3 (5)
C A 6 x 0,75l/16bar
45+5 45+5 30 -3 In MD 35
bar bar bar
23
12L 12L 15L 22L 22L
Z R P1
LS Y23 30
ø0.6 ø2.0 Y7 l/min
5 bar 16 bar
S25 S34 55°C
8L ø0.8 (6)
IP IS N` T1' T1 T2' T2 X' X H2
4
315 -10
Y31 H1 1 bar S P
Druckabschneidung
R1 N ø0.6
14
R2
R3 5 T
12L S1
1x 0,75l/60bar 3bar 340 340 340 6
R 22 bar bar bar bar
120/150
3 x 0,75l/60bar
(2) S2
bar Y24 230 230
S26 F B M6-1175-00/3M6-15 bar bar ø0.6 ø2.0 ø0.6 ø2.0
80 bar X
S6
L2 b1 b2 b3
P
36
21 bar
15L 3 15L 22L 12L 30S 8L 42L 10L 15L 25S
9
A4VG140DA
Y3 Y4 17
T1 PS FA FE MB SV 340
bar
OUT
P
LVP75
B
12 24 25
62 100 1
2 bar 160 l/min J B A
42 l/min l/min M1
S20 T T1 20
2 4 Y5
A
1,9 IN Y12
D1 D2 T
2bar bar T
T2 G S 0,35 P 8407
X1 X2 MA bar 3 SP1 G T1
28L 8L 35L 15L 12L NW 70 18L
5,7 - 18,7 bar 1x0,75l/10bar
11
13 12L
1
-10
(1) Fahrantrieb-Einstellwerte siehe Kapitel 2 (5) nur erforderlich, wenn Lasthalteventile und (6) LS-Druckabschneidung so einstellen, daß an der Meßstelle OUT an der Verstellpumpe (20) 315 bar wirken
(1) travel drive adjustment setting look at chapter 2 Lastschwingungssystem gleichzeitig eingebaut sind -10
(6) Adjust LS pressure- cut off in that manner to obtain 315 bar at pressure port OUT at the pump (20)
(5) only necessary when load control valves and ride -10
(6) Regler la coupure de pression LS de tel facon afin dóbtenir 315 bar à la prise de pression OUT de la pompe (20)
(1) Entraînement- valeurs de réglage voir chapitre 2
control unit are installed together
(5) seulement nécessaire si des clapets anti- chute Typ
TL 260
ab Fz.-Id.-Nr. Datum
et anti- tangage sont montes en même temps.

Model
Type
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL02600100 - TL02600134 Edition
Date
01.2008
(SKL 260)
Benennung Hydraulikschaltplan Blatt Blatt

Description
Dénomination
Hydraulic diagramm Page
Feuille
1/1 Page
Feuille
4.30.01
Plan hydraulique
Pos.
Item
No.

2 Zahnradpumpe (Bremse+Lüfter) Gear pump (brake+fan) Pompe à engrenage (frein+vent.)
3 Fremdkraftbremsventil Brake system Système frein
Hydrospeicher (2x)Betriebsbremse Service brake accu (2x) Accus frein de service (2x)
4 (1x) Schaltspeicher R (1x) charging accu R (1x) Remplissage accus R
Hydrospeicher (1x)
5 Feststellbremse R3 Accu (1x) parking brake R3 Accu (1x) frein de stationnement R3
Frein de stationnement
(essieu AR)
9 Verstellpumpe (Fahren) Variable displacement pump (travel) Pompe à débit variable (translation)
10 Verstellmotor (Fahren) Variable displacement motor (travel)
(translation)
Umkehrlüftermotor (Kühler) mit Reversible fan motor (cooler) Ventilat. reversible (refroidisseur)
16 Steuerventil with control unit Avec distributeur
Vorsteuereinheit mit Speicher Pilot Control Unit with accumulator Bloc pilotage et accu
25 Wegeventil Y5 Vorsteuerung ein/aus Solenoid Y5 pilot pressure on/off Elektrov. Y5 pilotage marche/arrêt
Wegeventil Y12 Getriebeschaltung Solenoid Y12 gear shifting Elektrov.Y12 changement de vitesses
26 (Entriegelung Lasthalteventile) (unlock load check valves) déverrouillage clapets anti-chute
Hydraulic cylinders Vérins hydraulique
28 Hydraulikzylinder (Schnellwechsler) (quick mount hitch) (attache rapide)
Zusatzsteuerkreis Option Additional control circuit option Circuit supplémentaire option
31 Hydraulikzylinder (Hubrahmen) Hydraulic cylinders (lifting frame) Vérins hydraulique (bras de vitesses)

Model from s/n Edition
Type TL 260 (SKL 260) à partir du n/s TL02600100 Date 01.2007
Tipo desde el no. Fecha
Benennung HYDRAULIKSCHALTPLAN LEGENDE Blatt
Description HYDRAULIKDIAGRAM LEGEND Page
Dénomination PLAN HYDRAULIQUE LEGENDE Feuille 4.30.02
PLANO HYDRAULICO LAYENDA
OPTION
HYDR. QUICK-MOUNT HITCH OPTION CLUTCH
PARKING- 3rd ADD. CIRCUIT LOAD RETAINING VALVE OPTION GEARBOX
SERVICE BRAKE BRAKE COOLER+FILTER TILT LIFTING RIDE CONTROL WORKING
TRAVELDRIVE (1) STEERING
REAR- REAR- SYSTEM ROAD TRAVEL
FRONT-
FAN DRIVE (SERVO+EMERGENCY)
AXLE AXLE
AXLE
6 7 8
T 28
29 29 31 31 MX WORKING
U T X2
X 19 19
33 RSM2-16
G 30 ROAD
TRAVEL
210
C2 C2 C2 bar
T1 U
12L 70bar M M M Y11
B
15L R L 33 33 32
15L Pil T V2 Pil T V2 Pil T
Vg min 240bar V2
LAGC 630 27 B A 20S
Vg max 18
34
35L
A 16
T2 LS
Out
12L 12L 12L 12L A6VM140DA M1 11 20S 8L 25S 20S 20S 8L
22L 15
8L Y10 175bar
B
Y17 P T 2 Y16
G X1 X3 A 15L 26
U
230
bar 1 3
C A (5) 6 x 0,75l/16bar
+5
Y6-80
45 bar MD 35
+5 In
45 bar -3 38
30 bar 38
23
12L 12L 15L 22L 22L
Y2-80 P1
LS
310 (6)Y23 ø0.6 ø2.0 Y7 30
5 bar 16 bar Z R bar l/min
S25 S34 M1 B
A6VM80DA
IP IS N` T1' T1 T2' T2 X' 8L ø0.8
X
10 55°C
4
Y31 12L P
H2
1 bar S
N 22
R1
H1
A ø0.6
R2
R3 T
12L 14 S1
R 3bar 340 340 340 6
120/150 4x 5 bar bar bar bar
S26 bar (2) Y24 230 230
S2
F B 0,75l/60bar
100 bar
M6-1175-00/3M6-15 bar bar ø0.6 ø2.0 ø0.6 ø2.0
S6 X
P L2 b1 b2 b3
36
21 bar
3
15L 15L 9 12L 30S 8L 42L 10L 15L 25S
22L A4VG125DA
T
37
17
T1
Y3 Y4 PS FA FE MB 38 340
OUT bar
P ø1.2 25
B LVP75
J A X1
12 24
42 l/min 2
62 M 100 1
Y5
l/min bar 160 l/min Y12 Y26
T T1 20
S20 4 T
A 2 Y18
1,9bar IN D1 D2 T
2bar
T2 X1 X2 G S MA 0,35 5,7 - 18,7 bar P
bar 3 SP1 G T1 PS
28L 8L 35L 15L 12L NW 70 18L
36 12L
13 0,75l/10bar
(1) Fahrantrieb-Einstellwerte siehe Kapitel 2

(1) travel drive adjustment setting look at chapter 2
(5) nur erforderlich, wenn Lasthalteventile und
(1) Entraînement- valeurs de réglage voir chapitre 2 Typ ab Fz.-Id.-Nr. Datum
Lastschwingungssystem gleichzeitig eingebaut sind.
(5) only necessary when load control valves and ride
Model
Type
TL260 from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL02600135 Edition
Date
09.2007
(6) LS-Druckabschneidung so einstellen, daß an der Meßstelle OUT an der Verstellpumpe (20) 270 bar wirken control unit are installed together.
(6) Adjust LS pressure- cut off in that manner to obtain 270 bar at pressure port OUT at the pump (20) (5) seulement nécessaire si des clapets anti- chute Benennung Hydraulikschaltplan Blatt Blatt
(6) Regler la coupure de pression LS de tel facon afin dóbtenir 270 bar à la prise de pression OUT de la pompe (20) et anti- tangage sont montes en même temps. Description Hydraulic diagramm Page
Feuille
1/3 Page
Feuille
4.30.03
Pos.
Item
No.

2 Zahnradpumpe (Bremse + Lüfter) Gear pump (brake + fan) Pompe à engrenage (frein+vent.)
Hydrospeicher (2x)Betriebsbremse Service brake accumulator (2x) Accus frein de service (2x)
4 (1x) Schaltspeicher R (1x) charging accumulator R (1x) Remplissage accus R
5 Hydrospeicher (1x)Feststellbremse R3 Accumulator (1x) parking brake R3 Accu (1x) frein de stationnement R3
Frein de stationnement (essieu AR)
Verstellpumpe [A4VG125DA] Variable displacement pump Pompe à débit variable
(Fahren) [A4VG125DA] (travel) [A4VG125DA] (translation)
9 Wegeventil Y3 fahren rückwärts Solenoid Y3 travel backward Electrovanne Y4 translation AR
Wegeventil Y4 fahren vorwärts Solenoid Y4 travel forward Electrovanne Y4 translation VR
Variable displacement motor [A6VM80DA] (translation)
Verstellmotor [A6VM80DA] (Fahren)
[A6VM80DA] (travel) Electrovanne Y2 translation
10 Wegeventil Y2 Fahrtrichtungserkennung
Solenoid Y2 travel direction guide reconnaissance de sens de marche
Wegeventil Y6 fahren schnell / langsam
Solenoid Y6 travel low / high speed Electrovanne Y6 translation petite /
grande vitesse
Verstellmotor [A6VM140DA] Variable displacement motor Moteur à cylindrée variable
11 (Fahren) [A6VM140DA] (travel) [A6VM140DA] (translation)
Umkehrlüftermotor (Kühler) mit Reversible fan motor (cooler) Ventilateur réversible (refroidisseur)
16 Steuerventil
Wegeventil Y10 Lüftergeschwindigkeit
with control unit
Solenoid Y10 fan speed
avec distributeur
Electrovanne Y10 vitesse de ventilateur
Wegeventil Y17 Lüfterdrehrichtung Solenoid Y17 fan turn Electrovanne Y17 direction de ventilateur
Wegeventil Y7 Schwimmstellung Solenoid Y7 float position Electrovanne Y7 position flottante
23 Wegeventil Y23 Zusatzsteuerkreis Solenoid Y23 additional control circuit Electrovanne Y23 circuit supplémentaire
Wegeventil Y24 Zusatzsteuerkreis Solenoid Y24 additional control circuit Electrovanne Y24 circuit supplémentaire
Bloc pilotage et accu
Vorsteuereinheit mit Speicher Pilot Control Unit with accumulator
Electrovanne Y5 pilotage marche/arrêt
Wegeventil Y5 Vorsteuerung ein/aus Solenoid Y5 pilot pressure on/off
Elektrov.Y12 changement de vitesses
Wegeventil Y12 Getriebeschaltung Solenoid Y12 gear shifting
Electrovanne Y18 Moteur à cylindrée
25 Wegeventil Y18 Verstellmotor(11) Solenoid Y18 variable displacement
variable (11) embrayage débrayer /
elektronisch aus- / einkuppeln motor (11) clutch in / out electronically
embrayer électronique
Wegeventil Y26 fahren schnell / langsam Solenoid Y26 travel low / high speed
Electrovanne Y26 translation petite /
mit „Y6“ geschaltet connected with “Y6”
grande vitesse ensemble avec « Y6 »
26 Y16 Entriegelung Lasthalteventile Y16 unlock load check valves Y16 déverrouillage clapets anti-chute
Hydraulikzylinder Option Hydraulic cylinders option Vérins hydrauliques option
31 Hydraulikzylinder (Hubrahmen) Hydraulic cylinders (lifting frame) Vérins hydrauliques (bras de vitesses)
Pos.
Item
No.

Clapet retenu avec dispositif
37 Drosselrückschlagventil One way valve with throttle
étrangleur
38 Rückschlagventil Check valve Clapet anti retour

STEERING
SERVICE PARKING- OPTION OPTION
(SERVO+EMERGENCY) LIFT HEIGHT LIMITATION
BRAKE BRAKE HYDR. QUICK-MOUNT HITCH
RETURN TO DIG RIDE CONTROL
FLOAT POSITION SYSTEM
FRONT- REAR- REAR- ENGINE
AXLE AXLE AXLE HOOD FAN DRIVE FILTER ADD. CIRCUIT 24
TILT TILT
6 18 24
10 OPTION OPTION
LOAD RETAINING VALVE LOAD RETAINING VALVE
5 8 LIFTING LIFTING
23
23
25
OPTION
16 17 LOAD RETAINING VALVE
9
OPTION
15
7
Out
38Y1
40Y3
4 26
230
bar
In MD
14 Add. circ.
Float
4 position
51S3 <16bar
42bar 30bar
3 Float Lift height
position limitation
Lift
51S2 5bar 52Y5
11
250 380
bar bar 5,8 - 22,2bar
Return 22
to dig
12 Tilt 53Y5
140 l/min 210 l/min
2 21
ERR-100B
Float
position
54Y1
19 20
Return 51S1
13
to dig 5bar
Typ ab Fz.-Id.-Nr.
TL04200100 Datum
Model
Type
TL 420 - 450 from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL04500100
Edition
Date
01.2008

Feuille
1/2 Page
Feuille
4.35.01
Pos.
Item
No.

2 Zahnradpumpen (Bremse + Lüfter) Gear pumps (brake + fan) Pompe à engrenage (frein+vent.)
4 Hydrospeicher (6x)Betriebsbremse Service brake accumulator (6x) Accus frein de service (6x)
Betriebsbremse (Hinterachse) Service brake(rear axle) Frein de service(essieu AR)
6 Feststellbremse (Hinterachse) Parking brake (rear axle) Frein de stationnement (essieu AR)
7 Handpumpe (Motorhaube) Handpump (engine hood)
Hub- und Verriegelungszylinder Lift- and lockzylinder
8 (Motorhaube) (engine hood)
9 Wegeventil (Schnellwechsler) Soleniod valve (quick mount hitch)
Verriegelungszylinder Lock zylinder
10 (Schnellwechsler) (quick mount hitch)
Ventilateur réversible (refroidisseur)
Umkehrlüftermotor (Kühler) mit Reversible fan motor (cooler)
avec distributeur
Steuerventil with control unit
14 Wegeventil 38Y1 Lüftergeschwindigkeit Solenoid 38Y1 fan speed
Electrovanne 38Y1 vitesse de ventilateur
Electrovanne 40Y3 direction de
Wegeventil 40Y3 Lüfterdrehrichtung Solenoid 40Y3 fan turn
ventilateur
15 Prioritätsventil Priority valve
16 Lenkventil (Amplifier) Steering valve (amplifier)
19 Verstellpumpe (Lenken) (steering)
Pompe à débit variable
20 Verstellpumpe (Lenken) (steering)
Pompe à débit variable
21 Wegeventil 53Y1 Zusatzsteuerkreis Solenoid Y23 additional control circuit Electrovanne 53Y1 circuit supplémentaire
Wegeventil 53Y2 Zusatzsteuerkreis Solenoid Y24 additional control circuit Electrovanne 53Y2 circuit supplémentaire
Hydraulikzylinder (Hubrahmen) Hydraulic cylinders (lifting frame)
23 (mit Lasthalteventilen, Option) (with load retaining valves, option)
Vérins hydrauliques (bras de vitesses)
Hydraulikzylinder (Schaufel kippen) Hydraulic cylinder (dump shovel)
24 (mit Lasthalteventilen, Option) (with load retaining valves, option)
Vérin hydraulique (basculement godet)

TL04200100
Model TL 420 - 450 from s/n
TL04500100
Edition 01.2008
13 10 28 1 18 19 21 20 22 26 24
T G X1 X3 B U
Y6 70bar
P1 C2 P1 C2 P1 C2 R
240bar
R L P1V2 P1V2 P1V2 Y15 ACC
240
bar Y11
2 B
Y2
M1 A 110bar
LS T
P 175barT 3 x 0,75l/16bar
17 B1 A1 b1 B1 A1 b2 B2 A2 b3 B3 A3
230 230 230280 280 160 16
Typ/Model/Type
bar bar bar bar bar bar
P2 P3B P2
230 P3B
6 bar
P1 T1 3 P1 T1
250 CF EF 250
UL bar UL bar
LS
Z R T2 T3 T2 T3 A B Y34
Y31 Y32 A
H2 55°C PS 27
a1 a2 a3 P T
H1 S TP
1 bar 2 B
A B Y33 2 Y16
Y12A B Y13
Hydraulic diagram
29 1 3 1 3
7 C A
C A
TL 70 (SKS 634 / SKS 634 S)

14 4 23 P T
S26 Y7
11 1 3 25
Z 2
2 4 Y9
Y3
T
S25 T1 Y4 PS FAFE MB T 1
P Y8
12 B 3 15
T
A
8 J
P1 P1
2,5 0,75l/10bar Y5
P2 bar 9
A 4 SP
0,5 0,35
T2 X1 X2 G S MA bar bar
G S F
B1 B2
Blatt/Page/Feuille
Datum/Edition/Date
01.2007
4.37.01
5 S634-H01
1 Steering cylinders
2 Steering unit
3 Priority valve
4 Steering / charge pump
6 Hydraulic oil cooler
9 Breather
10 Travel motor
11 Travel pump
14 Loader control lever
16 Control valve 1
17 Control valve 2 (slewing)
18 Additional control circuit connection; hydraulic quick-attach system
19 Hydraulic cylinder — lift frame
20 Hydraulic cylinder — bucket tilt
21 Option — Load retaining valves
22 Option — Vibration damping
23 Release valve (only if pos. 21 & 22 installed)
24 Transmission (high-speed version)
25 Valve
26 Hydraulic cylinder — oscillating axle
27 Valve
28 Hydraulic cylinder — slewing
29 Valve — Safety mechanism for lowering lift frame
4.37.01/01.2007
HML 23
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type TW 70 (HML 23) Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

01
24 24
25
18 19 20 20 21
27
29
= Regenerativ - Schaltung im Ventilschieber

= additional flow supply, spool integrated
= alimentation supplémentaire
de débit, integré dans le tirior
17
28
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
- Zündschloss 02
- ignition switch
- contacteur d’allumage
- Taster im Koordinatenhebel links

- push button in left joystick
- bouton poussoir integré dans
03 la manette gauche
04
13
12
09
05
16
10 08
06
14 07
11 3 - Kreis - Hydraulik
3 circuit hydraulic system
système hydraulique à 3 circuits
Typ Gelenkausleger ab Fz.-Id.Nr.: Datum

15 Model Articulated boom from s/n: Edition
Type TW 70 Flèche articulée à partir du n/s: TW00700100 Date 01.2007
Tipo Pluma intermediara desde el no.: Fecha
Benennung Hydraulikschema Blatt
Description Hydraulic diagram Page
Página
Pos.
Rep.
No.
01 Drehwerkgetriebe + Swing gear + hydraulic motor Reducteur d’orientation +

Hydromotor - Drehantrieb - swing drive moteur hydraulique -
entraînement d’orientation
02 Wegeventil solenoid valve Electrovanne
Schwenkbremse - öffnen swing brake - opening frein de orientation - ouvert
03 Speicherfüllventil - Accumulator charge valve - Valve de remplissage accu -
Bremsanlage brake system système de frein
04 Prioritätsventil Priority valve Valve de priorité
05 Lenkeinheit Steering unit Unité de direction
06 Hydraulikzylinder-- Lenken Hydraulic cylinder - steering Vérin hydraulique - direction
Vorderachse front axle essieu AR
07 Notlenkung Emergency steering Direction de secours
08 Verstellmotor - Variable displacement Moteur à cylindrée variable -
Fahren motor - travel translation
09 Verstellpumpe – Variable displacement -
Pompe à débit variable -
Arbeiten pump - working équipement
10 Verstellpumpe – Variable displacement Pompe à débit variable -
Fahren pump - travel translation
15 Öltank Oilt tank Reservoir hydraulique
16 Hydrauliköltemperaturregler Hydraulic oil Régulateur de température d’huile
temperature regulator hydraulique
17 Blocksteuergerät Valve bank Distributeur
18 Hydraulikzylinder – Hydraulic cylinder – Vérin hydraulique –
Ausleger boom flèche
Hydraulikzylinder – Hydraulic cylinder – Vérin hydraulique –
19 bucket
Löffel godet
20 Hydraulikzylinder - Hydraulic cylinder - Vérin hydraulique –
Zwischenausleger intermediate boom flèche intermédiaire
Löffelstiel stick balancier
22 Zusatzsteuerkreis / Additional control circuit / Circuit supplémentaire /
Hydraulikhammer hydraulic hammer marteau hydraulique
23 Zuschaltbarer Steuerkreis für Hydraulic hammer overflow Circuit supplémentaire pour
Hydraulikhammer marteau - grand debit
24 Hydraulikzylinder - Hydraulic cylinder – Vérin hydraulique -
Abstützen outrigger stabilisateur
Knicken articulation deport de flèche

Type TW 70 (HML 23) PLAN HYDRAULIQUE Date 01.2007

Pos.
Rep.
No.
26 Steuerkreis - Schwenken Swing - circuit Circuit - orientation

27 Eingangselement P3 Inlet element P3 Elément d’entrée P3
28 Eingangselement P1 + P2 Inlet element P1 + P2 Elément d’entrée P1 + P2
29 Drosselrückschlagventil Pilot controlled throttle check Clapet anti-tetour avec ètrangleur
entsperrbar valve piloté

Type TW 70 (HML 23) PLAN HYDRAULIQUE Date 01.2007

Upper carriage Under carriage
Articulation
Double pilot control valve
Hydraulic cylinder
oscillating axle lock
Outrigger right
Boom Dipper- Bucket Inter- 4/3 Directional control
Outrigger left
stick mediate Add. control valve add. control circuit
boom circuit /
Load retaining hydr. breaker
valve 4/2 directional control valve
Twin check
valve
Steering cylinder
front axle
Option: 2nd control circuit
3/2 solenoid valve

hydr. breaker
Spring loaded
cylinder - parking brake
front
axle
Service brake Circuit 1
Control valve 1
Slewing Outrigger Outrigger
5 SX 14
right left
Rotary
transfer
Rotary
transfer
Travel motor
A6VM107DA
Travel pedal
Slewing Dipper stick Bucket Boom
Pilot control valve left Pilot control valve right
Bleeding point
3/2 solenoid valve
high / low speed
Travel pump
A4VG56DA
Oil temperature regulator
Oil / water cooler
Cooler
Slew gear
Short
cut
Service brake - Circuit 2
Slew motor
A2FM28/61W
Working pump 3/2 solenoid valve

A10VO71DFLR pedal drive/
parking brake rear axle
Y22
4/2 Control valve Relay valve
High torque swing
Outrigger cylinder
Pressure switch
85bar (normally closed)
Pilot operated valve
intermediate boom /articulation
25 bar (normally open) 5 bar (normally open)

2TH6 (pedal)
Cut off valve
Pressure switch
brake stop light
Double solenoid valve
Steering unit

Pressure switch
Return flow - steering
Charge valve
priority valve Y20 4/2 solenoid valve Y21 4/2 solenoid valve
articulation / GA articulation / GA Brake valve pedal
Bleeding filter
Return filter
Typ Hydraulik Datum

Model Hydraulic Edition
Type TW 85 Hydraulique Date 01.2007
Página
35 40
Y18 Y19
36 09 09
31
35
32 33 34 29
34 42
08
41
30
07
06
37
Y4
39
05
28
38
01
44
01
46
Y6
20 02
Y5
45
21
Y14
43 Y15 49
16 Y10
24
43 Y13
28
04
19
23
17 28
22
18 47
15
38
Y22
26 25
03
Y3 Y11 57
13 43 61
56
54
UNTERWAGEN
27 58 58 59
UNDER CARRIAGE
14
CHASSIS INFERIEUR
50
52 48 Y20
Y21
43
53
11
62 63
55
10 12 60
Typ Hydraulik ab Fz.-Id.-Nr.: Datum

Model
HML42 Hydraulic from s/n: 4200/0100 Edition
01.2008
51 Type Hydraulique à partir du n/s: Date
Tipo Hidráulico desde el no.: to 4200/0506 Fecha
OBERWAGEN - UPPER CARRIAGE - TOURELLE Dénomination Plan hydraulique Feuille 4.53.10
Página
35 40
Y18 Y19
36 09 09
31
35
32 33 34 29
34 42
08
41
30
07
06
37
330
380 bar
bar Y4
39
05
370 370 300 300 370 370 300 200 370 370
bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
28
38
01
44
01
46
Y6
20 02
Y5
45
X
21
Z
Y14
43 Y15 49
M A G
16 Y10
24
Vg max- Vg min
43 Y13
28
04
19 S M1 R T1 T2
Arbeitspumpe 23
17 22 A11 VO95
28
18 47
15
38
Y22
26 25
03
Y3 Y11 57
13 43 61
56
54
UNTERWAGEN
27 58 58 59
UNDER CARRIAGE
14
CHASSIS INFERIEUR
50
52 48 Y20
Y21
43
53
11
62 63
55
10 12 60

Model Hydraulic from s/n: Edition
51 Type TW 110 Hydraulique TW 01100100
à partir du n/s: Date 01.2007
Tipo (HML42) Hidráulico desde el no.: (HML42 from 0507) Fecha
OBERWAGEN - UPPER CARRIAGE - TOURELLE Dénomination Plan hydraulique Feuille 4.53.11
Página
Pos.
Rep.
No.
01 Drehdurchführung Rotary transfer Joint tournant

02 Verstellmotor - Fahren Variable displacement Moteur à cylindrée variable -
motor - travel translation
03 Hydraulikzylinder – Hydraulic cylinder – Vérin hydraulique -
Abstützen outrigger stabilisateur
04 Betriebsbremse - Kreis 2 Service brake - circuit 2 Frein de service - circuit 2
Hinterachse rear axle essieu AR
05 Betriebsbremse - Kreis 1 Service brake - circuit 1 Frein de service - circuit 1

Vorderachse front axle essieu AV
06 Hydraulikzylinder-- Lenken Hydraulic cylinder - steering Vérin hydraulique - direction

Vorderachse front axle essieu AV
07 Federspeicherzylinder - Spring loaded cylinder - Cylindre à ressort accumulé -
Feststellbremse parking brake frein de stationnement
08 Wegeventil Control valve Distributeur
Pendelachsverriegelung oscillating axle lock verrouillage de l’essieu oscillant
09 Hydraulikzylinder - Hydraulic cylinder – Vérin hydraulique - verrouillage
Pendelachsverriegelung oscillating axle lock de l’essieu oscillant
10 Belüftungsfilter Vent valve Filtre d’aération
13 Rücklaufsammler 5bar Return line collector 5bar Collecteur de retour 5bar
14 Abschaltventil Shut-off valve Valve de coupure
15 Drossel Throttle Etrangleur
18 Dreifachzahnradpumpe Triple gear pump Triple pompe à engrenages
20 Vorsteuergerät – Pilot-operated valve – Distributeur à commande
Fußpedal Fahren pedal travel assistée - pédale translation
Fahren pump - travel translation
Arbeiten pump - working équipement
23 Drehwerkgetriebe Swing gear Reducteur d’orientation
Drehantrieb swing drive entraînement d’orientation
24 Hydromotor Hydraulic motor Moteur hydraulique

25 Relaisventil Schwenkbremse Relay valve swing brake Clapet-relais frein d’orientation
26 Wegeventil Y22 Solenoid valve Y22 electro-vanne Y22
Schwenkdruckhochschaltung high torque swing élevation pression d’orientation
27 Sammler Collector Collecteur
28 Wechselventil Shuttle valve Selecteur
Typ ab Fz.-Id.nr.. HYDRAULIKSCHALTPLAN Datum

Model from s/n: HYDRAULIC DIAGRAMM Edition
Type TW 110 à partir du n/s: TW 01100100 PLAN HYDRAULIQUE Date 01.2007
Tipo desde el no.: PLANO HIDRAULICO Fecha

Leyenda
Pos.
Rep.
No.
29 Lasthalteventil Load holding valve Clapet maintieu de charge

5SX14 5SX14 5SX14
Löffel bucket godet
34 Hydraulikzylinder - Hydraulic cylinder - Vérin hydraulique –
36 Wegeventil / Druckminder- Solenoid valve / pressure Electrovanne / diminueur
ventil Y18 / Y19 reducing valve Y18 / Y19 de pression Y18 / Y19
Zusatzsteuerkreis additional control circuit circuit supplémentaire
37 Wegeventil Y4 Control valve Y4 Distributeur Y4
38 Drosselrückschlagventil Throttle check-valve Clapet anti-retour avec étrangleur
4SM12 4SM12 4SM12
40 Vorsteuergerät - Pilot-operated valve - Distributeur à commande
Abstützen outrigger assistée - stabilisateur
42 Doppelrückschlagventil Pilot controlled double check Double clapet anti-retour
entsperrbar valve piloté
43 Rückschlagventil Non-return valve Clapet anti-retour
44 Vorsteuergerät Pilot-operated valve Distributeur à commande
Löffel, Ausleger bucket, boom assistée godet, flèche
Schwenken, Löffelstiel swing, stick assistée orientation, balancier
46 Wegeventil Y5 / Y6 Control valve Y5 / Y6 Electovanne Y5 / Y6
Schnell / Langsam low / high speed petite / grande vitesse
47 Wegeventil Y10 / Y13 Control valve Y10 / Y13 Distributeur Y10 / Y13
Feststellbremse / Pedalfahren parking brake / pedal drive frein de stationnement /
translation par pédale
48 Zweifach-Magnetventil Double solenoid valve Double electrovanne
-Vorsteuerung ein/aus Y3 -pilot pressure on/off Y3 -pression pilotage marche/arrêt Y3
-Achsverriegelung Y11 -oscillating axle lock Y11 -verrouillage pont oscillant Y11
51 Öltank Oilt tank Reservoir hydraulique


Leyenda
Pos.
Rep.
No.
52 Lenkeinheit Steering unit Unité de direction

54 Bremsventil Fußpedal Brake valve pedal Clapet de frein pedale
55 Druckabschaltventil Shut-off valve Valve de coupure
56 Druckschalter 85 bar Pressure switch 85 bar Interrupteur de pression 85 bar
Bremsspeicher brake accumulator accu frein
57 Hydrospeicher Hydraulic accumulator Accu hydraulique
58 Hydrospeicher Hydraulic accumulator Accu hydraulique
Bremslicht brake stop light feu de stop
Achsverriegelung / axle lock / verrouillage pont oscillant /
automotives Fahren automotive drive translation automotive
61 Vorsteuergerät Knicken / GA Pilot-operated valve Distributeur à commande

articulation / assistée articulation /
intermediate boom bras intermediaire
62 Wegeventil Y20 Knicken / GA Solenoid valve Y20 articulation Electrovanne Y20 deport flèche /
/ intermediate boom bras intermediaire
63 Wegeventil Y21 Knicken / GA Solenoid valve Y21 articulation Electrovanne Y21 deport flèche /
/ intermediate boom bras intermediaire


Leyenda
HR 20
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type TC 60 (HR 20) Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

Option
32
26
245 30
36
22 23 27 33
28 29
25 Ps Ps
a2 a1 a2
31
a1
34
24 P1 P2 T1, T2 P1 P2 T1, T2
35
01
16
17
18
15
205
19
245 245
12
20
21
11 14
13
C 12
B
A
09
08
02 03 10
01
1 bar
37
07
Typ Hydraulik Datum

06 Model Hydraulic Edition
04
05 Type TC 60 (HR 20) Hydraulique TC00600100 Date 01.2007
01 Description Hydraulic diagramm Page
Página
Pos.
Rep.
No.

08 Magnetventil (2-fach) Solenoid valve (double-type) Electrovanne (double)
1= Vorsteuerung ein / aus 1= Pilot control on / off 1= Pilotage marche / arrêt
2= Fahren schnell / langsam 2= Travel high speed / low speed 2= Translation grande vitesse / petite
09 Hydrospeicher Pp Hydraulic accumulator Pp Accumulateur hydraulique Pp
10 Rückschlagventil Check valve Clapet anti-retour
11 Magnetventil - Schwenkbremse Solenoid valve - swing brake Electrovanne - frein d’orientation
12 Drosselrückschlagventil Throttle check valve Clapet anti-retour d’étranglement
13 Vorsteuergerät (links) Pilot operated valve (left) Distributeur à commande
assistée (gauche)
14 Vorsteuergerät (rechts) Pilot-operated valve (right) Distributeur à commande
assistée (droite)
16 Vorsteuergerät Pilot-operated valve Distibuteur à commande
(Räumschild) (dozer blade) assistée (lame)
(Zusatzsteuerkreis) (additional control circuit) assistée (circuit supplémentaire)
(Fahren rechts) (travel right) assistée (translation à droite)
(Fahren links) (travel left) assistée (translation à gauche)
(Knicken) (articulation) assistée (articulation)
21 Druckschalter Pressure switch Interrupteur de pression
22 Hydraulikzylinder - Greifer Hydraulic cylinder - grab Vérin hydr. - benne preneuse
23 Hydraulikzylinder - Löffel Hydraulic cylinder - bucket Vérin hydraulique - godet
24 Lasthalteventil Load check valve Clapet de sécurite
25 Hydraulikzylinder - Ausleger Hydraulic cylinder - boom Vérin hydraulique - flèche
26 Fahrantrieb (links) Travel drive (left) Entraînement (gauche)
27 Fahrantrieb (rechts) Travel drive (right) Entraînement (droite)
28 Hydraulikzylinder - Knicken Hydraulic cylinder - articulation Vérin hydraulique - articulation
29 Hydraulikzylinder - Löffelstiel Hydraulic cylinder - dipper arm Vérin hydraulique - balancier
30 Hydr.-Zylinder - Schwenklöffel Hydr. cyl. - swing bucket Vérin hydr. - godet orientable
31 Drehantrieb - Greifer Option Swing drive - grab Option Entraînement d’orientation -
benne preneuse Option
32 Hydraulikhammer Option Hydraulic hammer Option Marteau hydraulique Option
33 Hydr.-Zylinder - Räumschild Hydr. cylinder - dozer blade Vérin hydr. - lame d’appui
34 Rohrbruchsicherung Hose rupture valve Clapet d’arrêt automatique
36 Schwenkantrieb Swing drive Entraînement d’orientation

Type TC 60 (HR 20) PLAN HYDRAULIQUE Date 01.2007

boom flèche
bucket godet
travel left translation gauche
travel right translation droite
articulation articulation
dipper arm balancier
circuit
additional circuit supplémentaire
dozer blade lame d’appui
swing orientation
straight travel section

straight travel
205 bar
direction tout droit

Type TC 60 (HR 20) PLAN HYDRAULIQUE Date 01.2007
Benennung Blocksteuergerät Blatt

Description Valve bank Page
Dénomination Bloc distributeur Feuille 4.60.06
Denominación Válvula de control Página
Upper carriage
Load retaining valve Load retaining valve Load retaining valve
intermediate boom boom dipperstick
Rotary transfer assignment:
Control pedal articulation

Control lever dozer blade
Pedal intermediate boom
1 Travel left
2 Travel left
Travel pedal right

1st add. circuit / 3 Travel right
Travel pedal left

hydr. breaker / ... 4 Travel right
5 Travel fast / slow
6 Dozer blade down
7 Dozer blade up
8 Drain line travel motor
Rotary
Intermediate transfer
boom
Breaker-grab-bloc
Boom Dipperstick Bucket
(pressure reducing valve) Articulation
60
Option:
2nd control circuit
Option:
Dozer blade
flooding position Under carriage
Travel gear
GFT9 T2
Rexroth L&S
with
travel motor
A10VE45HZ
Bosch Rexroth
Main relief valve
Main relief valve

-10
310 full throttle
310 bar
Control valve 2
Rexroth 3 or 4 SM12
310 bar
Slewing Dozer blade Articulation 2nd control

circuit
Intermediate boom Boom Dipperstick Bucket Add. control circuit Travel left Travel right
Control valve 1 Hydr. breaker

Rexroth 6 or 7 SX14
Joy stick left Joy stick right
Dozer blade
Rotary transfer
Solenoid valve
Add. control circuit
Travel gear
GFT9 T2
Slew motor Rexroth Rexroth L&S
with
FR1 = G-regulator travel motor
A10VE45HZ
B Pressure port Bosch Rexroth
S Suction port Option:
L,L1 Drain line Solenoid valve
X LS-port 2nd control circuit
P2 Pressure signal P2 Slew gear
Oil / water cooler
310 bar
Option
Solenoid valve
Dozer blade up / down 310 bar
hydr. cut off
High torque
fast / slow
arm rest
slewing
Safety:
Travel
Working pump
Bosch Rexroth
A10VO71DFSR 43bar Pressure / back flow lines
Bleeding filter Control lines
Drain lines
System border
1
Return filter 35
1
35 43 bar Charge pressure 10bar
Typ ab Fz.-Id.-Nr.: Datum
pilot control bloc
Model TC 75 (HR 32) from s/n:
TC00750100 Edition
09.2007

Description 4.65.51
Hydraulic diagramm Page
HR 42
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type TC 125 (HR 42) Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

Belegung - Configuration -
Lasthalteventile Drehdurchführung rotary transfer
Auslegerzylinder 38
V2
Pil
T
E
Lasthalteventile
Löffelstielzylinder
Option
34
C2
C2 P Vorlauf Vorsteuerung
E E
Vorsteuerdruck
Configuration -
Pil
V2
E
T
T Rücklauf Vorsteuerung 01 joint tournant
35 36 37
Standard-
40
C2
34 Pil
Pil T P T P 19 48
T P T P
T
1. Zusatzkreis
T P
Fahren rechts
T
Fahren links
V2 3 1 41
T
30
Pil
E
V2
Räumschild
V2
Fußpedal
Y4
Fußpedal
30
Knicken
Vorsteuerdruck
32 2
Auslegerzylinder
UNTERWAGEN
verminderter
31 Druckminder- S Umschaltung
Auslegerzylinder
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
Löffelzylinder
ventil Zusatz/Hammer
Hammermenge Knick- UNDER CARRIAGE
Löffelstiel-
33 zylinder
zylinder
38 39
43 2. Zusatzkreis CHASSIS INFERIEUR
45
44 Turasgetrieb
Schwimmstellung Fahrmotor
Abstützschild Fahrbremsventil
Option links
42 left
gauche
max. 77,4l/min
min. 41,4l/min
360 360
370
350
02
230
Steuerventil 6SX14 Steuerventil

4SM12 29
28 01
Schwenkdruck
Hochschaltung
26 04
3 P
2
1 T
26 Räumschild
Y12
2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1
X Z
26 24
Y19 A B Y18 P P 04
158 l/min
Umschaltung T T
Zusatz/Hammer 19 Schwenken Stiel Löffel Ausleger
Öltempe- P T
raturregler 10 M A G Koordinatenhebel links Koordinatenhebel rechts
09 Dieselmotor
17 23 22
K 69kw/94PS 2100rpm Pst MA T 45 25
T 07 A 20
Vg max- Vg min
150/250 Y14
Abschaltventil
Hydraulik-
T M Schwenk- T
Ölkühler 3 P
41,4 l/min motor Schwenkgetriebe 2
S1
i=1,189
35,9 l/min S 1 T
110
12 S M1 R T1 T2
P Y23 A B Y24 21 03
16,6 14,4
Verstellpumpe
Umschaltung P S
13
2. Zusatzkreis 150/250 27 Schwenk-
brems-
MA MA P T B
11 Pst
ventil 360 360
MB
18
08
B A
19 26 45 Turasgetrieb
C E Fahrmotor
Fahrbremsventil
5 bar Rücklaufsammler
F rechts
G D Sicherheit Armlehne links Fahren right
Belüftungsfilter Speicher schnell/langsam droite
Rücklauffilter Vorsteuerung
Y3 1 2 Y5
06 16µm 14 T P
05 P
0,35 35 Druckminderventil
bar 15 Vorsteuerung
T
16
2- fach Magnetventil Model Hydraulic from s/n: Edition
S
46
Type TC 125 Hydraulique à partir du n/s: TC 01250100 Date 01.2007
Tipo Hidráulico desde el no.: Fecha
45 Benennung Hydraulikschaltplan Blatt
4.67.11
OBERWAGEN - UPPER CARRIAGE - TOURELLE Dénomination
Denominación
Plan hydraulique
Plano hidráulico
Feuille
Página
Pos.
Rep.
No.

02 Fahrantrieb - links Travel drive - left Entraînement - gauche
mit Getriebe, Fahrmotor und with gear, travel motor and avec transmission,moteur
Bremsventil brake valve translation et soupape de frein
03 Fahrantrieb - rechts Travel drive - right Entraînement - droite
mit Getriebe, Fahrmotor und with gear, travel motor and avec transmission,moteur
Bremsventil brake valve translation et soupape de frein

Abstützschild support blade lame d’appui
07 Abschaltventil Shut-off valve Valve de coupure
08 Rücklaufsammler 5bar Return line collector 5bar Collecteur de retour 5bar
11 Doppelzahnradpumpe Double gear pump Pompe tandem à engrenage
Arbeiten, Fahren pump - working, travel équipemen, translation
1= Vorsteuerung ein / aus Y3 1= Pilot control on / off Y3 1= Pilotage marche / arrêt Y3
2= Fahren schnell / 2= Travel high speed / 2= Translation grande vitesse /
langsam Y5 low speed Y5 petite Y5
16 Druckminderventil Pressure reducing valve Diminueur de pression

Vorsteuerung pilot control pilotage
Zusatzsteuerkreis / additional control circuit / circuit supplémentaire /
2.Zusatzsteuerkreis 2 nd additional control circuit 2 me circuit supplémentaire
19 Wechselventil Shuttle valve Selecteur
20 Hydromotor Hydraulic motor Moteur hydraulique
21 Drehwerkgetriebe Swing gear Reducteur d’orientation

Löffel, Ausleger bucket, boom assistée godet, flèche

Schwenken, Löffelstiel swing, stick assistée orientation, balancier
Schwenkdruckhochschaltung high torque swing élevation pression d’orientation

Type TC 125 à partir du n/s: TC 01250100 PLAN HYDRAULIQUE Date 01.2007

Leyenda
Pos.
Rep.
No.

Schwenkdruckhochschaltung swing brake frein d’orientation
27 Drossel Throttle Étrangleur
6SX14 6SX14 6SX14
4SM12 4SM12 4SM12
34 Lasthalteventil Load holding valve Clapet maintieu de charge
35 Lasthalteventil Option Load holding valve Option Clapet maintieu de charge Option
36 Vorsteuergerät – Pilot-operated valve – Distributeur à commande assistée -
Fußpedal Fahren links pedal travel left pédale translation gauche
37 Vorsteuergerät – Pilot-operated valve – Distributeur à commande
Fußpedal Fahren rechts pedal travel right assistée - pédale translation droite
38 Druckminderventil - Pressure reducing valve - Diminueur de pression -
39 Wegeventil Y4 Solenoid valve Y4 Electro-vanne Y4

40 Vorsteuergerät - Fußpedal Pilot-operated valve - pedal Distributeur à commande

Abstützschild support blade assistée - pédale lame d’appui
41 Vorsteuergerät - Fußpedal Pilot-operated valve - pedal Distributeur à commande
Knicken articulation assistée - pédale deport de flèche
42 Wegeventil Y11 Control valve Y11 Distributeur Y11

Schwimmstellung flost position position du floteur -
Abstützschild Option support blade Option lame d’appui Option

44 2.Zusatzsteuerkreis 2 nd additional control circuit 2 me circuit supplémentaire
45 Öltank Oil tank Reservoir hydraulique
46 Rückschlagventil Check-valve Clapet anti-retour

Type TC 125 à partir du n/s: TC 01250100 PLAN HYDRAULIQUE Date 01.2007

Leyenda
HR 14
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type TC 29 (HR 14) Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

travel drive travel left travel right
SOM-PGRF 402V
travel pressure: 190 bar swing drive
shock valve: 190 bar travel drive
M M
grab rotation rock dipper

OPTION bucket boom articulation
swing bucket breaker stick dozer blade
grab 28
open / T
closed 19
20 22 PB DB
26 31
18 20 27
Ps Ps
23 24
180+5
V V
21 32
25
29 30
180+5
P2 P1 T1 T2 P1 P2 Ø 3,0
21 21 Y
21 21
1 2 8 7 3 4 33
17 17 17 GB B M A GA
5 6
17
hier 210 bar

M
= operating pressure
P2 M B1 A1 B2 A2 b B3 A3 B4 A4 b B5 A5 b B6 A6 b B7 A7 B8 A8 B9 A9
LS b b b b b
LS
195 bar 210 bar
21 bar
99 l/min
a a a a a
T
T2
T B A T T B A T T B A T
230 bar
160 bar
230 bar
230 bar
175 bar
175 bar
travel left travel right a swing additional a dipper stick a bucket a boom articulation dozer blade
pressure:
3 bar 16
circuit
8
pressure less
210 bar
return line
Pp Y 0.6 0.6
pump pressure electr.
button 15 15
A1 A2 3 3
excavator pump 11 14
return
+0.35/±0.15bar line 2 4 2 4
filter A
S 13
MB 5
30 bar
5um 12
2,5 B T 1 P T 1 P
bar 6 15 15
10 0.6
16um 0.6
boom
dipper stick
Mitsubishi S4L bucket
4 bar
P T articulation
8
2 3
Hydac unit
L L1 S pressure reducing
4 valve with accumulator
Typ ab Fz.-Id.-Nr. Datum
return line and 2X solenoid valve Model from s/n Edition
collector 9 Type TC 29 (HR 14) à partir du n/s TC 00290100 Date 01.2007

1/1
1 Description Hydraulic diagramm Page Page
Dénomination Plan hydraulique Feuille Feuille
4.76.10
Página
Denominación Plano hydráulico Página
Pos.
Item
No.
7 Rücklaufsammler Return line collector Collecteur de retour
8 Ventil, Rücklaufvorspannung Valve, return pre-load Clapet, pressurisation de retour
Pressure reducing valve with Soupape réductrice de pression
Druckminderventil mit
hydraulic accumulator avec accumulateur hydraulique
10 Hydrospeicher (schnell/langsam)
(high/low speed) and 2x (grande vitesse/petite) et
und 2x 3/2 Wegeventile
solenoid valve 2x électrovanne
11 Hydrospeicher Hydraulic. accumulator Accumulateur hydraulique
Kugelhahn, Ausstiegsschranke Ball valve, cut-off lever Robinet, levier de sécurité
12
(sperren Arbeitshydraulik) (stop working hydraulic) (coupure pilotage)
Distributeur à commande
13 Vorsteuergerät (links) Pilot operated valve (left)
assistée (gauche)
14 Vorsteuergerät (rechts) Pilot-operated valve (right)
assistée (droite)
Hydraulikzylinder - Greifer Hydraulic cylinder – grab Vérin hydraulique - benne
18
Option Option preneuse Option
20 Kugelhahn (sperren) Ball valve (stop) Robinet (coupure)
21 Hydraulikkupplung Hydraulic coupling Coupleur hydraulique
23 Fahrantrieb (links) Travel drive (left) Translation (gauche)
24 Fahrantrieb (rechts) Travel drive (right) Translation (droite)
Hydraulikzylinder - Hydraulic cylinder - Vérin hydraulique -
26
Schwenklöffel Option swing bucket Option godet orientable Option
Entraînement d’orientation -
27 Drehantrieb - Greifer Option Swing drive - grab Option
28 Hydraulikhammer Option Hydraulic rock breaker Option Marteau hydraulique Option
30 Hydraulikzylinder - Knicken Hydraulic cylinder - articulation Vérin hydraulique - déport latérale
Hydraulic cylinder - dozer
31 Hydraulikzylinder - Räumschild Vérin hydraulique - lame d’appui
blade
33 Blende Orifice Orifice

Type TC 29 (HR14) à partir du n/s TC00290100 Date 01.2007
travel drive travel left travel right
SOM-PGR 402V
swing drive
travel pressure: 250 bar
shock valve: 250 bar travel drive
M M
grab rotation rock dipper

OPTION bucket boom articulation dozer blade
swing bucket breaker stick
grab 28
open / T
closed 19
20 22 PB DB
26 31
18 20 27
Ps Ps
23 24
205+5
V V
21 32
25
29 30
205+5
P2 P1 T1 T2 P1 P2 Ø 3,0
21 21 Y
21 21
1 2 8 7 3 4 33
17 17 17 GB B M A GA
5 6
17
hier 250 bar

M
= operating pressure
P2 M B1 A1 B2 A2 b B3 A3 B4 A4 b B5 A5 b B6 A6 b B7 A7 B8 A8 B9 A9
LS b b b b b
210 bar
235 bar
LS
21 bar
99 l/min
a a a a a
T
T2
T B A T T B A T T B A T T B A T
280 bar
160 bar
280 bar
280 bar
210 bar
210 bar
210 bar
210 bar
a additional a dipper stick a bucket a boom articulation dozer blade
pressure: travel left travel right swing
3 bar 16 circuit
8
pressure less
250 bar
return line
Pp Y 0.6 0.6
pump pressure electr.
button 15 15
A1 A2 3 3
excavator pump 11 14
return
+0.35/±0.15bar line 2 4 2 4
filter A
S 13
MB 5
30 bar
5um 12
2,5 B T 1 P T 1 P
bar 6 15 15
10 0.6
16um 0.6
boom
dipper stick
Mitsubishi S4L bucket
4 bar
P T articulation
8
2 3
Hydac unit
L L1 S pressure reducing
4 valve with accumulator
return line and 2X solenoid valve Model from s/n Edition
collector 9 Type TC 35 (HR 16) à partir du n/s TC 00350100 Date 01.2007

1/1
1 Description Hydraulic diagramm Page Page
Dénomination Plan hydraulique Feuille Feuille
4.78.10
Página
Denominación Plano hydráulico Página
Pos.
Item
No.
8 Ventil, Rücklaufvorspannung Valve, return pre-load Clapet, pressurisation de retour
Pressure reducing valve with Soupape réductrice de pression
Druckminderventil mit
hydraulic accumulator avec accumulateur hydraulique
10 Hydrospeicher (schnell/langsam)
(high/low speed) and 2x (grande vitesse/petite) et
und 2x 3/2 Wegeventile
solenoid valve 2x électrovanne
11 Hydrospeicher Hydraulic. accumulator Accumulateur hydraulique
Kugelhahn, Ausstiegsschranke Ball valve, cut-off lever Robinet, levier de sécurité
12
(sperren Arbeitshydraulik) (stop working hydraulic) (coupure pilotage)
13 Vorsteuergerät (links) Pilot operated valve (left)
assistée (gauche)
14 Vorsteuergerät (rechts) Pilot-operated valve (right)
assistée (droite)
Hydraulikzylinder - Greifer Hydraulic cylinder – grab Vérin hydraulique - benne
18
Option Option preneuse Option
20 Kugelhahn (sperren) Ball valve (stop) Robinet (coupure)
21 Hydraulikkupplung Hydraulic coupling Coupleur hydraulique
Hydraulikzylinder - Hydraulic cylinder - Vérin hydraulique -
26
Schwenklöffel Option swing bucket Option godet orientable Option
Entraînement d’orientation -
27 Drehantrieb - Greifer Option Swing drive - grab Option
28 Hydraulikhammer Option Hydraulic rock breaker Option Marteau hydraulique Option
blade
33 Blende Orifice Orifice

TC 48 (HR 18) 01.2007

Hydraulic diagram, pilot control 4.80.01

Legend to hydraulic diagram
1 Travel motor, left

2 Travel motor, right
5 Slew drive
14 Hydraulic pump
17 Diesel engine
18 Pilot pressure accumulator
19 Relay valve for slew brake
20 Pilot-operated valve - slewing, dipperstick
21 Pilot-operated valve - boom, bucket
22 Pilot-operated valve - articulation
23 Pilot-operated valve - travel, left
24 Pilot-operated valve - travel, right
25 Pilot-operated valve - additional control circuit
26 Pilot-operated valve - dozer blade
27 Working hydraulics cut-off/ exit barrier
29 Valve bank
30 Valve segment, slewing
31 Valve segment, dozer blade
32 Valve segment, additional control circuit
33 Valve segment, articulation
34 Valve segment, dipperstick
35 Valve segment, travel, right
36 Valve segment, travel, left
37 Valve segment, boom
38 Valve segment, bucket
39 Valve segment, travelling straight on
41 Selector valve, fast/ slow
42 Gauge port
4.80.01/01.2007
TC 48 (HR 18) 01.2007

Hydraulic diagram, working/travelling 4.80.02

Legend to hydraulic diagram
1 Travel motor, left

2 Travel motor, right
3 Grab cylinder
4 Bucket cylinder
5 Slew drive
6 Boom cylinder
7 Articulated cylinder
8 Dipperstick cylinder
9 Grab slew motor
10 Breaker
11 Slew bucket
12 Dozer blade cylinder
13 Ventilation filter
14 Hydraulic pump
15 Hydraulic oil cooler
16 Return line filter
17 Diesel engine
29 Valve bank
40 Thermostat valve
42 Gauge port
4.80.02/01.2007
TC 48 (HR 18) 01.2007

Hydraulic diagram, valve bank 4.80.03

29 Valve bank
4.80.03/01.2007
+5
140 bar
travel left travel right dipper stick
at P1 - full throttle grab
travel drive open / close bucket boom breaker grab rotation swing bucket articulation dozer blade
swing drive
control valve
0,5
main relief valve 165 bar
0,8
travel left travel right slewing dipper stick bucket boom additional circuit articulation dozer blade
electric
push
turn off valve

button
Joystick right
Joystick left switch
max. 52,8 l/min
(33,6 l/min) 6/2 solenoid valve
pressure reducing valve

ball valve
with accumulator
dipper stick boom
110 bar slewing bucket
Mitsubishi L3E
13.3 KW (18PS) 2,400 min

-1 return
collector
double gear pump
vent valve
Typ Hydraulik Datum
Model Hydraulic bis Fz.-Id.-Nr. Edition
return line filter Type TC 15 Hydraulique to s/n TC00150135 Date 01.2008
Página
+5
140 bar
swing drive
control valve
0,5
21
bar
0,8
turn off valve

Joystick right
Joystick left
max. 52,8 l/min
(33,6 l/min)

ball valve
with accumulator
dipper stick boom
Mitsubishi L3E
13.3 KW (18PS) 2,400 min

-1 return
collector
double gear pump
vent valve
Typ Hydraulik ab Fz.-Id.-Nr. Datum
Model Hydraulic bis Fz.Id.-Nr. TC00150136 Edition
Type TC 15 Hydraulique from s/n Date 01.2008
return line filter
Tipo Hidráulico to s/n TC00150162 Fecha
Página
+5
125 bar bei / at P1
Vollgas / high idle
travel left travel drive travel right dipper stick
swing drive grab
open / close bucket boom breaker grab rotation swing bucket articulation dozer blade
DR
A T B
control valve
0,5 b
0,8
turn off valve

Joystick right
Joystick left
max. 52,8 l/min
(33,6 l/min)

ball valve
with accumulator
dipper stick boom
Mitsubishi L3E
13.3 KW (18PS) 2,400 min

-1 return
collector
double gear pump
vent valve
Model Hydraulic from s/n Edition
return line filter Type TC 15 Hydraulique á partir n du s TC00150163 Date 01.2008
Tipo Hidráulico desde el numero Fecha
Página
track extension
travel left travel right
travel drive grab grab rotation
swing drive dipper stick boom breaker swing bucket
open / close
bucket
dozer blabe
articulation
Option
track
4 2 3 1 +5 extension
5
140 bar
at P1 - full throttle
blade up / down
track extension in / out
control valve
0,5
21
bar
0,8
travel left travel right swing dipper stick bucket boom additional circuit articulation dozer blade
electric
push
button
turn off valve

Joystick left Joystick right
switch
all valves 6/2 solenoid valve

6-22 bar

ball valve
with accumulator dipper stick boom

swing bucket
return collector
double gear pump vent valve Typ Hydraulik Datum

Model Hydraulic bis Fz.-Id.-Nr. Edition
Página
+5
140 bar
swing drive
control valve
0,5
21
bar
0,8
turn off valve

Joystick right
Joystick left
max. 52,8 l/min
(33,6 l/min)

ball valve
with accumulator
dipper stick boom
Mitsubishi L3E
13.3 KW (18PS) 2,400 min

-1 return
collector
double gear pump
vent valve
Model Hydraulic bis Fz.Id.-Nr. TC00160461 Edition
Type TC 16 Hydraulique from s/n Date 01.2008
return line filter
Tipo Hidráulico to s/n TC00160732 Fecha
Página
+5
125 bar bei / at P1
Vollgas / high idle
travel left travel drive travel right dipper stick
swing drive grab
open / close bucket boom breaker grab rotation swing bucket articulation dozer blade
DR
A T B
control valve
0,5 b
0,8
turn off valve

Joystick right
Joystick left
max. 52,8 l/min
(33,6 l/min)

ball valve
with accumulator
dipper stick boom
Mitsubishi L3E
13.3 KW (18PS) 2,400 min

-1 return
collector
double gear pump
vent valve
return line filter Type TC 16 Hydraulique á partir n du s TC00160733 Date 01.2008
Página
track extension
travel left travel right 155-3 bar grab grab rotation articulation
dipper stick open / close
travel drive at P1 - full throttle boom breaker swing bucket
swing drive
bucket
dozer blade
OPTION
track extension
track extension in / out
180 bar
control valve
0,5 LS
21 bar
LS 2
210 210 210 210 230 160

travel left travel right swing bar dipper stick bar bar bucket bar bar boom bar additional circuit articulation dozer blade
3/2 solenoid valve electric

fast / slow electric push
push button
button switch
switch
all valves
6-22 bar
6/2 solenoid valve
turn off valve

ball valve

with accumulator
dipper stick boom

swing bucket
return
collector
double gear pump

vent valve Typ Hydraulik Datum
Model Hydraulic bis Fz.-Id.-Nr Edition

Página
130+5 bar bei / at P1

travel drive
Vollgas / high idle
dipper stick grab rotation dozer blade
swing drive grab swing bucket articulation
open / close bucket boom breaker
A T B
control valve 180 bar
0,5 LS
21 bar
LS 2
210 210 210 210 230 160

travel left travel right slewing bar dipper stick bar bar bucket bar bar boom bar additional circuit articulation dozer blade
all 6-22 bar
turn off valve

ball valve

with accumulator
dipper stick
slewing
boom
bucket
return
collector
double gear pump
vent valve
Typ Hydraulik Datum
Model Hydraulic ab Fz.-Id.-Nr: Edition
return line filter Type TC 20 Hydraulique from s/n: TC00200493 Date 01.2008

Página
Travel left Travel right
Swingdrive
Traveldrive Nachi Kayaba MSG-27P-10E-19
PHV -3B -35A Dipperstick Grab Bucket Boom Rock Add. circuit Articulation Dozerblade
with brake open/close Breaker Turn grab
pressure
max: 250 bar
STEUERVENTIL
Rexroth 9 SX10
250bar
Travel left Travel left Swing Dipperstick Bucket Boom Add. circuit Articulation Dozer blade
Right
rev. Travel fast /
Right Dipperstick Boom
Swing- slow
fwd. Bucket
breake Swing
Articulation Add. circuit
All 6 - 22bar
Pump
Stopcock
A10 VNO 28
Rexroth Pressureless
return Pilot pressure
MB reducing valve
Left with accumulator and Joystick
fwd. Joystick
Left 2x 3/2 directional left right
rev. valves
Returnoil-
collector
Breather Returnoil-
filter
Typ
Model TC 25 Hydraulik
Hydraulic
ab
from TC00250100
Datum
Edition 08.2007

Description Hydraulic diagramm Page 4.93.01
swing drive
travel drive R R
i=44.3 i=44.3
travel pressure: 250 bar travel drive
shock valve: 250 bar
grab rotation
grab open / swing bucket dozer blade
close bucket boom dipper stick articulation
breaker
T
PB DB
+5
205
Ps Ps
+5
V V 205
Y Ø3.0
P2 P1 T1 T2 P1 P2
GB B M A GA
1 2 8 7 3 4
5 6
250 bar
M
operating pressure
P2 M b b b b b
b b b b
control valve
P
LS
235 bar
LS
21 bar
15l/min
T2
T B A T T B A T T B A T T B A T
T B
210 210 A T
280 280 210 210 280 160
99 l/min
bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
travel left travel right swing additional circuit dipper stick bucket boom articulation dozer blade
a a a a a a a a a
T
pressureless
Y Joystick right
return line electric
250 bar electric
push
Pp travel push
0.6 0.6
pump pressure button
3
button
3
forward switch
0.75 l
switch
2 articulation 1 2 additional circuit 1
0.6 0.6 fast / slow
3 4
excavator pump 3 bar initial tension B
double travel pedal
only for
return line filter travel drive security 2 4 2
4
28 bar
3/2 solenoid C A
P A valve
vent valve
T
+0.35 / ±0.06 bar T 1 P dipper stick T 1 P P T P T
0.6 0.6
boom Joystick
MB pressure reducing valve swing
bucket
T 1 P 2 travel
X
B 0.6 0.6 backward
with accumulator Joystick
left
3bar VA
10 μm
15 μm Mitsubishi S4L2
23.8 KW (32.5 PS)
-1 C1 C2 B1 B2
bei 2100 U/min 6/2 solenoid valve
4 bar
L L1 S A1 A2
return
collector
Typ Hydraulik ab Datum
TC00370100
Model Hydraulic from Edition
Type TC 37 Hydraulique àpartir Date 01.2007
Tipo Hidráulico de Fecha

dénomination Plan hydraulique Feuille 4.97.01
Plano hidráulico
swing drive
travel drive grab rotation
articulation dozer blade dipper stick boom swing bucket breaker
bucket
PS PB DB
PS
a1 a2
grab
a2 open/close
Lecköl P1 P2 T1 T2
B M A
5 8 3 4
T2 T1 P2 P1
1 2
travel travel swing articulation dozer dipper additional

left right bucket boom
P2 b b b b blade b stick b b b circuit
P1
LS
b
21bar
T1
3bar
T2 a a a a a a a a
Option:
pressureless
return line
Y
4 bar
pressure reduce valve

with accumulator
r. forward r. backward
0,6 0,6 swing

3 4 brake travel speed electric 0,6
A1 A2 push button 0,6
double travel pedal
switch
return line X
filter 3 3
S A
0,75 T P P T
+0,35/+/- 0,06bar 2 4 2 4
vent valve excavator pump 30bar
MB B
P T
3bar
1 2 T swing bucket 1 2 2 add. circuit1

YANMAR 4TNV 88
1 P T 1 P articulation
T P
l. forward 0,6 Joystick
dipper stick 0,6 boom
29KW (39PS) 2200-1 0,6 l. backward 0,6
L L1 S
Typ Hydraulik ab Datum
TC 50 TC00500100
Model Hydraulic from Edition
Type Hydraulique àpartir Date 01.2007
Tipo Hidráulico de Fecha

dénomination Plan hydraulique Feuille
Página
4.99.01
SUBGROUP LIST
Setting instructions
TC 60 (HR 20) Working hydraulics 5.60
TC (HR) Hose rupture valve 5.72

Dozer blade cylinder
TC 29 (HR 14) Working pump 5.76

TC 25 Working pump 5.93
TC 50 Working pump 5.99
TW Travelhydraulic 5.100
TL (SKL/SKS) Hydromatik pump 5.200
SKL 200 (SKL873) Travel and workinghydraulic 5.213
TL 65/80/100/120 Parker P70CF valve 5.224

(SKL 824/834/844/854)
TL 120 (SKL854) Bucher HDM19 Steuerventil 5.227
TL 160 - 260 Brake system general 5.228
TL 210/260 Casappa LVP75 5.230

TL 210/260 Travel and workinghydraulic
TL 160/210/260 Rexroth 3M6 Control valve
TW 85/110, TC 75/125 Rexroth SX14 Control Valve 5.251

(HML/HR 32/42)
Rexroth SM12 Control Valve 5.253
TC 15 - 25 Rexroth SX10 Control Valve 5.274
TC 29/35/37 (HR 14/16/3.7) Rexroth SX12 Control Valve 5.276
TL 65 - 120 Travelhydraulic 5.300
TL 420/450 Danfoss pumps, Rexroth 2M6 5.350

Control valve, Brakevalve
TW 85 (HML 32) Working hydraulics 5.510
TW/TC (HML/HR) Basic adjustment of variable 5.520

displacement pump A10 VO

01/2007
The following checking and setting Furthermore, the indicated engine speeds
instructions contain information necessary have to be observed carefully in order to
to perform correct tests and settings. As guarantee the requested flow rates. Pay
with all maintenance and repair jobs, the special attention when checking and
regulations for accident prevention are setting high pressure valves, main
binding. pressure relief valves and line relief
valves.
For additional explanations or possible
questions, please contact our Customer If any settings of aggregates or
Service Department - Technical Service - components have to be changed in order
by phone or fax. to perform other tests, the initial setting
has to be reset after finishing these jobs.
First and foremost tests and settings of Only perform settings of line relief valves if
hydraulic units and components of they are adjusted lower than the pressure
particular importance are described. The cut-off and / or the main pressure relief
order of the tests and settings should be valve.
observed, especially in case of trouble-
shooting and new settings. The test and setting instructions do not
claim to be complete. The data given is
not subject to the alteration service.
Attention: All tests and settings have Furthermore, we reserve the right to make
to be performed at an oil improvements in the course of technical
temperature of 50 - 60° C. development without changing the test
and setting instructions.
01.2007
Setting instructions, travel hydraulics 5.000.01

TC 60
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type TC 60 Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha
Benennung Einstellanweisung Blatt

Description Setting instructions Page
Dénomination Instructions de réglage Feuille 5.60.00
Denominación Instrucción de ajuste Página
02
B7
1 01 01
6
5
7 8
13 14
2 3
B C
12
10 9
11
Typ Blocksteuergerät - Lasthalteventil Datum

Model Valve bank - load check valve
Type TC 60 (HR 20) Bloc distributeur - clapet de sécurite
Edition
Date 01.2007
Tipo Bloque de válvulas - válvula de seguridad Fecha

Denominación Instrucción de regulación Página
Pos.
Rep.
No.
01 Blocksteuergerät valve bank bloc distributeur

KVSE-72-11 KVSE-72-11 KVSE-72-11
Lasthalteventil load check valve clapet de sécurite
02
B7 Lastwarnsensor load warning sensor capteur avertiseur de charge
A Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour

Arbeitspumpe P3 und working pump P3 and pompe équipement P3 et
Einstellungen am settings at réglages côté
Blocksteuergerät 01 valve bank 01 distributeur 01
1 Hauptüberdruckventil (HÜV) main relief limiteur de pression

für for pour
Schwenken swing orientation
Räumschild dozer blade lame d’appui
mit Nachsaugventil (4) with anticavitation valve (4) avec clapet anti-cavitation (4)
B Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour

für for pour
Fahren rechts travel right translation droite
Knicken articulation with articulation avec
mit Nachsaugventilen (13+14) anticavitation valves (13+14) clapets anti-cavitations (13+14)
Löffelstiel dipper balancier
mit Sekundärventilen (7+8) with line relief valves (7+8) avec clapets secondaires (7+8)
Zusatzsteuerkreis additional hydraulic circuit circuit supplémentaire
C Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour

Fahren links travel left translation gauche
Typ Blocksteuergerät - Lasthalteventil Datum

Model Valve bank - load check valve Edition
Type TC 60 (HR 20) Bloc distributeur - clapet de sécurite Date
01.2007
Tipo Bloque de válvulas - válvula de seguridad Fecha

D
CH
03
PP
3
D
P2
PG
P1
PP
03
1 CH
TPS
3
(P3) (P4)
PG PP P2 P1
Motor
Engine
Moteur
Motor
CH TPS
Typ Arbeitspumpe Datum

Model Working pump Edition
Type TC 60 (HR 20) Pompe équipement
Bomba de trabajo
Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

Pos.
Rep.
No.
Arbeitspumpe PSVD2-26E working pump PSVD2-26E pompe équipement PSVD2-26E

03
26+26+18+3,5 cm³/U 26+26+18+3,5 cm³/rev. 26+26+18+3,5 cm³/tour
D Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour

Arbeitspumpe PP (P4) und working pump PP (P4) and pompe équipement PP (P4) et
Vorsteuerdruck (3) pilot pressure (3) pression pilotage (3)
3 Vorsteuerventil pilot valve clapet pilot
P1 Arbeitspumpe working pump pompe équipement

(Axialverstellkolbenpumpe) (plunger pump) (pompe à débit variable)
P2 Arbeitspumpe working pump pompe équipement
(Axilaverstellkolbenpumpe) (plunger pump) (pompe à débit variable)
PG Arbeitspumpe working pump pompe équipement
(Zahnradpumpe P3) (gear pump P3) (pompe à engrenages P3)
PP Vorsteuerpumpe pilot pump pompe pression pilotage
CH Enlüftungsstopfen breather plug bouchon d’aération

(verschlossen) (closed) (bouche)
TPS Sauganschluss suction port pot d’aspiration
Deutsch
Die werkseitige Leistungseinstellung kann bei Bedarf wie folgt nach Druck, Fördermenge und
Drückungsdrehzahl überprüft werden:
- Litermengenmessgerät am Pumpenausgang P2 installieren.
- 600 bar Manometer an Messstelle P2 anschließen.
- Maschine auf ca. 60°C Hydrauliköltemperatur warm fahren.
- Drehzahlmeßgerät anschließen, obere Leerlaufdrehzahl am Dieselmotor prüfen und ggf. einstellen.
TC 60: 2570 +30 / -20 min -1
- Die Motordrückungsdrehzahl gemäß nachstehender Tabelle mit dem Steuerkreis “Löffelstiel aus” bei
Vollgas in der Zylinderendlage überprüfen.
TC 60 bar l/min Motor-Drückungsdrehzahl

bei HÜV - Druck 245 bar:
245 41 - 42 2450 +30 / -20 min -1
Bei zu starken Abweichungen der Litermenge bzw. der Drückungsdrehzahl Einstellschraube

(1) nachjustieren.
Hierzu: Kontermutter (2) lösen und Einstellschraube (1) verstellen.

- Eindrehen nach rechts : Regelbeginn später (höhere Litermenge))
- Ausdrehen nach links : Regelbeginn früher (Litermenge niedriger)

Bomba de trabajo
Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

English
If necessary, the factory power setting can be checked for pressure, flow rate and engine stall rpm:
- Install flow meter (litre) at the pump outlet P2

- Connect 600 bar gauge to gauge port P2
- Operate the machine until it reaches a hydraulic oil temperature of approx. 60 °
C
- Connect tachometer, check and adjust if necessarry the max. idle running speed at the diesel engine.
TC 60: 2570 +30 / -20 min-1

- Check the engine stall rpm at full speed with the control circuit “dipper stick out” in the end position
according to the following values:
TC 60 bar l/min Engine stall rpm
at main pressure relief valve
245 41 - 42 pressure of 245 bar:
2,450 +30 / -20 min -1
In case the flow and / or the engine stall rpm differ too much, re-adjust the setscrew (1).
- To do this: Slacken the counternut (2) and adjust the setscrew (1)
- Turning to the right: Regulation start later (higher flow )

- Turning to the left: Regulation start earlier (less flow)
Fran ais
Si besoin est, les pressions, les débits et la chute de régime ajustés par l’usine peuvent être vérifiés:
- Installer un indicateur de débit sur la sortie de pompe P2.

- Monter un manomètre de 600 bar sur la prise de pression P2.
- Actionner le matériel jusqu’à ce qu’une température d’huile hydraulique d’env. 60 °
C soit atteinte.
- Brancher un indicateur de nombre de tours, ajuster la marche à vide maxi. au moteur diesel et
vérifier.
-1
TC 60: 2570 +30 / -20 min
- Vérifier la chute de régime, moteur à plein régime, d’après le tableau ci -
dessous avec le circuit „balancier sorti“, fin de course.
TC 60 bar l/min Chute de régime moteur

à une pression du limiteur de
245 41 - 42 pression principal de 245 bar:
2.450 +30 / -20 min-1
Rajuster la vis de réglage (1) en cas des différences excessives du débit et / ou de

la chute de régime.
- Pour faire cela: Desserrer le contre -écrou (2) et ajuster la vis de réglage (1).
- Resserer vers la droite: début de régulation plus tard (plus de débit)

- Desserrer vers la gauche: début de régulation plus tôt (moins de débit)

Bomba de trabajo
Date
01.2007
Tipo Fecha

3
33,8/19,9 cm /U
i=47,41
245 bar Fahrdruck
245 bar travel pressure
245 bar pression de translation
A
Ps
3 B
C
a1 a2 3
1
2 2
P1 P2 T1, T2
1
A
a1
B 04
a2
C
2
Ps
3
1
T2 2
P2
P1
T1
2
1
Typ Fahrantrieb Datum
Model travel drive Edition
Type TC 60 (HR 20) entraînement Date 01.2007
Tipo transmisión Fecha

Pos.
Rep.
No.
04 Fahrantrieb travel drive entraînement
P1 Druckanschluß (Fahren) pressure connection (travel) connexion de pression

(translation)
P2 Druckanschluß (Fahren) pressure connection (travel) connexion de pression
(translation)
T1 Verschlußschraube (Lecköl) plug (drain oil) bouchon (huile de fuite)
T2 Leckölanschluß drain oil connection connexion d’huile de fuite
Ps Schaltdruckanschluß shift pressure connection connexion de commande de
(schnell / langsam) (low / high speed) pression (petite / grande vitesse)
a1 Verschlußschraube plug bouchon (prise de pression
(Meßanschluß - Fahrdruck P2) (testport for travel pressure P2) pour pression de translation P2)
a2 Verschlußschraube plug bouchon (prise de pression
(Meßanschluß - Fahrdruck P1) (testport for travel pressure P1) pour pression de translation P1)
1 Verschlußschraube für plug for bouchon pour tiroir

Fahrbremsschieber counter balance spool de frein de translation
2 Nachsaugventil anticavitation valve clapet anti-cavitation
(Fahren P1, P2) (travel P1, P2) (translation P1, P2)
3 Verschlußschraube für plug for spool bouchon pour tiroir
Steuerkolben (low / high speed) (petite / grande vitesse)
(schnell / langsam)
C Öleinfüllschraube oil filling plug bouchon de remplissage d’huile
bouchon de contrôle
B Ölstandsschraube oil-level check plug
du niveau d’huile
C Ölablaßschraube oil-drain plug bouchon de vidange d’huile
Typ Fahrantrieb Datum

Model travel drive Edition
Type TC 60 (HR 20) entraînement Date 01.2007
Tipo transmisión Fecha

02 03 02
01 01
18 17
04
Pa1
Pb1
A1
B1
17 17
Pb2 05
Pa2
A2
B2
01 25
20
06
Pb3
Pa3
B3
A3
T1
25
23
P1
P2
01 07 26 23
01
Pb4
Pa4
B4 25
A4
08
19 19
Pb5
Pa5
B5
A5
09
25
17
Pb6
Pa6
B6
A6
10 25
22
17
Pb7
Pa7
B7
A7
11
01
22
Pi2
12 25
01
21
Pb8
24
Pa8
B8
A8
13
25
01
19
Pb9
Pa9
B9
A9
14 25
15
Pi1
01
P3
T2
25
01
02 25 01
02 16
03 03
24 24
02
02
01 01
Typ Blocksteuergerät Datum

Model Valve bank Edition
Type TC 60 Distributeur
Válvula de mando
KAYABA KVSE-72-11 Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha
Benennung Anziehdrehmomente Blatt

Description Tightening torques Page
Dénomination Couples de serrage Feuille 5.60.08
Denominación Pares de apriete Página
Pos.
Rep.
No.
01 Schrauben für Ventilkappen Bolts for pilot caps Vis de fixation pour capouchons
8,8-10,8 Nm 8.8-10.8 Nm 8,8-10,8 Nm
02 Muttern für Zuganker Nuts for tie rods Ecrous pour tirants d’ancrages
26,5-29,4 Nm 26.5-29.4 Nm 26,5-29,4 Nm
03 Zuganker Tie rods Tirants d’ancrages
04 Ventilelement (Ausleger) Valve element (boom) Élément distribution (flèche)
05 Ventilelement (Löffel) Valve element (bucket) Élément distribution (godet)
06 Ventilelement (Fahren links) Valve element (travle left) Élément distrib. (translation gauche)
07 Ventilelement (Druckeingang) Valve element (pressure inlet) Élément distrib. (entrée pression)
08 Ventilelement (Fahren rechts) Valve element (travel right) Élément distrib. (translation droite)
09 Ventilelement (Knicken) Valve element (articulation) Élément distribution (articulation)
10 Ventilelement (Löffelstiel) Valve element (dipper arm) Élément distribution (balancier)
11 Ventilelement (Zusatzkreis) Valve element (add. circuit) Élément distribution (circuit suppl.)
12 Ventilelement (Hydr.-Hammer) Valve element (hydr. hammer) Élément distribution (marteau hydr.)
13 Ventilelement (Räumschild) Valve element (dozer blade) Élément distribution (lame d’appui)
14 Ventilelement (Schwenken) Valve element (swing) Élément distribution (orientation)
15 Ventilelement (Straight travel) Ventilelement (straight travel) Élément distribution (straight travel)
16 Hauptüberdruckventil 205 bar Main relief valve 205 bar Limiteur de press. principale 205 bar
69-78 Nm 69-78 Nm 69-78 Nm
17 Sekundärventil 280 bar Line relief valve 280 bar Clapet secondaire 280 bar
69-78 Nm 69-78 Nm 69-78 Nm
69-78 Nm 69-78 Nm 69-78 Nm
19 Nachsaugventil 69-78 Nm Anticavitation valve 69-78 Nm Clapet anti-cavitation 69-78 Nm
20 Verschlußschraube 60 Nm Plug 60 Nm Bouchon 60 Nm
21 Verschlußschraube 28 Nm Plug 28 Nm Bouchon 28 Nm
69-78 Nm 69-78 Nm 69-78 Nm
23 Hauptüberdruckventil 245 bar Main relief valve 245 bar Limiteur de press. principale 245 bar
69-78 Nm 69-78 Nm 69-78 Nm
24 Verschlußschr. 67,7-73,5 Nm Plug 67.7-73.5 Nm Bouchon 67,7-73,5 Nm
25 Verschlußschraube für Plug for check valves Bouchon pour clapets de retenue
Rückschlagventile 31,4 1 Nm 31.4 1 Nm 31,4 1 Nm
26 Verschlußschr. 31,4 1 Nm Plug 31.4 1 Nm Bouchon 31,4 1 Nm
Typ Blocksteuergerät Datum

Type TC 60 Distributeur
Válvula de mando
KAYABA KVSE-72-11 Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha
Benennung Anziehdrehmomente Blatt

Description Tightening torques Page
Dénomination Couples de serrage Feuille 5.60.09
Denominación Pares de apriete Página
Rohrbruchsicherung
Hose rupture valve
Eingeschraubt im Stützschildzylinder, bodenseitig.

Installed in dozer hydraulic cylinder, bottom side
HR 11 / 12 / 13 TC 15- (HR 1.5) / TC 16- (HR 1.6) / TC 20- (HR 2.0)
-A- ROHRBRUCHSICHERUNG # 5 368 632 258 R1/4“

hose rupture valve
TC 29- (HR 14) / TC 35- (HR 16) / TC 37- (HR 3.7)
-B- ROHRBRUCHSICHERUNG # 5 368 632 262 R3/8“

hose rupture valve
HR 22 / TC 75- (HR 32) / TC 125- (HR 42)
- C- ROHRBRUCHSICHERUNG # 5 368 632 256 R1/2“

hose rupture valve
TC 48- (HR 18) / TC 50

hose rupture valve
TC 60- (HR 20)

hose rupture valve
Rohrbruchsicherungsgewinde Bestell Nr. für

Hose rupture valve thread Einschraubwerkzeug
Tool part #
A 1/4“ 5 368 655 672
B 3/8 “ 5 368 655 673
C 1/2 “ 5 368 655 674
Rohrbruchsicherung / Hose rupture valve 01.2007
Spezialwerkzeug / Special tool 5.72.00
Montageanleitung / Mounting instruction
BEISPIEL / EXAMPLE
Rohrbruchsicherung mit Sonderwerkzeug
im Zylinderanschluss bodenseitig montiert.
Hose rupture valve mounted with special
tool in hydr. cylinder barrel, bottom side.
Demontage / Removal
Einschraubstutzen herausschrauben
remove fitting
Rohrbruchsicherung mit Sonderwerkzeug

(siehe Tabelle) herausschrauben
remove hose rupture valve with

special tool (see index list)
Montage / Installation
Die Rohrbruchsicherung mit Sonderwerkzeug
einschrauben.
To install the hose rupture valve, use the special

tool.
5.72.01/01.2007
r
ba
8
T
9
LS
1b
P2
1a 10 1
T
ba
r
TC 29 (HR 14) 01.2007
Setting instruction 5.76.04
working pump A10VO45 DFLR
Mounting instructions
1 Hose situation of pump P towards valve bank port P2
1b Remove hose at pump flange P ( thread :S25 )

Mount additional hose ( part # 4.470.079.502 ) at pump flange
and put a flow meter between flange and hose.
Needed parts for situation:

2x elbow fitting part # 1.924.060.256
2x hose part # 4.470.079.502
1x fitting part # 1.915.060.873
2 Gauge port for max. pump pressure ( P ) is factory mounted
3 Mount pressure gauge at LS-controller ( stand by) opposite of LS-hose
Needed parts:
1x gauge port part # 5.066.234.230

1x straight fitting GES 10-PL 7/16-20 UNF part # 1.939.060.103
1x elbow fitting part # 1.925.060.149
4 Hose for tank discharge of the horse power valve ( 5 ).

Mount hose at horse power valve ( 5 ) at pump,remove vent valve and
connect the other end of the hose to the vent valve port.
Needed parts:
1x straight fitting GES 10-L 7/16-20 UNF part # 1.939.060.103

1x hose NW8 x 1600 mm part # 4.508.160.301
5 Horse power valve ( Δp valve )
TC 29 from s/n.: TC00290100 (HR 14) 01.2007
Benennung / Description / Dénomination Blatt / Page / Feuille
Working pump A10VO45 DFLR
6 LS – regulator ( stand-by )
7 Connect additional circuit ( 7 ) right hand side of dipperstick with pressureless

returnline ( 8 ) by means of a hose ( 9 )
Following parts are needed:

1x quick coupler plug male part no. 5.000.253.100
1x quick coupler plug female part no. 5.000.276.100
2x fitting part no. 1.915.060.564
1x hose part no. 4.262.110.363
10 Horsepower regulator (regulation start,regulation end )
Adjustment procedure
- Machine must have service temperature (approx 50 – 60 ° C )

- Mount gauges
- Check engine rpms, low and high idle and adjust if necessary
Adjustment of the regulators:
- Without tank discharge ( 4 ). Set LS-Controller( 6 ) to a differencial pressure ( Δp )

between P and LS to approx.25 – 28 bar while additional circuit is activated
(dynamic )
- Mount tank discharge ( 4 ) Set horse power valve ( 5 ) to 20 bar ( no Δp ) while

additional circuit is activated
- Without tank discharge ( 4 ) Set LS-Controller ( 6 ) now to a differencial pressure

( Δp ) between P and LS to 15,3 bar while additional circuit is activated ( dynamic )
Checking of adjustment:
- Lift the machine, give full throttle and run the tracks in high speed (rabbit )
Flow: 90 liters
Pressure: 90 bar
In case of too much divergences ,adjustment of regulation start and end is possible
at horse power control valve ( 6 ) according characteristic curve and chart.
5.76.05/01.2007
A10V(S)O pressure, flow, power control
power line for A10 VO 45 DFLR ( t.o. 2429462 / serial-no.769491 ) mounted

in HR14 from the Terex Schaeff company
Typ/Model/Type
X ( flow ) Y ( pressure )
TC 29
Benennung / Description / Dénomination
Setting instruction
from s/n.: TC00290100 (HR 14)
working pump A10 VO45 DFLR

Y pressure (bar)
X flow (l/min)
Blatt/Page/Feuille
Datum/Edition/Date
01.2007
5.76.06
A10V(S)O pressure, flow, power control
Adjust power control
counter nut 2
setscrew 2 Adjust the regulation start with the setscrew “1”
1. Loosen the counter nut “1”
2. Adjust the regulation start by turning the

setscrew “1”:
Turning to the right - increase power
Turning to the left - decrease power
counter nut 1
setscrew 1
3. Secure the setscrew “1” with the counter nut “1”
Adjust the regulation end with the setscrew “2”:
4. Loosen the counter nut (13mm hexagon)
5. Adjust the regulation end by turning the

setscrew “2” (4mm allen screw).
torque (Nm)
Turning to the right - increase power
pressure php (bar)

Turning to the left - decrease power
6. Secure the setscrew “2” with the counter nut “2”
Requirement for adjustment:
Measuring of revolutions per minute and pressure

Flow rate measuring (flow meter)
5.76.06/01.2007
1
3
4
Adjustment procedure swing drive
- Machine must have service temperature ( approx. 50-60°C )

- Remove floor plate in the cabin
- Release pilot pressure from accumulator, plug ( 1 ) and ( 2 ) are
pressurized
- Remove plug ( 1 ) and ( 2 ) from valve bloc
- Mount gauge ports R1/8” into ( 1 ) and ( 2 )
- Mount pressure gauge (digital version recommended ) to
( 1 ) and ( 2 )
- Swing left and right under full throttle against a fix obstacle and set
the pressures at valve ( 3 ) and ( 4 ) each to a Δp between ( 1 )
and ( 2 ) of 180 bar
(Example: ( 1 ) = 210 bar ( 2 ) = 30 bar = Δp 180 bar )
TC 29 from s/n.: TC00290100 (HR 14) 01.2007
Benennung / Description / Dénomination Blatt/Page/Feuille
Setting instruction slew gear 5.76.07
P2 CH
PG
setscrew Dr
P1
PG PP P2 P1
DR
CH TPS
P1 working pump (piston pump)

P2 working pump (piston pump)
PP pilot pump
PG working pump (gear pump P3)
DR closed
CH closed (breather plug)
TPS suction port
TC 48 from s/n.: TC00480100 (HR 18) 01.2007
setting instructions - working pump
Setting instructions working pump TC 48
If necessary, the factory power setting can be checked for pressure, flow rate and engine stall
rpm:
- Install flow meter (litre) at the pump outlet P2

- Connect 600 bar gauge to gauge port P2
- Operate the machine until it reaches a hydraulic oil temperature of approx. 50° C
- Connect tachometer, adjust and check max. idle running speed at the diesel engine.
TC 48: 2,350 +20 min-1
- Check the regulation start as well as the engine stall rpm at full speed with the control circuit
“boom“ according to the following table:
TC 48 bar l/min ±1 Engine stall rpm

220 55 at main pressure relief valve
Regulation start at 230 52 pressure of 245 bar:
240 48 2,270 + 20 min-1
In case the regulation start and / or the engine stall rpm differ too much, re-adjust the setscrew
(1).
- To do this: Slacken the counternut (2) and adjust the setscrew (1)
- Turning to the right: Regulation start later (more power)

- Turning to the left: Regulation start earlier (less power)
5.80.01/01.2007
When doing any testing or adjustment jobs, please respect
the general safety regulations!
See page 1.200.01-05
Operate the machine until it reaches a hydraulic oil temperature
of approx. 50°C - 60°C.
Check high and low idle, adjust if necessary.
(see technical data cap. 2.93.01)
Install flow meter at the P-port of

the pump
Install test port at the pump between

flow compensator valve and
LS-hose. 1
Test port “P” is factory installed. 2
Typ ab Fz.-Id.nr.. Datum

Model TC 25 from s/n:
à partir du n/s:
TC00250100 Edition 01.2008
Type Date
Benennung Einstellanweisung Arbeitshydraulik Blatt

Description Setting instructions Working hydraulik Page 5.93.01
Instructions de réglage Hydraulique équipement
Mount a hose with an adjustable throttle valve 3
between the two quick couplers (add. circuit).
Set at the flow compensator valve 4

on the pump a ( p) of 15 bar 4
between P and LS.
Operate the “additional circuit”
at full throttle. Throttle 3 is totally
opened.
Power-curve:
Adjustment of regulation start - end of regulation
Adjust nut regulation start.
Turn out, means release
counterlock nut for spring.
regulation start Regulation start earlier.
adjustment screw
Adjustment
screw for end
of regulation
counterlock nut for
Attention! end of regulation
adjustment screw
During loosening of counterlock
nuts,back stop adjustment screws.
For values see the following table
5.93.01 / 01.2008
To adjust the power curve operate the additional circuit and the
travelling function (lift up machine).
Engine full throttle.
When doing any adjustments respect engine stall speed (min. 2200 rpm).
1. Operate additional circuit + one track in low gear

Set throttle valve 3 to 110 bar P = 110 bar Q = 54 l/min
2. Only operate additional circuit, set throttle valve 3 to 150 bar

P = 150 bar Q = 40 l/min
3. Only operate additional circuit, set throttle valve 3 to 230 bar

P = 230 bar Q = 26 l/min
Adjustment of the pressure compensator:

The pressure compensator 5 is preset to
280 bar at approx. 1000 rpm.
Test port 2 at the pump. 5
For that turn the adjustment

screw 6 of the LS-secondary valve
1 turn in, operate the function
“dozer up” and hold in end stroke position.
Adjust pressure compensator 5 if necessary.
After that reset the LS-secondary 6
to 250 bar again.
6
6

Model TC 25 from s/n: TC00250100 Edition 01.2008
Type à partir du n/s: Date

Description Setting instructions Working hydraulik Page 5.93.02
Dénomination Instructions de réglage Hydraulique équipement Feuille
Mount test ports at the swing drive at
M1 and M2 (thread: R1/8”)
Install gauge (digital gauge recommended) 7
at port M1 and M2. M2
Swing left and right against a fixed obstacle
at full throttle. Adjust the swing pressure at the
valves 7 and 8 to a p of
185 bar between M1 and M2.
Example: M1
M1: 200bar M2: 15bar p: 185bar
5.93.02 / 01.2008
Operate the machine until it reaches a hydraulic oil temperature of approx. 50°C - 60°C.
Check high and low idle, adjust if necessary.
(see technical data cap. 2.99.01)
Install flow meter at the P-port of

the main valve.
Install test port at the pump between

flow compensator valve and
LS-hose. 1
Test port “P” is factory installed. 2

Model from s/n: Edition
Type TC 50 (HR 5.0) à partir du n/s: TC00500100 Date 01.2007
Tipo desde el no.: Fecha

Description Setting instructions Working hydraulic Page
Dénomination Feuille 5.99.01
Guía de ajuste Hidráulico de trabajo
Adjustment flow compensator valve:
turn the adjustment screw of the
secondary valve 3 (B-Side) “additional circuit” 3
1/2 turn out (= approx. 120bar)
Set at the flow compensator valve 4

on the pump a ( p) of 17 bar
between P and LS.
Operate the B-Side of the “additional circuit” 4
at full throttle.
Power-curve:
Adjustment of regulation start - end of regulation
Adjust nut regulation start.
Turn out, means release
counterlock nut for spring.
regulation start Regulation start earlier.
adjustment screw
Adjustment
screw for end
of regulation
counterlock nut for
end of regulation
adjustment screw
Attention!
During loosening of counterlock
nuts,back stop adjustment screws.
For values see the following table
5.99.01 / 01.2007
To adjust the power curve operate the “B-Side” of the
additional circuit and the travelling function (lift up machine).
Engine full throttle.
When doing any adjustments respect engine stall speed (min. 2200 rpm).
1. Set secondary valve B-Side to 80 bar + operate both tracks in low gear
operation of 3 functions: P = 80 bar Q = 130 l/min
4. Set secondary valve B-Side to 205 bar + operate one track in low gear
5. Set secondary valve B-Side to 230 bar

operation of these function: P = 230 bar Q = 57 l/min
Adjustment of the pressure compensator:

The pressure compensator 5 is preset to
280 bar at approx. 1000 rpm.
Test port 2 at the pressure compensator.
For that turn the adjustment

screw 6 of the LS-secondary valve
1 turn in, operate the function
“dozer up” and hold in end stroke position.
Adjust pressure compensator 5 if necessary.
After that reset the LS-secondary 6
to 250 bar again. 6

Type TC 50 (HR 5.0) à partir du n/s: TC00500100 Date 01.2007

Description Setting instructions Working hydraulic Page
Guía de ajuste Hidráulico de trabajo
Mount test ports at the swing drive at
M1 and M2 (thread: R1/8”) 7 M2
Install gauge (digital gauge recommended)
at port M1 and M2.
Swing left and right against a fixed obstacle
at full throttle. Adjust the swing pressure at the M1
valves 7 and 8 to a p of
205 bar between M1 and M2.
Example:
M1 = 220bar M2 = 15bar = p 205bar
5.99.02 / 01.2007
The diesel engine rpms have to be measured and - if necessary - adjusted prior to the check
and / or adjustment of the transmission and working hydraulics.
1. Check and adjustment of the charge pressure

(= pilot pressure of the working hydraulics)
− open the engine hood
− connect 60 bar - gauge to pressure port (MA) or (MB) of the travel pump
− attention, do not select any travel direction !
− set engine to high idle running speed
− read the value on the gauge. Desired value: see Technical Data
− if the desired value is not reached, screw the setscrew at the charge pressure relief valve
of the travel pump (3) in or out resp.
Screwing in: pressure increase

Screwing out: pressure decrease
Travel pumps without setscrew have to be adjusted via shims.
2. Check and replacement of the travel high pressure valves

(The travel high pressure valves are safety valves with towing function)
Note: It is only checked whether the travel high pressure valves are approx. 30 bar above
the pressure cut-off
− connect 600 bar - gauge to gauge port (MA) resp. (MB) of the travel pump. Increase
pressure cut-off (7) by approx. 30 - 40 bar
− set travel range selector switch to „rabbit“
− set travel direction lever to „forward“ or „reverse“ resp.
− drive the vehicle against a solid object
− fully accelerate
− read the value on the gauge. Desired value: approx. 460 bar
TW 70, 85, 110 (HML 23, 32, 42) 01.2007

HML 22, 31, 41, / HML 41 S
Setting instructions travel hydraulics 5.100.01

− both travel directions have to be checked
− if the reading is below the desired value,

adjust the travel high pressure valves (4)
− re-adjust the pressure cut-off after this

test, see point 3. 2
1
30 Nm
Towing function - HML 22 / HML 31:
− Slacken nut (1) at both high pressure relief

valves and tighten screw (2) until it is flush
with the nut (1). Tighten nut.
− Slacken nut (1) after towing and turn back

screw (2) until stop. Re-tighten nut (1).
Towing function - HML 41: 3

30 Nm
− Slacken spring cartridge (3) at both high
pressure relief valves by approx. 2 turns
− Retighten spring cartridge (3) after towing
3. Check and adjustment of the pressure cut-off (travel pump)
− connect 600 bar - gauge to gauge port (MA) resp. (MB) of the travel pump
− start the engine
− drive the vehicle against a solid object
− read the value on the gauge. Desired value: see Technical Data
− if the desired value is not reached, turn the setscrew (7) at the travel pump in or out resp.

5.100.01/01.2007
4. Check and adjustment of the start-up speed
− park machine on even ground
− connect engine rpm tachometer
− set travel direction lever to „forward“
− slowly actuate accelerator pedal
− read the engine rpm when the machine is starting. Desired value: see Technical Data
− if the desired value is not reached, turn the setscrew at the regulator cartridge (1) in or out
resp.
Screwing in: machine starts later

Screwing out: machine starts earlier
5. Check and adjustment of the engine stall rpm

provided that the start-up speed is adjusted correctly
− remove brake inching hose (8) at travel pump and plug it. The connection at the pump can
remain open.
− connect 600 bar - gauge to gauge port (MA) or (MB) resp. of the travel pump
− jack up and secure the machine to allow free running of the wheels
− set travel range selector switch to „tortoise“ (travel motor must not regulate)
− slowly actuate the foot brake pedal until the pressure value according to the Technical
Data is reached. Read the engine rpm when the indicated pressure value is reached at
the gauge port (MA) or (MB) . Desired value: see Technical Data
− If the desired value within the tolerance range is not reached, slight corrections can be
made via the regulator cartridge and the start-up speed. In case the deviation is too high,
the orifice in the regulator cartridge has to be replaced.
TW 70, 85, 110 (HML 23, 32, 42) 01.2007

HML 22, 31, 41, / HML 41 S

6. Check and adjustment of the regulation start at the travel motor
− remove brake inching hose (8) at the travel pump and plug it. The connection at the pump
can remain open
− connect 600 bar - gauge to gauge port (MA) or (MB) of the travel pump
− connect 600 bar - gauge to gauge port (9) of the travel motor
− jack up and secure the machine in order to allow free running of the wheels
− slowly operate the service brake. Both gauges increase. When the gauge (MA - MB) at the
pump has reached the indicated regulation start value (see Technical Data), the gauge at
the travel motor (9) has to decrease.
− if the desired value is not reached, screw the setscrew (10) at the travel motor in or out
resp.
Screwing in: Regulation start later

Screwing out: Regulation start earlier
Note: For the maximum use of the motor performance, the regulation start can vary from
machine to machine. A deviation of ±10 bar is possible.
7. Check and adjustment of the inching
− jack up and secure the machine to allow free running of the wheels
− set travel direction lever to „forward“ resp. „reverse“
− slowly actuate the foot brake pedal
− watch the gauge: At approx. 200 bar travel high pressure, the pump has to inch, i.e. value
of the gauge decreases, the wheels come to a standstill
− If the pump inches earlier or later, turn the setscrew (11) at the travel pump in or out resp.
Turning in: inching later

Turning out: inching earlier
5.100.02/01.2007
8. Check and adjustment of the travel pump neutral position
− connect gauge to the high pressure gauge port (MA) or (MB) of the travel pump
− set the engine to increased idle running speed
− watch the gauge. Both values have to be identical.
− if the values are different, the neutral position can be corrected via the setscrew (6) at the
travel pump
TW 70, 85, 110 (HML 23, 32, 42) 01.2007

HML 22, 31, 41, / HML 41 S

HML 22/HML 31/HML 41
TW 70 / 85 / 110
5.100.03/01.2007
Travel motor A6VM....DA
Throttle
TW 70 - 110 01.2007
Anziehdrehmomente Hydromatikpumpen /-motore
Tightening torques Hydromatikpumps /-motors
Anziehdrehmomente für Schaftschrauben Tightening torques for shaft bolts

(Metrisches ISO-Regelgewinde) (Metric ISO Standard Thread)
Festigkeitsklassen Strength Classes
Die nebenstehenden Werte für An- Gewinde 8.8 10.9 12.9 The values for tightening torques
Thread 8.8 10.9 12.9
ziehdrehmomente gelten nur für shown in the table are valid only for
größe Anziehdrehmoment(Nm) size Tightening Torque (lb.ft)
Schaftschrauben mit metrischem ISO- shaft bolts with metric ISO- standard
M3 1,1 1,6 1,9 M3 0,8 1,2 1,4
Regelgewinde und Kopfauflagemaßen threads and head support surface
M4 2,9 4,1 4,9 M4 2,1 3,0 3,6
nach DIN 912, DIN 931 und DIN 933. dimensions in accordance with DIN
M5 6 8,5 10 912, DIN 931 and DIN 933. These M5 4,4 6,3 7,4
Außerdem gelten diese Werte nur für
leicht oder nicht geölte, unbehandelte M6 10 14 17 values are also valid only for light or M6 7,4 10,3 12,5
Oberflächen, sowie nur bei Verwen- M8 25 36 41 unoiled, untreated surface as well as M8 18,4 25,8 30,2
dung von Drehmoment- und Kraftbe- M10 49 69 83 for use only with torque-indicating M10 36,1 50,9 61,2
grenzungsschlüsseln. M12 86 120 145 wrenches and force limiting tools. M12 63,4 88,4 106,9
M14 135 190 230 M14 99,5 140,0 169,5
M16 210 295 355 M16 154,8 217,4 261,6
M18 290 405 485 M18 213,7 298,5 357,4
M 20 410 580 690 M 20 302,2 427,5 508,5
M 22 550 780 930 M 22 405,4 574,9 685,4
M 24 710 1000 1200 M 24 523,5 737,0 884,4
M 27 1050 1500 1800 M 27 773,9 1105,5 1326,6
M 30 1450 2000 2400 M 30 1068,7 1474,0 1768,8
Anziehdrehmomente für Verschlußschrauben VSTI Tightening torques for locking screws VSTI
(Metrisches Feingewinde) (Metric ISO fine thread)
Gewindegröße Bezeichnung Anziehdrehmoment(Nm) Thread size Designation Tightening torques (lb.ft)
M8x1 VSTI 8 x 1 -ED/SA =5 M8x1 VSTI 8 x 1 -ED/SA =4
M 10 x 1 VSTI 10 x1 -ED = 10 M 10 x 1 VSTI 10 x1 -ED =7
M 12 x 1,5 VSTI 12 x 1,5 -ED = 20 M 12 x 1,5 VSTI 12 x 1,5 -ED = 15
M 16 x 1,5 VSTI 16 x 1,5 -ED/SA = 30 M 16 x 1,5 VSTI 16 x 1,5 -ED/SA = 22
M 27 x 2 VSTI 27 x 2 -ED = 90 M 27 x 2 VSTI 27 x 2 -ED = 66
M 30 x 1 ,5 VSTI 30 x 1,5 -ED/SA = 100 M 30 x 1 ,5 VSTI 30 x 1,5 -ED/SA = 74
M 33 x 2 VSTI 33 x 2 -ED/SA = 120 M 33 x 2 VSTI 33 x 2 -ED/SA = 88
M 42 x 2 VSTI 42 x 2 -ED/SA = 200 M 42 x 2 VSTI 42 x 2 -ED/SA = 147
M 48 x 2 VSTI 48 x 2 -ED = 300 M 48 x 2 VSTI 48 x 2 -ED = 220
Anziehdrehmomente für Seal-Lock Bundmuttern Tightening torques for seal-lock nuts

(Metrisches ISO-Regelgewinde) (Metric ISO-Standard Thread)
Festigkeitsklassen Strength classes
Die nebenstehenden Werte für An- Gewinde 8.8 10.9 12.9 The values for tightening torques Thread 8.8 10.9 12.9
ziehdrehmomente gelten nur für Seal- größe Anziehdrehmoment (Nm) shown in the table are valid only for size Tightening torque (lb.ft)
Lock Bundmuttern der Festigkeits- M6 10 seal-lock nuts of the strength class 8.8 M6 7,4
klasse 8.8 mit metrischem ISO-Regel- and with metric ISO-standard thread.
M8 22 M8 16,2
gewinde.
M 10 40 M 10 29,5
M 12 69 M 12 50,9
M 14 110 M 14 81,1
M 16 170 M 16 125,3
Anziehdrehmomente für Linsenschrauben mit Kreuz- Tightening torques for cross-slotted lens head screws
schlitz DIN 7985 DIN 7985
(Metrisches ISO-Regelgewinde) (Metric ISO- Standard Thread)
Festigkeitsklassen Strength classes
Die nebenstehenden Werte für An- The values for tightening torques
Gewinde 8.8 10.9 12.9 Thread 8.8 10.9 12.9
ziehdrehmomente gelten nur für Lin- shown in the table are valid only for
größe Anziehdrehmoment(Nm) size Tightening torques (lb.ft)
senschrauben mit Kreuzschlitz DIN cross-slotted lens head screws DIN
M3 1,1 M3 0,8
7985 der Festigkeitsklasse 8.8 mit 7985 of the strength class 8.8 and with
M4 2,9 M4 2,1
metrischem ISO-Regelgewinde metric ISO-standard thread.
M5 6 M5 4,4
M6 10 M6 7,4
M8 25 M8 18,4
M10 49 M10 36,1
Typ Datum
Model
Type General Edition
Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Page
Dénomination Tightening torques Hydromatik Feuille 5.200.02
M6 - 15
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type M6 - 15 Date
01.2007
Tipo Fecha

12 10
MA=20Nm MA=60Nm
9
MA=90Nm 14
MA=20Nm
11 SX
MA=100Nm
9
5 MA=90Nm
MA=6Nm
6 S 6
MA=5Nm MA=5Nm
13
MA=12Nm L 13
MA=12Nm
8
MA=60Nm
7 17
MA=60Nm
MA=20Nm (MA=75Nm)
3 9
MA=90Nm
4
6 6
MA=5Nm MA=5Nm
4
9 2
MA=90Nm
A B 19
9
16 MA=60Nm
MA=90Nm
13 5
MA=12Nm MA=6Nm
11 MA=100Nm
9
MA=90Nm
3
15 4
MA=120Nm
6 9
MA=5Nm MA=90Nm
9 2 13
MA=90Nm MA=12Nm
6 9
MA=5Nm MA=30Nm
9 1 13
MA=90Nm T MA=12Nm
5 LS 4
MA=6Nm
4 14
MA=20Nm
12 1 17
MA=20Nm 20 MA=60Nm
7 MA=35Nm
MA=20Nm (MA=75Nm) 21 10
MA=10Nm
MA=60Nm
13
MA=12Nm 13
MA=12Nm
4 9
6 S1 P1 S2 MA=5Nm
MA=5Nm 5
MA=6Nm
11 4
MA=100Nm
15 9
MA=120Nm MA=90Nm
12 10 18 17
MA=20Nm MA=60Nm MA=20Nm MA=60Nm
Typ Steuerventil Datum
Type SKL 200 (SKL 873) Distributeur M6-15 Date 01.2007
Tipo Válvula Fecha

Instructions de réglage
Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
BLOCKSTEUERGERAET VALVE BANK DISTRIBUTEUR
4 M6-15 4 M6-15 4 M6-15

1 Steuerblock Control block Distributeur
2 Wegeventilelement Directional valve element Elément de distribution
3 Endelement Final element Elément finale
4 Deckel für hydraulische Cover for hydraulic operation Capuchon pour commande
Betätigung mit with pilot operated connection hydraulique avec connexion
Vorsteueranschluss à commande assistée
5 Schraube für Deckel Screw for cover Vis pour couvercle

6 Schieberwegbegrenzung Spool stroke limitation Limitation de course du tiroir
7 Zuganker Tie rods Tirants
9 Sekundärventil Secondary pressure relief valve Clapet secondaire
10 Verschlussschraube für Plug for Bouchon pour balance de
Druckwaage pressure compensator pression
11 Schwimmstellungsventil Floating position valve Clapet position flottante
12 LS - Druckbegrenzungsventil Load sensing pressure valve Limiteur de pression LS
13 Druckminderventil Pressure reducing valve Soupape réductrice de pression
14 LS - Volumenstromregelventil LS - flow regulator valve Régulateur de débit LS
15 Sitzventil Poppet valve Soupappe
16 Vorspannventil Initial tension valve Soupape tension initiale
17 Verschlussschraube für Plug for priority spool Bouchon pour tirior prioritaire
Prioritätsschieber
18 Verschlussschraube Plug Bouchon
19 Rückschlagventil (entsperrbar) Check valve (unlock able) Clapet anti-retour (antibloquage)
21 Wechselventil Shuttle valve Soupape selecteur

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
P1 S1 S2
B4
OPTION A4
4.Steuerkreis
b4
4th Control circuit a4
4 ième circuit
B3 b3
A3
Hubrahmen
Lift frame pst
Bras de levage a3
RSM
B2
A2
Schaufel b2
Shovel
a2
Godet
B1
OPTION A1
UNI - Schaufel
4 in 1 shovel a1 pst
Godet 4 en 1 L
S
LS
SX
P T

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
SCHNITTEBENEN SURFACES OF CUT PLAN DE COUPES
H H
J J
E E
A A
E E
B B
C C
D G D
F F

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
Option
H-H
9 2
MA=32Nm
10
8 MA=70Nm
8
MA=32Nm
6 6
5 MA=70Nm
5
MA=32Nm
23 MA=70Nm
23
MA=32Nm
3 3
25 4
MA=32Nm
J-J
26
26
E - E (2x)
24 1
MA=32Nm
15 MA=70Nm
20
MA=32Nm
19
5 MA=70Nm
5
MA=32Nm
3 3

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
4 M6-15 4 M6-15 4 M6-15

1 Steuerblock Control block Bloc distributeur
4 Steuerschieber Main spool Tiroir principale

6 Rückstellfeder Return spring Ressort rappel
8 Sekundärventil Secondary pressure relif valve Clapet secondaire
10 Druckwaage Pressure compensator Balance de pression
17 Prioritätsschieber Priority spool Tirior prioritaire
19 Rückschlagventil (entsperrbar) Check valve (unlock able) Clapet anti retour (antibloquage)
20 Duese Nozzle Injecteur
26 O-Ring O-ring Joint torique

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
A-A
10 MA=100Nm
9
1
11 8
MA=30Nm MA=90Nm
6 MA=70Nm
6
5 MA=70Nm
5
MA=5Nm
MA=70Nm
3
13
MA=10+5Nm 22
3 MA=70Nm
4
7
MA=40Nm
B-B
MA=100Nm
9
10
1
8 8
MA=90Nm MA=90Nm
6 6
5 5
MA=5Nm MA=5Nm
3 3
23 22
7 4
MA=40Nm
C-C
11 MA=100Nm
9
1
8 8
MA=90Nm MA=90Nm
6 6
5 MA=5Nm
5
MA=5Nm
3
23
MA=30Nm
3 MA=10+5Nm
13
4
Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
4 M6-15 4 M6-15 4 M6-15

Vorsteueranschluss à commande assisrée


Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
D-D
24 24
12
MA=20+5Nm
MA=20+5Nm
14
7
MA=40Nm
F-F
17
18 MA=100Nm
16
MA=60Nm
G-G
MA=10Nm
21
1

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
4 M6-15 4 M6-15 4 M6-15



Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
All checks and adjustments
have to be carried out when
the machine has reached
service temperature
TRAVEL PUMP: Charge pressure ∗
Check : at high idle,

Put a 60 bar gauge at MA or MB B
Adjustment: at valve 4 (charge pressure) ∗

A
G
G = another test possibility for charge
pressure and pilot pressure for working 4
hydraulics.Mount test port here.
MB
TRAVEL PUMP: Neutral position
Test: in low idle,put a 60 bar gauge

at MA and MB,
both pressures must be identical
Adjustment: set screw 5
∗ Adjustment values: see chapter 2 technical data resp. chapter. 8 test certificate
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 01.2007
Hydrostatic drive
TRAVEL PUMP: High pressure ∗ A
(Savety valves forward/ reverse)
Test: Turn pressure cut-off set screw 6 until

mechanical stop (clockwise). MB
Put a 600 bar gauge at MA resp.at MB.
Drive machine against a solid object,
the wheels must be locked. 6
Give full throttle. Read the pressures. ∗
Adjustment: safety valve 7 resp. 8 ∗
Following adjust the pressure cut-off valve 6:

Put a 600 bar gauge at MA resp.at MB.
Drive machine against a solid object, 7
the wheels must be locked.
Give full throttle. Read the pressures ∗
Adjustment: cut-off valve 6 ∗ 8
TRAVEL PUMP: Start-up speed ∗

10
Test: place maschine on even ground ,
put an appropriate speedometer to the
diesel engine.
Slowly press the accelerator pedal, 9
then read the engine rpms when the machine
starts moving.
Adjustment: set screw at valve 9
(turning in = clockwise: starting later)
TRAVEL PUMP: Engine stallspeed ∗
Test: put an appropriate speedometer to the

diesel engine.
Put a 600 bar gauge at MA (travel forward).
Remove the brake inching hose 10 and plug.
Turn the regulation start set screw 11 one
turn clockwise . The travel motor is not
allowed to regulate.
Engage “rabbit“ and give full throttle
Attention,respect the traffic !
Press the brake pedal until the pressure value 11
is reached ∗ , read the rpms ∗
Adjustment: Set screw at valve 9

Respect start-up speed!
Turn the regulation start set screw 11 into
initial position (anti-clockwise), mount
brake inching hose again.
∗ Adjustment values:see chapter 2 technical data resp. chapter 8 test certificate
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 01.2005
Hydrostatic drive
TRAVEL MOTOR: Regulation start
A
Test :put a 600 bar gauge at high pressure
test port forward MA.at the travel pump.
Put another 600 bar gauge at test port
regulation start 12 of the travel motor. MB
Remove the brake inching hose 10 (see page
5.213.12) and plug. Place both gauges into the
driver’s cab, they have to be supervised during
travel. Engage „rabbit“ and give full throttle.
Attention, respect the traffic!
Apply the brake inching pedal slowly, the
high pressure at both gauges will increase.
When the desired value ∗ at the gauge at
the test port MA is reached, the regulation
start pressure has to decrease.
Adjustment: regulation start set screw 11 (see

5.213.12) at travel motor
Mount brake inching hose (see 5.213.12)
again.
12
TRAVEL PUMP: Brake inching valve
Test: Mount a 60 bar gauge at the brake

inching valve test port 13.
At a brake pressure of approx. 5 bar the speed
of the machine must decrease.
Reaching a brake pressure of approx.13 bar,
the machine has to come to a complete
standstill.
Adjustment: Set screw at brake inching

valve 14
∗ Adjustment values: see chapter 2 technical data resp. chapter 8 test certificate
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 01.2007
Hydrostatic drive
have to be carried out when 15
service temperature
17
STEERING:
Test: Put a 600 bar gauge at test port 15 .
Start the engine, increased idle.
Turn the steering to mechanical stop
Articulation area,steering turning angle to the left
Read the pressure *
Adjustment: Remove plug 16 to acces

to the main relief valve underneath . 16
WORKING HYDRAULICS: LS-valve
Test: Put a 600 bar gauge at test port 15 .
Tilt the bucket in, resp. raise loader arm
completely up to mechanical stop.
Read the pressure * Cab – steering column
Adjustment: LS-valve 20 at control valve
WORKING HYDRAULICS: Secundary

relief valves 18
Test:Turn LS-valve set screw 20 ½ turn
9
clockwise.
Operate all functions to its mechanical stops. 19
Read the pressures *
Adjustment: Secundary relief valves 21 at
control valve.Reset LS-valve 20 .
WORKING HYDRAULICS:
Check stand-by pressure :
Put a 60 bar gauge at test port 15 .
Give full throttle, do not operate
any function, read the pressures *
Adjustment: Regulator valve 18 at variable
displacement pump.
Check safety valve:

Put a 600 bar gauge at test port 15 .
Turn LS-valve set screw 20 ½ turn
clockwise. Lower lifting frame until mechanical
stop. Read the pressure *
Adjustment:. Regulator valve 19 at variable
displacement pump.
Reset LS-valve 20.
*
Adjustment values: see chapter 2 technical data resp. chapter. 8 test certificate
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 01.2007
Steering and working hydraulic
have to be carried out when
service temperature
BRAKE HYDRAULIC:
Test : Put a 200 bar gauge at test port 13
(Travel pump – Inching valve).
Press the brake pedal down until
mechanical stop is reached.
Read the pressure ∗
Adjustment : brake pedal rod 1 under

cab floor.
BRAKE HYDRAULIC:
Pressure sequence valves
Test : Put a 60 bar gauge at test port 2
at the pressure sequence valve of front
and rear axle.
Press the brake pedal down until
mechanical stop is reached.
Read the pressure ∗
Adjustment: Set screw 3 at pressure

sequence valve at front - and rear axle.
Adjust pressure sequence valves

at front and rear axles.
∗ Adjustment values see chapter 2

technical data or chapter 8 test certificate
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 01.2007
Brake hydraulic
Contol valve port, M1 port, M2 port, M3
, Pilot contol
Parker P 70 CF unit of main
inletsection pressure
relief valve
Main pressure relief valve
PC
load holding check valve
control
control
secundary valves
not adjustable
propotional remote controlled spool operation with closed spool end
Typ Arbeitshydraulik Datum

Model TL 65 - 80 - 100 - 120 Working hydraulik Edition
Type Hydraulique équipement Date 01.2007
Tipo Hidráulico de trabajo Fecha
Benennung Steuerventil Parker P 70 CF Blatt

Description Page
Dénomination Valve bank Parker P 70 CF Feuille 5.224.01
Denominación Distributeur Parker P 70 CF Página
ECH
control control
trottle for damping trottle for damping

function
function
propotional remote spool control, closed spool end with possibility

for manual operation
tightening torque
25 Nm
5.224.01/01.2007
Typ Hydraulik Datum
Model Hydraulic Edition
Benennung
Steuerventil Bucher HDM 19WL Blatt
Description Page
Dénomination
Control valve Feuille 5.227.01
Denominación
Distributeur Página
Ref. Benennung Description Note Q.ty
Control valve
1 Steuerventil kpl. COMPLEWTE WITH CHECK VALVE 1
HDM19WL/3 K302 ½”
Main relief valve
2 Hauptüberdruckventil 1
VMP02 T.100-270 MAX VALVE
Check valve
3 Lasthalte-Rückschlagventil 3
HDS10
4 Dichtscheibe Washer (sealed) 21.3X27.5X1.50 3
5 Stopfen Plug TCEI 1/2” G DIN908ST ZG 3
Type Spool
6 Steuerschieber (Zusatz) 1
HDM19WL A5S
O-ring
7 O - Ring 6
3118 029.82X2.62 NBR90
Pilot control cap (complete)
8 Vorsteuerkappe kpl. 2
HDM19WL POSIT. 50 HP
Type Spool
9 Steuerschieber (Hubrahmen) 1
HDM19WL W5P
Pilot control cap (floating position)
10 Vorsteuerkappe kpl. (Schwimmst.) 1
HDM19WL POSIT. 52 HP
Type Spool
11 Steuerschieber (Schaufel) 1
HDM19WL R5RB
Secondary (safety) valve 230 bar
12 Sekundärventil (230 bar Zusatz) 2
HDM19WL T.230
Secondary valve 280 bar
13 Sekundärventil (280 bar heben, einkippen) Lifting, shovel in 2
HDM19WL T.280
Secondary valve 130 bar
14 Sekundärventil (130 bar auskippen) Dump out 1
HDM19WL T.130
Anticavitation valve
15 Nachsaugventil (Hubrahmen senken) 1
C/A-C/B HDM19WL
TL 120 ab Fz.-Id.-Nr.: TL01200100 (SKL 854) 01.2007
Control valve Bucher HDM 19 WL 5.227.02
M2
3
1
S 25 M1
1
1
M2
1
1
S 34
3
S 26
2
gle rk an inkel
M1
il
de gle
va
Wo eitsw
tra
ax
Arb
°m
15
An
4
45°
25° -
6
1
5 5
2
1
3
Typ Bremssystem S6 Datum

Model
Type TL 160 - 260 Brake system S6
Système de freinage S6
Edition
Date 01.2008

Pos.
Item Deutsch English
Rep.
No.
Bremssystem S6 Brake system S6

Set screw - brake
1 Einstellschraube
Bremsdruck pressure
2 Inchventil Inching valve
Magnetventil Y 31 Solenoid valve Y 31

3 Feststellbremse parking brake
4 Pedallageneinstellung Pedal position adjustment
Einstellschraube Lösedruck Set screw - release pressure

5 Federspeicherbremse negative brake
Einstellschraube Speicher- Set screw -
6 füllventil accumulator charge valve
Druckschalter 5 bar Pressure switch - 5 bar
S25 Bremslicht brake light
S26 Speicherüberwachung charge pressure control
S34 Feststellbremse parking brake
Messpunkt Speicherlade- Test port - accumulator
M1 druck charge pressure
Messpunkt Lösedruck Fest- Test port - release pressure
M2 stellbremse parking brake
Druckspeicher für Lade- Accumulators - charge
R druck 120 - 150 bar pressure 120 - 150 bar
Druckspeicher für Brems- Accumulator for brake
R1 kreis 1 Vorderachse circuit 1 - front axle
Druckspeicher für Brems- Accumulator for brake
R2 kreis 2 Hinterachse circuit 2 - rear axle
Druckspeicher für Accumulator for
R3 Feststellbremse parking brake
Typ Bremssystem S6 Datum

Model
Type
TL 160 - 260 Brake system S6 Edition
Date 01.2008

Steuerdruck von Fahrpumpe
Pilot pressure from travel pump Hydrauliköltank
Pression pilotage de la pompe Hydraulic oil tank
de translation Réservoir hydr.
X1
Hinterachse
Rear axle
Typ
Essieu AR
Type
Model
Description
Benennung
Dénomination
Nebenabtriebspumpe
Auxiliary pump
Pompe auxiliaire
S34 N
X
M3
R
S25 B
P
IP S26
Einstellanweisung
TL 160
IS R2
R1 IN
Inchventil T2
OUT
Inching valve MD
Valve de coupure Lüfterantrieb
M2 T1 Fan drive
Service brake
Entraînement-
Betriebsbremse
Frein de service
M1 R3 ventilateur
R2
R1
Brake system S6
Bremssystem S6
R
Bremssystem S6 Brake system S6 Système de freinage S6
Blatt
Date
Page
Druckschalter 5 bar Pressure switch 5 bar Interrupteur de pression 5 bar
Feuille
Datum
Edition
S25 Bremslicht brake light feu de stop
S26 Speicherüberwachung accu charge control surveillance accu
S34 Feststellbremse parking brake frein de stationnement
Vorderachse
01.2008
Messpunkt für Test port for accumulator charging
5.228.11
Prise de pression, pression de chargement
Front axle Speicherladedruck 120 - 150 bar und pressure 120 - 150 bar and accu 120 -150 bar et
H
Essieu AV HU
RT
M1 Druckschalter (S 26) 100bar pressure switch (S 26) 100 bar interrupteur de pression (S 26) 100 bar
Messpunkt Betriebsbremskreis 1 Test port service brake 1 Prise de pression circuit frein de service 1
M2 Vorderachse 30 +5 bar front axle 30 +5 bar essieu AV 30 +5 bar
Messpunkt Betriebsbremskreis 2 Test port service brake 2 Prise de pression circuit frein de service 2
M3 Hinterachse 30 +5 bar rear axle 30 +5 bar essieu AR 30 +5 bar
S34
Typ
Type
Model
Description
X
Benennung
X1 R3
Dénomination
N
S25 1
R
T1 B
Hinterachse
IP R2 F S26 Rear axle
IS R1 P Essieu AR
T2
TL 160
T1
R3
Einstellanweisung
M4 R2 Anschlüsse Betriebsbremse
Port- service brake
R1 Raccord frein de service
Parking brake
Feststellbremse
Frein de stationnement
Brake system S6
Bremssystem S6
Vorderachse
Front axle Bremssystem S6 Brake system S6 Système de freinage S6
Essieu AV
Blatt
Date
Page
S25
Feuille
Datum
Edition
Bremslicht brake light feu de stop
Anschlüsse Betriebsbremse S26 Speicherüberwachung accu charge control surveillance accu
Port- service brake
Raccord frein de service S34 Feststellbremse parking brake frein de stationnement
H
RT
HU Prise de pression deserrage
01.2008
Messpunkt Lösedruck Test port parking brake
5.228.12
M4 Feststellbremse release pressure frein de stationnement
Druckschalter
Notlenkung 5 bar 4 3
2 Pressure switch
emergency steering
Interrupteur de pression
1 direction de secours
X (LS) X (LS)
1 1
4 36 bar 36 bar
2 2
3 340 bar 340 bar
OUT OUT
LVP 75 LVP 75
A A
Max.160 l/min
IN D1 D2 IN D1 D2
Steering and Working pump Casappa LVP 75:

Diagramm right: Diesel engine to be started, no function operated jet.
At stopped engine the displacement pump is at max. flow.
As soon as the engine is started, the power regulator (1) is pushed to the right hand side.
Then the actuation piston (A) is linked at the piston side to pressure port (P). The pump will be
displaced to minimum flow, until the adjusted Stand-by pressure of 36 bar is reached at the
power regulator (1). This pressure will be hold.
Diagramm left: Steering or Working function operated. The power regulator (1) is pushed to the left
hand side because of the pressure signal coming via the X port (LS) to the spring feather side of
the power regulator (1). Then, the piston side of the actuation piston is switched via port (D2) to tank,
the displacement pump moves to maximum flow.
SETTING INSTRUCTION PUMP:

Bring machine to service temperature (50 - 60°C hydraulik oil - temp.)
Connect 60 bar pressure gauge to the P outlet (3) of the pump. Start up diesel engine, set engine
to high idle. DO NOT OPERATE ANY FUNCTION !!! Check the pressure at the gauge, it should
be at 36 bar! If not, please readjust the power regulator (1) at the pump.
The second regulator (2) is the safety valve of the pump, set to 340 bar. Under normal conditions this
safety valve is not in use. The working pressure is usually limited by the load sensing cut off valve at
the control valve 3M6. To check safety valve regulator (2), connect 600 bar pressure gauge to the
P outlet (3) of the pump, then you'll have to set the LS cut off valve at the control valve to a higher
pressure setting. Then actuate lifting frame down into its end stroke, check the pressure at the gauge (3).
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type
Tipo
TL 210-260 Date
Fecha
01.2007
Benennung Blatt
Description Funktions- und Einstellanweisung Page
Dénomination Verstellpumpe Casappa LVP 75 Feuille 5.230.01
P
4 13 S 4
4 2
8 2
SX 1 8
T
LS 5
5 15
12
15 14
3 11 6 14
15
6 7
10 9
B A T P
SX
13
LS-Druckabschneider )( LS
LS-Pressure cut off
S
)(
ø0.6 ø0.8
TL 160 310 bar

TL 210 270 bar 2
max
) (
TL 260 310 bar

35 bar 8
3
b1 pst 12
a1 pst
L2 Tank 8
L1
230 bar
A1
5 OPTION
230 bar B1
12
11 3
ø0.6
b2 14
14 ø0.6
340 bar
a2
6
14
15 ø2.0
ø2.0 14
15 A2
KIPPEN
10 7
BUCKET
340 bar 6
GODET
B2
12
3 9 pst
14
b3 11
ø0.6
Alle Funktionen a3
All functions
Toutes fonctions ø2.0
6 A3
340 bar
HUBRAHMEN
10 7 LIFT
TL 160 Q = 100 L/min
TL 210 Q = 160 L/min LEVAGE
TL 260 Q = 160 L/min TL 160 18 bar
B3
16 TL 210/260 6 bar
S2 S1 P1
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type
Tipo
TL 160 - 210 - 260 Date
Fecha
01.2007
Benennung Blatt
Steuerventil 3M6-15
Description Page
Valve bank 3M6-15
Dénomination
Distributeur 3M6-15 Feuille 5.230.02
Pos.
Rep.
No.
STEUERVENTIL VALVE BANK DISTRIBUTEUR
3 M6-15 3 M6-15 3 M6-15

310 bar 310 bar 310 bar
nicht einstellbar not adjustable non réglable
3 Sektionsdruckwaage Pressure compensator Balance de pression
4 Prioritätsschieber Priority spool Tiroir prioritaire
5 Sekundärventil 230 bar Secondary pressure Clapet secondaire 230 bar
relief valve 230 bar
6 Sekundärventil 340 bar Secondary pressure Clapet secondaire 340 bar
relief valve 340 bar
7 Sitzventil Poppet valve Valve à clapet
8 Druckminderventil Proportional Réducteur de pression
proportional pressure reducing valve proportionnel
10 Rückschlagventil (entsperrbar) Check valve (unlockable) Clapet anti-retour (piloté)
11 Rückschlagventil, unter Check valve, under pilot Clapet anti-retour, sous
Vorsteuerkappe pressure cap capuchon pression pilotage
14 Drosselrückschlagventil Throttle check valve Clapet anti-retour avec é
etranglement
16 Vorspannventil Initial tension valve Soupape précontrainte
Sekundärventile: Prüfen und Einstellen. Secondary pressure relief Clapets secondaires:
valve: Checks and adjustment. Contrôle et réglage.
- 600 bar Manometer an Messpunkt 3 der
Pumpe (siehe Blatt 5.230.01) anschliessen. - Connect a 600 bar gauge at test- - Brancher un manomètre au prise
- Sicherheitsregler 2 der Pumpe, (siehe Blatt port 3 at displacement pump de pression 3 ou pompe
5.230.01), über 340 bar einstellen. (see page 5.230.01). (voir page 5.230.01).
- LS Druckbegrenzungsventil 1 am Steuer- - Adjust safety controller 2 higher - Regler la pression du clapet de
ventil (siehe Blatt 5.230.02) über 340 bar than 340 bar at displacement securité 2 ou pompe, (voir page
einstellen. pump (see page 5.230.01). 5.230.01) à une valeur supérieur
- Alle Funktionen, ausser Hubrahmen senken, - Adjust LS-pressure valve 1 à 340 bar.
(ist ohne Sekundärventil), mit niedriger higher than 340 bar at Control - Regler la pression du limiteur de
Motordrehzahl in Zylinderendlage fahren. valve (see page 5.230.02) pression LS 1 ou distributeur,(voir
- Druck ablesen, gegebenenfalls nachstellen. - Actuate all functions, exept page 5.230.02) à une valeur
- Sicherheitsregler 2 und LS Druck- lowering loader frame (without supérieur à 340 bar.
begrenzungsventil 1 wieder auf die secondary relief valve) with low - Actionner toutes les fonctions de
angegebenen Werte zurückstellen. engine rpms into hydr. cylinder verins, sauf bras de levage
end stroke position. abaisser, (sans clapet secondaire)
- Read the pressures, readjust if á un régime moteur assez bas à
necessary. fin de course. Relever les pressions
- Readjust safety controller 2 and et les reajuster si necessaire.
LS-pressure valve 1 to indicated - Reajuster le clapet de securité 2
values. et le limiteur de pression LS 1 aux
valeurs indiquées.

Type TL 160 - 210 - 260 Distributeur 3M6-15 Date 01.2007
Tipo Válvula Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Page
Dénomination Valve Desription and Setting Instruction Feuille 5.230.03
Um die Maschine Abschleppen
X1 zu könnnen, muss der Ölkreislauf
“Fahren” geöffnet werden!
Dazu an beiden Hochdruckventilen
4 + 5 der Fahrpumpe
X2 den Bypass 1 ca. 2 Umdrehungen
herausdrehen.
MPS Nur im Schritt-Tempo aus
Gefahrenbereich schleppen!
Betriebsanweisung beachten
MB
1 In order to tow the machine, the
hydraulic circuit “travel” has to be
opened.
3 To do this, the by pass 1 of both
travel high pressure valves 4 + 5
4 MA
has to be opened by 2 turns anti clock
wise.
Only tow the machine in really slow
speed out of the danger zone!
Refer to operator’s manual
4 + 5
5
2
MB
MA
Deutsch English
Messpunkt für Speisedruck und Hochdruck- Test port charge pressure and high pressure
MA Druckabschneidung (Fahren vorwärts) cut-off valve (travel forward)
Messpunkt für Speisedruck und Hochdruck- Test port charge pressure and high pressure
MB Druckabschneidung (Fahren rückwärts) cut-off valve (travel backward)
M PS Messpunkt für Steuerdruck. Nach dem Regel-

ventil, vor dem Ansteuergerät
Test port pilot pressure, between start-up
speed valve and forward / backward valve
Messpunkt (M12x1,5) für Steuerdruck im Test port (M12x1,5), pilot pressure in servo
X1 Stellzylinder (Fahren vorwärts) chamber travel (forward)
Messpunkt (M12x1,5) für Steuerdruck im Test port (M12x1,5), pilot pressure in servo
X2 Stellzylinder (Fahren rückwärts) chamber travel (backward)
Regelventil für Einstellung der Anfahrdrehzahl Control valve start-up speed and
1 und Drückungsdrehzahl (Dieselmotor) engine stall speed
Druckabschneidung Hochdruck Fahren, Pressure cut-off valve high pressure, adjustable by
2 einstellbar über Stellschraube adjusting bolt
Speisedruckventil, einstellbar über Charge pressure valve, adjustable by
3 Stellschraube adjusting bolt
Hochdruck- Sicherheitsventil Fahren vorwärts High pressure safety relief valve, travel forward with
4 mit Abschleppfunktion towing function
Hochdruck- Sicherheitsventil Fahren rückwärts High pressure safety relief valve, travel backward
5 mit Abschleppfunktion with towing function

TL02100100
Model TL 210 / 260 from s/n
à partir du n/s TL02600135
Edition 01.2008
Type Date
Benennung Messpunkte Fahrpumpe u. Abschleppfunktion Blatt

Description Test ports travel pump and towing function Page
Feuille
5.230.04
Dénomination
The general valid accident prevention regulations
have to be observed during all tests and settings!
(See Chapter 1.200.01-05)
All adjustments have to be carried out at service temperature.
A.) Setting instruction travel drive, charge pressure
- Connect gauge to testport MA forward

or MB backward (60 bar)
- Start engine, do not operate any travel direction,

MB give full throttle
1
- Read charge pressure* at gauge
MA - Adjustable at valve (1)
* See chap. 2 (technical data) for setting values
B.) Setting instruction travel drive, safety relief valves, pressure cut-off valve
MB
- Connect gauge to testport MA and MB (600 bar)
MA

Type
TL 210 / 260 à partir du n/s TL02100100 Date 01.2008
Tipo
desde el no. TL02600135 Fecha
Benennung
Blatt
Description Einstellanweisung Fahrantrieb Page
Dénomination Setting instructions travel drive Feuille 5.230.05
Página
Denominación
- Turn pressure cut-off valve (2) two turns in
- Start engine, drive machine against a fix obstacle,

the tires must not rotate
- Increase enginerev. slowly 2

- Read pressure values* (relief valve) at MA (forward)
respectively MB (backward)
MB
- If necessary set pressure at relief valve (3) (forward)
or at the opposite relief valve (backward)
(turn in, pressure increase)
3
MA
- Reset pressure cut-off valve (2) to desired value*
- Start engine, drive machine against a fix obstacle, MB

the tires must not rotate
- Increase enginerev. slowly 2

- Read pressure value* (cut-off valve) at MA (forward)
or MB (backward)
MA
5.230.05-01/2008
Start up and engine stall speed depends of the valve (4)!
One setting correlates with the other.
Attention should be paid to:
The machine have to standstill with inserted travel direction at low idle
(risk of accident).
The engine stall speed (engine could be overheated).
C.) Setting instruction travel drive, start up speed
- Place machine on even ground,

connect speedometer to engine
- Slowly press the accelerator pedal, read the engine revs.*

when the machine starts to move
4
- Adjustment: set valve (4) (turn in, starting later)
Stall speed changes !
D.) Setting instruction travel drive, engine stallspeed
- Remove the brake inching hose at port IP (5) at the

brakevalve, plug hose and screwed fitting
- Engage “rabbit”
- Connect gauge to test port MA (600 bar)

5
- Connect speedometer to engine
- Drive machine with full throttle
Attention, respect the traffic !

- Brake machine down until high pressure* is reached,
then read engine stall speed*
4
- Adjustment: set valve (4) (turn in, engine stall speed increases)
Start up speed changes !

MA
- Mount brake inching hose (5) again to port IP

Type
Tipo
Benennung
Blatt
Página
Denominación
E.) Setting instruction travel drive, start of regulation
- Remove brake inching hose at IP port (5) at the

brakevalve, plug hose and screwed fitting
- Connect a gauge (60 bar) to the

testports (6) and (7) (servocylinder) of
the travel motors
Attention: The gauges

could be overloadet during
the setting.
Digital gauge recommended!
6
7
MB
- Connect a gauge (600 bar) to the testports
MA forward or MB backward of the travelpump
Attention, respect the traffic ! MA
- Start engine, engage “rabbit”, press the brake pedal

- Switch traveldirection, push slowly the accelerator, the high pressure reaches 300 bar
- Release slowly the brake pedal, the pressure in the servo cylinder increases (6)+(7)
- Check the gauges (high pressure and servocylinder pressure)
- The start of regulation is when the servocylinder pressures at (6)+(7) are 30 bar,
the highpressure at MA or MB have to be 280 bar at TL 210 respectively
290 bar at TL 260.
5.230.06-01/2008
8
- The start of regulation could be adjusted

if it´s not possible to achieve the values.
Set the screws (8) and (9) of the respective
motor (turn in, start of regulation later,
high pressure increases)

Type
Tipo
Benennung
Blatt
Página
Denominación
SX 14
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type SX 14 Date
01.2007
Tipo Fecha

Wegeventilelement Directional valve Elément
element de distribution
1 MA=60Nm 4
A 9 B
3 3
MA=30Nm MA=30Nm
5
MA=70Nm
LS
6
M A=70Nm
MA=10Nm
T T
P
2
7 MA=10Nm
2
MA=10Nm 8 6
2 4
5
B
A
P LS T
3 2
Type SX 14 Distributeur Date 01.2007
Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
Wegeventilelement Directional valve Elément de

element distribution
1 Gehäuse Housing Corps
2 Steuerschieber mit Spool with spring return Tiroir principal avec
Federrückstellung rappel ressort
5 Sekundärventil Secondary relief valve Clapet secondaire
6 Verschlußschraube Plug Bouchon
7 Deckel für Federrückstellung Cover for spring spool return Couvercle pour ressort tiroir
8 Platte Plate Plaque
9 Verschlussschraube für Plug for pressure Bouchon pour balance de
Druckwaage compensator pression
10 Einschraubstück Adapter Raccord fileté
12 Schraube für Platte Screw for plate Vis pour plaque

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
MA=100Nm
13
1
9
MA=45Nm
10
MA=70Nm
MA=20Nm
8
19
MA=70Nm
14 M 14
A=60Nm MA=60Nm
3
MA =100Nm
18
MA=60Nm
11
7 6
16 M MA =10Nm
17
A=10Nm
16 M 16
A=10Nm MA=10Nm
12 MA=70Nm
MA=70Nm
12
5 5
4 4
15 MA=70Nm
10
MA=45Nm
10 MA=45Nm
15
MA=70Nm
2
MA =100Nm
13
19
MA=70Nm 9
MA=45Nm
1 MA=20Nm
8
Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
6 SX 14 6 SX 14 6 SX 14
1 Eingangselement Inlet element Elément d’entrée
Betätigung hydraulique
5 Vorsteuranschluss Pilot operated connection Connexion à commande assistée
(hydraulisch) (hydraulic) (hydraulique)
6 Mechanische Betätigung Mechanical operation Commande mécanique
10 Sekundärventil, einstellbar Line relief valve, adjustable Clapet secondaire, réglable
11 Verschlussschraube für Pressure compensator plug Bouchon pour balance
Sektionsdruckwaage de pression
13 Spülventil Drain valve Valve de purge
19 Hauptüberdruckventil Main relief valve Limiteur pression principal

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
SM 12
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type SM12 Date
01.2007
Tipo Fecha

MA=20Nm
10
9 9
MA=70Nm
MA=70Nm
8
7 MA=70Nm
M
21 6
MA=10Nm 5
4
20 4
MA=10Nm
MA=20Nm
10
17
17 MA=18Nm
MA=18Nm
3
T
21 M 2
A=10Nm
21
MA=10Nm
18 M
A=20Nm 18
MA=20Nm
9 9
A
B
MA=70Nm
MA=70Nm
11 11
MA=70Nm
MA=70Nm
A
16
B
16 MA=6Nm
MA=6Nm
7 MA=6Nm
14
21 M =10Nm
15
A
B
A
MA=10Nm
13 6
MA=6Nm
12 16
MA=70Nm MA=6Nm
5
A
B
5
M =70Nm
12
16 A
MA=6Nm
21 4
M
T1
MA=10Nm
P
8
MA=70Nm
4
20 18
MA=10Nm MA=20Nm
1 MA=20Nm 19
Type SM 12 Distributeur Date 01.2007
Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
4 SM 12 4 SM 12 4 SM 12
4 Vorsteuerkappe Cover for hydraulic operation Capuchon pour commande
hydraulique
5 Vorsteueranschluss Pilot operated connection Connexion à commande assistée
8 Hauptüberdruckventil, Main relief valve, Limiteur pression principal,
einstellbar adjustable réglable
10 Verschlussschraube für Plug for load retaining valve Bouchon pour clapet anti retourr
Rückschlagventil
11 Nachsaugventil Anticavitation check valve Clapet de gavage
12 Stopfen “Q” Plug “Q” Obturateur “Q”
15 Schieberzunge Spool tongue Embout à tenon
16 Schraube für Vorsteuerkappe Screw for cover Vis pour couvercle
18 Kontermutter Counter nut Contre écrou
Hauptüberdruckventil, main relief valve, limiteur principal
Sekundärventil secondary relief valve clapet secondaire

20 Verschlussschraube für Plug for test port “M” Bouchon pour prise
Messanschluß “M” de pression “M”
21 Einschraubstück für Fitting for spool spring Raccord fileté pour centrage
Förderzentrierung centering du ressort de tirior
Steuerschieber

Type SM 12 Distributeur Date 01.2007
Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
SX 10
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type SX 10 Date
01.2007
Tipo Fecha

element de distribution
MA=32Nm MA=32Nm
6 10
MA=5Nm 5
3 B A
MA=5Nm
3
MA=5Nm 8
12 14
MA =3Nm
T T
MA=5Nm
P LS 11
2
7 9
MA=30Nm
MA=3Nm
13 1 4
4 6
B
A
P LS T
3 2 5
Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
Wegeventilelement Directional valve Elément de

element distribution
2 Steuerschieber mit Spool with spring return Tiroir principal avec
Federrückstellung rappel ressort
7 Deckel für Kolbenrückstellung Cover for spool return Couvercle pour rappel tiroir
9 Verschlussschraube für Plug for pressure Bouchon pour balance de
10 Verschlussschraube für Plug for secondary relief valve Bouchon pour clapet secondaire
Sekundärventil
11 Steuerschieberzunge Spool tongue Embbout à tenon de
tirior principal
12 Zylinderschraube mit Schlitz Slotted haed screw Vis à tête fendue cylindrique

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
MA=70Nm
13
LS T1
14 M 9
A=3Nm MA=45Nm
6
P2
MA=20Nm8
18
MA=50Nm
MA=20Nm
20
19 14
MA=15Nm
7
17 MA=3Nm MA=3Nm16
7
6
10 M 10
A=32Nm MA=32Nm
11 M MA=32Nm
11
A=32Nm
12 MA=32Nm
12
MA=32Nm
15 MA=30Nm
15
MA=30Nm
5 5
4 4
17 M 16
A=3Nm MA=3Nm
6
7
2
T
P
MA=70Nm
13
T1
LS 8/9
1 21
MA=20Nm
Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
9 SX 10 9 SX 10 9 SX 10
10 Verschlussschraube für Plug from secondary Bouchon pour clapet secondaire
Sekundärventil relief valve
11 Verschlussschraube für Plug for anti-cavitation Bouchon pour clapet
Nachsaugventil check valve realimentation
13 Spülventil Drain valve Valve de purge
Verschlussschraube für Plug for pressure Bouchon pour balance de
20 Druckwaage compensator pression

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
SX 12
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type SX 12 Date
01.2007
Tipo Fecha

MA=70Nm element de distribution
9
1 A B 4
3M MA=15Nm
A=15Nm
3
5
MA=70Nm
LS
6
MA=70Nm
MA=10Nm
10
T T
P
2
7
MA=6Nm
MA=6Nm
12
11 8
6
4
5
B
A
P LS T
3 2
Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
Wegeventilelement Directional valve Elément de distribution

element

2 Steuerschieber Spool Tiroir principal
9 Verschlussschraube für Plug for pressure Bouchon pur balance de
10 Einschraubstück Adapter Raccord fileté

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
11 M
A=70Nm P T LS 1
T2
P2
M
14 MA=24Nm
12 11
MA=70Nm MA=70Nm
13 13
MA=70Nm
MA=70Nm
MA=70Nm
10
15 15
MA=40Nm MA=40Nm
10
MA=70Nm
5 5
4 7
16
MA=6Nm
6 2
17
MA=6Nm
8
LS
MA=20Nm
M
9
T1
1 MA=45Nm

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
9 SX 12 9 SX 12 9 SX 12
1 Eingangselement Inlet element Elément d’entree
2 Wegeventilelement Direction valve element Elément de distribution
11 Verschlussschraube für Pressure compensator plug Bouchon pour balance
Sektionsdruckwaage de pression
12 Verschlussschraube für Plug for load retaining valve Bouchon pour clapet anti retourr
Rückschlagventil
13 Nachsaugventil Anticavitation valve Clapet realimentation

Tipo Válvula Fecha

Guía de ajuste
Speisepumpe
A4VG ... DAD Charge pump
X2 7
X1
Baureihe / Series 32
PS 4
Verstellpumpe NG 40/56
Variable pump Size 40/56
MA
PS- Blende 1
Pp- Orifice
6 G
X1 - X2 2
7 MB
5
T- Blende
7 4 6 Orifice
PS- Blende
Pp- Orifice
Ansteuergerät und Inchventil

Control device and inching
Bremsdruck Inchfeder
PS Brake pressure Inching spring
11
G 1
2
B
Einstellscheiben für Speisedruck

Shims to adjust charge pressure
5
Hochdruck Niederdruck Saugdruck Lecköldruck Steuerdruck Stelldruck

A
High pressure Return line press. Suction pressure Case drain press. Pilot pressure Control press.
T S
SKL - TL 65 / 70 / 80 / 80AS / 100 01.2008

Fahrhydraulik
5.300.01
Travel drive
Pompe de translation
Fahrpumpe A4VG56DA Travel pump A4VG56DA
A4VG56DA
1 DA Regelventil Control valve Soupape de régulation
2 Speisedruckventil Charge pressure relief valve Clapet pression de gavage
3
4 Hochdruck-Sicherheitsventil HP - safety relief valve Clapet de securité HP
Einstellschraube für Adjusting bolt for mechanic neutral Vis de réglage positionement
6 mechanische Nulllage positioning au neutre
7 Druckabschneidung Pressure cut - off Cupure de pression
8
9
10
Einstellschraube für Adjusting bolt for Vis de réglage debut
11 Inchbeginn u.- ende inching start and -end et fin coupure
Messpunkt Hochdruck und Test port HP and Prise de pression
MA Speisedruck charge pressure HP et gavage
MB Speisedruck charge pressure HP et gavage
Prise de pression
X1 Messpunkt Stelldruck Test port control pressure pression de commande
Prise de pression
Messpunkt Steuerdruck Test port control pressure
PS nach der PS -Blende after Pp orifice
Après orifice PS
Anschluss Speisedruck- Charge pressure and Raccord pression de

G Vorsteuerdruck pilot pressure port gavage et de pilotage
5.300.01 01.2008
Speisepumpe X1 X2
Charge pump
A4VG ... DAD
8
Baureihe / Series 32
Verstellpumpe NG 71...180
Variable pump Size 71...180
6 MA
PS
1
X1 - X2 MB
3
7 9
G
T- Blende
6 Orifice
7 Ansteuergerät und Inchventil

Control device and inching
8 PS
PS- Blende
Pp- Orifice
Inchfedern Bremsdruck
Inching springs Brake pressure
1 11
G 3
B
Hochdruck Niederdruck Saugdruck Lecköldruck Steuerdruck Stelldruck A

High pressure Return line press. Suction pressure Case drain press. Pilot pressure Control press.
T S
TL 120 01.2008
Einstellanweisung Fahrhydraulik 5.300.02

Pompe de translation
Fahrpumpe A4VG71DA Travel pump A4VG71DA
A4VG71DA
1 DA Regelventil Control valve Soupape de régulation
2
3 Speisedruckventil Charge pressure relief valve Clapet pression de gavage
4
5
Einstellschraube für Adjusting bolt for mechanic neutral Vis de réglage positionement
6 mechanische Nulllage positioning au neutre
7 Druckabschneidung Pressure cut - off Cupure de pression
10
Einstellschraube für Adjusting bolt for Vis de réglage debut
11 Inchbeginn u.- ende inching start and -end et fin coupure
MA Speisedruck charge pressure HP et gavage
MB Speisedruck charge pressure HP et gavage
Prise de pression
Prise de pression
Messpunkt Steuerdruck Test port control pressure
PS nach der PS -Blende after Pp orifice
Après orifice PS
Anschluss Speisedruck- Charge pressure and Raccord pression de

G Vosteuerdruck pilot pressure port gavage et de pilotage
5.300.02 01.2008
A6VM ... DA3 /63
DAD DA Mobilgetriebe
Mobile transmissions
PS
Y6
Y2
DA Regelkolben
Regulator piston
Rückschlagventile
Check valves
Q min
U
14
15
Q max
Hochdruck Niederdruck Saugdruck Lecköldruck Steuerdruck Stelldruck

Shuttledrossel High pressure Return line pressure Suction pressure Case drain pressure Pilot pressure Control pressure
Haute pression Basse pression Pression d'aspiration Pression de drainage Pression de pilotage Pression de commande
Shuttle throttle Alta pressione Bassa pressione Pressione d'aspirazione Pressione di trafilamento Pressione di pilotaggio Pressione di posizionamento
Alta presión Baja presión Presión de aspiratión Presión de drenaje Presión de pilotaje Presion de taraje
SKL - TL 65 / 70 / 80 / 80AS / 100 / 120 01.2008

Fahrhydraulik
5.300.03
Travel drive
3
1
5
3
2
2
Druckschalter
1
Notlenkung 16 bar 4
Pressure switch
emergency steering
direction de secours
5
X (LS) X (LS)
Lenkpumpe Arbeitspumpe
Steering pump Working pump
Pompe de direction 1 1
Pompe équipment
42 bar 30 bar
2 2
250 bar 380 bar
OUT OUT
JRR-75C
ERR-100B
M4
M4
A M2
A
Max.140 l/min Max.210 l/min
L1 L1
IN L2 IN L2
Steering- and working equipment pumps Danfoss:

Diagram above: Diesel engine to be started, no function operated jet.
At stopped engine are the displacement pumps at maximum flow.
As soon as the engine is started, will the power regulators (1) pushed to the right hand side.
Then the actuation piston (A) is linked at the bottom side to P. The pumps
will destroke until the adjusted pressure of 42 bar respectively 30 bar is reached at the power
regulator (1). This pressure will be hold as stand-by pressure.
Model from s/n TL04200100 Edition
Type TL 420 - 450 à partir du n/s TL04500100 Date 10.2007
desde el no. Fecha
Tipo
Benennung
Blatt
Description Funktions- und Einstellanweisung Danfoss Page
Dénomination Functioning- and settingdescription Danfoss Feuille 5.350.01
Página
Denominación
When doing any tests or/and adjustments please respect the general safety and
accident prevention regulations! See page 1.200.01-05
1. Check and adjustment of the charge pressure
− connect 60 bar - gauge to high pressure port (MA) or (MB) of the travel pump
− attention, do not select any travel direction !
− read the value at the gauge. Desired value: see technical data
If the desired value is not reached:

TL 65 / 70 / 80 / 100:
Unscrew plug of the charge pressure valve (2) and correct the pressure by
adding or removing shims.
Shims: 10 X 16 X 0,3 1.309.412.107 = approx. 0,9 bars
10 X 16 X 0,5 1.309.412.217 = approx. 1,5 bars
10 X 16 X 1,0 1.309.412.117 = approx. 3,0 bars
TL 120:
Adjustment of the charge pressure by adjustment bolt (3)
2. Check and adjustment of the travel pump neutral position
− connect gauge to the high pressure port (MA) and (MB) of the travel pump
− set the engine to increased idle running speed
− watch the gauge. Both values have to be identical (charge pressure)
If the values are different, the neutral position can be corrected via the setscrew (6) at
the travel pump
3. Check and adjustment of the start-up speed
− park machine on even ground
− set travel range selector switch to „tortoise“
− set travel direction lever to „forward“ or „reverse“
− slowly actuate accelerator pedal
read the engine rpm when the machine starts moving. Desired value: see technical data
If the desired value is not reached, turn the setscrew (1) at the regulator
cartridge in or out .
Screwing in: machine starts later

Screwing out: machine starts earlier
TL 65 / 70 / 80 / 80 AS / 100 / 120 1.2008


4. Check and adjustment of the engine stall rpm
This check has to be carried on the road or in the field (A slope would be
favourable). Beware of the road traffic ! If possible, carry out this check with 2
people.
− load the bucket,if the incline is not sufficient.
− connect 600 bar gauge to high pressure port (MA) forward of the travel pump
− screw in the regulation start setscrew by 1 turn, travel motor must not regulate
− remove brake inching hose from the travel pump and plug
− start up, fully accelerate
− operate the service brake when driving in order to obtain high pressure value, (see
technical data). Read the engine rpm (see technical data) when this value is achieved.
the adjustment can be corrected by turning the setscrew (1), regulator cartridge
at the travel pump, in or out resp. (Attention: Start-up speed must be within the
tolerance range)
Turning in: Machine starts later

Turning out: Machine starts earlier
Afterwards reconnect the brake hose and deaerate the brake at the inching block.
Adjust the regulation start as per the instructions, item 7.
5. Check and adjustment of the pressure cut-off
- connect 600 bar - gauge to gauge port (MA) or (MB) resp. of the travel pump
- set travel range selector switch to position „rabbit“
- set travel direction lever lever to „forward“ or „reverse“ resp.
- drive the vehicle against a solid object
- fully accelerate
- read the value on the gauge. Desired value: see technical data
if the desired value is not reached, turn the setscrew (7) for the pressure cut-off
in or out resp.

5.300.04 01.2008
6. Check and replacement of the travel high pressure valves
Note: It is only checked whether the travel high pressure valves are approx. 30 bar
above the pressure cut-off
− increase pressure cut-off by approx. 30 - 40 bar
− drive the vehicle against a solid object (wheels must lock up)
− read the value on the gauge. Desired value: 30 bar above the pressure cut-off
if the desired value is not reached, remove the high pressure valve (4) or (5)
resp. at the travel pump of the TL 65 / TL 70 / TL 80 / TL 100, adjust, re-install and
check pressure, re-adjust if necessary.
On the TL 120 adjust the high pressure valves - without removing them - via the
setscrew.
− reset pressure cut-off to the desired value (see technical data)
7. Check and adjustment of the regulation start
The regulation start of the travel motor is also influencing the engine stall.
Diesel engine can be overheated during long uphill travel when regulation
start is set too high!
TL80 until s/n 0750 / TL100 until s/n 0452
TL 65 / 70 / 80 / 80 AS / 100 / 120 01.2008


Method 1: Test at slope
The high pressure is simulated by uphill travel. The regulation start will be achieved auto-
matically at a corresponding gradient (dynamic measuring).
− connect 600 bar - gauge to gauge port (9) (regulation start) at the travel motor
− connect 600 bar - gauge to gauge port (MA) = (high pressure forward) of the travel pump
− start up, fully accelerate. Attention: Beware of the road traffic

− (if possible, carry out this check with 2 people)
− both gauges increase slowly. The gauge at the regulation start gauge port has to
decrease after having reached the desired value (see technical data)
− if the gradient is not steep enough (high pressure too low), use the service brake, to do
this, first remove the brake inching hose from the travel pump and plug.
the adjustment can be corrected by turning in or out resp. the setscrew (10) at
the travel motor
Turning in: Regulation start later

Turning out: Regulation start earlier
Afterwards re-connect the brake hose and bleed the brake at the inching block.
Method 2: Test on even ground
− interchange the pressure hoses charge pressure (G) and pilot pressure (Pst) at the travel
pump, thus there is charge pressure at the travel motor regulation
− connect 600 bar - gauge to the travel pump MA = high pressure forward
− connect 60 bar - gauge to the travel pump MB = high pressure reverse (charge
pressure in this case)
− connect 600 bar gauge to the travel motor, regulation start gauge port
− drive the machine forward against a solid object
− select fast travel range (rabbit)
- slowly accelerate
5.300.05 / 01.2008
− watch all three gauges - if the gauge of the travel motor decreases, read the values
on the other gauges and compare them with the following table (adjust the
regulation start in case of excessive deviations)
TL 65 Charge pressure Regulation start

30 bar 345 bar
31 bar 355 bar
32 bar 365 bar
33 bar 370 bar
TL 70 / TL 80
TL80AS Charge pressure Regulation start
28 bar 215 bar
30 bar 240 bar
32 bar 270 bar
34 bar 300 bar
TL100 Charge pressure Regulation start

30 bar 300 bar
31 bar 310 bar
32 bar 320 bar
33 bar 325 bar
TL 120 Charge pressure Regulation start

26 bar 220 bar
28 bar 250 bar
30 bar 280 bar
32 bar 300 bar
Tolerance range, regulation start: ± 10 bar
TL 65 / 70 / 80 / 80 AS / 100 / 120 01.2008


8. Check and adjustment of the regulation start against mechanical stop
TL80 from s/n 0751 / TL100 from s/n 0453
Sauer Danfoss travel motors type 51D080
- connect 600 bar - gauge to the existing gauge port MA (high pressure forward) of
the travel pump
- connect a 600 bar gauge at the travel motor regulation start gauge port
drive machine forward against mechanical stop
- select fast speed (rabbit)
- slowly accelerate
- the gauges at the pump and at the travel motor increase slowly.
When the regulation start value is reached (see technical data) the gauge
at the regulation start port (M3) must drop
The adjustment can be corrected by turning in or out resp. the setscrew (20)
at the travel motor
Turning in: Regulation start later

Turning out: Regulation start earlier
TL 80 ab Fz.id.Nr. 0751
M3
20
Y6
Y2
TL100 ab Fz.id.Nr. 0453 L2 N

A
Spülventil
Y2 Flush valve n
Y2
Q max. Q min.
Y6
20 M3
M3
B
L1 M4
5.300.06 / 01.2008
L2 N
A
Spülventil
Y2 Flush valve n
Q max. Q min.
Y6
M3
B
L1 M4
Sauer Danfoss Schrägachsen-Verstellmotor Baureihe 51-1 Baugrösse 080
Schaltbildsituation:
Fahrtrichtung vorwärts geschaltet, Magnetventil Y2 stromlos.
Fahrstufe schnell geschaltet, Magnetventil Y6 stromlos.
Beispiel: Die Maschine fährt auf ebener Strasse, der Hochdruck ”B” Seite liegt unter dem Regelbeginnwert.
Der Kolben vom Magnetventil Y6 wird von der Feder (20) in linker Position gehalten. Beide Stellzylinderkammern
sind mit Hochdruck beaufschlagt. Die Verstellzylinderbodenseite (21) hat gegenüber der Stangenseite die höhere Kraft.
Der Fahrmotor verstellt Richtung Q min (Schnellgang) und wird dort gehalten.
Hochdruckanschluss High pressure port L2 N

A Fahren rückwärts travel reverse
Hochdruckanschluss High pressure port A

B Fahren vorwärts travel forward
Messanschluss Test port travel motor

M3 Fahrmotor Regelbeginn regulation start
Messanschluss Fahrmotor Test port travel

M4 Fahrtrichtungserkennung direction recognition
Spülventil
Flush valve n
Y2
Magnetventil Fahrmotor Solenoid valve travel motor
Y2 Fahrtrichtungserkennung travel direction recognition
Q max. Q min.
Magnetventil Fahrmotor Solenoid valve travel motor
Y6 Fahrgeschwindigkeit travel speed
Einstellbare Feder Adustable spring travel

20 Fahrmotor Regelbeginn motor regulation start
21
21 Verstellzylinder Servo piston
20
Verzögerungsblende Orifice travel motor
T3 Fahrmotorverstellung regulation
Drehzahlaufnehmer RPM sensor Y6
N (Option) (option)
L1 Leckölanschluss Case drain

M3
L2 Leckölanschluss Case drain
B
L1 M4
Sauer Danfoss Schrägachsen-Verstellmotor Baureihe 51-1 Baugrösse 080
Schaltbildsituation:
Fahrtrichtung vorwärts geschaltet, Magnetventil Y2 stromlos.
Fahrstufe schnell geschaltet, Magnetventil Y6 stromlos.
Beispiel: Maschine fährt bergauf, der Hochdruck an “B” Seite steigt.
Ab Regelbeginn wird der Kolben vom Magnetventil Y6 vom dort wirkenden Hochdruck gegen die Feder (20) verschoben,
die Verstellkolben (21) Bodenseite wird zu Tank verbunden. Der permanent auf der Stellkolben (21) Ringseite wirkende
Hochdruck verstellt den Motor Richtung Q max.
Beispiel: Fahrstufe langsam geschaltet, Magnetventil Y6 bestromt.
Die Regelung wird übersteuert, der Kolben vom Magnetventil Y6 wird vom erregten Magnet gegen die Feder (20) geschaltet.
Der Verstellkolben(21) hält den Motor in Q max.
TL 65 / 70 / 80 / 80 AS / 100 / 120 01.2008


9.Check and adjustment of the inching
− open the engine bonnet
− connect 600 bar - gauge to the existing gauge port MA (high pressure forward) of the
travel pump
− connect 60 bar - gauge to gauge port „brake pressure at the inching valve“
− drive the machine forward against a solid object so that the wheels lock up
− slowly actuate the foot brake pedal
− watch both gauges: At approx. 5 bar brake pressure the inching must begin, i.e. the 600
bar - gauge decreases. At approx. 13 bar brake pressure the inching must be finished,
i.e. the 600 bar - gauge decreases to the charge pressure value
The inching range can be changed or corrected resp. via the setscrew (11) at the
inching valve
Turning in: inching later

Turning out: inching earlier
10. Check of pressure switch (hydrostatic brake S26)
− open the engine bonnet

− connect 60 bar - gauge to gauge port „brake pressure at the inching valve“(10)
− connect a test lamp to the currentless cable of the brake pressure switch (S26)
− the test lamp has to light up at the brake pressure value (see technical data)
if the pressure value does not correspond to the desired value, adjust the
pressure switch(S26) or replace it
10
Druckschalter S26
Pressure switch S26
5.300.07 / 01.2008
3
1
5
3
2
2
Druckschalter
1
Notlenkung 16 bar 4
Pressure switch
emergency steering
5
X (LS) X (LS)
Lenkpumpe Arbeitspumpe
Pompe de direction 1 1
Pompe équipment
42 bar 30 bar
2 2
250 bar 380 bar
OUT OUT
JRR-75C
ERR-100B
M4
M4
A M2
A
L1 L1
IN L2 IN L2
Steering- and working equipment pumps Danfoss:

Diagram above: Diesel engine to be started, no function operated jet.
At stopped engine are the displacement pumps at maximum flow.
As soon as the engine is started, will the power regulators (1) pushed to the right hand side.
Then the actuation piston (A) is linked at the bottom side to P. The pumps
will destroke until the adjusted pressure of 42 bar respectively 30 bar is reached at the power
regulator (1). This pressure will be hold as stand-by pressure.
Model from s/n TL04200100 Edition
Type TL 420 - 450 à partir du n/s TL04500100 Date 10.2007
desde el no. Fecha
Tipo
Benennung
Blatt
Description Funktions- und Einstellanweisung Danfoss Page
Dénomination Functioning- and settingdescription Danfoss Feuille 5.350.01
Página
Denominación
3
1
5
3
2
2
Druckschalter
Notlenkung 16 bar 4
Pressure switch 1
emergency steering
X (LS) X (LS)
Lenkpumpe 5 Arbeitspumpe
Pompe de direction 1 1 Pompe equpment
4 42 bar
2
30 bar
3 250 bar 380 bar

3
OUT OUT
JRR-75C
ERR-100B
M4
M4
A M2
A
L1 L1
IN L2 IN L2
Diagramm above: Steering- or working functions operated. The power regulators (1) will pushed
to the left hand side because the pressure signal which is coming via the X ports (LS) to
the spring feather sides of the power regulators (1). Then, the piston (A) bottom
side is switched via port (L2) to the tank. The displacement pumps are moving up to max. flow.
Setting instruction pump:
Bring machine to service temperature (50 - 60°C hydraulic oil temperature).
Connect a 60 bar gauge to testport (3) at the corresponding pump.
Start up diesel engine, set engine to high idle. Do not operate any function! Check the pressure
at the gauge, it should be at 30 bar resp. 42 bar! (The stand-by pressure of the steering pump
must be under 30 bar to set the stand-by pressure at the working pump.)
If not, readjust the power regulator (1) of the corresponding pump.
Under normal conditions the savety regulator (2) of the working pump which is preset to 380 bar, is not in
use. The working pressure is limited by the LS-pressure cut-off valve in the valve bank (3M6).
To check the regulator (2), the LS-valve have to be set to a higher setting at the control valve
and the loader arm have to be lowered into end stroke position. The safety regulator (250 bar)
of the steering pump works at a outlet pressure of 250 bar at the pump.
5.350.01/10.2007
Pst
P1 AC
T2 54Y7
9 6
1 LS
7
8
3
2
6
4
5
3
4
P
P1 AC T2
30 bar 45 bar
9 54Y7
Pst
LS 310 / 350
bar 7
1 380bar
)(
B2 2
B2
A2 8 A2
HUBRAHMEN
LIFT 6
LEVAGE a2
ø0.8
6
ø2.0
380 bar b2
B1 4 B1
A1 4 A1
5
3 130 bar
KIPPEN
BUCKET
a1 b1
GODET 3
P
T
3M6-22
8-10.8 bar
Typ
TL04200100
Elektrisches System ab Fz.-Id.-Nr. Datum
Model TL 420 Electrical system from s/n Edition
10.2007
Type
TL 450
Circuit électrique
Sistema elèctrico
à partir du n/s
desde el no. TL04500100 Date
Fecha
Tipo
Benennung
Blatt
Description Steuerventil 2/3 M6-15 Page
Dénomination Valve bank 2/3 M6-15 Feuille 5.350.02
Distributeur 2/3 M6-15 Página
Denominación
Pos.
Rep.
No.
STEUERVENTIL VALVE BANK DISTRIBUTEUR
3 M6-22 3 M6-22 3 M6-22

310 bar / 350 bar 310 bar / 350 bar 310 bar / 350 bar
nicht einstellbar not adjustable non réglable
4 Sekundärventil Secondary pressure Clapet secondaire
380 bar / 130 bar relief valve 380 bar / 130 bar 380 bar / 130 bar
7 Sekundärventil Secondary pressure Clapet secondaire
380 bar relief valve 380 bar 380 bar
9 Druckminderventil 30 bar Pressure reducing valve 30 bar Réducteur de pression 30 bar
Sekundärventile: Prüfen und Einstellen. Secondary pressure relief Clapets secondaires:

valve: Checks and adjustment. Contrôle et réglage.
- 600 bar Manometer an Messpunkt 3 der
Arbeitspumpe anschliessen . - Connect a 600 bar gauge at test- - Brancher un manomètre au prise
- Sicherheitsregler 2 der Arbeitspumpe port 3 at the workingpump. de pression 3 de la pompe
über 380 bar einstellen. - Adjust safety controller 2 higher d´ equipement
- LS Druckbegrenzungsventil 1 am Steuer- than 380 bar at working pump. - Regler la pression du clapet de
ventil über 380 bar - Adjust LS-pressure valve 1 securité 2 de la pompe
einstellen. higher than 380 bar at Control déquipement, à une valeur
- Alle Funktionen, ausser Hubrahmen senken, valve. supérieur à 380 bar.
(ist ohne Sekundärventil), mit niedriger - Actuate all functions, exept - Regler la pression du limiteur de
Motordrehzahl in Zylinderendlage fahren. lowering loader frame (without pression LS 1 au distributeur,
- Druck ablesen, gegebenenfalls nachstellen. secondary relief valve) with low à une valeur supérieur à 380 bar.
- Sicherheitsregler 2 und LS Druck- engine rpms into hydr. cylinder - Actionner toutes les fonctions de
begrenzungsventil 1 wieder auf die end stroke position. verins, sauf bras de levage
angegebenen Werte (siehe Seite 2.33-2.35) - Read the pressures, readjust if abaisser, (sans clapet secondaire)
zurückstellen. necessary. á un régime moteur assez bas à
- Readjust safety controller 2 and fin de course. Relever les
LS-pressure valve 1 to indicated pressions et les reajuster
values (see page 2.33-2.35). si necessaire.
- Reajuster le clapet de securité 2
et le limiteur de pression LS 1 aux
valeurs indiquées (voir page 2.33-
2.35).

Type TL 420 - 450 Distributeur 2/3M6-22 Date 10.2007
Tipo Válvula Fecha
Benennung Blatt
Description Page
Dénomination
Funktions- und Einstellanweisung Feuille 5.350.02
Denominación Functioning and settinginstructions Página
Speicherdruck-Entlastungsschraube
Vor Arbeiten an der Lastschwingungsdämpfung

Sicherstellen dass die Druckspeicher drucklos
sind.
Hierzu die Verschlussschraube herausdrehen
und die Ventilspindel SW 3 zwei Umdrehungen
gegen den Uhrzeigersinn aufdrehen.
Hinweis:
Anzugsmoment: Ventilspindel 3,5 Nm
Anzugsmoment: Verschlussschraube 7 Nm
Pressure accumulator - discharge screw
Before carriing out repair jobs at the ride control

system, ensure the pressure accumulators to be
totally discharged.
To do this, dismount plug and screw out the

valve coil (wrench size 3mm) approx. two
revolutions (counter clockwise).
REMARK:
Tightening torque: valve coil = 3,5 Nm
Tightening torque: plug = 7 Nm
HÜV / Main relief

210 bar
T X2
MX
Lift cylinder
Hubzylinder
B A
Aufladung min. Ladersteuerblock

160 bar
Control valve loader
Charge pressure
min. 160 bar
Typ
TL04200100
10.2007
Type
TL 450
Circuit électrique
Sistema elèctrico
à partir du n/s
Fecha
Tipo
Benennung
Blatt
Description Steuerventil 2/3 M6-15 Page
Dénomination Valve bank 2/3 M6-15 Feuille 5.350.03
Distributeur 2/3 M6-15 Página
Denominación
Brake valve
Location
Attention !
4
6
7
1
3
1 Brake light switch (5 bar)

2 Brake pressure accumulator (130 bar)
3 Transmission deactivating switch (16 bar)
4 Parking brake switch (100 bar)
5 Solenoid valve parking brake
6 Test port front axle
7 Test port rear axle
Typ
TL04200100
01.2007
Type
TL 450
Circuit électrique
Sistema elèctrico
à partir du n/s
Fecha
Tipo
Benennung
Blatt
Description Bremsventil Page
Dénomination Brake valve Feuille 5.35.04
Página
Denominación
Setting instructions - brake valve
(Adjusting of the brake pressure accumulator fill valve)
1 Dismantle cap
5 2mm
4 7mm
wrench size
7mm
3
2 19mm
1. Install test port at the brake pressure accumulators

2. Dismantle cap (1)
3. Start engine, loosen parkingbrake
(prevent inadvertent rolling of the machine)
4. Open nut (2) and turn bolt (3) out to increase the cut-in pressure (160bar)
5. Open nut (4) and turn bolt (5) out to increase the cut-off pressure (200bar)
6. Check the adjustment of the fill valve in the following way:
Push brake a several times, the pressure must decrease to 160 bar.
Stop pushing the brake, the pressure must increase to 200 bar.
Test port brake pressure

front axle
Test port brake pressure

rear axle
Brake pressure adjustment bolt (70+5 bar)
5.35.04/01.2007
Type TW 85 (HML 32) à partir du n/s: TW00850100 Date 01.2007

Description Setting instructions Working hydraulik Page
5.510.11
Denominación Hidráulico de trabajo Página
Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
12 SX14 Steuerventil 1 SX14 valve bank 1 12 SX14 distributeur 1

A Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour
Einstellungen am Steuerventil: settings at valve bank: réglages côté distributeur:
· LS Druck (1) · LS pressure (1) · pression LS (1)
· SV Druck (2) · safety valve pressure ( 2) · pression valve de sécurité (2)
· Sekundärdrücke (4) · line relief pressures (4) · pressions secondaires (4)
und and et
Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour
Einstellungen an der settings at working pump: réglages côté pompe équipement:
Arbeitspumpe:
·Stand–by Druck stand-by pressure
· pression d’attente
·
·Dp Druck ·
Dp pressure pression D
· p
1 LS – Druckbegrenzungsventil load sensing pressure relief limiteur de pression LS

(einstellbar) valve (adjustable) (réglable)
2 Sicherheitsventil (einstellbar) safety valve (adjustable) valve de sécurité (réglable)
3 LS - Stromregelventil LS – flow regulator valve régulateur de débit LS

(nicht einstellbar) (not adjustable) (non réglable)
4 Sekundärventil(e) line relief valve(s) clapet(s) secondaire(s)
(einstellbar) (adjustable) réglable(s)

Type TW 85 (HML 32) à partir du n/s:TW00850100 Date 01.2007

5.510.12
Guía de ajuste
Doppelzahnradpumpe
double gear pump
pompe tandem à engrenages
21


5.510.13
Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
21 Doppelzahnradpumpe Double gear pump Double pompe à engrenages
B Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour

Einstellungen am Steuerventil 2, settings at valve bank 2, swing réglages côté distributeur 2, moteur
Schwenkmotor, Lenkaggregat und motor, steering unit and d’orientation, ensemble direction et
(Nebenkreis) (secondary functions) (circuit secondaire)
01 Steuerventil 2 (SM12) valve bank 2 (SM12) distributeur 2 (SM12)
Hauptüberdruckventil (5) für main pressure relief valve (5) limiteur de pression principal (5)
for pour
Schwenken
· · swing · orientation
Knicken
· · articulation · articulation
Abstützen rechts
· · outrigger right · stabilisateur droit
Abstützen links
· · outrigger left · stabilisateur gauche
Zweiter Zusatzsteuerkreis
· · secondary add. control · deuxième circuit
mit Sekundärventile (6) circuit with line relief supplémentaire avec clapets
Option – (Sortiergreifer, valves (6) option – (sorting secondaires (6) option –
Schlegelmäher, Betonzange) grab, brush cutter, concrete (grappin de triage, faucheuse à
crusher) fléaux, broyeur de béton)
20 Schwenkmotor swing motor moteur d’orientation
Ventile am Schwenkmotor
· line relief valves at swing
· clapets secondaires côté
·
(8 und 9) motor (8 and 9) moteur d’orientation (8 et 9)
15 Prioritätsventil priority valve valve prioritaire
19 Lenkaggregat steering unit ensemble direction
·Druckbegrenzungsventil (10) · pressure relief valve (10) · limiteur de pression (10)
C Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour

Einstellungen am Abschaltventil settings at cut-off valve réglages côté valve de coupure
14 Abschaltventil cut off valve valve de coupure
·Druckbegrenzungsventil ( 7 ) · pressure relief valve ( 7 ) · limiteur de pression ( 7 )
E Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour

09 Speicherfüllventil (Bremse) accumulator charge valve de remplissage accu
valve (brake) (frein)
·Druckschalter – S44 (11) pressure switch – S44 (11)
· ·
interrupteur à pression – S44
(11)


5.510.14
Guía de ajuste

5.510.15
Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
variable displacement pompe à débit variable –

22 Verstellpumpe - Fahren
pump – travel translation
23 variable displacement moteur à débit variable –

Verstellmotor - Fahren
motor – travel translation
F Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour

Einstellungen an Verstellpumpe - settings at variable displacement réglages côté pompe à débit variable
Fahren und Verstellmotor – pump – travel and variable - translation et moteur à cylindrée
Fahren displacement motor – travel variable – translation
(MA vorwärts) (MA travel forward) (MA marche AV)
G Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour

Einstellungen an Verstellpumpe - settings at variable displacement réglages côté pompe à débit variable
Fahren und Verstellmotor – Fahren pump – travel and variable - translation et moteur à cylindrée
( MB Fahren rückwärts ) displacement motor – travel variable – translation
(MB travel reverse) (MB marche AR)
Anschluß -
· connection -
· connexion -
·
Bremsinchung (12) brake inching (12) inching frein (12)
Anschluß „X1“
· connection „X1“
· connexion „X1“
·
Stelldruck (13) control pressure (13) pression de commande (13)
Ventil
· Valve
· valve
·
Druckabschneidung (14) pressure cut-off (14) coupure de pression (14)
Sicherheitsventil -
· safety valve -
· valve de sécurité -
·
Fahren rückwärts (15) travel reverse (15) marche AR (15)
Speisedruck „G“ (16) –
· charge pressure „G“ (16) -
· pression de gavage „G“ (16) -
·
Feststellbremse, parking brake, frein de stationnement,
Vorsteuerdruck, pilot pressure, pression de pilotage,
Pendelachsverrieglung oscillating axle lock verrouillage essieu oscillant
Speisedruckventil (17)
· charge pressure
· valve de pression
·
valve (17) de gavage (17)
Sicherheitsventil -
· safety valve -
· valve de sécurité -
·
Fahren vorwärts (18) travel forward (18) marche AV (18)
Einstellschraube -
· setting screw –
· vis de réglage –
·
Regelventil (19) regulator (19) régulateur (19)
(Drückung – Anfahren) (stall and start up speed) (chute de régime – régime de
démarrage)
Anschluß „Ps“ -
· Connection „Ps“ -
· connexion „Ps“ -
·
Stelldruck (20) (Pedalfahren) control pressure (20) pression de commande (20)
(pedal drive) (translation par pédale)
Anschluß „X2“ -
· connection „X2“ -
· connexion „X2“ -
·
Stelldruck (21) control pressure (21) pression de commande (21)
Entlüftung (22)
· vent (22)
· purge (22)
·
Einstellschraube (23) –
· setting screw (23) -
· vis de réglage (23) -
·
Bremsinchung brake inching inching frein
Elektromagnetventil „y15“ -
· solenoid valve „y15“ –
· électrovanne „y15“ –
·
Fahren rückwärts (24) travel reverse (24) marche AR (24)
Elektromagnetventil „y14“
· solenoid valve „y14“ –
· électrovanne „y14“ –
·
Fahren vorwärts (25) travel forward (25) marche AV (25)

Type TW 85 (HML 32) à partir du n/s:TW00850100 Date 01.2007

5.510.16
Guía de ajuste
Pos.
Rep.
No.
H Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour

Einstellungen am Verstellmotor - settings at variable displacement réglages côté moteur à débit variable
Fahren motor – travel – translation
(Regelbeginn) (regulation start) (début de régulation)
Einstellschraube (26) - Qmax
· setting screw (26) - Qmax
· vis de réglage (26) - Qmax
·
Einstellschraube (27) - Qmin
· setting screw (27) - Qmin
· vis de réglage (27) - Qmin
·
Steuerdruckanschluß „X2“ (28)
· pilot pressure „X2“ (28)
· pression de pilotage „X2“ (28)
·
Steuerdruckanschluß „X1“ (29)
· pilot pressure „X1“ (29)
· pression de pilotage „X1“ (29)
·
Einstellschraube -
· setting screw -
· vis de réglage –
·
Regelbeginn (30) regulation start (30) début de régulation (30)


5.510.17
Guía de ajuste
A.) Adjustment of the Δ p - valve (power regulator) (1) at the Brueninghaus variable
displacement pump
• Connect 60 bar - gauge to pump high pressure port of valve bank 1 (working
hydraulics)
• Turn in the setting screw at the load-sensing regulator (2) by one turn
• Dismount plug (6) opposite the pressure signal line (5) at the power regulator (1).
Mount a screwed fitting GES 10-PL 7/16-20 UNF (part no. 1 939 060 103) and a hose
nominal width 8 mm (length: approx. 1.6m ⇒ part no. 4 508 160 301), put the latter
into the hydraulic tank (ventilation filter hole). Prepare a receptacle for approx. 5 l
drain oil for this check.
• Start the engine, high idle.
• Set a pressure of approx. 20 bar at the setting screw of the power regulator (1)
• Stop the engine, dismount the screwed fitting and hose. Slacken the setting screw at
the load sensing regulator (2) by 1 turn. Check the stand-by pressure and re-adjust if
necessary
B.) Adjustment of the load-sensing regulator (2)
• Connect 60 bar - gauge to the gauge port of valve bank 1

• Start the engine, high idle.
• Set the stand-by pressure at the setting screw of the load-sensing regulator (2) (see
Technical Data)
D.) The horse power control valve (4) is adjusted on the test bench
1
5 6
2
TW 85 (HML 32) TC 75 (HR 32) 01.2007
Setting instructions A10VO DFLR/DFSR 5.520.02
Pumpe A 10 VO DFLR / DFSR 01.2006
Fehlersuche / Trouble shooting 5.520.03
Recherche des pannes
Trouble Reason Correction
Hydr.pressure at valve Bore 1 in upper piston Remove valve cartridge 5 without touching the setting.
bank 1 too low only ( p regulator) clogged Care about springs and spring plate. Remove plug 6
approx. 100 - 150 bar and push piston out.Clean bore. Take care of the correct
position of the parts when reassembling.
Not any hydr. pressure at Piston 2 is pushed Remove valve cartridge 4 without touching the setting.
valve bank 1, only towards the springs and Care about springs and spring plate. Remove plug 6 and
stand-by pressure. is jamed due to foreign push piston out. Remove particles. A certain amount of
Pumpe does not stroke particles or heat oil should flow to flush eventually further particles.
When piston sticks due to heat, the complete regulator
unit has to be replaced and setted. See page 5.520.01
and 02. Check for correct position of orifice 7. Can be
positioned and if needed removed by means of a screw
driver 8.
Not any hydr.pressure at Plug 3 is loose Plug 3 lays in spring chamber of the stand-by regulator.
valve bank 1, only stand- Remove valve cartridge 4. Mount plug 3 by means of a
by pressure. Pumpe 2 mm allen key again. Mount valve cartridge 4.
does not stroke.
Working movements Stand-by regulator 4 resp. Adjust regulator 4 resp. 5. See page 5.520.01 and 02.
are lazy, slow p regulator 5 is set too low.
Working movements Stand-by regulator 4 resp. Adjust regulator 4 resp. 5. See page 5.520.01 and 02.
too quick. p regulator 5 is set too high.
5.520.04/01.2007
TC 75 (HR 32) 01.2007
Setting instructions 5.650.01
(working hydraulics)
01 SX 14 Steuerventil - 1 01 SX 14 valve bank - 1 01 SX 14 distributeur - 1
A Messstelle für A test port for A prise de pression pour

Einstellungen am Steuerventil - 1 settings at valve bank - 1 réglages côté distributeur - 1
• LS – Druck (1) • LS – pressure (1) • pression LS (1)
• SV – Druck (2) • safety valve pressure (2) • pression valve de sécurité (2)
• Sekundärdrücke (4) • line relief pressures (4) • pressions secondaires (4)
und and et
Messstelle für test port for prise de pression pour
Einstellungen an der Arbeitspumpe settings at working pump réglages côté pompe équipement
• Stand-by Druck • stand-by pressure • pression d’attente
• Δp Druck • Δp pressure • pression Δp
B7 Lastwarnsensor B7 load warning sensor B7 capteur avertisseur de charge
1 LS – Druckbegrenzungsventil 1 load sensing pressure 1 limiteur de pression LS

(einstellbar) relief valve (adjustable) (réglable)
2 Sicherheitsventil 2 safety valve 2 valve de sécurité
(einstellbar) (adjustable) (réglable)
3 LS – Stromregelventil 3 LS – flow regulator valve 3 régulateur de débit LS
(nicht einstellbar) (not adjustable) (non réglable)
4 Sekundärventil(e) (einstellbar) 4 line relief valve(s) 4 clapet(s) secondaire(s)
(adjustable) (réglable(s)
01 Siehe Blatt 6.65.01 01 see page 6.65.01 01 voir page 6.65.01
5.650.01/01.2007
S
TC 75 (HR 32) 01.2007
(working hydraulic)
21 Zahnradpumpe 21 gear pump 21 pompe à engrenages
B Messstelle für B test port for B prise de pression pour

settings at valve bank 2, réglages côté distributeur 2, circuit
Einstellungen am Steuerventil 2,
secondary functions and hydraulique secondaire et moteur
Nebenkreis und Schwenkmotor
swing motor d’orientation
02 Steuerventil 2 (SM12) 02 valve bank 2 (SM12) 02 Distributeur 2 (SM12)

Hauptüberdruckventil (5) für main pressure relief valve limiteur de pression principal (5)
(5) for pour
• Schwenken • swing • orientation
(ohne Sekundärventile) (without line relief valves) (sans clapets secondaires)
• Räumschild • dozer blade • lame de remblayage
(ohne Sekundärventile) (without line relief valves) (sans clapets secondaires)
• Knicken • articulation (with anti- • articulation
(mit Nachsaugventilen (6)) cavitation valves (6)) (avec clapets anti-cavitation (6))
22 Schwenkmotor 22 swing motor 22 moteur d’orientation
• Ventile am Schwenkmotor • line relief valves at swing • clapets secondaires côté
(7 und 8) motor (7 and 8) moteur d’orientation (7 et 8)
5.650.02/01.2007
TC 75 (HR 32) 01.2007
(displacement pump, travel gear)
23 Verstellpumpe - Arbeiten 23 variable displacement 23 pompe à débit variable -
pump - working équipement
• Verschlusschraube (12) • plug (12) • bouchon (12)
• p-Druckventil (13) • p-pressure valve (13) • valve de pression- p (13)

(Leistungsregler) (power regulator) (régulateur de puissance)
• Load-Sensing-Regler (14) • load sensing regulator (14) • régulateur LS (load sensing)

(Stand-by Druck einstellen) (setting stand-by pressure) (14)
(réglage de la pression d’attente)
• Leistungsventil (15) • power valve (15) • valve de puissance (15)

(am Prüfstand einstellen) (setting at test bench) (réglage sur le banc d’essai)
24 Fahrantrieb 24 travel drive 24 entraînement

(Bremskolben) (counter balance valve) (tiroir de freinage de translation)
• Rückschlagventil (17) • check valve (17) • clapet anti-retour (17)
• Druckausgleichsventil (18) • pressure balance • soupape compensatrice de

valve (18) pression (18)

(Messanschluss „MB„) (test port „MB„) (prise de pression „MB„)

(Messanschluss „MA„) test port „MA„) (prise de pression „MA„)
• Sekundärventil mit • line relief valve with • clapet secondaire avec piston
Dämpfungskolben (21) cushion piston (21) d’amortissement (21)
(280 bar) (280 bar) (280 bar)
• Anschluss „X“ (22) • connection „X“ (22) • connexion „X“ (22)

(Schaltdruck) (control pressure) (pression de commande)
schnell / langsam fast / slow petite / grande

(Bremskolben) (counter balance valve) (tiroir de freinage de translation)
• Sekundärventil mit • line relief valve with • valve secondaire avec piston
Dämpfungskolben (24) cushion piston (24) d’amortissement (24)
(280 bar) (280 bar) (280 bar)
• Rückschlagventil (25) • check valve (25) • clapet anti-retour (25)
• Druckregelventil (26) • pressure control valve (26) • régulateur de pression (26)
• Wechselventil (27) • shuttle valve (27) • sélecteur (27)
5.650.03/01.2007
TC 125
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type TC 125 (HR 42) Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

X Z
A
B
X
A
Z
B
Typ ab Fz.-Id.-Nr.: Datum

Model from s/n: TC01250100 Edition
Type TC 125 (HR 42) á partir du n/s: Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha
Benennung Einstellanweisung A11VO 75 LR3S Blatt

Pos.
Rep.
No.
Einstellschraube Stand by - Adjusting screw stand by- Vis de réglage pression

A
Druck (Messpunkt am Steuer- pressure (test port at control- d’attente (stand by)
ventil 1). Bei Vollgas valve 1) full throttle (prise de pression au
distributeur 1) plein gaz
Einstellschraube Drückungs- Adjusting screw engine stall Vis de réglage
B drehzahl-Motor. (Zusatz (add. cicuit and dozer blade chute de regime
+ Schild auf Block, at end stroke, resp. (circuit supplementaire et
bzw. Zwischenausleger aus intermediate boom out and lame de niveleuse resp.
+ Schild auf Block). dozer blade at end stroke). flèche interédiaire et lame de
niveleuse au fin de course).
Anschluss für LS-Leitung Port for LS - Line from Raccord conduite - LS
X von Steuerventil 1 control valve 1 du distributeur 1
Anschluss für Summen- port for summation horse Raccord régulation de
leistungsregelung von den power control from gear sommation de puissance des
Z
Zahnradpumpen, Nebenantrieb pumps at auxilary drive pompes à engrenages de
l’entraînement latérale
Einstellwerte siehe Setting values see Valeurs de réglage voir
Technische Daten Kap.2 technical datas, chapter 2 caractéristiques techniques
chapitre 2
Einstellanweisung Stand by - Druck: Adjustment procedure Instructions de réglage pression
Voraussetzung: stand - by - pressure: dáttente (stand-by).
Maschine betriebswarm ! Pre-condition: Condition:
Machine must have service Machine à température de service!
60 bar Manometer am Messpunkt des temperature!
Steuerventils 1 anschließen. Monteur un mano au prise de
Motor starten, Vollgas geben, keine Put a 60 bar gauge to the test- pression du distributeur 1.
Funktion ansteuern. port of valve bank 1, start the Demarrer le moteur, accelerer à
Manometer ablesen. engine, give full throttle, fond, ne pas actionner les
Wird der Sollwert nicht erreicht, don´t operate any function, commandes. Relever la valeur du
an Stellschraube ( A) Druck einstellen. read the gauge. mano. Si on atteint pas la valeur
If the desired value will not be prescrit régler la pression par la
Einstellanweisung reached, adjust the pressure vis de reglage (A).
Drückungsdrehzahl Dieselmotor: by means of adjusting screw Instructions de réglage chute de
Voraussetzung: (A). regime moteur.
Maschine betriebswarm ! Adjustment procedure: Condition:
Motordrehzahlen und Hydraulikdrücke Pre-condition: Machine à température de service!
entsprechen den Vorgaben. Machine must have service Le regime moteur ainsi les
temperature! pressions hydrauliques
Drehzahlmessgerät anschließen. Engine RPM`s and hydraulic correspondent aux valeurs
Schild und Zusatzkreis auf Block pressure correspond for the prescrits. Brancher un compte-
ansteuern. specification. tours. Actionner lame et circuit
Wichtig: Zusatzkreis Sekundärventile Mount tachometer and operate supplémentaire au fin de course.
müssen richtig eingestellt sein: 300 bar dozer and add. circuit, hold in Important: Reglage correcte des
end stroke position. clapets secondaires du circuit
Drückungsdrehzahl ablesen. Important: Secondary relief supplémentaire: 300 bars
Wird der Sollwert nicht erreicht, valves must have correct
an Stellschraube ( B) Drehzahl setting: 300 bar Relever le chute de regime. Si on
einstellen. Read engine stall RPM´s: atteint pas la valeur prescrit regler
If the desired value will not be le regime avec la vis de réglage
reached, adjust the RPM´s at (B).
setscrew (B).
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type TC 125 (HR 42) Date
01.2007
Benennung Einstellanweisung A11VO 75 LR3S Blatt

Description
Dénomination
Setting instructions Page
Feuille
5.670.02
SUBGROUP LIST
Functioning description
SKL 200 (SKL 873) Location of hydraulic components 6.13

TL 65 (SKL 824) Location of hydraulic components 6.22
TL 80 AS Walveoil control valve 6.25
TL 160 (SKL 160) Rexroth 3M6 valve and ride control 6.28
TL 260 (SKL 260) Rexroth 3M6 valve and ride control 6.30
TL 210 - 260 Description travel drive 6.31
TL 420 - 450 Location of hydraulic components 6.35
TL 70 (SKS 634) Location of hydraulic components 6.37
TW 85 (HML 32) Location of hydraulic components 6.51
TW 110 (HML 42) Location of hydraulic components 6.53
TC 60 (HR 20) Location of hydraulic components 6.60
TC 48 (HR 18) Kayaba control valve 6.80
TC 15 (HR 1.5) Location of hydraulic components 6.90
TC 50 Location of hydraulic components 6.99
Excavator gen. Description, pilot-operated valve 4TH6 /4TH5 6.100
Excavator gen. Description, pilot-operated valve PCL 401 6.105
Excavator gen. Relay valve swing 6.110
TC / TW (HR/HML) SX 14 valve bank 6.210
TW (HML)…S-Version Gear shift function 6.490
TL(SKL)...S-Version Ride control system, lifting frame 6.500
TL(SKL), general Suction filter function 6.520
TC(HR), general Travel motor, brake spool 6.740
TC75/125 TW85/110 Pilot operated 2-stage valves slewing 6.850
(HR/HML 32/42)
Excavator, gen. Maintenance switch hydraulic oil return filter 6.890

TC 15 – 50 (HR 1.5 – 5.0) Display unit - mini excavators 6.950
01/2007
3
5
V 2
4
1
6
15
19
24 B
14
23
21
17
22
18
20
16 7
K
8
9
T
10
29 31
28 30
32
H
M
13
11 27
12
25 26

Model Working hydraulik Edition
Type SKL 200 (SKL 873) Hydraulique équipement Date 01.2007
Benennung Ventileinbauübersicht Blatt

Description Location of hydraulic components Page
Position de montage des composants hydrauliques
Posiciones de las válvulas hidráulicas
Pos.
Rep.
No.
V VORDERWAGEN FRONT CHASSIS CHÂSSIS AV

1 Blocksteuergerät Y8, Y9 Valve bank Y8, Y9 Bloc distributeur Y8, Y9
2 Stabilisierungsmodul Y11 Stabilizing module Y11 Module de stabilisation Y11
OPTION OPTION OPTION
(Lastschwingungsdämpfung) (ride control) (anti-tangage)
3 Kugelhahn OPTION Ball valve OPTION Robinet OPTION (detente de

(Druckspeicherentlastung) (acc. emergency release) secours accumulateur)
4 Steuerplatte mit Hydrospeicher control plate with hydraulic Plaque de commande avec
OPTION accumulator OPTION accumulateur hydr. OPTION
5 Druckfolgeventil Preseure sepuence valve Clapet de sequence

(Betriebsbremse) (service brake) (frein de sevice)
6 Druckschalter Y13 Pressure switch Y13 Interrupteur de pression Y13
H HINTERWAGEN REAR CHASSIS SCHÂSSIS AR
7 Verstellmotor Y2, Y6 Variable displacement motor Moteur á cylindrée variable
(Fahren) Y2, Y6 (travel) Y2, Y6 (translation)
8 Druckfolgeventil Pressure sequence valve Clapet de sequnce
(Betriebsbremse) (service brake) (frein de sevice)
9 Kombinierter Öl- Wasserkühler Combi radiator cooler Refroidiseur combiné
for oil and water huile et eau
10 Thermostatventil 87°C Thermostatic valve 87°C Régulateur de temperature d’eau
(Kombikühler Kühlwasser) (combi cooler water) (refroidisseur combiné)
11 Hydraulikmotor (Lüfter) Hydraulic motor (fan) Moteur hydraulique (ventilateur)
13 Öltemperaturregler Oil temperature regulator Régulateur de temp. d’huile
B BODENRAHMEN FLOOR FRAME CADRE DE PLANCHE

14 Vorsteuergerät - Joy-stick Pilot operated valve - Distributeur à commande
joy-stick assistée - manipulateur
15 Lenkeinheit Steering unit Unite de direction
16 Servo-Schaltventil Servo valve Valve à commande
17 Steuerblock Valve bank Block distributeur
18 4/2 Wegeventil Y5 4/2 Solenoid valve Y5 Electrovanne 4/2 Y5
(Notlenkung) (emergency steering) (direction reserve)
19 Hydrospeicher (Notlenkung) Hydraulic accumulatur Accumulateur hydraulique
(emergency steering) (Direction reserve)
20 4/2 Wegeventil Y10 , Y10 4/2 Solenoid valve Y10, Y10 Electrovanne 4/2 Y10, Y10
21 3/2 Wegeventil 3/2 Solenoid valve Electrovanne 3/2
(Abschaltung Arbeitshydraulik) (shut off working hydraulic) (coupure hydraulique de travail)


Pos.
Rep.
No.

(Abschaltung Arbeitshydraulik) (shut off working hydraulik) (coupure hydraulique de travail)
23 Fremdkraftbremsventil Brake valve Soupape de frein
24 Hydrospeicher (Bremse) Hydraulic accumulator (brake) Accumulateur hydr. (frein)
M DIESELMOTOR DIESEL ENGINE MOTEUR DIESEL

25 Zahnradpumpe Gear pump Pompe à engrenages
26 Verstellpumpe - Fahren Variable displacement pump Pompe à débit variable
Y3, Y4 - travel Y3, Y4 - translation Y3, Y4
27 Verstellpumpe - Arbeiten Variable displacement pump Pompe à débit variable
- working - équipement
T HYDRAULIKÖLTANK HYDRAULIC OIL TANK RÉSERVOIR HYDRAULIQUE

32 Thermostatventil 50°C Thermostatic valve 50°C Régulateur de temp. d’huile 50°C
(Hydrauliköltank) (hydraulic oil tank) (réservoir hydraulique)
K KRAFTSTOFFTANK FUEL TANK RESERVOIR DE CARBURANT


V
B 2
11 4
8 3
9 12
10 1
7 6
H
T
K
18
16 17
14
13
15
M
Type TL 65 (SKL 824) Hydraulique équipement Date 01.2007

Pos.
Rep.
No.
H HINTERWAGEN REAR CHASSIS CHÂSSIS AR

3 Vorsteuereinheit Y5,Y7,Y8,Y9 Pilot-operated unit Y5,Y7,Y8,Y9 Système pilotage Y5, Y7, Y8, Y9
4 4/2 Wegeventil Y12, Y13 4/2 Solenoid valve Y12,Y13 Electrovanne 4/2 Y12,Y13
(Arbeitshydraulik abschalten) (Stop working hydraulic) (Neutralisation hydr. de travail)
6 Prioritätsventil (Lenken) Priority valve (steering) Valve prioritaire (direction)
7 Verstellmotor Y2,Y6 Variable displacement motor Moteur á cylindrée variable
(Fahren) Y2,Y6 (travel) Y2,Y6 (translation)
8 Speicherblock mit Accumulator bloc with hydr. Bloc d’accumulateurs avec
Hydrospeicher OPTION accumulator OPTION accumulateur hydr. OPTION
9 Stabilisieungsmodul OPTION Pilot bloc OPTION Y11, Y15 Bloc de pilotage OPTION
Y11,Y15(Lastschwingungsd.) (ride control) Y11, Y15 (anti-tangage)
10 3/2 Wegeventil OPTION 3/2 Solenoid valve OPTION Electrovanne 3/2 OPTION
Y16 (Lasthalteventil + Y16 (load holding valve + Y16 (clapet anti-chute +
Lastschwingungsdämpfung) ride control) anti-tangage)
11 Steuerventil OPTION Y20,Y21, Valve bank OPTION Distributeur OPTION Y20,Y21,Y22
Y22 (Schaufelrückstellung) Y20,Y21,Y22 (return to dig)) (remise à niveau automatique)
B BODENRAHMEN FLOOR FRAME CADRE DE PLANCHER


13 Kombinierter Öl- Wasserkühler Combi radiator cooler Refroidisseur combiné
(Lenken / Laden) (steering / working) (direction / travail)
15 Verstellpumpe (Fahren) Variable displacement pump Pompe à débit variable
Y3,Y4 (travel) Y3,Y4 (translation) Y3,Y4



6.22.12
Dénomination Position de montage des composants hydrauliques Feuille
V
B 2
11 4
8 3
9 12
10 1
7 6
H
T
K
18
16 17
14
13
15
M

Pos.
Rep.
No.






6.24.12
Sekundärventil Sekundärventil
Shock valve Shock valve
280 bar 230 bar
Sekundärventil
Shock valve
125 bar
Sekundärventil
Shock valve
Mech. Kreuzbetätigung mit 230 bar
Raste für Schwimmstellung.
Mechanic crosswise operation
with locking for float position. Nachsaugventil
Anti-cavitation valve
Mech. Linearbetätigung mit einseitiger Sekundärventil

Raste für Zusatzsteuerkreis. Shock valve
Mechanic linear operation with one- 280 bar
sided lock for add. circuit.
Lasthalterückschlagventile
Load holding check valves
Y9
Y10
Die Magneten Y9 und Y10 sperren im unbestromten Zustand
die Funktionen Hubrahmen auf-ab und Schaufel ein- auskippen.
Der Arretierungsstift wird dabei durch Federkraft in die Nut im
Schieber eingerastet.
The solenoids Y9 and Y10 are locking the function lift frame
up / down and bucket in / out in not energized condition.
Hauptüberdruckventil, einstellbar. To do this, the spring loaded pin locks the spool by snapping into
Main relief valve, adjustable. the spool groove.
250 bar
Arretierungsstift
Lock pin
Steuerschieber Arretierungsnut
Spool Lock groove

Model
Type
TL 80 AS Hydraulic from s/n
Hydraulique à partir n du s
0100 Edition
Date
01.2008
Benennung Steuerventil Walvoil SDM 100/3 Blatt

Description Control valve Walvoil SDM 100/3 Page 6.25.01
Distributeur Walvoil SDM 100/3
V
B 5
11 12
8 4
3
9
10 1
7 6
H T
K 18
17
16
13
14
15
M

Pos.
Rep.
No.






6.26.12
19 L 02 06 05 04 20 03 01 E 15 13 14 18 G 17 F
25
26
23 21
24
Q P
25
B 22 A M 02 12 N 07 10 11 08 O 09 K D I H J U C T 16 S
Typ Arbeitshydraulik ab Fz.-Id.-Nr. Datum

Model Working hydraulic from s/n Edition
Type TL 120 Hydraulique équipement à partir du n/s Date 01.2007
Tipo Hidráulico de trabajo desde el no. Fecha

Dénomination Composants hydrauliques position de montage Feuille
6.27.01
Denominación Posiciones de las válvulas hidráulicas Página
Pos.
Item
No.
A Vorderwagen Front chassis Châssis AV

B Vorderachse Front axle Essieu AV
C Hinterwagen Rear chassis Châssis AR
D Hinterachse Rear axle Essieu AR
Variable displacement motor Moteur à cylindré variable Y2, Y6
01 Verstellmotor Y2, Y6 (Fahren)
Y2, Y6 (travel) (translation)
03 Blocksteuergerät – HDM19WL/3 Valve bank – HDM19WL/3 Bloc distributeur – HDM19WL/3
Pilot operated unit
05 Vorsteuereinheit Y5, Y7, Y8, Y9 Système pilotage Y5, Y7, Y8, Y9
Y5, Y7, Y8, Y9
Hydrospeicher – Hydraulic accumulator – Accumulateur hydraulique -
06 Vorsteuereinheit Pilot operated unit Système pilotage (Neutralisation
(Arbeitshydraulik abschalten) (Stop working hydraulic) hydraulique de travail)
OPTION 4/2 Wegeventil Y12, Y13 OPTION 4/2 Solenoid valve OPTION Electrovanne 4/2 Y12,
07
Schaltgetriebe (schnell / langsam) Y12, Y13 gearbox (high / low) Y13 (petite / grande)
OPTION Speicherblock OPTION Accumulator bloc OPTION Bloc d’accumulateurs
08
OPTION 3x Hydrospeicher OPTION 3x Hydraulic OPTION 3x Accumulateur
09
(Lastschwingungsdämpfung) accumulator (ride control) hydraulique (anti-tangage)
OPTION Steuerblock Y11, Y15 OPTION Pilot bloc Y11, Y15 OPTION Bloc de pilotage Y11,
10
(Lastschwingungsdämpfung) (ride control) Y15 (anti-tangage)
OPTION 3/2 Wegeventil OPTION 3/2 Solenoid valve OPTION Electrovanne 3/2
11 Y16 (Lasthalteventil + Y16 (load holding valve + Y16 (clapet anti-chute +
OPTION Distributeur
OPTION Steuerventil Y20, Y21, OPTION Valve bank
12 Y20,Y21,Y22
Y22 (Schaufelrückstellung) Y20, Y21, Y22 (return to dig)
(remise à niveau automatique)
E Hydrauliköltank Hydraulic oil tank Réservoir hydraulique
13 Rücklauffilter (Hydrauliköl) Return filter (hydraulic oil) Filtre de retour (huile hydraulique)
F Dieselmotor Diesel engine Moteur diesel
Combined radiator cooler Refroidisseur combiné
16 Kombinierter Öl- Wasserkühler
Verstellpumpe Variable displacement pump Pompe à débit variable
17
(Fahren) Y3, Y4 (travel) Y3, Y4 (translation) Y3, Y4
Zahnradpumpe Gear pump Pompe à engrenages
18
G Luftfilter Air filter Filtre à air
H Kraftstofftank Fuel tank Réservoir de carburant
I Kraftstofftank-Deckel Fuel tank cover Couvercle réservoir de carburant
J Tauchrohrgeber Fuel gauge transmitter Jauge réservoir de carburant
K Bodenrahmen Floor frame Cadre plancher
20 Vorsteuergerät - Joystick Pilot operated valve - joy-stick
assistée - manipulateur
L Gaspedal Throttle pedal Accélérateur
M Bremspedal Brake pedal Pédale de frein
N Hauptbremszylinder Master cylinder Maître - cylindre de frein
O Fahrerkabine Driver cab Cabine
P Hubrahmen Lift frame Bras de levage

Type TL120 (SKL854) à partir du n/s TL01200100 Date 01.2007
Benennung Ventileinbauübersicht LEGENDE Blatt
Description Location of hydraulic components LEGEND Page
Dénomination Composants hydrauliques position de montage LEGENDE Feuille 6.27.02
Posiciones de las válvulas hidràulicas LAYENDA
Pos.
Item
No.
Hydraulic cylinder (lifting Vérin hydraulique

21 Hydraulikzylinder (Hubrahmen)
frame) (bras de levage)
OPTION Lasthalteventil OPTION Load check valve OPTION Clapet anti-chute
22
(Hubrahmen) (lifting frame) (bras de levage)
Hydraulikzylinder Hydraulic cylinder Vérin hydraulique
23
(Schaufel kippen) (dump shovel) (basculement godet)
OPTION Lasthalteventil OPTION Load check valve OPTION Clapet anti-chute
24
(Schaufel kippen) (dump shovel) (basculement godet)
Q Kipphebel Tilting lever Levier
R Schnellwechsler Quick mount hitch Attache rapide
Hydraulikzylinder Hydraulic cylinder Vérin hydraulique
25
(Schnellwechsler) (quick mount hitch) (attache rapide)
OPTION Stromregelventil OPTION Flow regulator valve OPTION Régulateur de débit
26
(Schnellwechsler) (quick mount hitch) (attache rapide)
S Kompressor - Klimaanlage Compressor – air conditioner Compresseur – climatisation
T Kondensator - Klimaanlage Condenser - air conditioner Condensateur – climatisation
U Trockner - Klimaanlage Drier – air conditioner Sécheur – climatisation

Type TL120 (SKL 854) à partir du n/s TL01200100 Date 01.2007
P1 S1 S2
Every Section
Q = 100 L/min
B3 18 bar
HUBRAHMEN
LIFT
LEVAGE A3 340 bar
ø2.0
b3
a3
ø0.6
pst
B2
KIPPEN
340 bar
BUCKET
GODET
A2 ø2.0
ø2.0 b2
a2 340 bar ø0.6
ø0.6
B1 230 bar
OPTION
A1 230 bar
R L
240 bar L1
L2 Tank
pst a1
b1 pst
max 35 bar
) (
-10
315 bar
LS S ø0.8 ø0.6
)(
)(
LS
175 bar
SX
P T
P T
Represented Situation:
Engine started, steering and working hydraulics not actuated, lifting frame raised, bucket tilt.
The priority spool (4) is pushed against the spring to the left. Stand-by pressure (28 bar) is
present to the spools and the steering orbit (via port S). The variable displacement pump supplies a
minimal flow only. The LS-channnel is released via the orifice (2) in the steering orbit to tank.
The function lifting frame (lower B3) and bucket (B2) are hydraulically supported at the low-leak-valves (1).
These valves prevent a creeping effect to the lowering and tilt of the bucket.
Additional circuit:
The flow adjustment of the additional circuit is proportional adjustable as standard (0 to 99 l/min).
The actuation is switched black/white, impluse or permanent mode.

Type TL 160 (SKL 160) Hydraulique à partir n du s TL01600100 Date 01.2007
Benennung Hydraulikschaltplan Steuerventil 3M6/15 Blatt

Description Hydraulic diagramm Control valve 3M6/15 Page
Dénomination Plan hydraulique Distributeur 3M6/15 Feuille 6.28.05
Plano hidráulico
P1 S1 S2
Every Function
Q = 100 L/min
B3 18 bar
HUBRAHMEN
LIFT
LEVAGE A3 340 bar
ø2.0
b3
Max. 19 bar a3
ø0.6
30- 35 bar pst
B2
KIPPEN 340 bar
BUCKET
GODET
A2 ø2.0
ø2.0 b2
a2 340 bar ø0.6
ø0.6
B1 230 bar
OPTION 230 bar
A1
L1 L2
R L
240 bar a1 b1
) (
-10
315 bar
LS S ø0.8 ø0.6
)(
)(
LS
SX
175 bar P T
P T
Situation II: floating position
Engine started, steering and working hydraulics not actuated, floating position activated.
minimal flow only. The LS-channnel is released via the orifice (2) in the steering orbit to tank. Pilot pressure,
( pst= approx. 30-35 bar, charge pressure of the travel pump) is switched via the 3/2 solenoid valve (3) to
the low-leak-valve (1) and to the spool (a3), this will bring it to the to the floating position. Via the opened
low-leak-valve (1) and the spool, the lifting cylinder piston side (B3) is linked to tank.
The lifting cylinder rod side “lower” (A3) has got a link to tank via the spool. The shovel rests with its
weight on the ground and is able to move without cavitation freely up and down.

Type TL 160 (SKL 160) Hydraulique
Hidráulico
à partir n du s
desde el numero
TL01600100 Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

Plano hidráulico
T
totally discharged.

REMARK:
Soleniod valve 24V DC
HÜV / Main relief

210 bar
T X2
MX
Lift cylinder
B A
Charge pressure Control valve loader

min. 160 bar

Benennung Hydraulikschaltplan Lastschwingungsdaempfung Blatt

Description Hydraulic diagramm Ride control system Page
Dénomination Plan hydraulique Amortissement d’ oscillations Feuille 6.28.07
Plano hidráulico
P1 S1 S2
Every Section
Q = 100 L/min
B3 6 bar
HUBRAHMEN
LIFT
LEVAGE A3 340 bar
ø2.0
b3
a3
ø0.6
pst
B2
KIPPEN
340 bar
BUCKET
GODET
A2 ø2.0
ø2.0 b2
a2 340 bar ø0.6
ø0.6
B1 230 bar
OPTION
A1 230 bar
R L
240 bar L1
L2 Tank
pst a1
b1 pst
max 35 bar
) (
-10
315 bar
LS S ø0.8 ø0.6
)(
)(
LS
175 bar
SX
P T
P T
Represented Situation:
Engine started, steering and working hydraulics not actuated, lifting frame raised, bucket tilt.
minimal flow only. The LS-channnel is released via the orifice (2) in the steering orbit to tank.
The function lifting frame (lower B3) and bucket (B2) are hydraulically supported at the low-leak-valves (1).
These valves prevent a creeping effect to the lowering and tilt of the bucket.
Additional circuit:
The flow adjustment of the additional circuit is proportional adjustable as standard (0 to 99 l/min).
The actuation is switched black/white, impluse or permanent mode.


Plano hidráulico
Hochdruck High pressure
Speisedruck Charge pressure
Typ
Type
Model
Spülöl Flush oil
Description
Benennung
Dénomination
A6VM080DA Steuerdruck pilot pressure
A4VG125DA
Spülöl
von Zahnradpumpe
(Bremse u. Lüftermotor)
Flush oil
from gear pump
(brake and fan motor)
TL 210 / 260
A6VM140DA Hinterachse
from s/n
Rear axle
ab Fz.-Id.-Nr.
Essieu AR
à partir du n/s
A6VM080DA
Description function travel drive

Funktionsbeschreibung Fahrantrieb
A6VM140DA
TL02600135
TL02100100
Blatt
Date
Page
Datum
Feuille
Edition
Vorderachse
Front axle
Essieu AV
6.31.01
01.2008
Y2
A6VM80DA Y6
Y2 solenoid valve:
on the inside of the travel motor
Function: Travel sens recognition
backward energized
Y6 solenoid valve:
on the outside of the travel motor
Function: Travel fast - slow
slow energized
BR
BL
PR Test ports:
BR- Service brake rear axle right
PL BL- Service brake rear axle left
PR- Parking brake rear axle right
PL- Parking brake rear axle left
This ports are used to bleed the brake at the

rear axle

TL02100100
Model TL 210 / 260 from s/n
Edition
Date
01.2008
Type
Benennung Blatt
Description
Funktionsbeschreibung Fahrantrieb Page
6.31.02
Description function travel drive Feuille
Dénomination
Y26 Solenoid valve: Is located at pilot pressure control
unit and switchs together with the solenoid valve Y6
at the little travelmotor.
Function: Switch big travelmotor A6VM140DA
BR between “fast-slow”
e.g. when switching to “turtoise” Y6 and Y26 are
BL energized, both travelmotors swing back and stay
PR fixed at Qmax. (max. angle)
PL Solenoid valve Y12 : Located at pilot pressure
control unit, electronically controlled
Function: Controlls the clutch in the gearbox for the
big travelmotor A6VM140DA
clutch disengages at 15 km/h
clutch engages at 10 km/h
Solenoid valve Y18 : At pilot pressure control unit,

electronic controlled
Function: Swings big travelmotor A6VM140DA to zero
capacity and back to Qmax. (max. angle)
Pilot pressure control unit

24 Volt Operation sequence: Travel fast “Rabbit” (accelerate)
- Y18 swings the big travelmotor A6VM140 back to zero capacity

0,75 l Check valve - Y12 disengages the clutch of the big travel motor at 15 km/h
0,5 bar
- Machine drives only with the little travel motor
10 bar A6VM 80 DA until max. speed
Y12
Operation sequence: Fast travel “Rabbit” (decrease speed)
SW 7/8” Y5 - Y12 engages the clutch at the big travelmotor at 10 km/h

25 Nm - Y18 swings big travelmotor from neutral to Qmax. (max. angle)
Y18 Regulation of the motors are possible now
- Y5 Working hydraulic on - off

Y26
5 Nm
Q min - bedstop Travel motor

zero capacity A6VM140DA
Pressure line
from Y12 to clutch
Q max - bedstop
Qmax. (max. angle)
6.31.02 - 01/2008
B 20
23
21
22
V 3 2 18 H
9 8 7 14
19
5 10
4 11 17
6
16
15
13
12
1 Typ
Model
Arbeitshydraulik
Working hydraulic
Datum
Edition
Type TL 420 - TL 450 Hydraulique équipement Date 01.2008

6.35.01
Pos.
Rep.
No.
V VORDERWAGEN FRONT CHASSIS CHASSIS AV

2 Stabilisierungsmodul Stabilizing module Module de stabilisation
Steuerplatte mit Hydrospeicher control plate with hydraulic Plaque de commande avec
3 (Lastschwingungsdämpfung) accumulator accumulateur hydr.
(ride control) (anti-tangage)
4 Magnetventile Solenoid valves electro-vannes

Hubhöhenbegrenzung und Lifting height stop limimtation d’hauteur
Schaufelrückführung return to dig remise à niveau automatique
5 Hubzylinder Lift cylinder vérin de levage

(Hubrahmen) (bras de levage)
6 Kippzylinder Tilt cylinder verin de cavage
H HINTERWAGEN REAR CHASSIS CHASSIS AR

7 Dieselmotor Engine moteur
(Cummins) (Cummins) (Cummins)
8 Hydrauliköltank Hydraulic oil tank reservoir hydraulique
9 ZF-Wendegetriebe ZF-Reverse gear unit boîte reversible ZF
10 Hydraulikpumpe (Arbeiten) Workingpump pompe hydr. (équipment)
11 Hydraulikpumpe (Lenken) Steeringpump pompe hydr. (direction)
12 Notlenkpumpe Emergency steering pump pompe de secours
13 Lenkzylinder Steering cylinder vérin de direction
14 Lüfterantriebsp./ Bremspumpe Fan drive pump / Brakepump pompe ventilateur / pompe frein
15 Hydraulikmotor (Lüfter) Hydraulic motor (fan) Moteur hydraulique (ventilateur)
16 Kraftstoffilter Fuel filter filtre gazoil
17 Steuerblock (Lüfter) Valve bank (fan) distributeur (ventilateur)
18 Haubenöffnungsvorrichtung Engine hood device dispositif ouverture capot
19 Sicherungskasten Fuse box boîte à fusibles
B BODENRAHMEN FLOOR FRAME PLANCHER
20 Hydrospeicher (Lenkung) Hydraulic accumulatur Accumulateur hydraulique

(steering) (Direction)
21 Steuerblock (Lenkung) Valve bank (steering) distributeur (direction)
22 Bremsventil Brake valve soupape frein

Type TL 420 - TL 450 Hydraulique équipement Date 01.2008

P1 S1 S2
Every Function
Q = 100 L/min
B3 6 bar
HUBRAHMEN
LIFT
LEVAGE A3 340 bar
ø2.0
b3
Max. 19 bar a3
ø0.6
30- 35 bar pst
B2
KIPPEN 340 bar
BUCKET
GODET
A2 ø2.0
ø2.0 b2
a2 340 bar ø0.6
ø0.6
B1 230 bar
OPTION 230 bar
A1
L1 L2
R L
240 bar a1 b1
) (
-10
315 bar
LS S ø0.8 ø0.6
)(
)(
LS
SX
175 bar P T
P T
Situation II: floating position
Engine started, steering and working hydraulics not actuated, floating position activated.
minimal flow only. The LS-channnel is released via the orifice (2) in the steering orbit to tank. Pilot pressure,
( pst= approx. 30-35 bar, charge pressure of the travel pump) is switched via the 3/2 solenoid valve (3) to
the low-leak-valve (1) and to the spool (a3), this will bring it to the to the floating position. Via the opened
low-leak-valve (1) and the spool, the lifting cylinder piston side (B3) is linked to tank.
The lifting cylinder rod side “lower” (A3) has got a link to tank via the spool. The shovel rests with its
weight on the ground and is able to move without cavitation freely up and down.

Type TL 260 (SKL 260) Hydraulique
Hidráulico
à partir n du s
desde el numero
Tl02600100 Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

Plano hidráulico
T
totally discharged.

REMARK:
Soleniod valve 24V DC
HÜV / Main relief

210 bar
T X2
MX
Lift cylinder
B A
Charge pressure Control valve loader

min. 160 bar

Benennung Hydraulikschaltplan Lastschwingungsdaempfung Blatt

Description Hydraulic diagramm Ride control system Page
Dénomination Plan hydraulique Amortissement d’ oscillations Feuille 6.30.07
Plano hidráulico
V 1
B 3
6
5
12
4
9
14
10 15
11 2
8
13
K T
21
19 20
H
17
16
18
M
Type TL 70 (SKS 634) Hydraulique équipement Date 01.2007

Pos.
Rep.
No.


2 Blocksteuergerät (Schwenken) Valve bank (swing) Bloc distributeur (orientation)
Y31, Y32 Y31, Y32 Y31, Y32
(Pendelachsverriegelung) (oscillating axle locking) (blocage d’essieu oscillant)
(Sicherheit Hubrahmen (safety mechanism for (securité bras de
senken) lowering lift frame) levage abaisser)


17 Zahnradpumpe - 2-fach Gear pump - double type Pompe à engrenages - double
(Lenken / Schwenken) (steering / swing) (direction / orientationl)


6.37.12
Pos.
Rep.
No.



6.37.13
TW 85
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type TW 85 (HML 32) Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

floor frame shown in folded position (view from below)
articulation
outside
stabilizer
stabilizer
swing
air filter
pressure switch,
5bar
brake pedal
valve bank plate
accu, pv = 10bar (pilot pressure)

pressure switch,
40bar
= valves located at undercarriage = sensors

= valves located at floor frame accumulator, pv= 60 bar: 3x 0.75 l
(brake) 1x 0.32 l
= valves in the uppercarriage

Type TW 85 (HML 32) Hydraulique équipement Date 01.2007

Dénomination Composants hydrauliques position de montage Feuille 6.51.01
Pos.
Rep.
No.
Steuerventil 4SM12 valve bank 4SM12 (at distributeur 4 SM 12

1 (an Mittelwand OW) partition wall uppercarriage) (sur cloison tourelle)
Relaisventil Schwenken relay valve swing valve relais orientation
2 (auf Ventilplatte) (on valve bank plate) (sur plaque distributeur)
3 2x Ventil GA/Knicken 2 x solenoid valve inter- 2 x électrovannes flèche

Y20/Y21 (auf Ventilplatte) mediate boom / articulation articulée / articulation
Y20/Y21 (on valve bank plate) Y20/Y21 (sur plaque distributeur)
4 Ventil Schwenken solenoid valve électrovanne élevation

Druckhochschaltung high torque swing pression orientation
Y22 (auf Ventilplatte) Y22 (on valve bank plate) Y22 (sur plaque distributeur)
5 2-fach Magnetventil double solenoid double électrovanne

abschalten Vorsteuerung / valve pilot pressure coupure pression pilotage /
Achsverriegelung. Y3/Y11 cut-off / axle lock Y3/Y11 verrouillage pont Y3/Y11
Ventil Hammer solenoid valve breaker électrovanne marteau
6 Y4 (Bodenrahmen) Y4 (floor frame) Y6 (cadre plancher)
7 3/2-Magnetventil 3/2 solenoid valve pedal électrovanne 3/2 translation par

Pedalfahren/Feststellbremse drive / parking brake pédale/frein de stationnement
Y13/Y10 (Oberwagen) Y13/Y10 (uppercarriage) Y13/Y10 (tourelle)
8 4/2-Magnetventil 4/2 solenoid électrovanne 4/2

Spülen / Schwenken valve flush / swing purge/orientation Y16 (tourelle)
Y16 (Oberwagen) Y16 (uppercarriage)
9 Speicherfüllventil (Bremse) accumulator charge valve valve de remplissage accu

(Oberwgen) + (brake) (uppercarriage) + (frein) (tourelle) +
Druckschalter 85 bar pressure switch 85 bar interrupteur de pression 85 bar
10 2-fach Magnetventil double solenoid valve fast / double électrovanne

schnell/langsam Y5/Y6 slow Y5/Y6 (partition wall, petite / grande Y5/Y6
(Trennwand Motorraum) engine compartment) (cloison compartiment moteur)
11 4/3-Magnetventil Zusatz 4/3 solenoid valve électrovanne 4/3

Y18/Y19 (oben am Öltank) additional circuit Y8/Y19 circuit supplémentaire Y18/Y19
(top of hydraulic oil tank) (sur réservoir hydraulique)
Steuerventil 5SX14 valve bank 5 SX 14 distributeur 5 SX 14
12 (Ventilraum) (valve compartment) (compartiment distributeur)
13 Öltemperaturregler oil temperature regulator thermostat d'huile hydr.

(unter Baggerpumpe) (underneath the (au-dessous de la
hydraulic pump) pompe équipement)
14 Abschaltventil pressure cut-off valve valve de coupure

(Trennwand Motorraum) (partition wall, (cloison compartiment moteur)
engine compartment)
Prioritätsventil priority valve (partition wall valve de priorité
15 (Trennwand Motorraum) engine compartment) (cloison compartiment moteur)
Ventil Achsverriegelung axle lock valve valve verrouillage pont
16 (Unterwagen) (undercarriage) (châssis)

Type TW 85 (HML 32) Hydraulique équipement
Hidráulico de trabajo
Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

Pos.
Rep.
No.
17 Lastwarnsensor load indicator sensor capteur indication de charge
Hydraulikölstandssensor hydraulic oil level sensor capteur niveau d'huile

18 hydraulique

Type TW 85 (HML 32) Hydraulique équipement
Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

19
A XY
B
11
16 Ansicht von unten
View from below
Vue de dessous
10 Proyección abajo
18
22
12
21
09 17
28
23
13
20
14
15
27 24
25
26
01 18
02
A
08
07
05
04 06
B
03


Pos.
Rep.
No.
OBERWAGEN UPPERCARRIAGE TOURELLE

01 Steuerventil 5SX14 valve bank 5SX14 distributeur 5SX14
(an Mittelwand Oberwagen) (at partition wall uppercarriage) (sur cloison tourelle)
02 2-fach Magnetventil double solenoid valve double électrovanne
schnell/langsam Y5/Y6 fast / slow Y5/Y6 (partition petite/grande Y5/Y6
(Trennwand Motorraum) wall, engine compartment) (cloison compartiment moteur)
03 3/2-Magnetventil 3/2 solenoid valve pedal électrovanne 3/2 translation
Pedalfahren/Feststellbr. drive / parking brake par pédale / frein de
Y13/Y10 (Oberwagen) Y13/Y10 (uppercarriage) stationnement Y13/Y10 (tourelle)
04 4/2-Magnetventil 4/2 solenoid valve électrovanne 4/2

Spülen/Schwenken flush / swing Y16 purge/orientation
Y16 (Oberwagen) (uppercarriage) Y16 (tourelle)
05 Speicherfüllventil + accumulator charge valve + valve de remplissage
Druckschalter 85 bar pressure switch 85 bar brake accu + interrupteur de pression
Bremse (Oberwagen) (uppercarriage) 85 bar frein (tourelle)
06 2x Druckspeicher 10 bar 2x accumulator 2x accumulateur

Feststellbremse, 10 bar parking brake, 10 bar frein de stationnement
3x Druckspeicher 60 bar 3x accumulator 3x accumulateur
Speicherfüllventil (Oberwagen) 60bar accumulator charge 60 bar valve de remplissage
valve (uppercarriage) (tourelle)
07 Lastwarnsensor Ausleger load indicator sensor boom capteur indication de charge

(Oberwagen vorne oben) (uppercarriage front up) flèche (tourelle)
Unterwagen Undercarriage Châssis
08 Ventil Achsverriegelung axle lock valve valve verrouillage pont

(Unterwagen) (undercarriage) (châssis inférieure)
Ventilplatte, Valve bank plate, Plaque distributeur,

K
Öltank oil tank réservoir hydraulique
09 Steuerventil 4SM12 valve bank 4SM12 distributeur 4SM12

(auf Ventilplatte) (on valve bank plate) (sur plaque distributeur)
10 2x 4/2-Magnetventil 2x 4/2-solenoid valve 2x électrovannes 4/2
GA/Knicken Y20/Y21 intermediate boom / flèche articulée /
(auf Ventilplatte) articulation Y20/Y21 articulation Y20/Y21
(on valve bank plate) (sur plaque distributeur)
11 3/2 Magnetventil Schwenken 3/2-solenoid valve électrovanne 3/2

Druckhochschaltung Y22 high torque swing Y22 élevation pression orientation
(auf Ventilplatte) (on valve bank plate) Y22 (sur plaque distributeur)
12 Relaisventil Schwenken relay valve swing valve relais orientation
13 Abschaltventil pressure cut-off valve valve de coupure


Pos.
Rep.
No.
14 Prioritätsventil priority valve valve de priorité

15 Öltemperaturregler oil temperature regulator thermostat d'huile hydraulique
16 Rücklaufsammler Return line collector collecteur de retour
(oben am Öltank) (on top at hydraulic oil tank) (sur réservoir hydraulique)
17 Sensor Hydraulikölstand sensor hydraulic oil level capteur niveau d'huile
(am Öltank) (at hydraulic oil tank) hydraulique
(sur réservoir hydraulique)
18 4/3-Magnetventil 4/3 solenoid valve with électrovanne 4/3 avec soupape

mit Druckminderventil pressure reducing valve réductrice de pression circuit
Zusatz Y18/Y19 additional circuit Y18/Y19 supplémentaire Y18/Y19
(oben am Öltank) (top of hydraulic oil tank) (sur réservoir hydraulique)
19 Sammler Ölank collector oil tank collecteur réservoir hydraulique

B Bodenrahmen Floor frame Cadre plancher
20 2-fach Magnetventil double solenoid valve pilot double électrovanne

Abschaltung - Vorsteuerung / pressure cut-off / axle lock coupure pression pilotage/
Achsverriegelung Y3/Y11 Y3/Y11 (floor frame) verrouillage pont Y3/Y11
(Bodenrahmen) (cadre plancher)
21 3/2-Magnetventil Hammer Y4 solenoid valve breaker Y4 électrovanne 3/2 marteau Y4

(Bodenrahmen) (floor frame) (cadre plancher)
22 Sammler Pumpe collector pump collecteur pompe
23 Sammler Tank collector oil tank collecteur réservoir hydraulique
24 Bremsventil Fußpedal counter balance valve clapet de frein pédale
(Bodenrahmen) pedal (floor frame) (cadre plancher)
25 Lenkeinheit steering unit ensemble direction
26 Vorsteuergerät Pedal-Wippe pilot-operated pedal valve distributeur à commande
Gelenkausleger Knicken articulated boom - assistée pédale flèche
(Bodenrahmen) articulation (floor frame) articulée / deport de flèche
(cadre plancher)
27 Vorsteuergerät Pedal-Wippe pilot-operated pedal valve distributeur à commande

Fahren (Bodenrahmen) travel (floor frame) assistée pédale translation
(cadre plancher)
28 Druckspeicher Vorsteuerung pressure accumulator pilot collecteur commande assistée
10 bar (Bodenrahmen) control 10 bar (floor frame) 10bar (cadre plancher)
XY Luftfilterelement Heizlüfter air filter element ventilator Cartouche filtre à air ventilateur


TC 60
Typ Datum
Model Edition
Type TC 60 (HR 20) Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

16 17 18 19 20 T D
1
2
21
15
4
12
M
3
11 13 10
14
5
K
B
9
U
6 7 8
O
22

Type TC 60 (HR 20) Hydraulique équipement Date 01.2007

Pos.
Rep.
No.
U UNTERWAGEN UNTERCARRIAGE CHÂSSIS

O OBERWAGEN UPPERCARRIAGE TOURELLE

B BODENRAHMEN FLOOR FRAME CADRE PLANCHER

5 Vorsteuergerät Pilot-operated valve Distibuteur à commande
(Räumschild) (dozer blade) assistée (lame)
6 Vorsteuergerät - Fußpedal Pilot-operated valve - pedal Distributeur à commande assistée -
(Zusatzsteuerkreis) (additional control circuit) pédale(circuit supplémentaire)
(Fahren rechts) (travel right) pédale (translation à droite)
(Fahren links) (travel left) pédale (translation à gauche)
(Knicken) (articulation) pédal (articulation)
(links) joy-stick (left) assistée - manipulateur (gauche)
11 Vorsteuergerät - Joy-stick Pilot-operated valve - Distributeur à commande
(rechts) joy-stick (right) assistée - manipulateur (droite)
12 Hydrospeicher Pp Hydraulic accumulator Pp Accumulateur hydraulique Pp
13 Sammler / Druckverteiler Pp Collector / Collecteur / distributeur
pressure distributor Pp de pression Pp
1= Vorsteuerung ein / aus 1= Pilot control on / off 1= Pilotage marche / arrêt
2= Fahren schnell / langsam 2= Travel high speed / low speed 2= Translation grande vitesse / petite
T HYDRAULIKOELTANK HYDRAULIC OIL TANK RÉSERVOIR HYDRAULIQUE

18 3/2 W-ventil - Schwenkbremse 3/2 valve - swing brake 3/2 vanne - frein d’orientation
Z HYDR.-ZYL. AUSLEGER HYDR.-CYL. BOOM VÉRIN HYDR. FLÈCHE
22 Lasthalteventil Load check valve Clapet de sécurite
D KRAFTSTOFFTANK FUEL TANK RESERVOIR DE CARBURANT
K OELKUEHLER OIL COOLER REFROIDISSEUR D’HUILE

Type TC 60 (HR 20) Hydraulique équipement
Date 01.2007
Tipo Fecha

37
36 34 30 31
Arbeitseinrichtung - Mono
Working eqipment - mono
Équipement de travail - mono
37 U 35 S
A
F G E C 13 3
I
Ansicht von unten

View from below 4 H
14
Vue de dessous J
Proyección abajo R
26
6 5 28
23 D 1 27
15 22 P
Q
20 9 O
20 16
24 T
8 10 N
21
L
22 M
11
19
18 K
25 4
17 23
21
19
18
17
25 15 7 12 29 2
J 24
34 32 33
V
37
36 Arbeitseinrichtung - Circular
Working eqipment - circular
Équipement de travail - circular
30 31 Type TC 75 Hydraulique équipement à partir du n/s Date 01.2007
37 Benennung Ventileinbauübersicht Blatt

35 6.65.11
32 33 Dénomination Composants hydrauliques position de montage Feuille
Pos.
Item
No.
A Unterwagen Under carriage Châssis inférieur
B Räumschild Dozer blade Lame
blade
C Oberwagen Upper carriage Tourelle
6 Blocksteuergerät – SX14 Valve bank – SX14 Bloc distributeur – SX14
4/2 Wegeventil Y18/Y19 Solenoid valve Y18/Y19 Electrovanne Y18/Y19
7
(Zusatzsteuerkreis 1) (additional control circuit 1) (circuit supplémentaire 1)
9 3/2 Wegeventil Y23 Solenoid valve Y23 Electrovanne Y23
(Zusatzsteuerkreis 2) (Additional control circuit 2) (Circuit supplémentaire2)
(Zusatzsteuerkreis 2) (additional control circuit 2) (circuit supplémentaire2)
11 2x Wegeventil Y25/Y26 2x Solenoid valve Y25/Y26 2x Electrovanne Y25/Y26
(Umschaltung ISO/SAE) (change over ISO/SAE) (ISO/SAE inversion)
OPTION OPTION
OPTION
2x Wegeventil Y29/Y30 2x Electrovanne Y29/Y30
12 2x Solenoid valve Y29/Y30
(Schwenkbegrenzung (limitation d’orientation
(swing limitation left / right)
links / rechts) gauche / droite)
D Luftfilter Air filter Filtre à air
E Dieselmotor Diesel engine Moteur diesel
14 Zahnradpumpe Gear type pump Pompe à engrenages
F Motorölkühler Engine oil cooler Refroidisseur d’huile moteur
G Kompressor - Klimaanlage Compressor – air conditioner Compresseur – climatisation
H Trockner - Klimaanlage Drier – air conditioner Sécheur – climatisation
I Kondensator - Klimaanlage Condenser - air conditioner Condensateur – climatisation
J Bodenrahmen Floor frame Cadre plancher
Vorsteuergerät – links Pilot operated valve – left
15 assistée – gauche
(Koordinatenhebel – links) (joy stick – left)
(manipulateur – gauche)
Vorsteuergerät – rechts Pilot-operated valve – right
16 assistée – droite
(Koordinatenhebel – rechts) (joy stick – right)
(manipulateur – droite)
Vorsteuergerät – Knicken Pilot operated valve – Distributeur à commande
17
(Fußpedal)) articulation (pedal) assistée – déport latérale (pédale)
Vorsteuergerät – Fahren links Pilot operated valve – travel left
18 assistée – translation gauche
(Fußpedal links) (pedal left)
(pédale gauche)
Vorsteuergerät – Fahren rechts Pilot operated valve – travel
19 assistée – translation droite
(Fußpedal rechts) right (pedal right)
(pédale droite)
Vorsteuergerät – Räumschild Pilot operated valve – dozer Distributeur à commande
20
(Handhebel)) blade (hand lever) assistée – lame (levier à main)
Vorsteuergerät – Pilot operated valve – Distributeur à commande
21 Zwischenausleger intermediate boom assistée – flèche intermédiaire
(Fußpedal)) (pedal) (pédale)
Rücklaufsammler Return line collector Collecteur de retour
22
(Vorsteuerung) (pilot operating) (commande assistée)
Collector – Collecteur – circuit de pression
23 Sammler - Vorsteuerdruck
pressure pilot pressure commande assistée
Bloc électrovannes avec
Pilot operated valve with accumulateur hydraulique
Vorsteuerblock mit Hydrospeicher
hydraulic accumulator Y3=hydraulique de travail
Y3=Arbeitshydraulik
24 Y3=working hydraulic Y5=translation
Y5=Fahren schnell/langsam
Y5=travel low- / high speed petite- / grande vitesses
Y12=Schwenkhochdruckschaltung
Y12=swing pressure boost Y12=augmentation de pression
orientation
Vorsteuerblock
Pilot operated valve Vanne de pilotage
Y4=Druckminderung –
Y4=pressure reducing Y4= diminuer de pression
25 Vorsteuerung
pilot operating (circuit hydraulique
(Zusatzsteuerkreis 1)
(additional hydraulic circuit 1) supplémentaire 1)
K Kraftstofftank Fuel tank Réservoir de carburant
L Kraftstofftank-Deckel Fuel tank cover Couvercle réservoir de carburant
M Tauchrohrgeber Fuel gauge transmitter Jauge réservoir de carburant
N Hydrauliköltank Hydraulic oil tank Réservoir hydraulique
O Rücklauffilter (Hydrauliköl) Return filter (hydraulic oil) Filtre de retour (huile hydraulique)
P Rücklaufsammler Return line collector Collecteur de retour
Q Belüftungsfilter Vent filter Filtre d’aération
R Ventilplatte Valve plate Support distributeur
OPTION 4/2 Wegeventil Y11 OPTION Solenoid valve Y11 OPTION Electrovanne Y11
26
(Schwimmstellung Räumschild) (float position dozer blade) (position flottante lame)
27 Relaisventil (Schwenken) Relay valve (swing) Soupape relais (orientation)
28 Blocksteuergerät – SM12 Valve bank – SM12 Bloc distributeur – SM12
S Haubenrahmen Hoods frame Cadre de capots
29 Wegeventile Y27/Y28 Solenoid valves Y27/28 Electrovannes 27/Y28
(Auslegerhöhenbegrenzung) (boom height limitation (limitation de levage flèche)
T Schwenksäule King post Pivot
Arbeitseinrichtung - Working equipment - Equipement de travail -
U
Monoausleger mono boom flèche mono
Arbeitseinrichtung - Working equipment circular - Equipement de travail-
V
Circularausleger boom flèche circular
Lasthalteventil Load holding valve Clapet anti-chute
31
(Ausleger) (boom) (flèche)
32
33 Lasthalteventile Load holding valves Clapets anti-chute
(Zwischenausleger) (intermediate boom) (flèche intermédiaire)
35 Lasthalteventil Load holding valve Clapet anti-chute
(Löffelstiel) (dipper arm) (balancier)
37 Verteilerblock Distributor bloc Bloc de distribution
6.65.12 / 01.2007
43 T 38 39
42 36
40
Arbeitseinrichtung - Gelenkausleger
44 41
Working eqipment - articulated boom 43
O
37
Équipement de travail - flèche articulée A 38 39
Q B I F G 3
E
P
34
Ansicht von unten J
View from below 33
35 17
Vue de dessous
Proyección abajo 32
30 4
H 16
5 30 R
R
31
13 32
31 6 33
34
D 1
18 35
26 9 P
19 10
Q
29 O
25 N
15
23 N Seitenansicht 8 24
15
29
side view L
vue latérale 23 M
27 11
vista lateral 22
4 26 25
21
28 24
22
21 20 28 18 27 14 7 12 2
20 J 36 37
43 S
Arbeitseinrichtung - Mono
42 43 44 41
Working eqipment - mono 40 37
Équipement de travail - mono 36
Typ
Model
Arbeitshydraulik ab Fz.-Id.-Nr. Datum
Type TC 125 Working hydraulic

Hydraulique équipement
from s/n
à partir du n/s TC01250100 Edition
Date 01.2007

6.67.01
Pos.
Item
No.
4 Hydraulikzylinder - Räumschild Hydraulic cylinder - dozer blade Vérin hydraulique - lame d’appui
7
(Zusatzsteuerkreis 1) (additional control circuit 1) (circuit supplémentaire 1)
3/2 Wegeventil Y23 Solenoid valve Y23 Electrovanne Y23
9
Schnellwechsler Quick mount hitch Attache rapide
(Zusatzsteuerkreis 2) (Additional control circuit 2) (Circuit supplémentaire2)
10
Schnellwechsler Quick mount hitch Attache rapide
(Zusatzsteuerkreis 2) (additional control circuit 2) (circuit supplémentaire2)
11 2x Wegeventil Y25/Y26 2x solenoid valve Y25/Y26 2x électrovanne Y25/Y26
2x Wegeventil Y29/Y30 2x solenoid valve Y29/Y30 2x électrovanne Y29/Y30
12 (Umschaltung – Fußpedal (change over - pedal (inversion – pédale
Zwischenausleger / intermediate boom / flèche intermédiaire 7
Steuerkreis 2) hydraulic circuit 2) circuit hydraulique 2)
2x Wegeventil Y27/Y28 2x solenoid valve Y27/28 2x électrovanne 27/Y28
13
(Höhenbegrenzung (height limitation (limitation de levage
Ausleger - Gelenkausleger) boom - intermediate boom) flèche - flèche intermédiaire)
14
(Vorsteuerung (pilot operating (commande assistée
Zusatzsteuerkreis 2) additional control circuit 2) circuit supplémentaire2)
D Luftfilter Air filter Filtre à air
E Dieselmotor Diesel engine Moteur diesel
17 Zahnradpumpe Gear type pump Pompe à engrenages
F Motorölkühler Engine oil cooler Refroidisseur d’huile moteur
G Kompressor - Klimaanlage Compressor – air conditioner Compresseur – climatisation
H Trockner - Klimaanlage Drier – air conditioner Sécheur – climatisation
I Kondensator - Klimaanlage Condenser - air conditioner Condensateur – climatisation
J Bodenrahmen Floor frame Cadre plancher

Composants hydrauliques position de montage LEGENDE
Pos.
Item
No.
Vorsteuergerät – Knicken Pilot operated valve – Distributeur à commande

20
(Fußpedal)) articulation (pedal) assistée – déport latérale (pédale)
Vorsteuergerät – Fahren links Pilot operated valve – travel left
21 assistée – translation gauche
(Fußpedal links) (pedal left)
(pédale gauche)
Vorsteuergerät – Fahren rechts Pilot operated valve – travel
22 assistée – translation droite
(Fußpedal rechts) right (pedal right)
(pédale droite)
Vorsteuergerät – Räumschild Pilot operated valve – dozer Distributeur à commande
23
(Handhebel)) blade (hand lever) assistée – lame (levier à main)
Vorsteuergerät – Pilot operated valve – Distributeur à commande
24 Zwischenausleger intermediate boom assistée – flèche intermédiaire
(Fußpedal)) (pedal) (pédale)
Rücklaufsammler Return line collector Collecteur de retour
25
(Vorsteuerung) (pilot operating) (commande assistée)
Collector – Collecteur – circuit de pression
26 Sammler - Vorsteuerdruck
pressure pilot pressure commande assistée
Electrovannes (double)
Magnetventil (2fach) Solenoid valve (double type)
Y3= pilotage marche / arrêt
27 Y3=Vorsteuerung ein / aus Y3=pilot control on / off
Y5=translation
Y5=Fahren schnell/langsam Y5=travel low- / high speed
petite- / grande vitesses
Electrovanne Y4
Wegeventil Y4 Solenoid valveY4
(circuit hydraulique
28 (Zusatzsteuerkreis 1 / (additional hydraulic circuit 1 /
supplémentaire 1 /
Hydraulikhammer) rock breaker)
marteau hydraulique )
Diminuer de pression
Druckminderventil Pressure reducing valve
(circuit hydraulique
29 (Zusatzsteuerkreis 1 / (additional hydraulic circuit 1 /
supplémentaire 1 /
Hydraulikhammer) rock breaker)
marteau hydraulique )
K Kraftstofftank Fuel tank Réservoir de carburant
L Kraftstofftank-Deckel Fuel tank cover Couvercle réservoir de carburant
M Tauchrohrgeber Fuel gauge transmitter Jauge réservoir de carburant
N Hydrauliköltank Hydraulic oil tank Réservoir hydraulique
O Rücklauffilter (Hydrauliköl) Return filter (hydraulic oil) Filtre de retour (huile hydraulique)
P Rücklaufsammler Return line collector Collecteur de retour
Q Belüftungsfilter Vent filter Filtre d’aération
R Ventilplatte Valve plate Support distributeur
OPTION 4/2 Wegeventil Y11 OPTION Solenoid valve Y11 OPTION Electrovanne Y11
30
(Schwimmstellung Räumschild) (float position dozer blade) (position flottante lame)
31 Blocksteuergerät – SM12 Valve bank – SM12 Bloc distributeur – SM12
32 Druckabschaltventil Pressure shut-off valve Valve de coupure pression
Druckminderventil Pressure reducing valve Diminuer de pression
33
(Vorsteuerung) (pilot control) (pilotage)
34
(Schwenkhochdruckschaltung) (high torque swing) (élévation pression d’orientation)
35
(Schwenkbremse) (swing brake) (frein d’orientation)
Arbeitseinrichtung - Working equipment - Equipement de travail -
S
Monoausleger mono boom flèche mono
Arbeitseinrichtung - Working equipment circular - Equipement de travail-
T
Circularausleger boom flèche circular
Lasthalteventil Load holding valve Clapet anti-chute
37
(Ausleger) (boom) (flèche)
6.67.02/01.2008
Pos.
Item
No.

38
39 Lasthalteventile Load holding valves Clapets anti-chute
(Zwischenausleger) (intermediate boom) (flèche intermédiaire)
41 Lasthalteventil Load holding valve Clapet anti-chute
(Löffelstiel) (dipper arm) (balancier)
43 Verteilerblock Distributor bloc Bloc de distribution
Magnetventil Y26 Solenoid valve Y26 Electrovanne Y26
44 Schnellwechsler Quick mount hitch Attache rapide
(alte Ausführung) (old version) (version ancienne)

Composants hydrauliques position de montage LEGENDE
U
7
3
6 5
12
10
S 11
T K
1
2
14
15
16 17
13
M


Pos.
Rep.
No.


7 Druckminderventil mit Pressure reducing valve with Soupape réduc. de pression avec
Hydrospeicher Pp hydraulic accumulator Pp accumulateur hydraulique Pp
8 Relaisventil - Schwenkbremse Relay valve - swing brake Clapet-relais - frein d’orientation
S SITZGESTELL SEAT CONSOLE CONSOLE DE SIÈGE

11 Kugelhahn, Ausstiegsschranke Ball valve, cut-off lever Robinet, levier de sortie
(Sperren Arbeitshydraulik) (stop working hydraulic) (neutralisation hydr. de travail)
12 Kugelhahn, Ball valve, Robinet,
(Umschalten - ISO / SAE) (switch over - ISO / SAE) (inversion - ISO / SAE)

16 Motorölkühler Engine oil cooler Refroidisseur d’huile moteur
17 Hydraulikölkühler Hydraulic oil cooler Refroidisseur d’huile hydraulique
K KRAFTSTOFFTANK FUEL TANK RÉSERVOIR DE CARBURANT


U
7
3
6 5
12
10
S 11
T K
1
2
14
15
16 17
13
M


Pos.
Rep.
No.


7 Druckminderventil mit Pressure reducing valve with Soupape réduc. de pression avec
Hydrospeicher Pp hydraulic accumulator Pp accumulateur hydraulique Pp
S SITZGESTELL SEAT CONSOLE CONSOLE DE SIÈGE

11 Kugelhahn, Ausstiegsschranke Ball valve, cut-off lever Robinet, levier de sortie
(Sperren Arbeitshydraulik) (stop working hydraulic) (neutralisation hydr. de travail)
12 Kugelhahn, Ball valve, Robinet,
(Umschalten - ISO / SAE) (switch over - ISO / SAE) (inversion - ISO / SAE)

K KRAFTSTOFFTANK FUEL TANK RÉSERVOIR DE CARBURANT


Valve bank, consisting of: Pressure supply P2:
- Main pressure relief valve: 245 bar
- 10 sections - 36 Travel left: without line relief valves
- Sandwich design - 37 Boom: down 140 bar / up 280 bar
- 3 pump inlets P1, P2, P3 Anti-cavitation “boom down“: spool-
- 3 main pressure relief valves with setscrew integrated
- Line relief valves with setscrews - 38 Bucket: 280/280 bar
- 2 tank ports
Pressure supply P3:

Pressure supply P1:
- Main pressure relief valve: 205 bar
- Main pressure relief valve: 245 bar - 30 Slewing: Line relief valves in the
- 35 Travel right: without line relief valves slew motor
- 34 Dipperstick: 280/280 bar - 31 Blade: without line relief valves
Anti-cavitation “dipperstick in“: - 39 “Straight travel“
spool-integrated - 32 Additional control circuit: 210/210 bar
- Articulation: anti-cavitation on both sides
Function “Straight Travel“
Neutral position of all control spools:
Both pilot pressure channels are switched to the tank at the spool “straight travel“ behind the
orifice 0.4 mm.
The 3 pumps feed all working and setting functions described before.
Both travel spools are operated:
If both travel spools are operated, one pilot pressure channel at the travel spools behind the
orifice 0.4 mm will be switched to stop. If any other function is operated during travelling (e.g.
additional control circuit), the second pilot pressure channel will also be switched to stop. By this
pilot pressure accumulation, the spool “straight travel“ moves and opens the feed line from
pump P3 to the remaining consumers.
The straight travel will not be influenced by the operation of another function (straight travel).
Function orifice a1 (Ø 3.1):
If the functions travel, boom, bucket are operated at the same time, the boom always has
priority.
TC 48 (HR 18) 01.2007
KAYABA valve bank 6.80.01
6.80.01/01.2007
04 03 A 12 10 11 23 08 25 H I 02 13 20 C 21 D
G
16
E 05 06 22 09 07 24 26 01 14 19 18 17 F 15

Type TC 15 Hydraulique équipement à partir du n/s TC00150100 Date 01.2007
Tipo
B Benennung
Hidráulico de trabajo desde el no.
Ventileinbauübersicht
Fecha
Blatt
6.90.01
Pos.
Item
No.
03 Hydraulikzylinder - Räumschild Vérin hydraulique - lame
blade
04 Leitungsbruchsicherung Hose rupture valve Clapet de sécurité
05 Hydraulikzylinder - Knicken Hydraulic cylinder - articulation Vérin hydraulique - déport latéral
08 Blocksteuergerät – SX10 Valve bank – SX10 Distributeur – SX10
Absperrschieber Turn off spool Tiroir de coupure
09 (Durchlaufschaltung (flow circulation excavator (passage circulation hydraulique
Baggerhydraulik) hydraulics) de la pelle)
11
(Räumschild / Ausleger) (dozer blade / boom) (lame / flèche)
Druckminderventil mit Pressure reducing valve with Soupape réduction de pression
12
Hydrospeicher Pp hydraulic accumulator Pp avec accumulateur hydr. Pp
13 Krafftstoffpumpe Fuel pump Pompe à carburant
14 Kraftstoffvorfilter Fuel filter Filtre à carburant
D Heckgewicht Counterweight Contre-poids
E Pedalkonsole Pedal console Console pédale
F Hydrauliköltank Hydraulic oil tank Réservoir hydraulique
Druckschalter (Hydraulikölfilter Pressure switch Interrupteur pression (entretien
16
Verschmutzungsanzeige) (hydraulic oil filter clogging) filtre à huile hydraulique)
G Dieselmotor Diesel engine Moteur diesel
18 Doppelzahnradpumpe Double gear pump Pompe tandem à engrenages
Pressure relief cartridge
19 Druckabschaltpatrone (110bar) Cartouche de coupure(110bar)
(110bar)
H Sitzkonsole Seat console Console de siège
Robinet, levier de sortie
Kugelhahn, Aufstiegsschranke Ball valve, cut off lever
24 (neutralisation hydraulique
(sperren Arbeitshydraulik) (stop working hydraulic)
d’équipement)
25 Drehschieber Selector valve Sélecteur d’équipement
I Kraftstofftank Fuel tank Réservoir à carburant
26 Tauchrohrgeber Fuel gauge transmitter Jauge réservoir à carburant

Type TC15(HR1.5) à partir du n/s TC00150100 Date 01.2007
05 04 A 13 11 12 24 09 27 26 H I 02 14 21 C 22 D
G
17
E 06 03 07 23 10 08 25 28 01 15 20 19 18 F 16

Type TC 16 Hydraulique équipement à partir du n/s TC00160100 Date 01.2007
Tipo
B Benennung
Hidráulico de trabajo desde el no.
Ventileinbauübersicht
Fecha
Blatt
6.91.01
Pos.
Item
No.
Hydraulikzylinder - Hydraulic cylinder – Vérin hydraulique –
03
Spurweitenverstellung track adjustment réglage voie variable
blade
12
Soupape réduction de pression
Druckminderventil Y2 Pressure reducing valve Y2
13 Y2 avec accumulateur
mit Hydrospeicher Pp with hydraulic accumulator Pp
hydraulique Pp
17
(110bar)
(sperren Arbeitshydraulik) (stop working hydraulic)
d’équipement)
26 Drehschieber Selector valve Sélecteur

Type TC16 (HR1.6) à partir du n/s TC00160100 Date 01.2007
Pos.
Item
No.
OPTION OPTION
OPTION
Kugelhahn - umschalten Ball valve - shift
27 Sélecteur
(Räumschild / (dozer blade /
(lame / réglage écartement)
Spurweitenverstellung) tread adjustment)

05 04 A 14 08 12 13 25 28 27 10 H I 02 15 22 C 23 D
G
18
17
B E 06 03 07 24 11 09 26 29 16 01 21 20 19 F

Model Edition
Type TC 20 Working hydraulic
from s/n
à partir du n/s TC00200100 Date 01.2007

6.92.01
Pos.
Item
No.
Hydraulikzylinder - Hydraulic cylinder – Vérin hydraulique –
03
Spurweitenverstellung track adjustment réglage voie variable
blade
08
13
Druckminderventil Y2 Pressure reducing valve Y2
14 Y2 avec accumulateur
mit Hydrospeicher Pp with hydraulic accumulator Pp
hydraulique Pp
18
(125bar)
(Sperren Arbeitshydraulik) (stop working hydraulic)
d’équipement)

Pos.
Item
No.

27 Drehschieber Revolving spool Sélecteur
OPTION OPTION
OPTION
Kugelhahn - umschalten Ball valve - shift
28 Sélecteur
(Räumschild / (dozer blade /
(lame / réglage écartement)
Spurweitenverstellung) track adjustment)

Type TC 20 (HR2.0) à partir du n/s TC00200100 Date 01.2007
04 03 14 12 26 25 09 28 06 30 G F 24 02
A
C
D
17
B
21
B
22
A B
A B
B
23
A B
A B
05
I
19
31
E
18
20 11 13 08 27 H 10 16 15 29 07 01
Model
TC 37 Working hydraulic from s/n
TC00370100 Edition
01.2007
B Type
Tipo
à partir du n/s
desde el no.
Date
Fecha

6.97.01
Pos.
Item
No.
01Fahrantrieb (links) Travel drive (left) Translation (gauche)
02Fahrantrieb (rechts) Travel drive (right) Translation (droite)
03Hydraulikzylinder - Räumschild Hydraulic cylinder - dozer blade Vérin hydraulique - lame
04Leitungsbruchsicherung Hose rupture valve Clapet de sécurité
Vérin hydraulique - déport
05 Hydraulikzylinder - Knicken Hydraulic cylinder - articulation
latéral
08
10
Druckminderventil Y2 Pressure reducing valve Y2 with Y2 avec accumulateur
11 mit Hydrospeicher Pp hydraulic accumulator Pp hydraulique Pp
(Fahren schnell / langsam) (travel low- /high speed) (translation petite-/grande
vitesses)
(Schnellwechsler hydraulisch) (hydraulic quick mount hitch) (attache rapide hydraulique)
13 6/2 Wegeventil Y4 Solenoid valve Y4 (articulation / Electrovanne Y4 (articulation /
(Knicken / 2. Zusatzsteuerkreis) 2nd additional circuit) 2nd circuit supplémentaire)
OPTION
OPTION OPTION
Electrovanne Y6/Y7
4/2 Wegeventil Y6/Y7 Solenoid valve Y6/Y7
14 (circuit supplémentaire -
(Zusatzsteuerkreis - umschalten (additional circuit - change over
inversion sur commande
auf Koordinatenhebel-Steuerung) to joy stick pilot operating)
manipulateur)
15 Krafftstoffpumpe Fuel pump Pompe de carburant
16 Kraftstoff-Vorfilter Fuel filter Filtre de carburant
D Heckgewicht Counterweight Poids AR
Vorsteuergerät Pilot operated valve
18 assistée
(Fußpedal – knicken) (pedal – articulation)
(pédale - articulation)
19 assistée
(Doppelfußpedal –fahren) (double pedal – drive)
(pédale double - translation)
20 assistée
(Fußpedal – Zusatzsteuerkreis) (pedal – additional circuit)
(pédale - circuit supplémentaire)
Filtre de retour (huile
21 Rücklauffilter (Hydrauliköl) Return filter (hydraulic oil)
hydraulique)
22

Type TC 37 à partir du n/s TC00370100 Date 01.2007
Pos.
Item
No.

Refroidisseur d’huile
26 Hydraulikölkühler Hydraulic oil cooler
hydraulique
d’équipement)

Type TC 37 à partir du n/s TC00370100 Date 01.2007
04 03 A 22 21 20 25 G 06 19 18 17 02
C
D
F
10
16
E 15
14
05 13
12
23
11
08 09 07 24 27 26 I 01
Model
B Type TC50 Working hydraulic
from s/n
à partir du n/s TC00500100 Edition
Date 01.2007

6.99.01
Pos.
Item
No.
01Fahrantrieb (links) Travel drive (left) Translation (gauche)
02Fahrantrieb (rechts) Travel drive (right) Translation (droite)
03Hydraulikzylinder - Räumschild Hydraulic cylinder - dozer blade Vérin hydraulique - lame
04Leitungsbruchsicherung Hose rupture valve Clapet de sécurité
Vérin hydraulique - déport
05 Hydraulikzylinder - Knicken Hydraulic cylinder - articulation
latéral
Druckminderventil Pressure reducing valve with Soupape réduction de pression
mit Hydrospeicher Pp hydraulic accumulator Pp avec accumulateur hydraulique Pp
08
(Y2 Fahren schnell / langsam) (Y2 travel low- /high speed) (Y2 translation petite-/grande
(Y5 Schwenkbremse) (Y5 swing brake) vitesses) (Y5 frein d’orientation)
D Heckgewicht Counterweight Poids AR
11 assistée
(Fußpedal – knicken) (pedal – articulation)
(pédale - déport latéral)
12 assistée
(Doppelfußpedal –fahren) (double pedal – drive)
(pédale double - translation)
13 assistée
(Fußpedal – Zusatzsteuerkreis) (pedal – additional circuit)
(pédale - circuit supplémentaire)
Filtre de retour (huile
14 Rücklauffilter (Hydrauliköl) Return filter (hydraulic oil)
hydraulique)
15
18 Krafftstoffpumpe Fuel pump Pompe de carburant
19 Kraftstoff-Vorfilter Fuel filter Filtre de carburant
Ausgleichsbehälter Expansion tank Réservoir compensation
21
(Motorölkühler) (Engine oil cooler) (Refroidisseur d’huile moteur)
Refroidisseur d’huile
22 Hydraulikölkühler Hydraulic oil cooler
hydraulique
H Kraftstofftank Fuel tank Réservoir de carburant
23 Tauchrohrgeber Fuel gauge transmitter Jauge réservoir de carburant
I Sitzkonsole Seat console Console de siège
Type TC50 à partir du n/s TC00500100 Date 01.2007
Pos.
Item
No.

d’équipement)

Type TC50 à partir du n/s TC00500100 Date 01.2007
Functional description
Hydraulic pilot-operated valves of the type 4 TH 6 work on the basis of directional control
pressure reducing valves.
These valves mainly consist of the control stick (5), 4 pressure reducing valves and the
housing (10).
Each pressure reducing valve consists of a control spool (6), a regulator spring (7), a
return spring (8) and a tappet (9).
When the joystick is not operated, it is held in neutral position by the return spring (8). The
ports (1, 2 , 3, 4) are connected with the tank port (T) by the bore (11 ).
When the the control stick (5) is operated, the tappet (9) exerts pressure on the return
spring (8) and the regulator spring (7).
The regulator spring (7) moves the control spool (6) downwards at first, then closes the
connection between the corresponding port and the tank port T.
At the same time the corresponding port is connected to the port P via the bore (11 ).
The regulation procedure starts as soon as the regulator spool (6) finds its balance
between the force of the regulator spring (7) and the force resulting from the hydraulic
pressure in the corresponding port (1, 2, 3 or 4).
Due to the combined effect of the control spool (6) and the regulator spring (7), the
pressure in the corresponding ports is proportional to the stroke of the tappet (9) and
consequently to the position of the joystick (5).
This pressure regulation, dependent upon the position

of the joystick and the characteristics of the regulator
spring allows a proportional hydraulic control of all
kinds of control valve banks and control valves for
hydraulic pumps and motors.
A rubber collar (12) protects the mechanical parts of

the housing against contamination. So these pilot-
operated valves are also suitable for unfavourable
operating conditions.
Excavator, general 01.2007
Pilot-operated valve 4 TH 6 6.100.01
Pilot-operated valve type 4 TH 6
6.100.01/01.2007
Hydraulic pilot-operated valves of the type 4 TH 5 work on the basis of directional control
pressure reducing valves.
housing (10).
When the joystick is not operated, it is held in neutral position by the return spring (8). The
ports (1, 2 , 3, 4) are connected with the tank port (T) by the bore (11 ).
When the control stick (5) is operated, the tappet (9) exerts pressure on the return spring
(8) and the regulator spring (7).


Pilot-operated valve 4 TH 5 6.100.02
Pilot-operated valve type 4 TH 5
6.100.02/01.2007
Hydraulic pilot-operated valves of the type PCL 401 work on the basis of directional
control pressure reducing valves.
housing (10).
When the joystick is not operated, it is held in neutral position by the return spring (8).
The ports (1, 2 , 3, 4) are connected with the tank port (T) by the bore (11 ).
When the control stick (5) is operated, the tappet (9) exerts pressure on the return spring
(8) and the regulator spring (7).


Pilot-operated valve PCL 401 6.105.01
Pilot-operated valve type PCL 401
6.105.01/01.2007
Relay valve - slewing
S1 S2
A
P R
1 relay valve
2 screwed socket S1, P and A are soldered
3 screwed socket connections
4 valve tappet
5 ball 8mm
6 O-ring
7 pressure spring
Relay valve - swing 6.110.01
8
1
4
3
2
6
7
9
5
1 5
8
Valve bank SX 14 01.2007
Tightening torques 6.210.01
1 LS-Ventil MA=45Nm 1 LS-valve 1 limiteur LS
torque=45Nm couple de serrage=45Nm
2 Sicherheitsventil 2 safety valve 2 limiteur de securité

MA=70Nm torque=70Nm couple de serrage=70Nm
3 LS-Stromregelventil 3 LS-flow regulator valve 3 régulateur de débit LS

4 Sekundärventile 4 line relief valves 4 clapets secondaires

5 Schieberweg- 5 spool stroke limitation 5 limitation de course

begrenzung torque=40Nm du tiroir
MA=40Nm couple de serrage=40Nm
6 Zuganker M12 6 tie rods M12 6 tirants M12 couple de

MA=60Nm torque=60Nm serrage=60Nm
7 Schrauben für 7 screws for hydraulic 7 vis de fixation du boîtier de

Vorsteuerkappe control housing la commande hydraulique.
8 Druckwaage 8 pressure compensator 8 balance de pression

Eingangssektion inlet section entrée
9 Druckwaagenstopfen 9 pressure compensator 9 balance de pression

MA=60Nm plug bouchon
torque=60Nm couple de serrage=60Nm
6.210.01/01.2007
4
A B
3
1
5
LS
6
1 Gehäuse 1 housing 1 boîtier
2 Steuerschieber 2 spool 2 tiroir
3 clapets maintien de
3 Rückschlagventile 3 check valves charge
MA = 30Nm torque = 30Nm
Couple de serrage = 30Nm
4 Druckwaage 4 pressure compensator 4 balance de pression
5 Sekundärventil 5 line relief valve 5 clapet secondaire
6 Verschlussstopfen 6 plug 6 bouchon
Valve bank SX14 01.2007
Sectional view (principle) 6.210.02
Function: Gear shifting “fast speed” version.
Push button switch S 14 Green indicator
Use the brake until the machine come to a standstill. gear shifting with orange light gear 1 or 2
Keep the brake pressed. The relay K6 is actuated by the pressure warning light
switch S 41 (25 bar) oscillating axle lock.
The desired gear range can now be selected by rocker switch S 14.
After having selected the gear, it has to be visually checked if the S14
selection procedure has happened perfectly.
The green indicator lamps gear 1 or gear 2 are in “on” position
when the selected gear is switched.
The orange indicator lamp in the rocker switch S 14 lights up -
activated by the pressure switch S 45 at the gear shift cylinder -
when the gears are not engaged. The switching procedure has Switches behind the right joy stick
to be done once more.
30
OPTION FAST TRAVEL
15
H16 indicator lamp second gear

fuse F:21
H15 indicator lamp first gear

XB2
14
signal pressure switch S41

ge

XBL 9
5 /21.1
sw/rt
XU2
1 5 /20.15
diode D1 3A
ge
2
sw/ge
sw/ge
(mounted below joy stick right)
br
br
1
1
86 30 10 4 3 S14 selector switch br
/20.2
relay change gear K6 first gear / /20.2
sw/ge
2 2
ge
/20.5
9 8 2 /20.2 second gear
7 1
85 87 87a br/ws
rt/ws
ge/rt
br/ws rt/gn
rt/gn
/20.15 /20.15 rt/ws /20.15

XU2
/20.15
signal axle lock
XU2
XU2
1
XB1 2 3
XU2
7 1 2 /21.1 3 /21.1
4
/21.1 /21.1
rt/sw
rt/ws
ge/rt
rt/gn
ge
/21.14
XDDF
XDDF
XDDF
XDDF
XDDF
5 1 2 3 4
5 1 2 3 4
/21.14
/21.14 /21.14
2 /21.14
DDF
5 1
rotary 3 4 rotary
DDF DDF transfer
XDDF8
rotary transfer DDF

5
transfer DDF 1 2
3
4
5 1 2 3 4
XDDF8 XDDF8 XDDF8 XDDF8
5 1 2 3 4
/22.1 /22.1
gearbox (second gear)
/22.1 /22.1 /22.1

gearbox (first gear)
rt/ws
ge/rt
rt/gn
rt/sw
ge
solenoid valve
solenoid valve
gear switch
solenoid valve
1 1 1
/22.14 1
axle lock
/22.9 /22.9
G
2
S45
Y11
/22.7
Y38
Y37
2 2 2
br
br
br
XDDF8/22.1 6 option fast travel

XB1 connector floor frame / dash board in undercarriage
connector floor frame / dash board 6
XB2 rotary transfer DDF 6
XU2 connector upper carriage / floor frame
BE2 connector additional control module 6
XDDF connector upper carriage / collector ring
XDDF
/21.14 6
XDDF8 connector under carriage / collector ring
br
br
31 X- 35 X- 3

Model
Type TW (HML) from s/n
à partir du n/s
Edition
Date
01.2007
Benennung Getriebeschaltung Funktion u. Stromlaufplan Blatt

Description Gear shift function - wiring Page
6.490.50
Dénomination Changement de vitesses fonction et circuit électrique Feuille
This system cushions the swinging movements of the loader which occur during driving.
This system works with empty and full loader bucket.
This results in the following advantages:
- high transport speed

- stable manoeuvrability
- shorter braking distance
- higher comfort for the driver
- high handling rate
The ride control system can be switched on or off by a rocker switch located in the
dashboard. A sensor in the rear axle measures the speed.
The signal is transmitted to the speedometer and the threshold switch. Independently of
the travel speed "rabbit" or "tortoise", from the speed of 6 km/h the threshold switch
switches on the ride control system via a solenoid valve located in the stabilizing module.
Peak pressures, which can be created when working with the loading equipment, cannot
reach the accumulator system when the speed is below 6 km/h, thus the accumulators are
not strained unnecessarily. In addition, the lifting frame would be unstable.
Switching position:
The ride control system is switched on.
When the travel speed of 6 km/h is reached, the threshold switch transmits an electric
signal to the solenoid valve (4). The oil, which was „locked in“ on the spring-loaded side of
the 2-way cartridge valve (2) and (6) before, now has return connection to the tank.
By the relief of the valve (2), there is a connection between lifting cylinder (bottom side)
and accumulators. At the lifting cylinder (rod side) the oil flows to the return line filter via the
2-way cartridge valve (6). So the lifting cylinder can oscillate cavitation-free.
Attention:
There is a ball valve installed between accumulator and 2-way cartridge valve (2) in order
to depressurize the accumulators when repairs have to be performed at the system.
TL(SKL) ........... fast travel version 01.2007
Description and hydraulic diagram 6. 500.01
ride control system lifting frame
6.500.01/01.2007
Suction filter function:
A 100% filtration of the suction flow guarantees that the boost pump is not contaminated.
Return filter function:

By means of the full flow filtration in the system return, any contamination remaining in the
system after the assembly or repair or getting into the system from outside, is completely
filtered.
Functioning:
The hydraulic oil coming from the system return (A) passes the filter element (1). The volume
the boost pump of the hydrostatic transmission (B) needs is supplied by a pressure valve (2)
pressurised up to 0.5 bar. The surplus oil between the return flow and suction flow is fed into
the tank in filtered condition.
The pressurisation of 0.5 bar in the suction line reduces the cavitation risk in the boost pump
thus allowing excellent cold start characteristics.
An integrated pressure relief valve (3) prevents an inadmissibly high back pressure in the
return line. There is no direct connection between the system return (A) and the suction port
of the boost pump (B) (no bypass) as this valve leads directly to the tank.
The anti-cavitation valve (4) with the sieve (5) of the filter fineness of 125µm guarantees the
supplies of the boost pump in case of a brief oil shortage (drain / cold start).
There is no oil shortage with normal operation.
normal operation anti-cavitation operation
A
A
B
B
3 4
2
TL(SKL), general 01.2007
Suction - return filter 6.520.01
Start-up: Brakes (downhill):
Pressurization of A:
The pressure side relieves during downhill
The hydraulic oil flows through the cross hole travel as the travel motor, driven by the
(1) in the groove of the spool to the check machine’s own weight, turns into a pump.
valve (2) and via the control slots through the By this pressure drop in the spring com-
valve plate to the travel motor pistons. partment (4) the spool moves towards
The return line is still blocked. The pressure neutral position.
is fed into the spring compartment (4) via the The return line B is blocked until pressure is
orifice (3), the spool moves to the left and again built up on the feed side A.
releases the return line B. The spool levels out in this position and
The travel motor turns, the machine travels. keeps the travel speed constant.
Analogous in reverse travel.
TC (HR) - general 01.2007
Travel motor - travel brake spool 6.740.01
Slew motor - pressure limitation
Valve type: Pilot-operated pressure relief valve with pressure hook-up
This valve effects a smoother braking of the slew procedure
• Description of function
• Setting instructions
HS41 / HS41M / HS41MM :

The spring (3) is pre-loaded by an external pressurization of the piston (9) with pilot pressure (Pst max.
30 bar) via the port x.
The value of the spring pre-load is determined by the piston stroke ∆s.
The hook-up pressure increase ∆p is adjusted to (280 bar – HS 41) and (250 bar – TC75/TW85 (HR /
HML32)).The adjustment has to be effected by the setting screw (7) and the counter nut (13). 1 turn
corresponds to 150 bar.
Adjustment of the main pressure and hook-up pressure:
♦ Connect gauge to pump test port (I) of the double pump at the accessory drive
♦ Adjust main pressure relief valve at valve bank (II) to more than 280 bar - see diagram
♦ Disconnect pilot control line from the main pressure relief valve and plug
♦ Adjust max. engine rpm
♦ Loosen counter nut (13) and turn pressure setting screw (7) clockwise until stop. Tighten counter
nut (13).
♦ Loosen counter nut (14) and set pressure setting screw (8) to (280 bar – HS 41) and (250 bar –
TC 75/TW85 (HR / HML32) (pressure stage 2) by simultaneously operating the slew function. Tighten
counter nut (14). Re-check pressure.
♦ Screwing in: Pressure increase
Screwing out: Pressure decrease
♦ Operate slew function again until stop and set main pressure to (190 bar - HS 41) and (100 bar
– TC75/TW85 (HR / HML32)) by turning the setting screw (7) counter-clockwise. To do this, loosen
counter nut (13) first, retighten afterwards. Re-check pressure setting.
♦ Re-connect the pilot control line
TW / TC (HML / HR) HS 01.2007
Pilot-operated pressure relief valve 6.850.07
TC 75/125, TW 85/110 (HR 32/42 HML 32/42):
The spring (47) is pre-loaded by an external pressurization of the piston (23) with pilot
pressure (Pst max. 30 bar) via the port x.
The value of the spring pre-load is determined by the piston stroke (23).
The hook-up pressure increase ∆p is adjusted to 100 or 150 bar. The adjustment has to be
effected by the setting screw (24) and the counter nut (25). 1 turn corresponds to 150 bar.
Adjustment of the main pressure and hook-up pressure:
♦ Connect gauge to pump test port (I) of the double pump at the accessory drive
♦ Adjust main pressure relief valve at valve bank (II) to more than 250 bar
♦ Disconnect pilot control line from the main pressure relief valve and plug them
♦ Adjust max. engine rpm
♦ Loosen counter nut (25) and turn pressure setting screw (24) clockwise until stop. Tighten
counter nut (25).
♦ Loosen counter nut (19) and set pressure setting screw (16) to 250 bar (pressure stage 2)
by simultaneously operating the slew function. Tighten counter nut (19). Re-check
pressure.
♦ Screwing in: Pressure increase
Screwing out: Pressure decrease
♦ Operate slew function again until stop and set main pressure to (100 bar - TC75 /
TW85,110 (HR 32/ HML32,42)) and (150 bar – TC125 (HR42)) by turning the setting screw (24)
counter-clockwise. To do this, loosen counter nut (25) first, retighten afterwards. Re-
check pressure setting.
♦ Re-connect the pilot control line
6.850.07/01.2007
installed in :
filter unit, part no.:
HR 11 HR 12
5.003.659.255
HR 13
filter by-pass
opens at
2.5 bar
maintenance switch
part no. 5.380.660.831.
Pressure setting:
1.9 -0.2 bar
filter unit part no.: installed in :

5.380.660.842 TC 29/35 (HR 14/16)
filter unit part no.: installed in :

5.380.660.841 TC 48 (HR 18)
filter by-pass
opens at
2.5 bar maintenance switch
part no. 5.380.660.831.
Pressure setting:
1.9 -0.2 bar
installed in: HS 41 SMB 2041

filter unit part no.: HR 22 HR 31 TC 75 (HR 32)
5.380.660.829 HR 41 HML 22 HML 31
TW 85 (HML32) HML 41 TW110 (HML 42)
filter by-pass
opens at
2.5 bar
maintenance switch
part no. 5.380.660.831.
Pressure setting:
1.9 -0.2 bar
Note: The filter clogging warning lamp can light up briefly

as long as the hydraulic oil is cold
Excavator - general 01.2007
Maintenance switch hydraulic oil 6.890.01
return line filter
Indicator Unit
TC15, TC16, TC20, TC29, TC35, TC37, TC48, TC50
(HR 1.5, 1.6, 2.0,14, 16, 3.7, 18)
H3 H1
H2 H4
h
H6 H5
1. Mechanic
• Instrument with 80mm port diameter

• Fuel gauge, hour meter, 6 indicator lights,
2. Indicator lights
• H1 Charge control red switched to negative

• H2 pre-heating control yellow switched to positive
• H3 Engine oil pressure red switched to negative buzzer
• H4 Air filter clog control yellow switched to negative buzzer
• H5 Hydraulic filter control yellow switched to negative buzzer delayed
• H6 Coolant temperaturered switched to negative buzzer
Mini - excavator 01.2007
Indicator unit - mini excavators 6.950.01
3. Check- control
• Indicator lights up for a period of 2 seconds

• Hour meter - all indicator light segments in line are active
• All 6 indicator lights are active
• Buzzer is active
4. Pictograms
air filter control hydraulic oil filter coolant

clog control temperature
engine oil fuel gauge pre-heating charge

pressure control control
5. Buzzer
• Soldered at strip conductor and riveted

• Volume 92 dB/m intermittent
• Diode wiring on the circuit board
• Input signals to activate the buzzer are the input signals from “H3”, “H4”,”H5” und “H6”
• Activation of buzzer when engine is turned on (charge control off), 1 second time-delay,
time delay at active input “H5” there is a time delay of 5 minutes; then 3 minutes
intermittent buzzer; follow that there is a 5 minute interval.
• Buzzer connected at power supply “+Ub” for more volume.
6.950.01/01.2007
6. Fuel gauge
• Type with “SMH” step motor

• Luminous indicator - glass clear red, white designed
• Code capable of 6 different fuel gauges
• Code entered by using a 4 DIP- Switch
• Indicator needle operates smoothly
• Dial face and needle lit via 6 LED’s (yellow or red) when power supply “off”,
the needle is in the left-most position
Fuel gauge indicator: fuel sender parts.no.

TC 15, 16, 20, 29,35 empty : 60,5 Ohm full : 2,0 Ohm ....5.755.628.629.… 0 0 0 0
TC 48 empty : 62,0 Ohm full : 2,5 Ohm ....5.755.628.630.... 0 0 1 0
TC 37, 50 empty : 77,7 Ohm full : 1,1 Ohm ....5.755.628.631.... 0 1 0 0
DIP-switch 1 2 3 4
7. Hour meter
• Display in LED – 7 segments per digit design

• Green light digit display
• Display with 6 digits
• 5 segments per digit after decimal point
• One line display for total operating hours
• Hours are counted on the meter when certain conditions are satisfied (terminal 15)
“on” and charge control “off”.
• Accuracy tolerance of +/- 0.1% completes area.
8. Main connector
• 12 terminal connector
• Resting on the PC-board, soldered
• Including securing latch and reverse battery protection
Mini - excavator 01.2007
Indicator unit - mini excavators 6.950.02
terminal layout
of the plug
60 70 80 90 100 110 120
on the back
10 20 30 40 50 of the dial
9. Electric specification
• Power supply (Ub): 8V to 16V

• Reserve battery protection for the power supply connections
6.950.02/01.2007
SERVICE-MANUAL
List of Contents
TL 65 (SKL824) TL 80 (SKL 834) 1 General

TL 100 (SKL844) TL 120 (SKL 854) 2 Technical Data
TL 160 (SKL 160) SKL 200 (SKL873) 3 Diesel Engine
TL 260 (SKL 260) TL 70 (SKS 634) 4 Hydraulic System
5 Setting Instructions
6 Functioning Description
TW 70 (HML 23) 7 Electrical System
TW 85 (HML 32) 8 Maintenance
TW 110 (HML 42) 9 Operation
10 Options
TC 60 (HR 20) 11 Repair Instructions
TC 75 (HR 32) 12 Service-Bulletins
TC 125 (HR 42)
TC 29 (HR14)
TC 35 (HR 16)
TC 48 (HR 18)
TC 15 (HR 1.5) TC 16 (HR 1.6)

TC 20 (HR 2.0) TC 37 (HR 3.7)
TC 50
01.2007
folder 2 of 2
SUBGROUP LIST
Electrical system
Fuse assignment diagrams / wiring diagrams
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 7.13

TL 65 (SKL 824) 7.22
TL 80 (SKL 834) 7.24
TL 80 AS 7.25
TL 100 (SKL 844) 7.26
TL 120 (SKL 854) 7.27
TL 160 (SKL 160) 7.28
TL 210 7.29
TL 260 (SKL 260) 7.30
TL 420 7.33
TL 450 7.35
TL 70 (SKS 634) 7.37
TW 70 (HML 23) 7.49.50

TW 85 (HML 32) 7.51
TW 110 (HML 42) 7.53
TC 60 (HR 20) 7.60

TC 75 (HR 32) 7.65
TC 125 (HR 42) 7.67
TC 29 (HR 14) 7.76

TC 35 (HR 16) 7.78
TC 48 (HR 18) 7.80
TC 15 (HR 1.5) 7.90

TC 16 (HR 1.6) 7.91
TC 20 (HR 2.0) 7.92
TC 25 7.93
TC 37 (HR 3.7) 7.97
TC 50 7.99
Electrical system, general 7.100
01/2007
Fuse box - Assignment diagram
1 2 3 4
1
10
12
13
14
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
F02
FP1 FP2 FP3
2
29
30
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
F01
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
4 KP1 K17
E10
E9
E6
E7
E8
L873SPE01
1 = Fuse and relay box 2 = Fuse box (behind Pos. 1)

3 = Engine control box 4 = Starter box
Location Relay Function

E1 K1 Starting safeguard
E2 K2 Hand brake; travel
E3 K3 Travel — reverse
E4 K4 Travel — forward
E5 K5 Brake light
E6 K6 Idle running
E7 K7 Flasher transmitter
E8 unassigned
E9 K9 Working floodlight, front
E 10 K 10 Working floodlight, rear
unassigned
K 17 Start-up
K 18 Glow-time control (engine compartment dividing wall - near generator)
KP1 Injection pump
Fuse colors
3A purple 5A brown 10A red
15A blue 20A yellow 30A light green
SKL 200 (SKL 873) 01.2007
Fuse and relay box - 7.13.01
assignment diagram
Fuse and diode assignment
Position Ampere assigned with Position Ampere assigned with

F1 10 Direction indicator F 15 15 Engine shut-off
Immobilizer
F2 10 Travel - FAST/ SLOW F 16 10 Heater fan
F3 10 Working hydraulics F 17 10 Wash-wipe system, front
Float position, additional
control circuit
F4 10 Instrument panel lamp F 18 10 Wash-wipe system, rear
D+
F5 10 Signal horn F 19 Option
F6 10 Brake light D7 Diode Blocking diode
(F 20) 3A
F7 Option D8 Diode Blocking diode
(F 21) 3A
F8 10 Working floodlight, front D9 Diode Blocking diode
(F 22) 3A
F9 10 Working floodlight, rear F 23 10 Side marker lamp, left
F 10 10 Hazard warning switch F 24 10 Side marker lamp, right
Immobilizer
F 11 10 Rotating beacon D6 Diode Blocking diode D+
Interior light (F 25) 3A
F 12 10 Socket D1 Diode Starting safeguard
(F 26) 3A
F 13 10 Low beam D2 Diode Starting safeguard
(F 27) 3A
F 14 10 High beam D3 Diode Engine shut-off blocking diode
(F 28) 3A
D 10 Diode Float position D 11 Diode Float position
(F 29) 3A (F 30) 3A
FP 1 10 Power supply FP 2 3 Power supply
Diesel engine Engine control
FP 3 30 Power supply
Injection pump
F 01 50 Glow plug and starter switch F 02 30 Starter
F* 10 Radio (cable fuse - near

battery)
Cable and Plug colors
bg beige dgr dark gray hbr light brown rt red

bl blue ge yellow hgr light gray sw black
br brown gn green hr light red vi violet
dbl dark blue gr gray nt nature ws white
dbr dark brown hbl light blue or orange
7.13.01/01.2007
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
ELECTR. THROTTLE START-UP SYSTEM, PRE-HEAT SYSTEM HEATING WASH / WIPE SYSTEM FRONT WASH / WIPE SYSTEM REAR
fuse-,relaybox
Perkins engine control XBatt+ 1 30 1 3
15
rt
rt
F1:1
sw6,0 O
/
rt
K3:86 K4:86 120
1 1 fuse
FP1
1 1091 110 fuse
FP3
FP2
3A 30A
rt 4,0 O
10A
0 I II III
wash / wipe
/
X4:4
D2 diode
2 1 wash / wipe 1 1
2
sw10 O
2
/
202 15A 10A unit rear F18 10A
D1 diode
fuse heating F16
rt/ge
2 unit front F17 2 2
gr
rt
sw
30 15
ge
ge
ge
rt 4,0 O
/
2 2 1 2
86 30 30 54
rt/br
switch heating XDGR XDGR

throttle
A4
1 gn 1 1
KP1
F01 starter fuses

electr.
S1
rt
rt
19 15A 4
relay
3
ignition 17 fuse F15 2 S13
gn
50A S10
85 87 engine S12
switch
ws/vi
ge
ge
III II I 0
sw/bl2,5 O
/
B1
A2
A1
A3
br/ge br/ge 2 2
sw 4,0 O
/
86 30
shut off S20:10 3 switch 3 switch
sw/bl
8 4
X2 405 6
wash / wipe 6 wash / wipe
K1 8
engine stop lamp
3
rt/br
5 unit front 5
electr. throttle
warning lamp
30A
2 4 unit rear
ge
electr. throttle
50A
start relay 7 7
br/ge
XGN X2
fuel pump power control
1 10
85 87 87a
gn/gr
1 3 7 D3
HE2
1 1 starting 5
rt
HE1
br/ge
2 9
br
sw/bl2,5 O
diode 9
ws/vi
10
/
2 safeguard
fuel injection pump power +
br
br
warning lamp
gn/sw
1 ge
XGN
150
rt/ge
rt/gn
K2:85 1 4
battery +
bl/sw
4 2
XGN
bl/sw
42
56
12
D6:1
br/ge
start relay sw 10 O
sw 4,0 O
/
/
gn/bl
TPD 1475E TPD 1475E TPD 1475E
99 K18 3
stop lamp
glow
battery +
Br/rt
P1 P1 P1 86 30
starting aid
3 duration unit
br
5 4 3 2 1 8 9
57
23
48
br/ws
K17
XGN
br/ws
sw/bl2,5 O
/
sw/bl
br/ws
2
ws/vi
P1 P1 P1
bl
85 87
gn/rt
gn/vi
70 starter switch
br
sw 4,0 O
/
br
5
XDGR
XOR
XDGR
rt
electric 2 1
12NC 14NO
RG1 throttle
br 4,0 O
8
/
SG1 11C 6
pedal 3 4
X3
vio
or
rt 4,0 O
3
/
6 TPD 1475E
15
br
X3 5
22 idle validation switch input
ge
3
gn
P1
sw
sw 4,0 O
br/ws
rt
X3
/
25 analogue throttle input
44 sensor common 0 volts
bl
XG2
ws/vi
2x sw 4,0 O
/
5
glow plug resistor

D+ B+
45 sensor vref +5 volt
M4 washer pump front

M
battery
30 50a
rt 70 O
M5 washer pump rear

starter
/
generator
1
XG2
XG2
XG2
XG2
wiper motor front

1 2 3 4 5 6
M1
37 switch return
3~
M7 wiper motor rear

sw/bl
sw/bl
1 2 3 4 6
R4
U 3 4 7
ws/gn/vi
31
bl/gn/vi
B- +
br/ws
bl/gn
2 engine XNT
M3 heating fan
G1
G3
ws
2 1 6
XDBR:1 shut off
12 V
2 1
sw 4,0 O
/
TPD 1475E TPD 1475E TPD 1475E TPD 1475E TPD 1475E 102
Y1
P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 - 100 W4
10A 3 140 1 2 3 4
F* H10 + +
br70 O
sw70 O
/
br 3 1
M M M M M
M6
1 +
battery
XGND 1
- -
12 V
G2
4 5
R1
br
br
br
br
2 flame-type
69 68 58 -
glow plug
br
br
br
br
br
P1 P1 P1 br 10 O
/
14 1 2 10 1 3 2 4 2 5
battery - battery - fuel injection pump power -
FP1 fuse 10A power supply Perkins engine F* fuse 10A X2 connector
FP2 fuse 3A ignition switch input P1 machine interface connector X3 connector engine
Typ
power supply Elektrisches System ab Fz.-Id.-Nr. Datum
FP3 fuse 30A fuel injection pump XGND central ground point XOR connector machine Model
SKL 200 Electrical system
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
Edition
Date 01.2007
Type
Tipo Sistema elèctrico desde el no. Fecha
RG1 throttle demand sensor XG2 connector electr. throttle XDGR connector relay panel Benennung Stromlaufplan Blatt Blatt
Wiring diagramm
1/5
Description Page Page
Dénomination Circuit èlectrique Feuille Feuille 7.13.15
SG1 idle validation switch XGN connector relay panel XNT connector Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos Página Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
INSTRUMENTS, INDICATING UNITS INDICATOR LAMPS / CHECK INSTRUMENTS

15
S4:5 XGE:4
/3.10 XHGR:5 S20:10 XGE:2 S22:7 /3.4 HGR:8 XOR:8 S22:1 XOR:6 K6:87a
58 /3.14 /4.9 /4.5 /4.6 S7:1 /3.2
/4.5 /4.7
/3.4 /1.5 /4.6 200 201
S3:10 400 404 103 112 56A C 100 109
/3.6
H14 hydraulic oil indicator level

401 ge
ge
gr/rt
sw/ws
sw/ge
br/ws
ws
sw
ge ge ge
gr
bl/ge
br/ge
ge ge
gr/sw gr/sw gr/sw
ge ge
XHBR
1 1 1 1 6
15 P1 15 P2 /8.3
P3 15
P4 ge /7.11
hydraulic oil filter clogging indicator lamp H9

H1
air filter clogging indicator lamp H3

engine oil pressure indicator lamp H2
/8.3 /8.3 1 1 1 1 1 1
travel reverse indicator lamp H11

upper beam indicator lamp H7
flasher indicator lamp H8

parking brake indicator lamp H4
pre-heat indicator lamp H10

travel forward indicator lamp H5
31 /8.3 /8.2
31 31 31 /8.3 2
58 t° 58 Q 58 58 V 2 2 /8.5 2 /8.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 /8.22 7
/8.6 /8.8 /8.2 /8.3 /8.6 /8.8
G
battery charge
31 D+
indicator lamp
G 31 31 G 31
bl/ge
br br br
Check button
bl ge ge ge
1 /8.9 /8.9
1 1
gear shifting, neutral position indicator lamp H12

1 1
spring loaded accumulator brake indicator lamp H6

bl
1 /8.2 H15 H13
S15
/8.7 2 /8.7 2 2 2
XHBR
2
4 engine oil
ws/rt
/8.22 /8.2 2 coolant level
/7.11 indicator indicator
1
lamp lamp
gn
bl/ws
rt/ws
bl
ge
br
br
br
br
br
br
sw/vi
ws/gn/vi
ws/gn/rt
bl/ge/gn
2
Diode D6
/7.18 /8.22
XHBL
XHBL
XHBL
XHBL
1 5 6 /8.22
7 8
/8.22 /8.22
bl
/7.11 /7.11 /7.11
203 8 7 6 5
/7.11
rt/gn/vi
/4.11
XHBL:1 99/1.1
XGN:3
ge
ws/gn/vi
bl/ge/gn
ws/gn/rt
br
/7.5 /7.5
/8.22 /8.22 /8.22
XDBR
XDBR
XDBR
7 6
XDBR
3 4 7 8 5
XOR
XOR
XOR /7.5 /7.5
br
1 2
XOR
/9.1
XOR
/8.22 6 /9.1
/8.22 2 1 5 6 7 8
br
/9.1 /9.1 /9.1 /9.1 /9.1
/9.1 /9.1
4 3
gn
hydraulic oil filter clogging service

S28 air filter clogging switch
bl/ws
sw/vi
rt/ws
ge
R3 fuel gauge transmitter
rt/gn/vi
/9.16 2
X3
/9.16 2
ws/gn/vi
bl/ge/gn
ws/gn/rt
S19 hydraulic oil level gauge

4 /11.2
X3
7 /9.16
gn
S17 engine oil level gauge

X3
S18 coolant level gauge

/11.2
7
/11.2
pressure switch
bl/ws
rt/ws
1 1
coolant temperature sensor
S27
S29
ge
P P
1
engine oil
1 2 2
Q /11.7
/9.13
R2
1
/9.8
2 /11.10 P 3 3 3
2
/11.12 2 S S S
140/1.6 1 1 1
+ Q + Q + Q
br
- /9.14 - /9.10 -
/9.9
br
br
br
1 /11.2 2 2 2
ge
X3
1
/9.16
br
br
br
br 2,5
12 21 3 13 12 13 14 15 16 17 9 10 11 18 19
Typ Elektrisches System ab Fz.-Id.-Nr. Datum

P1 temperatur indicator (coolant) P4 speedometer XOR connector machine Model
Type SKL 200 Electrical system
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
Edition
Date 01.2007
P2 fuel gauge X3 connector engine XDBR connector relay panel Benennung Stromlaufplan Blatt Blatt
Wiring diagramm
2/5
Circuit èlectrique Feuille Feuille 7.13.16
XHBR connector relay panel
Dénomination
P3 operating hour meter XHBL connector relay panel Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
Página Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LIGHTING AND SIGNALLING SYSTEM WORKING HEADLAMP, ROTATING BEACON
30 2 2 1 1
15
120/1.5
S1:15
rotating beacon /
S22:10
sw 2,5
S7 steering S22:10 57L/3.5 58/2.5 57R/3.7
sw 2,5
/4.5
401/2.3
sw
/8.15 /4.6
XHR:3 P4:58 XHR:6 S32:10
F9 working light
403
column P1:15
rt 4,0
402 /5.3
sw 4,0
cab lighting
300
fuse switch 7
L 0
fuse rear
sw /7.11
fuse hazard / horn 10 8 6 3 light switch /7.11 4
XGE
/7.18
R
10A
1 1 1 1 1
F1
ge
XGE
10A
8
immobilizer F10 F5 S3 /8.22
F11
10A
4 6
10A
br/gn 9 /8.22
F4 fuse dash light / D+
fuse
/8.6
rt /7.18 2 2 10A /7.18 2 56A/2.9 ws 1 2 br 0 I II 1
/7.18 1
ge 3 9 2 1 1 /7.18
2
3 2
H7
10A
10A
ge
ge
rt
F8
XHBR
6
br
gr/sw
X2
gr/sw
5 6 /8.22 5
marker light left

/7.18 /7.18
rt
sw/gn
10 2 2
/7.8 /7.8 30 7 2 ge
gr/rt
2 /7.11
1
headlight switch
/7.8
ge
/7.8 /8.22
rt/ge
2 56A/2.9
XHGR XHGR XHBR
ge
/7.8 /7.11
H7
fuse side
/8.22 5 ge
/8.22
1 X2 4 3 /7.5
1 3 10 10 5 S5 10 5
front
ws
ge
B5
S4
rt
ws/ge /7.7
gr/sw
horn 2 /8.22 4 3 /8.22 /8.1
/8.6
sw/ws
/7.8
XGE XGE
rotating beacon switch S8

9 1
br/gn
XHGR
9 1 9 1 8
br
/7.11 /7.11
1 2 1 1
F23 F24 fuse
ge
gr/sw
gr/rt
rt
10A 2
2
10A side marker 5
rt
sw/ws
3 /7.18 /7.18 /8.22
2 8
headlight relay front

M100
light right
fuse lower
sw/ws/gn
7 8 /8.22 7
ws
/8.1 /8.22 /8.22 /5.2
ws/ge
S32:9
XHGR XGE XGE
br
S6 /7.18 1 1
beam
/7.18 /7.11
6 /7.11
gr/rt
11 5 6
hazerd 6 1
10 br
F14 F13
/7.8 400/2.6
5
br
10A H1:1
warning 10A
gr/sw
rt/ge
2
gr/rt
2
switch
gr/sw
/8.22
86 30 86 30
XHGR
sw/gn
sw
headlight relay rear K10

/7.4
headlight
ws/ge
K9
sw/ws/gn
/8.22
2 7 /7.4
XHGR
XHGR
fuse
1 /7.8
/8.22 85 87 87a br 85 87 87a
ws
/7.8
3 4 /7.15
/7.8 2
br
XRT
sw/ws/gn
sw
3
flashlight turning
/10.2
sw/ws
signal relay
/7.15
/7.3
sw/gn
49 49a 1
XRT
K7
gr/rt
C L R 31 251
/10.2 4 /3.6
E2:2
br
/7.19
XGE:7 3 /7.19
250 /3.11 7
XWS
XWS
/3.6 57R
sw/ws
E2:3 /7.22 6
br
br
XNT
E7 rotating beacon
6
F1 fuse flashlight turning signal / imobilizier
gr/sw
2
gr/rt
/7.8
XGE:4
/3.10 7
XHGR
5 57L
working light front

3 /7.15 sw/ws /7.3
3 /7.15 5 sw/gn 5
/7.3
2 /7.22 F8 fuse working light front
gr/sw
XHR
XNT
XHR
XRT
XRT
cabin lighting with switch

/8.22
2 /10.2 /9.1 2 /10.2
8 8 /9.1
3 S5 switch working light rear
gr/rt
251/3.4
ws
4 /7.15 gr/sw
4 XRT:3 6 /7.15 /7.3
working light rear

C/2.10 /7.3 6 1
XHR
1
XHR
XRT
XRT
H8 XHR:6
/4.2 /9.1 XHR:6
E5
E6
7
1 252 1 7 /4.2
XHGR connector relay panel
ws/ge
/9.1
E8
/10.2 /10.2
105
250/3.4
sw/ws
/4.5
2 2
XGE connector relay panel
sw/rt
L109
gr/sw
XRT:4
XGN:7
sw/gn
ws
gr/rt
XRT connector headlight front

sw/ws
/4.5
253
sw/gn
sw/rt
XGN:7
ws/ge
gr/sw
4 1
XWS
XNT
XHR connector machine
gr/rt
3 2 5 4 /9.16
4 3 5 2 3 2 5 4 4 3 5 2 1 /7.22 4 /7.19
/9.16
E1 E3 E2 E4 XNT connector operator’s cab

br 2,5
br 2,5
head lamp 1 tail light 1 head 1
tail light 1
left lamp XWS connector operator’s cab

br
br
br
br
left right
2 11 1 16 right 3 17 6 6 12 7 13 3

a b c d a upper beam lighting left lighting right e brake light e f g h Model Electrical system from s/n Edition
Type SKL 200 Circuit électrique à partir du n/s Date 07.2007
3 2 5 4 b lower beam f reversing headlight 4 3 5 2 Tipo Sistema elèctrico desde el no. Fecha
E1 E3 Benennung Stromlaufplan Blatt Blatt
c turning indicator g turning indicator Wiring diagramm
3/5
Description
E2 E4 Dénomination Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille
Page
Feuille 7.13.17
1 d side marker light h side marker light 1 Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos Página Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
30 BRAKES, TRAVEL, WORKING HYDRAULIC
15
/7.18
1 fuse
fuse travel low speed / high speed F2 10A 1
2 ge 10A working hydraulics float;
/7.18
/7.18 F3 additional control circuit XGN connector machine
ge
1 2
XDBR
F6 10A S33 = 2 sw/ge
XDBR
fuse 2 /7.5 4
XHR connector machine
S33
1 /9.1
switch
brake light /9.1 2 201/2.15 405/1.10
gear box 3
/9.4
/7.5
1 H12:1 404/2.6 S10:10 406/4.6
ge
H1:1 X1 connector lighting front
sw/ge
ge
S30:10
1
ge
ge
/9.6 86 30
P XDBR connector relay panel
ge
bl/ge
accumulator pressure
/7.3 K6 =
parking brake
switch S23
4 2
K6
ge
relay gear shifting; connector relay panel

ge
1 XGE
neutral position
S26
85 87 87a
P
switch low speed / high speed

br
/7.14 2
switch
3 /9.6 14 XDGR conector dash board
sw/ge
X1
ge
ge
relay parking brake / travel
3 ge
/10.3
31
XDBR
/9.1 /7.8 8
2
XDGR
steering
/7.2 4
ge
5 XOR connector machine
br/ge
3
S35
5
switch
/7.8 10 5
XGN /7.5
S24:10
/8.22
XDGR
/8.7
S20
sw/ge
1 sw/ge 202/1.2 203/2.5
/9.1 1 /4.12 /8.22
8
X4 connector control unit
ge
P 86 30 /7.11 /9.1 407 K1:86 P4:G
3 9 1
ge
K2
XGE
/10.8 7 S20:10
ge
XOR
XHBL connector relay panel
ge
/4.10
/7.1
2 406
switch
ge
6
ge
87 87a
rt/sw
brake light 1
85 /8.22 /8.22
6 5
rt
10 1 /8.22
S25 P S30 switch working
XHBL
gn
/9.5 /8.1
2
150/1.2
hydraulic cut-off 4 /7.11
151 9 82 7 1
K1:85 /4.6 103/2.9 bl/ge
br/ws
ws/rt
4 /10.3 K3:85 H4 /8.22
br
X1 200/2.15 5
H6:1 1 6 /8.22
/7.14 4 XOR
402/3.6 XDGR 7
/8.22
8 4 5 7
X4
sw/rt
403/3.9 S3:10 /7.8
S4:10
br/ge 7 br/ws XDGR /9.1
1 = central ground
sw/gr
/7.11
rt/sw
rt/sw
/7.8 4 5 7
H16 warning
3 2 = solenoid valve gearbox

ge
6
buzzer
/7.11
or
bl
rt
3 = tacho transmitter
bl/ge
10
5 S21/1 4 = travel safety
br
5
XHR/7.3 /7.14
travel S22 push- 4 5 7 5 = battery +
1
8
switch
/8.1
7 2 1 button 114 control 6 = lifting frame damping
/9.1 9 1 B1
br
gr
2
forward / XHBR switch /5.5
unit 7 = tacho
sw/rt
2 S32:3 1 3 6 8 2
1 4 gr
joystick
bl/ge
nd
reverse 8 = option 2 frequence
sw
/8.22 /7.11
sw
ws
ge
br
vi
8 5 sw
relay /8.22 /7.11 110/1.3 1 3 6 8 2 X4
Y6 solenoid valve travel low / high speed

1 109/2.11
brake light
86 30
H11 XHBR D2 /7.11
steering Y13
112/2.9 1 3 6 8 2 rt/ge
gr
K5 1091/1.2
/7.1
/7.15
D1 H5 br 407/4.6 1 /7.11
relay travel forward

2
S30:10
rt
solenoid valve for
XHBL
bl/ws
br 85 87 87a
sw
4 /8.22
1
sw/rt
rt/ge
sw/gr
86 30 86 30
B10 tacho transmitter

relay /7.1 /7.1 10 5
br
4
br
S24 selector switch 1. / 2. gear

K4
bl/rt
152 7
/7.3 travel K3
/8.1
reverse
br
/4.7
K4:85
XHR 85 87 87a br
85 87 87a 9 7 1
br
6 /9.1
sw/bl
bl/ws
gr
rt/bl
sw
br
31
152/4.1
/7.2 /8.22 2 /8.22
151/4.4 6 /7.2 K5:85 7 3
253/3.5 XGN 310 XHBL XHBL
solenoid valve direction
K2:85 XGN /5.3 /7.11

E3:3 7 /9.1 6 /9.1 3 2
/7.11
252/3.5 L109/3.7
of travel recognition
E3:3 E4:3 gr/bl

gr
sw
solenoid valve
1
travel forward
sw/bl
sw .
rt/bl
/9.12
gr/bl 1 1 1 1 /7.15
105/3.7 /9.4
/9.13 1 /9.3 2 1 3
E4:3
Y5 Y10 solenoid valve gearbox
solenoid valve Y3
Y4
solenoid valve
Y2
2 /7.15
2 2 2
travel working
2 /9.8
2 4
br
br
reverse
br
br
br
br
br
br
17 18 4 5 6 5
hydraulic 7 8 9 7 8

Model Electrical system from s/n Edition
Type SKL 200 Circuit électrique à partir du n/s Date 01.2007
Benennung Stromlaufplan Blatt Blatt
Wiring diagramm
4/5
Página Página
Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
FLOAT POSITION, ADDITIONAL CIRCUIT RADIO, SOCKET
30
15
114/4.9
S30:1
B3 loudspeaker right
1
bl/ge
B4 loudspeaker left
300/3.12
S8:10 ge
fuse F12 15A
ge
socket /7.18 2
10 3 10 5 /7.7 switch 102/1.2
switch S32 S31 additional circuit G2:+12V
float position 9 5 1 9 1
rt
117
31 conncection only for option
bl/rt
bl/br
1
310/4.11 not valid for /9.1
B1:6 option XDBR /7.5
4
bl/ge
1
rt
/7.11
push-button S21/2
ge
3
switch joystick
2 /7.11
rt
switch
rt/ws
rt/sw
sw
sw
lifting frame S21/3 push button switch
joystick 4 3 8 7
damping
XWS
10 5
2 1
8
cutt-off S9 1 2 5 6 /7.11
9 1 /7.7 /7.19
/8.22
XHBR
5
rt/ws
rt/sw
M100/3.12
sw
sw
bl/br
S8:9
br
XA1 7 4 3 4 5 6
rt
bl/br
sw/rt
diode /7.10 XA2
bl/rt
/7.10
float 1
X11 socket
position D7 diode 2
/8.15
/7.13
bl/br
D10 bl/br bl/br sw/rt bl/br
1 2 2 1
8
7 1 1
diode D8
/7.13 /7.14 1 1 /7.15 /7.15
D11 X1 XRT XRT D9 diode
bl/rt
1 /7.18 2 2 /7.18
/7.18 2
diode /10.3
/10.2 6 /10.2 5
br
br
br
bl/br
float 16
/7.14
position /7.14 1
B2 radio
2
X1 X5
2 1
bl/br
/10.3 /10.3
sw/rt
bl/br
bl/rt
/7.10
W20
XA1
bl/br
1 1 1 1 1
float position Y12
br
float position Y7
additional circuit 1 Y8
solenoid valve Y11 Y9 solenoid valve

solenoid valve
lifting frame damping /10.14 /10.11 /10.11 /10.4 /10.10

additional circuit 2
br
2 2 2 2 2
solenoid valve
solenoid valve
br
br
br
br
br
W10
6 2 7 8 15 20

X1 connector lighting front XA1 connector radio XDBR connector machine Model
Type SKL 200 Electrical system
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
Edition
Date 01.2007
X5 connector relay panel XA2 connector radio XWS connector operator’s cab Benennung Stromlaufplan Blatt Blatt
Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 5/5 Page
Feuille 7.13.19
XRT connector relay panel XHBR connector dash board Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
Página Página
Fuse box — Assignment diagram
C A B C
4 8 4 8
F03 F02 F01
11 11
3 7 3 7
10 10
2 6 2 6
9 9 K2 K1
L824-E01 1 5 1 5
02-10-15
D A B
D = K3 (turn-signal flasher relay) below instrument panel
A B
Position Ampere assigned to Position Ampere assigned to
F1 15 Heater fan F1 15 Working floodlight, front
F2 15 Wash/wipe, front F2 15 Working floodlight, rear
F3 15 Wash/wipe, rear F3 10 Turn signal
F4 10 Rotating beacon; interior light F4 10 Hazard warning switch
F5 15 Travel, forward/reverse F5 15 Socket; radio
F6 10 Reserve F6 15 Reserve
F7 10 Reserve F7 10 Horn
F8 10 E-module inputs F8 10 High beam
F9 10 Instruments F9 10 Low beam
F 10 10 Radio F 10 10 Side marker light, left
F 11 15 Reserve F 11 10 Side marker light, right
C/D
F 01 50 Series fuse K1 Start relay
F 02 80 Starting system K2 Pre-heat relay
F 03 30 Control module power supply K 3 Turn-signal flasher relay
Colors of fuses
10 A red 15 A blue 30 A Rose 50 A red 80 A white
Cable and plug colors

bg beige Dgr dark gray hbr light brown rt red
bl blue Ge yellow hgr light gray sw black
br brown Gn green hr light red vi violet
dbl dark blue Gr grey nt nature ws white
dbr dark brown Hbl light blue or orange
TL 65 (SKL 824) 01.2007
Fuse and relay box 7.22.01
Start-up Pre-heat Shut-off Heating Air conditioning
rt 6,0ø
rt 2,5ø
sw 6,0ø
sw 10ø
0 I II III
S1
sw 4,0ø rt 2,5ø
sw 4,0ø 15 1.9
30 54 rt FA1
sw 4,0ø 1
19
X5
17
50A
vi/ws
ge
br/ge
2 2 2 B1
X20:3 X20:4 X20:5 S2
F01
1 1 1 0 I II III
F02 F03 C1 B3 B5 A4
sw 10ø
B4 A3 A5
gn/ws
gn/gr
X61:3 X61:4 X61:5
br/ge
gn/sw
86 30
br/ge
K1
gn/bl
X60:3
1
85
S13 ϑ
87 2
vi/ws
rt/ge
X60:11
1
1
X170
br4,0ø
rt 4,0ø
Y29 12 8
bl
rt/bl
sw/bl
86 30 X170 X160
K2 2 8
B+ sw 4,0ø 3
X170
30 50a 85 87 gn/gr
D+ W gn/sw 3
rt/ge
50ø
M
M1
G1
gn/bl
br4,0ø
B- +
sw 4,0ø
1
G2 S30
2
or
1 23
M
1
M3
1 1
Y1 4
R1 Y30
br 16,0ø
2 2
br
br
L824-E03
Path Designation Device Path Designation Device

ZSML Central control module 1.4 K2 Start relay (starting safeguard)
1.1 F01 Flat-type fuse 1.5 R1 Glow plugs
1.1 G1 Generator 1.5 Y1 Engine shutdown
1.1 F02 Flat-type fuse 1.7 FA1 Fuse
1.2 F03 Flat-type fuse 1.7 S2 Heater switch
1.2 Y29 Cold start 1.7 M3 Heating
enhancement
1.2 G2 Battery 12 V 1.8 S13 Air conditioning temperat. switch
1.3 K1 Start relay (starting 1.8 S30 Air conditioning pressure switch
aid)
1.3 M1 Starter 1.8 Y30 Air conditioning relay
1.4 S1 Pre-heat/ starter switch
7.22.01/01.2007
Wash/wipe system, front Wash/wipe system, rear
1.8 rt
1 1
FA2 FA3
2 2
K:8 J:11 J11
3.4
rt/ge
rt/sw
rt/ge
rt/sw
rt/ge
rt/sw
3 4 10 3 4 10 3 4 10
S21 S20 S22
br/rt
1 7 2 8 9 1 7 2
gn/sw 8 9 1 7 2 8 9
gn/rt
ge/gn
sw/br
ge/gn
rs/sw
rs/ge
or/sw
ge/rt
ge/rt
X31:19 K:2 K:16 J:10 K:4 K:17 J:9 K:7 K:9 J:12 X31:21
X70:7 X70:8 X70:6 X70:10 X70:11 X70:13 X70:17 X70:16 X70:14
br/ws
bl/sw
ws/vi
gn/rt
br/rt
br/ws
bl/sw
gn/bl
gn/vi
31b
+ 2 3 +
M 1 M 53 53a
M4 M 4 M
M6 M5
M7
- 5 -
31
br
br
br
br
L824-E04

ZSML Central control module 1.11 S20 Washer switch front/rear
SK030 Instrument panel 1.13 M5 Washer pump rear
1.9 FA2 Fuse 1.14 S22 Wiper switch rear
1.9 M4 Washer pump front 1.14 M7 Wiper rear
1.10 S21 Wiper switch front 1.16 FA3 Fuse
1.10 M6 Wiper front
TL 65 (SKL 824) 01.2007
Wiring diagram 7.22.02
Monitoring
FA9 rt 2,5ø 2.8

/4.12
rt 2,5ø
1
FA8
2
ge
X30:1
X60:1 X60:2
ge
ge
br
6
X68
6
ge
br
1 B
S33 C br br
B9 1 Q
1 2 1 1 1 1
S28 S27 S26
br/rt
R3 ϑ A R2 R4 ϑ
vio
br
2 2 2 2 2
5 2
bl/sw/ws
sw/vi
bl/ws
gn/ws
X68
5 gn
gn/rt
br/rt
X60:8 X60:7 X60:18 X60:9 X60:10 X60:4 X60:5 X60:6
W:1 W:2 W:3 W:4 W:5
15 P1 15 P2
31 58 31
58 t° Q
G 31 G 31
L824-E05

2.1 FA8 Fuse 2.4 R2 Tank sensor
2.1 R3 Engine temperature sensor 2.5 R4 Hydraulic oil temperature
sensor
2.2 P1 Engine temperature indicator 2.5 S28 Air filter maintenance switch
2.2 S33 Transmission position 2.6 S27 Oil pressure switch
2.3 B9 Speed 2.7 S26 Hydrostatic brake switch
2.3 P2 Fuel tank indicator
7.22.02/01.2007
Monitoring
rt 2,5ø
2.7 FA6
/3.2
/4.14
FA11 1 1
FA7 FA6
1 2 2
bl/br
bl/rt
FA11
2
X31:11 X31:8
12 17 18
X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
rt/ws
rt/gn
sw/br
rt/br
sw/vi
sw/bl
rt/sw
X30:6 X30:7 X30:8 X30:9 X30:10 X30:11 X30:12
X31:3 X31:6 X31:17 X31:12 X31:14 X31:15 X31:18 X31:4 X31:5 X31:9 X31:7
gn/sw/ws
sw/bl/gn
gn/ws/vi
rt/ws/gn
ge/ws/rt
ge/ws/bl
bl/sw/ws
bl/ge/gn
bl/sw/gn
gn/ws/rt
rt/gn/vi
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130
L824-E06

2.8 FA11 Reserve fuse 2.15 FA6 Reserve fuse
2.14 FA7 Reserve fuse
TL 65 (SKL 824) 01.2007
"Travel" Travel Float position Additional control circuit
fuse
/4.9 /2.15
FA4 FA6
rt 2,5ø
rt
1
FA5
2
ge/sw
X31:20 X80:1 K:18 X20:1

rt/gr
ge
3.10
J11/1.14 3.10
ge
3 1 3
5 10 10 3 10 3
S21/1 S16 S21/2 S21/3 S9
7 1 9 9 5 1 S10 9 5 1
2 1 2 2 1
bl/sw
bl/ge
sw/bl
sw/rt
bl/gn
bl/rt
gr/rt
bl/rt
bl/rt
gr
sw
bl
X80:3 X80:4 K:5 K:15 J:4 X80:5 X20:9 X20:10 X80:6 X80:7 X20:7 X20:8
X61:10 X61:13 X61:15 X61:7 X61:17 X61:18 X61:19

br/ge
br/gn
bl/br
gn/sw
sw/br
sw
gr
1 1 1 H16 1 1 1 1
Y4 Y3 Y2 Y7 Y8 Y9
2
2 2 2 2 2 2
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
L824-E07

3.1 FA5 Fuse 3.5 S21/2 Float position switch
3.2 Y4 Travel, forward 3.5 Y7 Float position
3.2 S21/1 Switch for travel, 3.7 S10 Float position switch
forward/reverse
3.3 Y3 Travel, reverse 3.8 Y8 Additional control circuit 1
3.3 H16 Travel motion alarm 3.8 S21/3 Additional control circuit
switch
3.4 S16 Switch for travel, 3.8 Y9 Additional control circuit 2
forward/reverse
3.4 Y2 Travel direction recognition 3.9 S9 Additional control circuit
7.22.03/01.2007
Travel speed Ride 4th control Working Transmission
control circuit hydraulics
system
900
/4.9
3.9
3.9
5 10 10 5 3 4 10 5 10 5 10
S13 1 9 9 1 S12 S11 1 72 8 9 S15 1 9 S14 1 9

bl/rt
rt/gn
rt/br
J:5 J:1 X20:6 X20:11 X20:12 K:11 J:3 K:6 J:2
X61:8 X61:20 X61:16 X61:12 X61:9 X61:11

sw/bl
rt/bl
gn/gr
gn/bl
gn/sw
3 4
bl/ge
X68 X68
rt/br
3 4
sw/bl
rt/bl
1 1 1 1 1 1
1
Y6 Y11 Y15 Y16 Y5 Y12 Y13
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
L824-E08

3.10 S13 Travel, SLOW 3.13 S11 4th control circuit
3.10 Y6 Travel, SLOW 3.14 Y5 Working hydraulics
3.12 S12 Ride control system switch 3.14 S15 Working hydraulics
3.12 Y11 Ride control system 1 3.15 S14 Transmission
3.12 Y15 Ride control system 2 3.15 Y12 Transmission 1
TL 65 (SKL 824) 01.2007
Lighting and signaling
/4.16 56b/4.4 56a/4.4
sw 2,5ø
F15
ws/ge
Horn/4.3
sw 2,5ø
ws
sw/gn
rt 2,5ø
sw 2,5ø
br/gn
sw/ws
8 7 6 5 4 3
gr/sw
rt S12
1 1 1
FB4 FB3 FB7 9 sw2,5ø1 2
br
2 2 2 4 5 12 11
sw/ws/gn
br/ge
X170 X170 X170
4 5 12 11
9
gr/sw
X170
sw/ws
sw/gn
9 6
br/ge
X170
6 /4.5 X30:3 X70:1
sw/ws/gn
1
rt
X70:9 B5 56b gr/sw

/4.5
2 56a 7 gr/sw
ge
Horn 8 X170 1 1
/4.6 7 FB10 FB11
X170
sw/ws 8 2 2
S4 2 83
ws/ge
ws
gr/rt
gr/sw
1 1
ge
6 1 5 10 br FB8 FB9
ge
2 2
sw/gn ws/ge 1
ws
S25 1 S23
2 3
2
sw/ws/gn
ws
sw/rt
rt/ge
sw
2
X150
2
rt/ge
1 X70:18 X70:12
T 31 X150 251
1 /4.6
K3
53S 15
X61:6
sw/ws
250
br
/4.6
sw/ws sw/gn
3 1 5 3
X150 X160 X150 X160
3 1 5 3
gr/sw gr/rt
X30:5 X30:4 4 2 251/4.4 6 4
X150 X160 X150 X160
4 2 6 4
sw/gn
sw/ws
gr/rt
gr/sw
X61:14
X61:21
sw/gn
ws/ge
gr/rt
gr/sw
sw/ws
gr/rt
ws
250/4.4 1
1 X68
sw/rt
gr/bl
ws/ge
gr/rt
E8 1
gr/bl
ws
sw/rt
+
2 3 25 4 3 25 4
43 52 43 52 E14
br
E1 E3 E2 E4
-
1 1 1 1
br
br
br
br
br
L824-E09

4.1 E8 Interior light 4.4 E1 Lighting front left
4.1 FB4 Fuse 4.5 S12 Light switch
4.2 FB3 Fuse 4.5 E3 Lighting rear left
4.2 S4 Direction indicator switch, 4.6 FB10 Fuse
hazard warning switch
4.2 K3 Flasher transmitter 4.6 FB11 Fuse
4.3 FB7 Fuse 4.6 E2 Lighting front right
4.3 B5 Horn 4.6 S25 Brake light switch
4.4 FB8 Fuse 4.7 E4 Lighting rear right
4.4 FB9 Fuse 4.7 S23 Hand brake switch
4.8 E14 License-plate illumination
7.22.04/01.2007
Rotating beacon Working floodlights Instrument Radio Socket
panel
2.1 2.8 4.2

3 FA9 FA11 F15
sw 2,5ø
rt rt sw
rt 2,5ø
1 1 1 1
FA9 FA10 FB6 FB5
FA4/3.1 2 2 2 2
sw
rt/ws
1 1 1
FA4 FB1 FB2
2 2 2
rt/br
rt/gn
rt/ge
10
X170
10
rt/ws
X31:16 X31:10 X31:13
ge
rt
+ +
B4 B3
- -
rt
3.13
900
5 10 5 ge 10
10 5
S6
rt/sw
rt/ws
S3 S5
sw
sw
9 1 9 1 9 1
gr/sw
vi/ws
gr/rt
7 4 3 4 5 6
XA1 XA2
1
XSD
2
X20:13 X20:14 X20:15
X10:5 X10:4
X70:5 X70:3 X70:4
B2
br
X10:6 X10:3
XA1
bl/ge
8
bl/br
br
5 6 1 2
U1
gr/sw
vi/ws
gr/sw
br
gr/rt
gr/rt
8 7 4 3
1 1 1 1 1
E4 E6
E7 E3 E5
2 2 2 2
br
2
br
br
br
br
br
L824-E10

4.9 FA4 Fuse 4.12 E6 Working floodlight rear
4.9 S3 Rotating beacon switch 4.12 FA9 Fuse
4.9 E7 Rotating beacon 4.13 U1 Instrument panel
4.10 FB1 Fuse 4.13 FA10 Fuse
4.10 S5 Working floodlight front 4.15 B4 Loudspeaker
4.10 E3 Working floodlight front 4.15 B2 Radio
4.11 E4 Working floodlight front 4.15 FB6 Fuse
4.11 FB2 Fuse 4.15 B3 Loudspeaker
4.11 S6 Working floodlight rear 4.16 FB5 Fuse
4.11 E5 Working floodlight rear 4.16 XSD Socket
TL 65 (SKL 824) 01.2007
Central control module (ZSML)
X60 Signal inputs "engine monitoring"
X5
1 Power supply Terminal 15 output
2 Central mass Terminal 31
3 Charge control generator D+
X91
4 Air filter maintenance switch signal

5 Oil pressure switch signal
6 Hydrostatic brake pressure switch signal
7 Transmission switch signal
8 Engine temperature sensor signal
X20
X90
9 Tank sensor signal

10 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor signal
11 Speed signal generator "W" signal
12 --
13 --
X10
13 --
15 --
X61
16 --
17 --
18 Speedometer signal sensor
X30 Signal inputs "Lighting"
X40

2 --
3 Parking light Terminal 15 input
4 High beam signal
5 Direction indicator control signal
6 Reserve -
X80
7 Reserve +
8 Reserve +
9 Reference voltage
X70
10 Reserve - Analog
11 Reserve - Analog
12 Reserve - Analog
X80 Coordinate lever
X30

3 Travel forward signal
4 Travel reverse signal
5 Float position signal
6 Additional control circuit signal
X31
8 Reserve - Analog
9 Reserve - Analog
X60
L824-ZSML
7.22.05/01.2007
X5
X40 CAN-BUS (Option)
X91
3 CAN/HI
4 R1
5 R2
6 CAN/LO
X10 Control panel
X20
X90
1 --
3 CAN/HI
4 --
5 --
X10
6 CAN/LO
X90 Programming connection
X61
X91 Immobilizer (Option)

X40
3 TXD
4 RXD
5 CTS
6 RTS
X80
X70
X30
X31
X60
L824-ZSML
TL 65 (SKL 824) 01.2007
X31 Module power supply, working
X5
floodlights, rotating beacon, wiper
1 --
2 -
X91
3 Reserve digital output

4 Relay K11:87a N.C. contact output
5 Relay K11:87 N.O. contact output
X20
X90
8 Relay K12 power supply Terminal 15 input

9 Relay K12:87a N.C. contact Output
10 Power supply Terminal 15 input working
floodlight front
11 Relay K11 power supply Terminal 15
input
X10
12 Reserve PWM output

X61
floodlight rear
16 Power supply Terminal 30 input rotating
beacon
X40
17 Reserve Digital output

19 Power supply Terminal 15 input wash/
wipe rear
20 Power supply Terminal 15 input travel
X80
wipe rear
X70 Working floodlights , Wipers
1 Brake light switch Terminal 15 output
X70
2 --
3 Working floodlight front output
4 Working floodlight rear output
5 Rotating beacon output
6 Wiper Terminal 53b 2nd setting output
X30
7 Washer pump front output

8 Wiper Terminal 31b output
9 Interior lamp Terminal 30 output
10 Wiper Terminal 53 output
11 Wiper Terminal 53a output
12 Hand brake switch signal input
13 Washer pump rear output
X31
14 Rear wiper Terminal 53a output

15 --
16 Rear wiper Terminal 31b output
X60
17 Rear wiper Terminal output

L824-ZSML
18 Brake light switch signal input
7.22.06/01.2007
X61 Rear carriage
X5
1 --
2 --
3 Starting Terminal 50a output
X91
4 Pre-heat output
5 Engine shutdown output
6 Brake light output
7 Travel, direction recognition
X20
output
X90
8 Travel, FAST-SLOW output

9 Transmission 1 output
10 Travel motion alarm output
X10
12 Working hydraulics output

13 Fog lamp Output
14 Ride control system 3 output
X61
15 Back-up lamp output

16 Travel reverse output
17 Float position output
18 Additional control circuit output
X40

20 Ride control system 1,2 output
21 Travel forward output
X20 Panel, right
1 Power supply Terminal 15
X80
output
2 --
3 Starting Terminal 50a signal
X70
4 Pre-heat signal
5 Engine shutdown signal
6 Ride control system signal
X30
9 Float position 1 signal

11 4th control circuit signal
13 Rotating beacon signal
14 Working floodlight front signal
X31
15 Working floodlight rear Signal

X5 Power supply
X60
L824-ZSML
TL 65 (SKL 824) 01.2007
C A B C
4 8 4 8
F03 F02 F01
11 11
3 7 3 7
10 10
2 6 2 6
9 9 K2 K1
L824-E01 1 5 1 5
02-10-15
D A B
A B
C/D
Colors of fuses

bg beige Dgr dark gray hbr light brown rt red
bl blue Ge yellow hgr light gray sw black
br brown Gn green hr light red vi violet
dbl dark blue Gr grey nt nature ws white
dbr dark brown Hbl light blue or orange
TL 80 (SKL 834) 01.2007
rt 6,0ø
rt 2,5ø
sw 6,0ø
sw 10ø
0 I II III
S1
sw 4,0ø rt 2,5ø
sw 4,0ø 15 1.9
30 54 rt FA1
sw 4,0ø 1
19
X5
17
50A
vi/ws
ge
br/ge
2 2 2 B1
X20:3 X20:4 X20:5 S2
F01
1 1 1 0 I II III
F02 F03 C1 B3 B5 A4
sw 10ø
B4 A3 A5
gn/ws
gn/gr
X61:3 X61:4 X61:5
br/ge
gn/sw
86 30
br/ge
K1
gn/bl
X60:3
1
85
S13 ϑ
87 2
vi/ws
rt/ge
X60:11
1
1
X170
br4,0ø
rt 4,0ø
Y29 12 8
bl
rt/bl
sw/bl
86 30 X170 X160
K2 2 8
B+ sw 4,0ø 3
X170
30 50a 85 87 gn/gr
D+ W gn/sw 3
rt/ge
50ø
M
M1
G1
gn/bl
br4,0ø
B- +
sw 4,0ø
1
G2 S30
2
or
1 23
M
1
M3
1 1
Y1 4
R1 Y30
br 16,0ø
2 2
br
br
L824-E03

enhancement
aid)
7.24.01/01.2007
1.8 rt
1 1
FA2 FA3
2 2
K:8 J:11 J11
3.4
rt/ge
rt/sw
rt/ge
rt/sw
rt/ge
rt/sw
3 4 10 3 4 10 3 4 10
S21 S20 S22
br/rt
1 7 2 8 9 1 7 2
gn/sw 8 9 1 7 2 8 9
gn/rt
ge/gn
sw/br
ge/gn
rs/sw
rs/ge
or/sw
ge/rt
ge/rt
X31:19 K:2 K:16 J:10 K:4 K:17 J:9 K:7 K:9 J:12 X31:21
X70:7 X70:8 X70:6 X70:10 X70:11 X70:13 X70:17 X70:16 X70:14
br/ws
bl/sw
ws/vi
gn/rt
br/rt
br/ws
bl/sw
gn/bl
gn/vi
31b
+ 2 3 +
M 1 M 53 53a
M4 M 4 M
M6 M5
M7
- 5 -
31
br
br
br
br
L824-E04

1.10 M6 Wiper front
TL 80 (SKL 834) 01.2007
Monitoring
FA9 rt 2,5ø 2.8

/4.12
rt 2,5ø
1
FA8
2
ge
X30:1
X60:1 X60:2
ge
ge
br
6
X68
6
ge
br
1 B
S33 C br br
B9 1 Q
1 2 1 1 1 1
S28 S27 S26
br/rt
R3 ϑ A R2 R4 ϑ
vio
br
2 2 2 2 2
5 2
bl/sw/ws
sw/vi
bl/ws
gn/ws
X68
5 gn
gn/rt
br/rt
X60:8 X60:7 X60:18 X60:9 X60:10 X60:4 X60:5 X60:6
W:1 W:2 W:3 W:4 W:5
15 P1 15 P2
31 58 31
58 t° Q
G 31 G 31
L824-E05

sensor
7.24.02/01.2007
Monitoring
rt 2,5ø
2.7 FA6
/3.2
/4.14
FA11 1 1
FA7 FA6
1 2 2
bl/br
bl/rt
FA11
2
X31:11 X31:8
12 17 18
X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
rt/ws
rt/gn
sw/br
rt/br
sw/vi
sw/bl
rt/sw
X30:6 X30:7 X30:8 X30:9 X30:10 X30:11 X30:12
X31:3 X31:6 X31:17 X31:12 X31:14 X31:15 X31:18 X31:4 X31:5 X31:9 X31:7
gn/sw/ws
sw/bl/gn
gn/ws/vi
rt/ws/gn
ge/ws/rt
ge/ws/bl
bl/sw/ws
bl/ge/gn
bl/sw/gn
gn/ws/rt
rt/gn/vi
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130
L824-E06

TL 80 (SKL 834) 01.2007
fuse
/4.9 /2.15
FA4 FA6
rt 2,5ø
rt
1
FA5
2
ge/sw
X31:20 X80:1 K:18 X20:1

rt/gr
ge
3.10
J11/1.14 3.10
ge
3 1 3
5 10 10 3 10 3
S21/1 S16 S21/2 S21/3 S9
7 1 9 9 5 1 S10 9 5 1
2 1 2 2 1
bl/sw
bl/ge
sw/bl
sw/rt
bl/gn
bl/rt
gr/rt
bl/rt
bl/rt
gr
sw
bl
X80:3 X80:4 K:5 K:15 J:4 X80:5 X20:9 X20:10 X80:6 X80:7 X20:7 X20:8
X61:10 X61:13 X61:15 X61:7 X61:17 X61:18 X61:19

br/ge
br/gn
bl/br
gn/sw
sw/br
sw
gr
1 1 1 H16 1 1 1 1
Y4 Y3 Y2 Y7 Y8 Y9
2
2 2 2 2 2 2
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
L824-E07

forward/reverse
switch
forward/reverse
7.24.03/01.2007
system
900
/4.9
3.9
3.9
5 10 10 5 3 4 10 5 10 5 10
S13 1 9 9 1 S12 S11 1 72 8 9 S15 1 9 S14 1 9

bl/rt
rt/gn
rt/br
J:5 J:1 X20:6 X20:11 X20:12 K:11 J:3 K:6 J:2
X61:8 X61:20 X61:16 X61:12 X61:9 X61:11

sw/bl
rt/bl
gn/gr
gn/bl
gn/sw
3 4
bl/ge
X68 X68
rt/br
3 4
sw/bl
rt/bl
1 1 1 1 1 1
1
Y6 Y11 Y15 Y16 Y5 Y12 Y13
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
L824-E08

TL 80 (SKL 834) 01.2007
/4.16 56b/4.4 56a/4.4
sw 2,5ø
F15
ws/ge
Horn/4.3
sw 2,5ø
ws
sw/gn
rt 2,5ø
sw 2,5ø
br/gn
sw/ws
8 7 6 5 4 3
gr/sw
rt S12
1 1 1
FB4 FB3 FB7 9 sw2,5ø1 2
br
2 2 2 4 5 12 11
sw/ws/gn
br/ge
X170 X170 X170
4 5 12 11
9
gr/sw
X170
sw/ws
sw/gn
9 6
br/ge
X170
6 /4.5 X30:3 X70:1
sw/ws/gn
1
rt
X70:9 B5 56b gr/sw

/4.5
2 56a 7 gr/sw
ge
Horn 8 X170 1 1
/4.6 7 FB10 FB11
X170
sw/ws 8 2 2
S4 2 83
ws/ge
ws
gr/rt
gr/sw
1 1
ge
6 1 5 10 br FB8 FB9
ge
2 2
sw/gn ws/ge 1
ws
S25 1 S23
2 3
2
sw/ws/gn
ws
sw/rt
rt/ge
sw
2
X150
2
rt/ge
1 X70:18 X70:12
T 31 X150 251
1 /4.6
K3
53S 15
X61:6
sw/ws
250
br
/4.6
sw/ws sw/gn
3 1 5 3
X150 X160 X150 X160
3 1 5 3
gr/sw gr/rt
X30:5 X30:4 4 2 251/4.4 6 4
X150 X160 X150 X160
4 2 6 4
sw/gn
sw/ws
gr/rt
gr/sw
X61:14
X61:21
sw/gn
ws/ge
gr/rt
gr/sw
sw/ws
gr/rt
ws
250/4.4 1
1 X68
sw/rt
gr/bl
ws/ge
gr/rt
E8 1
gr/bl
ws
sw/rt
+
2 3 25 4 3 25 4
43 52 43 52 E14
br
E1 E3 E2 E4
-
1 1 1 1
br
br
br
br
br
L824-E09

7.24.04/01.2007
panel
2.1 2.8 4.2

3 FA9 FA11 F15
sw 2,5ø
rt rt sw
rt 2,5ø
1 1 1 1
FA9 FA10 FB6 FB5
FA4/3.1 2 2 2 2
sw
rt/ws
1 1 1
FA4 FB1 FB2
2 2 2
rt/br
rt/gn
rt/ge
10
X170
10
rt/ws
X31:16 X31:10 X31:13
ge
rt
+ +
B4 B3
- -
rt
3.13
900
5 10 5 ge 10
10 5
S6
rt/sw
rt/ws
S3 S5
sw
sw
9 1 9 1 9 1
gr/sw
vi/ws
gr/rt
7 4 3 4 5 6
XA1 XA2
1
XSD
2
X20:13 X20:14 X20:15
X10:5 X10:4
X70:5 X70:3 X70:4
B2
br
X10:6 X10:3
XA1
bl/ge
8
bl/br
br
5 6 1 2
U1
gr/sw
vi/ws
gr/sw
br
gr/rt
gr/rt
8 7 4 3
1 1 1 1 1
E4 E6
E7 E3 E5
2 2 2 2
br
2
br
br
br
br
br
L824-E10

TL 80 (SKL 834) 01.2007
X5
X91

X20
X90

12 --
13 --
X10
13 --
15 --
X61
16 --
17 --
X40

2 --
4 High beam signal
6 Reserve -
X80
7 Reserve +
8 Reserve +
9 Reference voltage
X70
10 Reserve - Analog
11 Reserve - Analog
12 Reserve - Analog
X30

X31
8 Reserve - Analog
9 Reserve - Analog
X60
L824-ZSML
7.24.05/01.2007
X5
X91
3 CAN/HI
4 R1
5 R2
6 CAN/LO
X10 Control panel
X20
X90
1 --
3 CAN/HI
4 --
5 --
X10
6 CAN/LO
X61

X40
3 TXD
4 RXD
5 CTS
6 RTS
X80
X70
X30
X31
X60
L824-ZSML
TL 80 (SKL 834) 01.2007
X5
1 --
2 -
X91

X20
X90

floodlight front
input
X10

X61
floodlight rear
beacon
X40

wipe rear
X80
wipe rear
X70
2 --
X30

X31

15 --
X60

L824-ZSML
7.24.06/01.2007
X61 Rear carriage
X5
1 --
2 --
X91
4 Pre-heat output
X20
output
X90

X10
13 Fog lamp Output

X61

X40

X20 Panel, right
X80
output
2 --
X70
4 Pre-heat signal
X30

X31

X5 Power supply
X60
L824-ZSML
TL 80 (SKL 834) 01.2007
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
POWER SUPPLY START-UP SYSTEM PRE-GLOW SYSTEM ENGINE MONITORING
30 3 Kl.30/2.1
8 15 X15 9
Kl.15/2.1
sw 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
F21
/5.13
rt 6,0Ø
FUSE 2 1
FUSE F20 5A
STARTING , PRE-HATING / F1 10A
INSTRUMENT 15
ENGINE SHUT OFF 1 2
sw 2,5Ø
K1 RELAY TERMINAL15 !
L21
L20
87 85 30 1/2
150
/8.18
/8.17 0 I III S1 PRE-HEAT STARTER 0 4/4 60
br
II SWITCH
30 86 31 50A 17 19 54 15
S1 S4
ge S3
sw/bl 2,5Ø
sw
/8.22
00000 00
br/ge
ge 0,5Ø
sw 6,0Ø
ge
L12 L13 L14 L17 L18 L19 31
2 8 11 15 58
14
X22 X22
X22 X22 L4 L10
4 10 L1 L2 L3 L6 L7 L8 L9 L11
L5
br/ge
86 30 24 14 6 17 4 18 16 21 2 22 5 19 3 23 1 15 9 20 11 8 10 7 13 12
Kl.61
B1
sw/bl 2,5Ø
/1.10
vi/ws
/8.11
K2 INSTRUMENT
rt
85 87a
X30 1 2 87
br/ws 0,5Ø
br
br/ge
gn
XM1
XM1
XM1
XM1
XM1
XM1
31 5 1 7 8 9
K2
/2.8
2 21 5 1 7 8 9
sw/ge 0,5Ø
sw/ws 0,5Ø
bl/ws 0,5Ø
sw/vi 0,5Ø
gr/rt 0,5Ø
rt/gn 0,5Ø
ws 0,5Ø
sw 0,5Ø
gn 0,5Ø
gr 0,5Ø
bl 0,5Ø
sw 10Ø
sw/bl 2,5Ø
rt 6,0Ø
br/ge
br/ws
vi/ws
rt
rt 2,5Ø
30 86
XM1
PRE-GLOW FUSE
XM1
START-UP FUSE
K01 /6.18 3 6 20 4
XM1
MAIN FUSE
2 2 2
START-
F02
F01
5
F03
60A
3 6 20 4
20A
50A
Kl.56a/4.5
4
B1:L5/2.8
B1:L6/2.4
B1:L7/2.8
RELAY
Kl.58/4.8
85
Kl.61/1.3
Kl.C /4.3
87 3
1 1 1 2
1
/5.3
EXTRA LARGE QUANTITY START-UP
rt/gn
rt/bl
bl
/6.19
bl/ws
SWITCH AIR FLTER
rt 2,5Ø
sw/vi
gn
B+
8
X22
rt
9
2 1 9 6 3
sw 2,5Ø
10 7
sw 10Ø
sw 2,5Ø
sw 6,0Ø
XMOT XMOT XMOT K02 PRE-HEAT RELAY XMOT XMOT 13
S28 CLOGGING
2 1 10 9 3
7 6
rt/bl
sw/bl 2,5Ø
bl
ENGINE TEMPERATURE SENSOR

rt 2,5Ø
sw 6,0Ø
gn
rt/gn
rt
ENGINE SHUT-OFF
sw 35,0Ø /6.7
W sw 25,0Ø 1
30 M 50a 1 1 1
/7.7
1 1 Q
G B+
R3
D+
P
3~ /7.11
R1 GLOW PLUG 1 R2 TRANSMITTER
STARTER
/7.14
+ /7.11 2
/6.12
SWITCH 2
S27
Y2
2 FUEL GAUGE 2
G1 G2
U /7.7 P
Y1
31 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

2
12 V
M1
B- /6.13 2
BATTERY
GENERATOR
br 2,5Ø
-
/6.21
sw 35,0Ø
8
XMOT
8
1
OPTION
S2 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
br 0,5Ø
br 2,5Ø
br
br
br
br
br
31 X31 1 br 10Ø X31 2 X31 3 X31 4 X31 6 12 X31 X31 3 4 X31
Kl.31/2.1
CENTRAL GROUND BATTERY CENTRAL GROUND CONNECOR UNIT
Model
Type TL80AS Electrical system
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL80AS0101 Edition
Date 01.2008
Tipo Fecha
X31 CENRAL GROUND X22 CONNECTOR MACHINE-DASH BOARD Sistema elèctrico desde el no.

X15 POWER SUPPLY XM1 CONNECTOR DASH BOARD-MACHINE FRAME Description Wiring diagramm Page
1/6 Page
7.25.01
Dénomination circuit électrique Feuille Feuille
X30 POWER SUPPLY XMOT CONNECTOR MACHINE FRAME-ENGINE Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
Página
Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PRESSURE SWITCHES TRAVEL DRIVE WORKING TRAVEL FAST-SLOW
Kl.30/1.16 Kl.30/3.1
Kl.15/1.16 1 Kl.15/3.1
/8.17
1 2 3
Kl.58d Kl.58d/3.1
rt 2,5Ø
FUSE 1
FUSE
1 1
PRESSURE SWITCHES / FUSE BACKUP LIGHT, WORKING HYDRAULIC,
F9 10A TRAVEL DRIVE, PARKING BRAKE
F10 15A 10A F11 TRAVEL FAST/SLOW
BRAKE LIGHTS
2 2
2
gr/bl
gr/bl
ge
gr/bl
W58
ge
ge
ge
10 5
/8.4
10 6 5 10 5
SWITCH /8.8
S16 S15 WORKINGHYDRAULIC
DIODE-BLOC S14
rt/ge
31 7
9
1 SWITCHES /8.6 CUT-OFF
BRAKE B1:L7 /1.13 9 8 2 7 9 7 1
SWITCH
TRAVEL DIRECTION 1
br
br
/8.11 V2 B1:L5 /1.12
FOREWARD / 20
6
TRAVEL
31 31 FAST /
87a 86
/2.15 Low BACKWARD
SLOW
sw
gr
87
sw
30 85 ge ge
sw
86 30 86 30 86 30
K3
TRAVEL FOREWARDS
TRAVEL REVERSE
/8.11
RELAY K4
RELAY K5
/8.11 RELAY /8.11
TRAVEL 87
85 87 87a DIRECTION 85 87a 85 87 87a
sw
sw
sw
br
sw/br
gn/ge
rt/ge
br
BACK ALARM
gr
br
sw
sw
gr
gr
rt
31 86
87a 31 31
R(2) /5.10
TRAVEL DIRECTION V1
87
sw
DIODE BLOC
85 30
12 13
16 11 /8.8 14 15
XM1 XM1 XM1 XM1 XM1 XM1
16 11 13 14 15
12
gn
gn/ge
sw
bl/ge
br/gn
sw/br
sw/rt
sw/rt
sw
rt/ge
ge
ge
ge
ge
gr
rt
rt
START-UP SAFETY
BACK-UP LIGHTS
1 3 3
K2/1.4
R(1) /4.11
Low/2.7
/8.16
1 1
/1.12
S21
/4.10
/6.22 P /8.17 P /8.18

2
S26 2
B1:L6
TRAVEL
Kl.54
S25 2 4 2 1
SWITCH
SWITCH S23
HYDROSTATIC SWITCH (JOYSTICK)
BRAKECHECK
BRAKELIGHT
BRAKE BRAKELIGHT
SWITCH
PARKINGBREAKE
1 1 /6.21 1 /8.16 1 /6.7
1
/6.4 /6.21 1 /8.16
Y2 Y3 Y4 SOLENOID VALVE Y10 Y6

SOLENOIDVALVE 2 2 2 SOLENOID VALVE JOYSTICK Y9 2 SOLENOID VALVE2 SOLENOID VALVE
SOLENOID VALVE 2
TRAVEL DIRECTION RECOGNITION TRAVEL CUT-OFF JOYSTICK FAST /
TRAVEL
BACKWARD FOREWARD CUT-OFF SLOW
br
br
br
br
br
X31 X31 br X31

Kl.31/1.16
8 10 X31 12 X31 28 X31 25 14
Kl.31/3.1

Model
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL80AS0101 Edition
Date 01.2008

Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
circuit électrique
Page
Feuille 2/6 Page
Feuille
7.25.02
X31 Ground XM1 Connector dash board - machine frame Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
Página
Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
AIR CONDITIONER INTERIOR- ROTATING BEACON HEATED REAR
HEATER FAN WIPER WIPER REAR RADIO SOCKET
OPTION LIGHT OPTION WINDOW
Kl.30/2.16 Kl.30/4.1
3 4 10 5
Kl.15/2.16 Kl.15/4.1
15 13 10 7 8 14
Kl.58d/2.16 Kl.58d/4.1
FUSE FUSE
sw 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
FUSE
rt 2,5Ø
WIPER INTERIOR LIGHT /5.15
FUSE REAR RADIO 15 ROTATING BEACON F24
1 F16 FUSE 1
1 1
1 HEATER FAN 1
1 FUSE
FUSE WIPER- RADIO 30
15A F13 AIR CONDITIONER 15A F14 WASHER FRONT 15A F15 5A F3 10A 10A F4 HEATED REAR F23 20A
ge SOCKET
2 2 2 2 2 WINDOW 2
ge 2
gr/bl
gr/bl
gr/bl
OPTION
ge
gr/bl
ge
SWITCH
ge
SWITCH
ge 2,5Ø
ge 2,5Ø
AC WASHPUMPS ge
HEATED REAR WINDOW

gr/bl
gr/bl
rt
SWITCH
SWITCH WIPER REAR

S24 3
ROTATING BEACON
HEATER FAN
S31 5 6 10 3 4 10 10 1 2
B1
/8.3
/8.3 /8.1 10 6 5 5 10 5 6 10
/8.3
S13
SWITCH S19
OPTION S30
ws/vi
2 8
/8.1 0 I II III 1 7 9 1 7 2 8 9 9 5 8 S20
S22
/8.1
C1
B5
A5
9 8 2 7 1 2 8
A4
1 /8.1 9 1 7 9
A3
B4
br
br
SWITCH
br
br
B3
SWITCH
br
br
18 11 17
br
31 19 WIPER 17
31 12
13 31
31 gn/gr
FRONT 31 31 31
br/ge
br/ws
gr/sw
br/rt
ge
or
bl/sw
br/ws
ws 2,5Ø
gn/sw
gn/gr
rt/ge
ws/vi
gn/bl
ws 2,5Ø
vi/ws
ge
rt
5
15
I
5 XM3
1 2 3 1
/8.22 /8.22
S32 /8.22 53S
XM3 1 2 3 XM3 2
TEMPERATURE- 53M
SWITCH
rt 2,5Ø
31
AIR CONDITIONER 6
(FREEZING PROTECTION) XM3 T
6
/8.22
K12 /8.16
or
B1 SPEAKER LEFT
WIPE- WASH-
gn/vi
br/ws
bl/sw
br/rt
12 /8.21 RELAY 12
3 1 2 11
XM2 13
XK1
14
XK1
12 /6.1 XK1 XK1 XK1 XK1
3 1 2 13 14
11 12
rt/sw
or
MAGNETIC CLUTCH COMPRESSOR AIR CONDITIONER
ws 2,5Ø
ws 2,5Ø
S33 P rt
br/ws
ws/vi
vi/ws
rt/ge
bl/sw
/6.9 2
PRESSURE SWITCH
4 3 1
AIR CONDITIONER /9.7 rt/sw
or
/9.7 /9.7
E9 INTERIOR LIGHT
XM7 XM7
4 3 1
bl
31b bl/ws
53a bl/sw
SPEAKER RIGHT B2
WIPER MOTOR
2
WASH PUMPE FRONT
1 31b
rt
WASH PUMPE REAR
X1 SOCKET
1 3 1
53
+ + 1 /9.19
M 53a M 53 1
M3 M M M 1 E10
30
15
FRONT
/6.10 M7 /8.1
R4 HEATED REAR
Y30
R-
R+
L+
ROTATING BEACON
L-
4 WINDOW
M6
HEATER FAN /8.22 - /8.22 - /8.22

31
WIPER MOTOR /8.2 2 2
/9.6
31 2
M5
M4
2
REAR
31
4 2 A1 RADIO
SW
XM3 /9.7
br 2,5Ø
4
sw 4,0Ø
/8.22
2
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
26 30 29 23 10 6 1 5 8 9 7
Kl.31/2.16 Kl.31/4.1

Model
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL80AS0101 Edition
Date 01.2008

XM2 CONNECTOR DASH BOARD / MACHINE FRAME XM7 CONNECTOR OPERATORS CAB / WIPER MOTOR Description Wiring diagramm Page
Feuille 3/6 Page
7.25.03
Dénomination circuit électrique Feuille
XM3 CONNECTOR DASH BORD / HEATER FAN XK1 CONNECTOR DASH BOARD / OPERATORS CAB Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
Página
Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LIGHTING AND SIGNALING WORKING LIGHTS HORN
Kl.30/3.16 Kl.30/5.1
7 8 7
Kl.15/3.16 Kl.15/5.1
6 9 11 12
Kl.58d/3.16 Kl.58d/5.1
rt 2,5Ø
F22/5.13
rt 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
Kl.15
sw
WARNING LIGHTS
1
gr/bl
1 1 1 1 1 FUSE
F17
FUSE OPTION
FTRONT F18
F5
20A
10A
20A
15A
FUSE
LIGHTING F2 F22 FUSE 15A 15A F19 WORKING LIGHTS

2
2 2 2 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS 2 2 REAR
FUSE
WORKING LIGHTS
FUSE WARNING LIGHTS,
OPTION DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS

ge 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
WIPER-WASHER
gr/bl
gr/bl
sw
ge
ge
ge
ge
gr/rt gr/rt
3
2 8
2 OPTION /8.3 9 5 9 5 S6 OPTION
/8.1 1 10 9 SWITCH
SWITCH
S4 /8.22
30
15
49a 15
S5 WORKING-
WORKING- LIGHTS
SWITCH
6 10 S8 H 10 1 10 1 /8.3
56a
1 5 56b 58 0 L R Horn LIGHTS
br
br
WARNING LIGHT- 5 6 4 8 7 3 14 15 REAR
FRONT
br
LIGHTS SWITCH 31 31
sw/ws/gn
sw/gn
OPTION RELAY
WORKING LIGHTS
K10 REAR
gr/sw
sw/ws/gn
ge/gn
gr/rt
sw
86 30 /8.11 86 30
OPTION /8.11
Kl.54/2.4
R(1)/2.9
FUSE
ws/ge
HIGH BEAM
BRAKELIGHTS
RELAY
BACKUP LIGHTS
ws
POSITION LIGHT K9
gr
WORKING-
LEFT gr 85 85
87 87a
LOW BEAM
1 1 87a
FUSE
1 LIGHTS
F25
F26
RIGHT F28
1 87
br
15A 15A F27 2 10A 10A FRONT
br
POSITION LIGHT
2
FUSE
2 31 31
2
FUSE
INDICATOR HIGH BEAM
Kl.C/1.12
gr/sw
sw/ws
sw/ws
gr/sw
sw/gn
gr/sw
gr/rt
gr/rt
gr/rt
XM2
XM2
7 7
XM2
8 8 10 9
XM2
XM2
5 6 9 10
/1.13
XM2
XK1 XK1
/1.13
XK1 XK1
Kl.56a
Kl.58
49 49a C 5 6 8 9 10 8 10 9
7 7
/8.7
/1.14
K11
FLASHING
RELAY C2 C3 31
sw/vi
LICENCE PLATE NUMBER LIGHT

RIGHT
LICENCE PLATE NUMBER LIGHT
LEFT
gr/rt
sw/ws
ws/ge
sw/ws
ws/ge
sw/gn
sw/gn
gr/sw
gr/sw
gr/sw
sw/rt
gr/sw
gr/sw
sw/rt
gr/rt
gr/rt
gr/rt
gr/rt
WORKING LIGHTS
ws
ws
sw
WORKING LIGHTS
sw
WORKING LIGHTS
WORKING LIGHTS
INDICATOR LIGHT /8.23 3 2 5 4 /8.23 3 2 5 4 4 3 5 2 /6.11 4 2
FRONT RIGHT
/6.18 3 5 + + /9.19 /9.19 /9.12
1 /6.15 /9.13
REAR RIGHT
FRONT LEFT
FLASHER H2 /8.22
REAR LEFT
/8.11
TRAILER OPERATION E1 E3 E4 H1 HORN
2 56a 56b L 58 E2 56a 56b R 58 54 55 L 58 54 55 R 58
- -
E8
E11
E6
E7
E5
E12
LIGHTING FRONT 1 LIGHTING FRONT 1 1 LIGHTING REAR 1
LIGHTING REAR
br/gn
LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
X31 16 X31 8 X31 23 X31 24 X31 2 X31 3 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31
Kl.31/3.16 Kl.31/5.1

Model
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL80AS0101 Edition
Date 01.2008
Tipo
X31 CENTRAL GROUND Sistema elèctrico desde el no. Fecha

XK1 CONNECTOR DASH BOARD / OPERATORS CAB Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
circuit électrique
Page
Feuille 4/6 Page
Feuille
7.25.04
XM2 CONNECTOR DASH BOARD / MACHINE FRAME Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
Página
Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
OPTION FRONT ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT OPTION RIDE CONTROL SYSTEM OPTION TRAVEL MOTION ALARM OPTION REFUELING PUMP
4
Kl.30/4.16 Kl.30
2
Kl.15/4.16 Kl.15
4 5 6
Kl.58d/4.16 Kl.58d
F20/1.10
R(2)/2.9
F22/4.6
sw 2,5Ø
F23/3.15
rt 2,5Ø
Kl.15
OPTION 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
F24
F21
F6
FUSE OPTION F8
FUSE OPTION F7
FUSE F12 10A 10A 10A 10A 15A 10A
ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT 2 X17:1
2 2 2 2
FUSE OPTION
1 2
FUSE REFUELING PUMP OPTION
FUSE OPTION
ge 2,5Ø
sw
ge
gr/bl
ge
ge
ge
ge
rt
10 5 5 6 10 /8.1 5 10
/8.1 /8.1
OPTION OPTION
S40 SWITCH OPTION S17 SWITCH
9 1 FRONT ACCESSORY SWITCH S10 1 7 2 8 9 1 7 9 TRAVEL MOTION
EQUIPMENT RIDE CONTROL ALARM
br
br
br
B+/1.1
21 9 7
gn/sw
ge/sw
gn/bl
gn/gr
2
OPTION 1
20A F04 FUSE
/10.4
1 FRONT ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT
/8.4
X17:2
1
gn/sw
11 18 19
17 4 3
XM2 XM1 XM1 XM1 XM2 XM2
Option Kl. 30
18 19 17 3
11
ge 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
gn/gr
gn/bl
ge/sw
gn/sw
86 30
OPTION K03
RELAY
RIDE CONTROL SYSTEM 2

/10.1
RIDE CONTROL SYSTEM 1
FRONT ACCESSORY 85 87
EQUIPMENT
rt 2,5Ø
SOLENOID VALVE
SOLENOID VALVE
/10.12 1 /6.4 1 /6.7

1 /6.12 +
2
XFS
OPTION Y8
Y7
H3 OPTION M
1 M8 OPTION
2 2 TRAVEL MOTION ALARM
OPTION
REFUELING PUMP
XFS - /6.15
2 /10.12
br 2,5Ø
br 2,5Ø
br
br
br
br
LSD 1
X31 9 22 X31 X31 5 X31 7 X31 6 X31 21
Kl.31/4.16 Kl.31

Model
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL80AS0101 Edition
Date 01.2008
XM1 CONNECTOR DASH BOARD / MACHINE FRAME XFS FRONT ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT SOCKET Tipo Sistema elèctrico desde el no. Fecha

XM2 CONNECTOR DASHBOARD / MACHINE FRAME X17:1 CONNECTOR DASHBOARD / TRAVEL MOTION ALARM Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
circuit électrique
Page
Feuille 5/6 Page
Feuille
7.25.05
X31 CENTRAL GROUND X17:2 CONNECTOR DASHBOARD / TRAVEL MOTION ALARM Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
Página
Página
3 2 1
1 fuse and relay box ............... at operators compartment, cover right
2 K12 washer/wiper relay ....... underneath cover
3 K1 relay terminal 15 ............ underneath cover
Location Relay Function

E1 K2 Starting safety
E2 K3 Travel direction
E3 K4 Travel - reverse
E4 K5 Travel - forward
E5 K9 Working lights front (Option)
E6 K 10 Working lights rear (Option)
E7 V2 Diodes bloc
E8 V1 Diodes bloc
E9 ----- not assigned
E 10 ----- not assigned
K 11 Flasher transmitter
K01* Starter relay

K02* Glow time control unit
* These relays are located behind the cab at the battery compartment.
TL 80 AS (from serial no. TL80AS0100) 01.2008
Position Ampere Assigned to Position Ampere Assigned to
F1 10 Pre-heat switch, F 15 15 Wiper rear
engine shut off
F2 20 Lighting system F 16 5 Radio, terminal 15
(Option)
F3 10 Socket, F 17 15 Direction indicator,
Radio Wiper / washer, horn
F4 10 Rotating beacon, F 18 15 Working lights front
Cab light
F5 10 Hazard warning light F 19 15 Working lights rear
F6 10 Terminal 30 (Option) F 20 5 Instrument

F7 5 Engine shut-off F 21 15 Refueling pump,
(Option)
F8 10 Exhaust-gas return system F 22 20 Daytime running light
(Option) (Option)
F9 10 Pressure switches brake F 23 20 Rear window defroster
lights, hydrostatic brake
F 10 15 Travel drive, parking brake, F 24 10 Terminal 15 (Option)
backup light
F 11 10 Working hydraulic, F 25 15 Upper beam
travel fast
F 12 10 Additional control circuit F 26 15 Lower beam
F 13 15 Heater fan, air condition F 27 10 Left side marker light
F 14 15 Washer / wiper front F 28 10 Right side marker light
F 01* 50 Main fuse F 02* 60 Pre-heat fuse
F 03* 20 Starter fuse
* These fuses are located behind the cab at the battery compartment.
Cable colours
bg beige dgr dark grey hbr light brown rt red

bl blue ge yellow hgr light grey sw black
dbl dark blue gr grey nt nature ws white
7.25.06/01.2008
C A B C
4 8 4 8
F03 F02 F01
11 11
3 7 3 7
10 10
2 6 2 6
9 9 K2 K1
L824-E01 1 5 1 5
02-10-15
D A B
A B
C/D
Colors of fuses

TL 100 (SKL 844) 01.2007
rt 6,0ø
rt 2,5ø
sw 6,0ø
sw 10ø
0 I II III
S1
sw 4,0ø rt 2,5ø
sw 4,0ø 15 1.9
30 54 rt FA1
sw 4,0ø 1
19
X5
17
50A
vi/ws
ge
br/ge
2 2 2 B1
X20:3 X20:4 X20:5 S2
F01
1 1 1 0 I II III
F02 F03 C1 B3 B5 A4
sw 10ø
B4 A3 A5
gn/ws
gn/gr
X61:3 X61:4 X61:5
br/ge
gn/sw
86 30
br/ge
K1
gn/bl
X60:3
1
85
S13 ϑ
87 2
vi/ws
rt/ge
X60:11
1
1
X170
br4,0ø
rt 4,0ø
Y29 12 8
bl
rt/bl
sw/bl
86 30 X170 X160
K2 2 8
B+ sw 4,0ø 3
X170
30 50a 85 87 gn/gr
D+ W gn/sw 3
rt/ge
50ø
M
M1
G1
gn/bl
br4,0ø
B- +
sw 4,0ø
1
G2 S30
2
or
1 23
M
1
M3
1 1
Y1 4
R1 Y30
br 16,0ø
2 2
br
br
L824-E03

enhancement
aid)
7.26.01/01.2007
1.8 rt
1 1
FA2 FA3
2 2
K:8 J:11 J11
3.4
rt/ge
rt/sw
rt/ge
rt/sw
rt/ge
rt/sw
3 4 10 3 4 10 3 4 10
S21 S20 S22
br/rt
1 7 2 8 9 1 7 2
gn/sw 8 9 1 7 2 8 9
gn/rt
ge/gn
sw/br
ge/gn
rs/sw
rs/ge
or/sw
ge/rt
ge/rt
X31:19 K:2 K:16 J:10 K:4 K:17 J:9 K:7 K:9 J:12 X31:21
X70:7 X70:8 X70:6 X70:10 X70:11 X70:13 X70:17 X70:16 X70:14
br/ws
bl/sw
ws/vi
gn/rt
br/rt
br/ws
bl/sw
gn/bl
gn/vi
31b
+ 2 3 +
M 1 M 53 53a
M4 M 4 M
M6 M5
M7
- 5 -
31
br
br
br
br
L824-E04

1.10 M6 Wiper front
TL 100 (SKL 844) 01.2007
Monitoring
FA9 rt 2,5ø 2.8

/4.12
rt 2,5ø
1
FA8
2
ge
X30:1
X60:1 X60:2
ge
ge
br
6
X68
6
ge
br
1 B
S33 C br br
B9 1 Q
1 2 1 1 1 1
S28 S27 S26
br/rt
R3 ϑ A R2 R4 ϑ
vio
br
2 2 2 2 2
5 2
bl/sw/ws
sw/vi
bl/ws
gn/ws
X68
5 gn
gn/rt
br/rt
X60:8 X60:7 X60:18 X60:9 X60:10 X60:4 X60:5 X60:6
W:1 W:2 W:3 W:4 W:5
15 P1 15 P2
31 58 31
58 t° Q
G 31 G 31
L824-E05

sensor
7.26.02/01.2007
Monitoring
rt 2,5ø
2.7 FA6
/3.2
/4.14
FA11 1 1
FA7 FA6
1 2 2
bl/br
bl/rt
FA11
2
X31:11 X31:8
12 17 18
X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
rt/ws
rt/gn
sw/br
rt/br
sw/vi
sw/bl
rt/sw
X30:6 X30:7 X30:8 X30:9 X30:10 X30:11 X30:12
X31:3 X31:6 X31:17 X31:12 X31:14 X31:15 X31:18 X31:4 X31:5 X31:9 X31:7
gn/sw/ws
sw/bl/gn
gn/ws/vi
rt/ws/gn
ge/ws/rt
ge/ws/bl
bl/sw/ws
bl/ge/gn
bl/sw/gn
gn/ws/rt
rt/gn/vi
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130
L824-E06

TL 100 (SKL 844) 01.2007
fuse
/4.9 /2.15
FA4 FA6
rt 2,5ø
rt
1
FA5
2
ge/sw
X31:20 X80:1 K:18 X20:1

rt/gr
ge
3.10
J11/1.14 3.10
ge
3 1 3
5 10 10 3 10 3
S21/1 S16 S21/2 S21/3 S9
7 1 9 9 5 1 S10 9 5 1
2 1 2 2 1
bl/sw
bl/ge
sw/bl
sw/rt
bl/gn
bl/rt
gr/rt
bl/rt
bl/rt
gr
sw
bl
X80:3 X80:4 K:5 K:15 J:4 X80:5 X20:9 X20:10 X80:6 X80:7 X20:7 X20:8
X61:10 X61:13 X61:15 X61:7 X61:17 X61:18 X61:19

br/ge
br/gn
bl/br
gn/sw
sw/br
sw
gr
1 1 1 H16 1 1 1 1
Y4 Y3 Y2 Y7 Y8 Y9
2
2 2 2 2 2 2
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
L824-E07

forward/reverse
switch
forward/reverse
7.26.03/01.2007
system
900
/4.9
3.9
3.9
5 10 10 5 3 4 10 5 10 5 10
S13 1 9 9 1 S12 S11 1 72 8 9 S15 1 9 S14 1 9

bl/rt
rt/gn
rt/br
J:5 J:1 X20:6 X20:11 X20:12 K:11 J:3 K:6 J:2
X61:8 X61:20 X61:16 X61:12 X61:9 X61:11

sw/bl
rt/bl
gn/gr
gn/bl
gn/sw
3 4
bl/ge
X68 X68
rt/br
3 4
sw/bl
rt/bl
1 1 1 1 1 1
1
Y6 Y11 Y15 Y16 Y5 Y12 Y13
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
L824-E08

TL 100 (SKL 844) 01.2007
/4.16 56b/4.4 56a/4.4
sw 2,5ø
F15
ws/ge
Horn/4.3
sw 2,5ø
ws
sw/gn
rt 2,5ø
sw 2,5ø
br/gn
sw/ws
8 7 6 5 4 3
gr/sw
rt S12
1 1 1
FB4 FB3 FB7 9 sw2,5ø1 2
br
2 2 2 4 5 12 11
sw/ws/gn
br/ge
X170 X170 X170
4 5 12 11
9
gr/sw
X170
sw/ws
sw/gn
9 6
br/ge
X170
6 /4.5 X30:3 X70:1
sw/ws/gn
1
rt
X70:9 B5 56b gr/sw

/4.5
2 56a 7 gr/sw
ge
Horn 8 X170 1 1
/4.6 7 FB10 FB11
X170
sw/ws 8 2 2
S4 2 83
ws/ge
ws
gr/rt
gr/sw
1 1
ge
6 1 5 10 br FB8 FB9
ge
2 2
sw/gn ws/ge 1
ws
S25 1 S23
2 3
2
sw/ws/gn
ws
sw/rt
rt/ge
sw
2
X150
2
rt/ge
1 X70:18 X70:12
T 31 X150 251
1 /4.6
K3
53S 15
X61:6
sw/ws
250
br
/4.6
sw/ws sw/gn
3 1 5 3
X150 X160 X150 X160
3 1 5 3
gr/sw gr/rt
X30:5 X30:4 4 2 251/4.4 6 4
X150 X160 X150 X160
4 2 6 4
sw/gn
sw/ws
gr/rt
gr/sw
X61:14
X61:21
sw/gn
ws/ge
gr/rt
gr/sw
sw/ws
gr/rt
ws
250/4.4 1
1 X68
sw/rt
gr/bl
ws/ge
gr/rt
E8 1
gr/bl
ws
sw/rt
+
2 3 25 4 3 25 4
43 52 43 52 E14
br
E1 E3 E2 E4
-
1 1 1 1
br
br
br
br
br
L824-E09

7.26.04/01.2007
panel
2.1 2.8 4.2

3 FA9 FA11 F15
sw 2,5ø
rt rt sw
rt 2,5ø
1 1 1 1
FA9 FA10 FB6 FB5
FA4/3.1 2 2 2 2
sw
rt/ws
1 1 1
FA4 FB1 FB2
2 2 2
rt/br
rt/gn
rt/ge
10
X170
10
rt/ws
X31:16 X31:10 X31:13
ge
rt
+ +
B4 B3
- -
rt
3.13
900
5 10 5 ge 10
10 5
S6
rt/sw
rt/ws
S3 S5
sw
sw
9 1 9 1 9 1
gr/sw
vi/ws
gr/rt
7 4 3 4 5 6
XA1 XA2
1
XSD
2
X20:13 X20:14 X20:15
X10:5 X10:4
X70:5 X70:3 X70:4
B2
br
X10:6 X10:3
XA1
bl/ge
8
bl/br
br
5 6 1 2
U1
gr/sw
vi/ws
gr/sw
br
gr/rt
gr/rt
8 7 4 3
1 1 1 1 1
E4 E6
E7 E3 E5
2 2 2 2
br
2
br
br
br
br
br
L824-E10

TL 100 (SKL 844) 01.2007
X5
X91

X20
X90

12 --
13 --
X10
13 --
15 --
X61
16 --
17 --
X40

2 --
4 High beam signal
6 Reserve -
X80
7 Reserve +
8 Reserve +
9 Reference voltage
X70
10 Reserve - Analog
11 Reserve - Analog
12 Reserve - Analog
X30

X31
8 Reserve - Analog
9 Reserve - Analog
X60
L824-ZSML
7.26.05/01.2007
X5
X91
3 CAN/HI
4 R1
5 R2
6 CAN/LO
X10 Control panel
X20
X90
1 --
3 CAN/HI
4 --
5 --
X10
6 CAN/LO
X61

X40
3 TXD
4 RXD
5 CTS
6 RTS
X80
X70
X30
X31
X60
L824-ZSML
TL 100 (SKL 844) 01.2007
X5
1 --
2 -
X91

X20
X90

floodlight front
input
X10

X61
floodlight rear
beacon
X40

wipe rear
X80
wipe rear
X70
2 --
X30

X31

15 --
X60

L824-ZSML
7.26.06/01.2007
X61 Rear carriage
X5
1 --
2 --
X91
4 Pre-heat output
X20
output
X90

X10
13 Fog lamp Output

X61

X40

X20 Panel, right
X80
output
2 --
X70
4 Pre-heat signal
X30

X31

X5 Power supply
X60
L824-ZSML
TL 100 (SKL 844) 01.2007
F04 F03 F02 F01
K01 K02 K03

A B
Option Socket
F7 10 Option Socket F7 10 Horn
F 11 10 Option, automatic bucket F 11 10 Side marker light, right
positioner, refueling pump
C/D
F 01 50 Series fuse K 01 Start relay
F 02 80 Starting system K 02 Pre-heat relay
F 03 30 Control module power supply K 03 Engine shut off solenoid,
Fuel pump, cold start valve
F 04 30 Engine shut off solenoid, K3 Turn-signal flasher relay
Fuel pump, cold start valve
Colors of fuses

TL 120 (SKL 854) 01.2007
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PRE-HEAT ENGINE AIR CON-

POWER SUPPLY HEATING WASH / WIPE SYSTEM FRONT WASH / WIPE SYSTEM REAR
SYSTEM SHUT-OFF DITIONER
XM30 1 XM30 2
XM15 1 XM15 2
fuse heating / air conditioner
rt 2,5 Ø
S1 pre-heat
sw 10,0 Ø
sw 6,0 Ø
/5.13
0 I II III
rt 2,5 Ø
starter switch
rt 6,0 Ø
1 fuse
FL1
15A
30 15 wash / wipe 1 power power rt 1
rt
2
system front FL2 15A fuse wash / wipe system rear FL3 15A
/5.1
/7.2
supply + supply +
sw 6,0 Ø
sw 4,0 Ø 1 54 ge /5.1 /5.1
sw 4,0 Ø
2
power X5 19 8 /5.22 2
F01 power supply
supply K J
17 X22
module
30A F03 control
heating fan
ZSML 50A
10 /5.22
Display SK030
8
Display SK030
11
J11
X22
vi/ws
X20(1) /3.3
rt
br/ge
switch
air conditioner
S 31
rt 2,5 Ø
pre-heat F02 80A
br/ge /5.22
ge
3 4 /5.22
2 4 5
/7.10
ge
ge
rt/sw
wish system
rt/ge
rt/sw
rt/ge
wiper front
S2
ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0
rt/sw
ZSML1.0
rt/ge
wiper rear
B1
X20 /5.1 control 3 4 10
relay F04 30A
X20 /5.1 pre-heating
wash / wipe system rear K5,6

50A
2 2 2
2
module X20 /5.1
3 4 10 3 4 10 3 4 10
switch
switch
switch
1 1 1 1
start
wash /
S21
switch
S20
S22
/7.10 sw 4,0 Ø 0 I II III
C1
/7.10
A3
/7.10 7 2 8 9
B4
B5
1
A4
A5
enhancement
shut-off
/5.13
B3
pre- engine 1 7 2 8 9 1 7 2 9 1 7 2 8 9
X61 X61 X61 /7.1 8
sw 10,0 Ø
gn/gr
/7.1 heating /7.1 shut-off
gn/ws
ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0
ge/gn
sw/br
gn/gr
rs/sw
ge/gn
gn/sw
rs/ge
3 4 5
ge/rt
or/sw
pre-heat relay
ge/rt
gn/rt
br/rt
starting
shut-off relay
sw/bl
vi/ws
charge speed
br/ge
19 2 16 10 4 17 9 7 9 12 21
gn/sw
temperature switch
control signal /7.7 86 30 86 30 86 30
ZSML1.0 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 ZSML1.0
/7.7
X60 /7.1 X60 /7.1 X31 /5.1 K K J K K J K K J X31 /5.1

starter relay K1
air conditioner
K2
K3
gn/bl
ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 /5.21 1
power wash wash power power power power
3 11
85 87 85 87 /7.7 85 87
supply + pump pump supply - supply - supply - supply +
2
wash / wipe front rear
S32
br br
rt 2,5 Ø
rt 2,5 Ø
rt 2,5 Ø
system front
rt/ge
wiper wiper
K1,2,3 wiper rear
/5.22 1 wiper wiper wiper wiper washer rear rear
X170
X170 terminal
/5.22
washer terminal terminal terminal terminal pump terminal terminal
engine shut-off
/8.2
rt 4,0 Ø
1 pump 53a 53 53.a

2 /5.22
53 31b 53b rear 31b
rt/bl
1 8
bl
X160
br
X70 /8.1 X70 /8.1 X70 /8.1 X70 /8.1 X70 X70 X70 X70 X70
/8.2
2 /7.3 8 /8.1 /8.1 /8.1 /8.1 /8.1
Y1
B+ sw 4,0 Ø /7.22 3 /5.22 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0
D+ 30 50a 2 X170 7 8 6 10 11 13 17 16 14
W /8.2
M 3
generator
starter
pressure switch
gn/gr
M1
rt/ge
3~
sw 6,0 Ø
G1
gn/sw
U /7.15
br/ws
cold start enhancement
bl/sw
ws/vi
br/ws
bl/sw
gn/rt
gn/bl
gn/vi
/7.17
B- +
gn/bl
S33
12 V
/7.15 1
br/rt
M3 heater fan
P
battery G2
1 XGND3 2
Y19
washer pump front
washer pump rear

/7.21
flame type
wiper motor front

glow plug
wiper motor rear

M4
2 31b
or
1 1 3 + 1 2 +
magnetic clutch
53 53a
R1
M M
air conditioner
M5
M M 3
M7
M6
/7.21
compressor
2 + /7.20 1
4
fuel pump
- /8.5 - /8.14
/8.15
Y30
4 /8.5
central ground M /8.15 5 31
M5
machine
br16,0 Ø
XGNDMASCH 4 -
3 1
br
br
br
br16,0 Ø
br
br
6 /5.14 5
1 1 /5.14 2 /5.14 3 /5.14 4 /5.14

X5 connector central control module X60 connector central control module X170 connector operator’s cab / floor frame Model Electrical system from s/n Edition
Type TL 120 Circuit électrique à partir du n/s TL 01200100 Date 01.2007
X20 connector central control module X61 connector central control module K connector display Tipo Sistema elèctrico desde el no. Fecha
Benennung
Stromlaufplan Blatt Blatt
X31 connector central control module X70 connector central control module J connector display Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 1/4 Page
Feuille 7.27.01.1
X160 connector switch console F01-F04 input fuses (starter box) Denominación
Esquemas de los circuitos
Página Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
30
INSTRUMENTS, SENSORS, SWITCHES, TRANSMITTER OPTION - SHOVEL RETURN TO DIG
15 XM15 4
rt 2,5 Ø
/4.12 FL6 /3.1
FL9 FL11 /4.14
rt 2,5 Ø
1 1
10A
1
fuse shovel return to dig FL111 10A 10A
FL8 fuse electronic module fuse reserve FL7 10A FL6 fuse reserve
/5.1
2 option 2 /5.1 /5.1
2
/5.1
2
terminal 15
bl/br
bl/rt
ge
1 11 8
X30 /5.1 X31 /5.1 X31 /5.1
S30 pressure switch retract
S31 pressure switch lower

B10 sensor lifting frame top
reserve reserve
4 hydraulic circuit
B12 sensor shovel adjust
K 11 K 12
B11 lifting frame bottom
R4 potentiometer
speed control
X60 /7.1
X60 /7.1
X60 /7.1
X60 /7.1 13
ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0
ge
ge
ge
2 1 2
GND
1
engine oil temperature transmitter
1 1 1
sensor
NPN/NO
PNP/NC
PNP/NC
ge
br
br
br
br
br
GND GND GND
th
/7.3
6
speed sensor
ge
transmitter
fuel gauge
switch
engine oil pressure
X68 hydraulic oil B B B
S33 switch
1 1
pressure switch
6 temperature
gear
parking brake
/9.2
5K P P
ge
C C C
B9
B transmitter
br
br
A A A 2 2
gn/ws
S26
rt/ws
br
br
gn/rt
gn/bl
br
1 R4
rt/gn
rt/gn
/5.14 17 18 19
C
1 A 1 1 1 GND /5.14 /5.14
GND
R3
2 br br 1 GND
S27
1 Q
br/rt
/9.13 P P P
R2
/7.16 12 13 14 16 18
2 2 2
/7.17 /7.21 /7.22
X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130
vio
2 /9.2 /7.17 2 S28

br
5 2 /5.22 13 /5.22 14 /5.22 15 /5.22 16 /5.22 /5.22 /5.22

18
X68 switch 12 17
gn/ws
bl/ws
/7.16
gn/rt
bl/sw/ws
gn
/7.3
sw/br
sw/vi
sw/bl
sw/vi
air filter
rt/sw
rt/ws
rt/gn
rt/br
5
br/rt
clogging
8 7 18 9 10 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0
X60 /7.1 X60 /7.1 X60 /7.1 X60 /7.1 X60 /7.1 X60 /7.1 X60 /7.1 X60 /7.1
X30 /5.1 X30 /5.1 X30 /5.1 X30 /5.1 X30 /5.1 X30 /5.1 X30 /5.1
engine option
gear speed fuel gauge hydraulic oil service engine parking
option lifting frame option v ref. speed 4th option pressure switch
temperature switch sensor transmitter temperature air filter oil brake 2,5 v hydraulic hand lower / retract
lifting frame bottom shovel
transmitter pressure circuit throttle
fuel gauge top adjust
power inside engine transmitter reserve open closed open closed
supply + lighting temperature power supply - reserve dig out dig out reserve dig out PWM out 3 PWM out 4 K11 K12 K12 K12
W W W W W X31 /5.1 X31 /5.1 X31 /5.1 X31 /5.1 X31 /5.1 X31 /5.1 X31 /5.1 X31 /5.1 X31 /5.1
Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0
1 2 3 4 5 3 6 17 15 18 4 5 9 7
gn/sw/ws
sw/bl/gn
gn/ws/vi
bl/sw/ws
gn/ws/rt
rt/ws/gn
bl/sw/gn
bl/ge/gn
rt/gn/vi
/5.22 /5.22 /5.22 /5.22 6 /5.22 7 /5.22 8 /5.22 9 /5.22 10 /5.22 11
1 2 3
X130 X130
X130 X130 X130 6 7 X130 X130 9 X130 X130
gn/sw/ws
engine temperatur fuel gauge
gn/ws/rt
rt/gn/vi
15 P1 indicator 15 P2
58 31 58 31
t° Q 1 1 1
G 31 G 31
solenoid valve Y21 Y22 solenoid valve Y20 solenoid valve
shovel return 2 2
shovel return 2
shovel return
to dig raise to dig lower to dig retract
br
br
br
central ground operator’s cab GND 2 3 4
engine temperature fuel tank option shovel return to dig option shovel return to dig
X30 connector central control module X130 connector switch console / rear chassis Model Electrical system from s/n Edition
Type TL 120 Circuit électrique à partir du n/s TL01200100 Date 01.2007
X31 connector central control module W connector display Tipo Sistema elèctrico desde el no. Fecha
Benennung
X60 connector central control module Description Wiring diagramm Page
2/4 Page
7.27.02
Dénomination Circuit èlectrique Feuille Feuille
X61 connector central control module Denominación
Página Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
WORKING HYDRAULIC TRAVEL RIDE OPTION WORKING
TRAVEL ADDITIONAL CIRCUIT TH GEARBOX
FLOAT POSITION SPEED CONTROL 4 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC
30
15
/4.9 FL4 FL6 /2.15

rt 2,5 Ø
rt
1
15A FL5 fuse travel forward / reverse
/5.1
ge/sw
2
1
20
ZSML1.0
K X80
X31 /5.1 X80 X20 /5.1 ZSML1.0
ZSML1.0 Display SK030 ZSML1.0
/4.9 2
1 18 1
travel valves,
rt/gr
900
ge
reversing lamp,
back-up alarm, J11 /1.14
switch shut-off gear

K9, K10
push button
4th hydraulic circuit
S21/4 joystick
ge
push button switch 3th hydraulic

circuit
joystick
hydraulic circuit
on / off switch working hydraulic

travel switch
3
push-button switch
1 3 3
switch travel slow / high speed

switch 3th
dash board S10
/5.20
5 3 4 10 10 3 5 10 10 5 /5.20
10 3 5 10 5 10
forward /
10
push-button S21/2
/5.17
reverse
S14
reverse joystick
travel forward /
S21/3
S21/1
switch float position
lifting frame dumping

9 5 1 1
S16
1 7 9 9 1 1 9 9 1 9 1 9
switch S11
1 5
S9
9 /5.17
switch shut-off S12

7 2 8
S13
S15
2 1 2 2 1 2 1
switch float
position joystick

rt/gn
rt/br
bl/rt
bl/sw
sw/bl
sw/rt
bl/gn
bl/ge
dash board
gr/rt
bl/rt
bl/rt
bl/rt
sw
gr
bl
3 4 5 15 4 5 10 9 6 7 7 8 5 1 6 11 12 8 9 11 3 6 2
ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 Display SK030 Display SK030 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030
X80 X80 K K J X80 X20 /5.1 X20 /5.1 X80 X80 X20 /5.1 X20 /5.1 J J X20 /5.1 X20 /5.1
X20 /5.1 X80 X80 K J K J
travel travel forward / reverse impulse float float additional circuit 3th hydraulic circuit travel low speed shut-off option - 4 hydraulic circuit
th
working hydraulic gearbox
forward / reverse dash board float position position ride
joystick direction position primary shut-off travel control
travel travel of travel low / high PWM PWM
forward reverse recognition float position speed out 1 out 2
X61 /7.1 X61 /7.1 X61 /7.1 X61 /7.1 X61 /7.1 X61 /7.1 X61 /7.1 X61 /7.1 X61 /7.1 X61 /7.1 X31 /5.1
X31 /5.1 X61 /7.1 X61 /7.1 X61 /7.1
solenoid valve gearbox (second gear)

solenoid valve shut-off working hydraulic
ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0
21 16 10 7 17 18 19 8 14 12 14 12 9 11
solenoid valve unlock load check valve

20
(lifting frame cylinder piston rod to hydr. tank)

solenoid valve travel low / high speed
solenoid valve gearbox (first gear)

H16 back-up alarm buzzer
(lifting frame cylinder bottom to accumulator)
ge/ws/bl
ge/ws/rt
sw/bl
rt/bl
solenoid valve pilot-operated unit
solenoid valve 4th hydraulic circuit

float position working hydraulic
/7.3 3 /7.3 4
X130
4 /5.22 5
solenoid valve travel forward
X68 X68
solenoid valve travel reverse
X130
solenoid valve ride control
/9.2 /9.2
gn/sw
4
gn/sw
3
sw/br
solenoid valve ride control

br/ge
br/gn
gn/gr
gn/bl
bl/ge
4 5
bl/br
rt/br
sw
gr
/5.22
sw/bl
rt/bl
ge/ws/bl
ge/ws/rt
Y15
Y5
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 /7.15 1 1 1
1 1
Y13
Y11
Y9
Y3
Y2
Y7
Y12
Y8
Y6
Y4
Y19
/7.22
2 /7.11 /7.11 /7.15 /7.15
/7.22 /7.15 /7.11 /7.16 2 /9.14
2 /9.14
Y16
2 2 /7.11
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
8 7 9 8 5 6 7 9 2 3 10 11 12 4 2 3
addition 1 addition 1 lifting frame lifting frame option - valve bank

dumping 1 lifting frame dumping 1 4th hydraulic circuit
dumping 1
X20 connector central control module X80 connector central control module K connector display Model Electrical system from s/n Edition
X31 connector central control module X61 connector central control module J connector display Tipo Sistema elèctrico desde el no. Fecha
Benennung
X61 connector central control module X130 connector switch console / shovel return to dig Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 3/4 Page
Feuille 7.27.03
X68 connector fast travel version / rear chassis Denominación
Página Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LIGHTING AND SIGNALING SYSTEM ROTATING SOCKET
WORKING LIGHTS DASHBOARD RADIO
BEACON
30 4 XM30
5 XM15 5 XM30 XM15 3 XM30 3
Fl9 Fl11 F15
15 F15 sw/gn 56b 56a /2.1
rt rt /2.8 sw /4.2
signal horn
fuse
sw 2,5Ø
/4.16
fuse hazard warning

/4.4 /4.4 1 1
1
fuse socket / FR5

B5 1
ws/ge
fuse radio (ignition switch) FL10

rt 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
dashboard / FL9 10A 10A fuse FR6 15A 15A
ws
steering column
br/gn
sw 2,5Ø
/4.3
sw 2,5Ø
gr/sw
/5.1 /5.6 /5.6
immobilizer /5.1
rt 2,5Ø
switch 2 2 immobilizer 2 2
FR7 fuse
8 7 6 5 4 3
sw
FL4
ge
S12
radio (permanent power supply)

sw
fuse flasher unit

1 /5.22 /5.22
rt /3.1 1 1
fuse FR2
FR1
FR3
X22
sw/ws
1 1
15A
working light
10A
1 fuse FL4 15A 15A 11
FR4
working light
10A
/8.13
10A /5.1 /5.6 /5.6 14 X22
rt/ws
/5.6 /5.6 9 1 2 /8.2 rotating beacon, 2 2 2
rear
2 /8.2 sw
X170
2 4 /8.2 11
br/ge
2 12
front
cab light
br
fuse
X170
5
/5.6
X170
sw/ws/gn
12
rt/gn
/5.22
rt/br
4 5 11 /5.22
9 14 10
rt/ge
X170
/5.22 /5.22
/5.22 /5.14
/8.2
parking light 16 10 13 X170
gr/sw
/8.2 6 /8.2
9 10
sw/gn
sw/ws
X170
br/ge
X30 /5.1 X70 /8.1 X31 /5.1 X31 /5.1 X31 /5.1
X70 /8.1 1 6 /5.22 /4.5
56b ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0
+ +
B5
rt
ZSML1.0
3 1 rotating working light
gr/sw
/4.5 working light
loudspeaker right B3
/8.2
loudspeaker left B4
9 2 /8.11 56a 7 gr/sw
signal fuse side beacon K4
rt/ws
front K7 rear K8
X170
fuse side marker

/8.2
X170
light left FR10

sw/ws/gn
1
rt
8 -
horn FR11 marker -
ge
1
10A
/5.22
7
ge
/4.6 /8.13 /8.10
8 /5.22
2 /5.6 2
10A light
/5.6 900
2 8 3 right
ws/ge
sw/ws
ws
/3.12
rt
S4
5 10 5 10
fuse low
10A
FR9
/5.6 1 1 10 5
gr/rt
10A
/5.13 /5.17 ge
/5.13 br 11
beam
6 15
FR8
switch rotating beacon S3

switch parking brake
10 /5.14 2
ge
ge
2
gr/sw
/5.6
pressure switch brake light

9 9 1
switch S5
working light rear

1 9 1
working light front

option
switch S6
1 /8.1
gr/sw
vi/ws
10
fuse
high
beam
sw/gn /5.17
S23
gr/rt
ws/ge
rt/ws
rt/sw
/8.11 1
ws
sw
3
sw
P 2
XA2
XA2
XA2
XA2
XA1
XA1
2
S25
7 4 3 4 5 6
ws
/5.22
/5.3 /5.3 /8.2 /8.2 /8.2 /8.2
sw/rt
2
rt/ge
X150
sw
socket XSD
/6.1
sw/ws/gn
/5.7
2
2
18 12 Kl.15 13 14 15
rt/ge
X150
ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0

/5.22
1
T 31 251
X70 /8.1 X70 /8.1 X20 /5.1 X20 /5.1 X20 /5.1
1 /4.6
brake light
K3
/6.1
53S 15 X10 /8.1 X10 /8.1
flashlight turning
signal relay
X61 /7.1 X70 /8.1 X70 /8.1 X70 /8.1
br
radio B2
/5.17 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0
ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0
5 4
250 6 5 3 4
/4.6
brake light
br
sw/ws
X10 /8.1 X10 /8.1

/5.22
ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0
/5.3
sw/ws /5.22
6 3
X150 1
/5.22
3 XA1
X160
3 5 sw/gn /5.22 8
bl/ge
X160
bl/br
X150
dashboard
3 1 3
display
5 4 5 5 6 1 2
U1
/6.1 /6.1
ZSML1.0 ZSML1.0 /7.3 /7.3 +UB CAN/L CAN/H
gr/rt
6
E8 cab light with switch
/4.4
X30 /5.1 X30 /5.1 2 /5.22 251 4 GND
E3 working light front right

gr/sw /5.22
br
E5 working light rear right
4 /5.22
E4 working light front left

/5.22
E6 working light rear left

7 /8.13
flasher high beam /6.1

X160 X150 4 X160 8 4 3
2 6
br
4
gr/sw
/7.3 /6.1
vi/ws
control
gr/rt
E14 license plate light
gr/sw
X150 /7.3
gr/rt
E7 rotating beacon
X61 /7.1
sw/gn
X61 /7.1
gr/rt
ZSML1.0
sw/ws
ZSML1.0
sw/gn
13 /4.4 15
250 /7.3 1
sw/ws
gr/rt
1
gr/sw
X68
ws/ge
ws
option
gr/rt
sw/rt
1
ws
ws/ge
/9.2
gr/sw
sw/rt
gr/rt
/8.8 rear fog lamp 1 1 1 1 1 X22

gr/bl
gr/bl
+
2 3 25 4 4 3 5 2 3 25 4 4 3 5 2 1 /5.22
headlight
rear light
rear light
/8.11 2 /8.11 2 /8.10 2 /8.13 2

- /8.6 2
br
br
/9.13
1 /6.15 1 /7.21 1/6.15 1 /7.22
E2
E4
E1
br
E3
br
br
br
headlight
br
right
right
br
br
br
br
br
br
left
left
6 15 5 16 2 1 7 8 9 10 13 20 12

X10 connector central control module X61 connector central control module X160 connector operator’s cab / floor frame Model Electrical system from s/n Edition
X20 connector central control module X68 connector fast travel version X170 connector operator’s cab / switch console Tipo Sistema elèctrico desde el no. Fecha
Benennung
X30 connector central control module X70 connector central control module XA1 connector radio connection Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 4/4 Page
Feuille 7.27.04
X31 connector central control module X150 connector switch console / front chassis XA2 connector loudspeaker connection Denominación
Página Página
FL1 15A HEATER/AIR CONDITIONER FL1 15A FL2 15A FL3 15A FL4 10A FL5 15A
FL2 15A WASH/WIPE FRONT OPTION
FL3 15A WASH/WIPE REAR FL11 10A FL12 10A FL13 10A FL14 20A
LEFT
FL4 10A ROTATING BEACON/INTERIOR LIGHT RESERVE RESERVE
FL5 15A POWER SUPPLY K9/K10 FL6 15A FL7 10A FL8 10A FL9 10A FL10 10A
INPUT
FL6 15A ADDITIONAL CONTROL MODULE (TERMINAL 15) ZMDL OPTION
E-MODUL
FL7 10A POWER SUPPLY K11/K12
FL8 10A CENTRAL CONTROL MODUL ENTRIES

FR1 15A WORKING FLOODLIGHT FRONT (TERMINAL 30)
FL9 10A DASHBOARD
FR2 15A WORKING FLOODLIGHT REAR (TERMINAL 30)
FL10 10A RESERVE (TERMINAL 15)
FR3 15A RESERVE (TERMINAL 30)
FR4 10A HAZARD WARNING SWITCH (TERMINAL30)
FL12 10A FLASHER (TERMINAL 15)
FR5 15A SOCKET 24VOLT (TERMINAL 30)
FL13 10A HORN (TERMINAL 15)
FR6 20A ADDITIONAL CONTROL MODULE (TERMINAL 30)
FR8 10A HIGH BEAM
FR1 15A FR2 15A FR3 15A FR4 10A FR5 15A
FR9 10A LOW BEAM
24V
RESERVE
FR10 10A SIDE MARKER LAMP LEFT
FR11 10A FR12 10A FR13 15A FR14 10A
FR11 10A SIDE MARKER LAMP RIGHT (TERMINAL 30)
RIGHT
RIGHT A/C RESERVE 12V

FR12 10A AIR CONDITIONER (TERMINAL 30)
ZMDL RESERVE LEFT
FR14 10A RADIO 12VOLT (TERMINAL 30)

Type TL160 Circuit électrique à partir du n/s TL01600100 Date 01.2007
Benennung Sicherungs- und Belegungsplanfplan Blatt
Description Assignment diagramm Page
Dénomination Schéma de réparation Feuille 7.28.00
Página
Denominación Esquemas de la caja
Ansicht - offene Box
View - open Box
F01 50A Haupsicherung (Klemme 30)/ Main fuse (terminal 30)
F03
F02
F01
F04
F02 80A Startrelais / start-up relay, Vorglühen / pre-glow

F03 30A ZSML / Control modul
F04 30A Abstellmagnet / Shut-off solenoid,
Kraftstoffpumpe / fuel pump
K1 Startrelais / start-up relay

K03 K02 K01 K2 Vorglührelais / pre-glow relay
K3 Relais Motorabsteller / Relay shut-off solenoid,
Kraftstoffpumpe / Fuel pump
Location

Type TL 160 Circuit électrique à partir du n/s TL 01600100 Date 01.2007
Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
START-UP PRE-HEAT ENGINE

POWER SUPPLY FUEL INSTRUMENTS, SENSORS, SWITCHES, TRANSMITTER
SYSTEM SYSTEM SHUT-OFF
XM30 24V
/2.1
Kl.30(1)
/7.9
XM15 /2.1
Kl.15(1)
engine temperatur indicator 24V
sw 6,0
rt 6,0
P1 P2 fuel gauge
rt
15
15
58 31 58 31
30 t° Q
br
br
/7.11 S1 G 31 G 31
0 I II III pre-heat starter switch
br
15 54 19 17 50A
ge
br/ge
rt
vio
gn
br
ge
rt
8 /7.13 2 /7.13
1 2 4 5 3
X22 X22 power
Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030
10 /7.13 4 /7.13
supply + W W W W W power supply -
br/ge
vi/ws
inside fuel gauge
rt
engine
lighting transmitter
5 4 3 temperature
accumulater pressure
ZSML ZSML ZSML
X20/7.1 X20/7.1 X20/7.1

control modul pre-heating start
parking brake
temperature
Kl.15
temperature
gear switch
hydraulic oil
transmitter
fuel gauge
engine oil
hydraulic
pressure
clogging
air filter
oil filter
sensor
engine
speed
speed engine coolant
charge control Kl.61 signal starting pre-heating shut-off temperature
X60/9.1 X60 /9.1 X61/9.1 X61 /9.1 X61 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1
X30 /7.1 X2 /7.1
ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZMDL
sw/bl/gn
sw/bl
rt/gn
ge
1,5k Ohm
X5
X160
X160
X160
16 9 8
resistor R6
Y19 cold start enhancement
/9.2
16
K2 pre-heat
F01-F04
sw/bl
9 8
sw6,0
sw4,0
sw4,0
sw4,0
sw10
br/ge
vi/ws
K1 starter
B9 speed sensor
input fuses
relay
relay
S33 gear switch

(starterbox) 30 86 86 30 86 30
sw/bl/gn
gn/ws
bl/ws
sw/bl
sw/vi
F01 F02 F03 F04 K3 shut-off relay
gn/rt
rt/gn
br/rt
/9.21
ge
gn
/9.21
50A 80A 30A 30A
/9.21 /9.21 /9.21 /9.21 87 85 85 87 /9.21 85 87
1 1 1 1 1
rt 70 1 1 1
switch S27
Q 1
service switch S20

1
switch S28
coolant temperature R5
engine oil temperature R3
rt 2,5
hydraulik oil temperature R4

rt 2,5
S34
sw/bl 2,5
fuel gauge R2
P P P P
rt 4,0
sw 6,0
/9.19 /9.19
rt/bl
2
sw10
br
2 /7.19 /9.13
br
bl
/9.9 /9.14 /9.17 /9.17

br
/9.10 2 /9.19
switch
parking brake
2 2 2 2 2 2
transmitter
transmitter
transmitter
2
engine oil pressure
hydraulic oil filter

air filter clogging
transmitter
W
+
4x glow plug
2X sw 6,0
2x D+ 1
B+ 30 50a 1 1 1
/9.22
/9.22
12 V
G M
R1
M
G2 3~
engine Y1
battery 2
vio
starter
- U
ge
31
br
br
br
br
/9.19 /9.14 /9.17 2 /9.22
/9.17
B- 2
M1
+
G1 M2
br
shut-off
br
br
br
generator fuel pump
12 V
1 16
G3 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1

br 2,5
br 2,5
battery
br 50
battery 1 central ground

master near battery /2.1
2 br 50 X31 1 br 16,0 X31 2 X31 3 4 X31 X31 5 X31 6 X31 7 X31 8 X31 9 X31 10 X31 16 X31 12 X31 13
switch S2 Kl.31(1)
X2 connector additional control module X61 connector central control module Model
Type TL 160 Electrical system
Circuit électrique
from s/n
Edition
Date 01.2007
X5 connector central control module X30 connector central control module X160 connector switch console Benennung Stromlaufplan Blatt Blatt
Wiring diagramm
1/6
X20 connector central control module X60 connector central control module W connector display Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
Página Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LEVEL GAUGE: ENGINE OIL, SHOVEL PARKING BACK-UP
LIFTING FRAME COOLANT & HYDRAULIC OIL GEARBOX REVERSING FAN RETURN TO DIG BRAKE ALARM EMERGENCY STEERING
Kl.30(1)/1.16 24V 24V /3.1
Kl.30(2)
Kl.15(2)
Kl.15(1)/1.16 24V 24V /3.1
Kl.15(X20:1) /3.2
Display(K:18) /3.2
Kl.58 /3.2
5 10 5 6 10 5 9 5 6 10 5 10 4 3 10
T
I 0 S36
switch S14 S18 /7.17 /7.17 /7.19
switch
shut-off gearbox 1 9
I 0 II
1 372 4 8 9 switch 4
II I 0
2 7 10
S35 1 7 2 8 9 1 9
I-0-II
2 8 1 7 9
S42 emergency
switch S19 shovel return switch
switch steering
reversing fan to dig shut-off
brake
back-up alarm
sw/ge
sw/br
gr/ge
bl/ge
sw/vi
6 2 12 14 7 1 3 6 7 8 13
Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display ZSML ZSML ZMDL
K J K K J K K J X30 /7.1 X30 /7.1 X1 /7.1
gearbox gearbox reversing reversing reversing shovel shovel shovel brake shut-off emergency
pressure switch
pressure switch
pressure switch
fan fan fan return return return back-up steering
to dig to dig to dig alarm
hydraulic oil
level check
engine oil
pressure
digin low
digin low
digin low
digin low
digin low
gearbox
coolant
retract PWM Out 3 shovel shovel shovel switch valves

output
lower
level
level
level
reversing fan reversing fan return to dig return to return to dig back-up emergency parking
gearbox 1 direction speed retract dig raise lower alarm steering brake
X2 /7.1
X1 /7.1
X1 /7.1
X1 /7.1
X1 /7.1 X1 /7.1
X1 /7.1
X61 /9.1
X61 /9.1
X31 /7.1
X2 /7.1
X2 /7.1
X2 /7.1
X61 /9.1
X20 /7.1
X61 /9.1
ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZSML ZSML ZSML ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZSML ZSML ZSML
13 10 11 12 7 8 9 9 18 15 19 20 21 17 12 19
sw/ws/gn
gn/sw/ws
gn/sw/ws
ws/gn/vi
bl/ge/gn
bl/ge/gn
gn/ws/rt
ws/gn/rt
rt/gn/vi
sw/ws
gn/sw
sw/ge
sw/bl
gn/rt
rt/bl
gr/rt
X160
X160
X150
X150
X150
X150
X160
X160
X160
X150
X160
14 7 11 12 13 14 10 6 15 16 17 20 /7.7
15
14 X160
7 11 12 13 14 10 6 15 16 17 X160 15
gn/rt 0,75Ø
gn/rt 0,75Ø
gn/rt 0,75Ø
sw/ws/gn
gn/sw/ws
gn/sw/ws
ws/gn/vi
bl/ge/gn
gn/ws/rt
ws/gn/rt
rt/gn/vi
sw/ws
sw/ge
sw/bl
/9.19 3 /9.5 3 /9.19 3 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
S S S /8.4 /8.4 1
1 1 1 /9.8 1
+ Q + Q + Q P P /9.9 P /9.5 /9.19 /9.19 /8.11 /8.11 /8.11
/7.19
shovel lower S31
2
shovel retract S32
gearbox S35
S17 2 solenoid valve Y17
solenoid valve Y20
solenoid valve Y21

solenoid valve Y12
solenoid valve Y10

2
H16
solenoid valve Y31

- - - 2 2 2
back-up alarm buzzer

solenoid valve Y22
2 2 2 2 2 2
S18 2
S19 2 reversing fan direction
reversing fan speed

switch switch switch
pressure switch
gearbox 1
parking brake
pressure switch
pressure switch
shovel return
to dig retract
shovel return
to dig raise
shovel return
to dig lower
(proportional)
engine oil coolant hydraulic
level level oil
level
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
Kl.31(1)/1.16 24V X31 14 X31 15 X31 16 X31 1 X31 2 X31 17 X31 18 X31 19 X31 32 X31 3 X31 12 X31 13 X31 20 X31 13 /3.1
Kl.31(2)
X1 connector additional control module X30 connector switch console X150 connector switch console Model
Circuit électrique
from s/n
Edition
Date 01.2007
X2 connector additional control module X31 connector switch console X160 connector switch console Benennung
Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 2/6 Page
Feuille 7.28.03
X20 connector central control module X61 connector switch console J & K connector display Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
Página Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LIFTING
WORKING HYDRAULIC TRAVEL FRAME WORKING OPTION
TRAVEL FLOAT POSITION ADDITIONAL CIRCUIT SPEED DAMPING HYDRAULIC SHOVEL RETURN TO DIG
/2.16
24V 24V /4.1
Kl.30(2) Kl.30(3)
Kl.15(2) Kl.15(3)
/2.16 24V 24V /4.1
X80 K X20 /7.1

ZSML Display ZSML
1 18
rt/gr
ge
ge
/2.15
Kl.15(X20:1) Kl.15(X20:1)1
Display(K:18) /2.15
J11 /5.15
Kl.58 /2.15
switch travel slow / high speed

reverse joystick
S13
S12
travel forward /
3 hydraulic circuit
1 2
switch float position

dash board
1
push-button
switch float
position joystick
3 3
travel switch
5 /7.14 3 10 10 3 5 10 10 5 5 10
10
lifting frame dumping

5K
potentiometer R4
S10
forward /
joystick
/7.14
switch
reverse
/7.17
S21/3
S21/1
S21/2
S15 switch shut-off working hydraulic
switch
7 1 9 1 5 9 9 5 1 1 9 9 1 1 9
S16
switch shut-off
2 1 2 2 1 /7.19 3
S9
switch 3 hydraulic
th
dash board
circuit
bl/sw
sw/bl
bl/ge
sw/rt
bl/gn
rt/ws
bl/rt
gr/rt
bl/rt
bl/rt
bl/rt
sw
gr
bl
th
3 4 5 15 4 5 9 10 6 7 7 8 10 5 1 6 11 3
ZSML ZSML Display Display Display ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML Display Display ZSML Display Display
X80 X80 K K J X80 X20 /7.1 X20 /7.1 X80 X80 X20 /7.1
X20 /7.1
X30 /7.1
J J X20 /7.1 K J
travel travel forward / reverse travel low speed shut-off working hydraulic
speed additional circuit

float float position additional circuit additional circuit
forward / reverse dash board position dash board (3th hydraulic circuit) (3th hydraulic circuit) lifting frame
(3 hydraulic circuit)
joystick joystick dash board
load check
joystick dumping
hydraulic
working
direction travel option option option
unlock
valve
travel travel of travel additional circuit (proportional) low / high lifting frame lifting frame lifting frame shovel
th
forward reverse recognition float position (3 hydraulic circuit) speed dumping option top bottom adjust
X61 /9.1 X61 /9.1 X61 /9.1 X2 /7.1 X31 /7.1 X31 /7.1 X61 /9.1 X2 /7.1 X2 /7.1 X61 /9.1 X31 /7.1 X20 /7.1 X70 /10.1 X70 /10.1
solenoid valve additional circuit (proportional)
solenoid valve additional circuit (proportional)

ZSML ZSML ZSML ZMDL ZSML ZSML ZSML ZMDL ZMDL ZSML ZSML ZMDL ZSML ZSML
th
21 16 7 14 12 14 8 17 16 12 17 11 12 15
FL10 FL10 FL10
solenoid valve shut-off working hydraulic

Kl.15
gn/sw
Kl.15 Kl.15
ge/ws/bl
gn/gr
ge/ws/rt
bl/br
solenoid valve unlock load check valve

solenoid valve travel low / high speed
sw/bl
/6.7 /6.7 /6.7
sw/br
sw/bl
sw/vi
solenoid valve lifting frame dumping
ge
ge
ge
X151
X151
X151
X151
X150
X151
X151
X150
X150
X150
X150
10 7 8 11 9 1 2 4 5 7 8
X130
solenoid valve travel forward
5
solenoid valve float position
solenoid valve travel reverse
10 7 8 11 9 1 2 4 5 7
ge/ws/bl
ge/ws/rt
gn/ws
sw/br
gn/sw
gn/bl
gn/gr
bl/br
gn/rt
bl/ge
rt/br
sw
ge
ge
ge
gr
PNP/NC
PNP/NC
B7 PNP/NC
working hydraulic
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 B C C
/8.15 /8.15 /9.5
/9.13 /9.13 /9.8 /8.15 /9.10 /8.15 /8.10 C B B
Y6
sensor
Y23
8
B8
Y3
Y11
2
Y5
Y4
2
Y24
Y2
A A A
Y7
Y16
2 2 2 2 2 2 lifting frame B6
sensor
br
br
top
lifting frame
br
X151
X151
6 9
X151
3 shovel
bottom
sensor
3 6 9 adjust
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
th
th
W72
24V X31 22 X31 23 X31 24 X31 4 X31 5 X31 6 X31 25 X31 14 X31 7 X31 26 X31 6 X31 7 X31 8 /4.1
Kl.31(2) /2.16
Kl.31(3)
X2 connector additional control modul X61 connector central control modul X150 connector switch console Model Electrical system from s/n Edition
X20 connector central control modul X70 connector central control modul X151 connector shovel return to dig operator’s cab Tipo Sistema elèctrico desde el no. Fecha
X30 connector central control modul X80 connector central control modul J connector display Wiring diagramm
3/6
X31 connector central control modul X130 connector switch console K connector display Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
Página Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LIGHTING AND SIGNALING SYSTEM PRESSURE SWITCH ROTATING WORKING LIGHTS

BRAKE BEACON
/3.16 24V 2 XM30 3 XM30 4 XM30 24V /5.1
Kl.30(3) /7.9 /7.9 /7.9
Kl.30(4)
/7.9 2 Xm15 3 XM15
Kl.15(3) /7.9
Kl.15(4)
/3.16 24V FR5 24V /5.1
/6.5
sw 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
FL4
fuse
sw
/6.14
rt
hazard 10A 1 1 1 10A fuse 15A 1 1 15A 1 15A
warning FR4 10A fuse FL12 /7.1
FL13 fuse rotating beacon, FL4 /7.1 /7.6
2 FR1
/7.6
2 FR2
2 2
2 2
/7.6
flasher signal horn cab light fuse fuse
br/ge
/7.1 KL15(X20:1)1 /6.2
Kl.15 working working

FFL light light
sw 2,5Ø
ge front rear
ge
rt
3 9 1 2
2 8 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5
rear fog lamp

steering column /7.19 /7.19
rotatig beacon
sw/ws
/7.14 /7.14
SL1 switch
S3
switch S7
switch S6
/7.11
switch S5
working light
sw/ws/gn
S4
working light
br/ge
sw/ws
engine indicator lamp yellow

6 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 9 1 9 1 9 1 9 1
hazard warning 1 5 /7.15
engine indicator lamp red

12 X31 1
rear
br
X150
front
sw
switch
switch
power supply rotating beacon KL.30

/8.4
12
signal horn
sw/gn
side marker light

18
br/ge
power supply working light front

FR1110A fuse
power supply working light rear

left FR10 10A fuse
X31 1
sw/ws/gn
sw/gn
ws/ge
/8.15
gr/sw
high beam
side marker light

2
ws
B5
FR8 10A
fuse low beam FR9 10A

/7.14
right br
gr/sw
49 49a 1
flashlight turning K3 1 1 1 8 1 1
fuse
H2
H1
working light front

/7.6
signal relay
/7.6
working light rear

C L R 31
/7.6
/7.6
rotating beacon
2 2 2 2 2 2
gr/sw
gr/ws
sw/ws
rt/gn
gr/sw
ws/ge
vi/ws
rt/ge
rt/gn
gr/sw
rt/ge
gr/rt
rt/br
gr/rt
ws
ws
5 3 13 14 15 16 10 13
ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML
21 /7.7 22 /7.7
X30 /7.1 X30 /7.1 X30 /7.1 X20 /7.1 X20 /7.1 X20 X31 /7.1 X31 /7.1 X31 /7.1
X160 X160 /7.1
flasher control high beam parking light pressure

brake light switch travel
rotating working light working light pressure emergency
cab light brake light reversing haedlight beacon front rear switch (5bar) (100bar) Kl.15
X70 /10.1 X61 /9.1 X61 /9.1 X70 /10.1 X70 /10.1 X70 /10.1 X2 X70 /10.1 X70 /10.1
sw/ws
/7.1
ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML1.0
9 6 15 15 5 3 3 4 4 3 18 1
6
rt/ge
br/ws
gr/sw
vi/sw
bl/sw
gr/rt
X150
sw/ws
X160
X150
S25 pressure switch brake light

X170
9 1 1 2 3 3 5 3 4
X150
5 sw/gn
X160
X170 X170 X170
license plate light

1 1 2
3 5 3
9 5 3 4
/10.10 1
X160
gr/sw gr/rt
X160
X150
17 6 P
4
X160
2 4
X150
E8 cab light with switch
E4 working light front

2
E3 working light front
E5 working light rear

E6 working light rear
E14 license plate light
pressure switch S26

17
2 4 6 4
E7 rotating beacon
travel emergency
ws/ge 1,0Ø
ws/ge 1,0Ø
sw/ws
ws 1,0Ø
sw/ws
sw/ws
sw/gn
gr/sw
gr/ws
sw/gn
gr/sw
gr/sw
sw/rt
gr/sw
gr/sw
gr/sw
ws 1,0Ø
sw/rt
sw/rt
sw/rt
vi/ws
rt/ge
gr/bl
gr/bl
sw/rt
gr/rt
gr/rt
gr/rt
gr/rt
gr/rt
sw/gn
gr/rt
E15
5 1
1 3 2 4 3 2 2 5 2 5 4 3 5 2 4 1 1 1 1 1
3 4 3 3
rear light left
4 /8.11 4 2 + +
E6
/9.15 /9.15 /8.15 /9.14

P
/11.9 1 6 1 E3 1
E1 1
E2 1 E4 1 /9.14
/11.14
2 2 2 2
/7.20 2
E5 rear light headlight headlight br - -
/11.14 /11.9 /11.14 /11.9
2 br /9.17 /9.9 2
left left right
rear light left rear light left
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
/3.16
X31 1 X31 1 X31 27 X31 10 X31 11 X31 28 X31 29 X31 30 X31 2 X31 3 X31 4 X31 5 X31 6 X31 3
Kl.31(3) Kl.31(4)
/5.1

X2 connector additional control modul X61 connector central control modul X170 connector operator’s cab Model Electrical system from s/n Edition
Type TL160 Circuit électrique à partir du n/s TL01600100 Date 01.2007
Fecha
X20 connector central control modul X70 connector central control modul Tipo Sistema elèctrico desde el no.
X30 connector central control modul X150 connector front chassis Wiring diagramm
4/6
X31 connector central control modul X160 connector rear chassis Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
Página Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
HEATING / AIR CONDITIONER WASH / WIPE SYSTEM FRONT WASH / WIPE SYSTEM REAR
/4.16 24V XM30 24V
Kl.30(4) Kl.30(5) /6.1
/7.9 8 XM15 XM15
Kl.15(4) Kl.15(5) /6.1
/7.9 5 /7.9 6 24V
/4.16 24V
fuse wash / wipe system front
rt 2,5Ø
rt
1 1
power power
FL2
15A
/7.1
supply + supply + fuse wash / wipe system rear FL3 15A
2 /7.1 2
fuse heating / air conditioner

ECS/7.11 ECS /7.11 ECS/7.11 K J
ECS ECS ECS
Display SK27 Display SK27 J11
8 11
switch wiper rear

out side temperature sensor
/3.3
18 19 13
mixed air temperature sensor
sw2,5Ø
gn/sw/ws
rt 2,5Ø
gn/ws
wish system
sw 2,5Ø
rt/sw
ws
rt/ge
rt/sw
rt/ge
rt/sw
rt/ge
wiper front
option electric climate system
heating valve
/7.22 4 3 4 10 3 4 10 3 4 10
wash /
switch
switch
RK2
S21
S20
S22
1 1
MK1
RK1
wash / wipe system rear K5,6

M
/7.22 /7.22
FR13
1
FR12
1 1 1 7 8 9 1 7 2 8 9 1 7 2 8 9
15A
15A
2
option
FL1
2 2
6 15A
/7.6 /7.1
2 2 /7.6
2
gn/sw/ws
option
gn/sw
or/ws
sw/br
ge/gn
ge/gn
rs/sw
rs/ge
ge/rt
ge/rt
gn/ws
bl/ws
ge
ge
rt/ge
ge
ge
sw
8 9 2 16 19 2 16 10 4 17 9 7 9 12 21
ECS ECS ECS ECS ZSML3.0 Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display ZSML3.0
ECS /7.11 ECS /7.11 ECS /7.11 ECS /7.11 X31 /7.1 K K J K K J K K J X31 /7.1
power wash wash power power power power

supply + pump pump supply - supply - supply - supply +
wash / wipe front rear
KK1 - KK6 system front washer wiper wiper wiper
circulating air relays fan fan fan K1,2,3 washer wiper wiper wiper wiper pump rear rear rear
servo motor climatonic speed 1 speed 2 speed 3 pump Kl.53 Kl.53a Kl.31b Kl.53b rear Kl.53 Kl.31b Kl.53.a
ECS/7.11 ECS/7.11 ECS /7.11 ECS/7.11 ECS /7.11 ECS /7.11 ECS /7.11 ECS /7.11 X70 /10.1 X70 /10.1 X70 /10.1 X70 /10.1 X70
/10.1
X70 /10.1 X70 /10.1
X70 /10.1 X70 /10.1
ECS ECS ECS ECS ECS ECS ECS ECS ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML
4 rt/ge 11 3 5 1 15 6 12 7 10 11 8 6 13 17 16 14
bl/br
bl/ge
gn
br/ws
bl
br rt/ge rt/ge rt/ge

ge
br/ws
ge ge ge
bl/sw
br/ws
ws/vi
ge
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 86 30 /7.22 86 30 /7.22 86 30 86 30
br/ws
bl/sw
/10.14
gn/vi
gn/bl
/7.22
KK3
KK5
KK6
/7.22
KK2
br/rt
rt/ge
rt/ge
gn/rt
rt/ge
resistor micro fan

KK4
17 16
KK1 relay 1
14
/7.21
climatronic X170 X170
X170
X170
30
R6
86 /7.21 86 30 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 7 1 2 3 4 /10.4 13 16 14
/7.22 17
XM6
relay
climatronic
or
2 2 13
3
br/ws
7 1
gn/sw
4
relay for electric
climate system
ws/vi
relay
climatronic
relay
climatronic
thermostat
bl/sw
S53
gn/gr
relay
climatronic
1
gn/bl
circulating air servo motor
4 2 3
/7.22 2
XM3
bl/ws
bl/sw
br/rt
gr/rt
sw
bl
washer pump rear

gr
ge
gr
br
br
or
washer pump front

3 4 1
4 2 3
XM7 XM7
or
5
ge
rt
3 4 1
+ /7.22
X160 /7.22 + + /11.8 1
2 + /11.8
wiper front
br/ws
ws/vi
MV1
M M M
/11.4 bl/sw
M M M 3
micro fan
M5
5
M4
or
/9.10 1
heater fan M3 4
MU1
/7.22 - pressure switch S30 P - - 6 - 31b
M6
53
wiper rear
sw
/7.22 2
M 53a
sw
1
XM3
or
M7
1 6 /10.4 /11.9
1 /9.13
6 XM6 31
solenoid clutch Y30
br
br
br
br
br
br
/4.16
X31 2 X31 5 X31 17 X31 7 X31 1 X31 9 X31 8
Kl.31(4) Kl.31(5) /6.1

X31 connector central control modul XM3 connector fan K connector display Model Electrical system from s/n Edition
Tipo Fecha
X70 connector central control modul XM6 connector wiper motor front XM6 connector wiper motor rear Sistema elèctrico desde el no.
Benennung
X160 connector rear chassis ECS connector climatronic Description Wiring diagramm Page
5/6 Page
7.28.06
Dénomination Circuit èlectrique Feuille Feuille
connector operator’s cab Página Página
X170 J connector display Denominación
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
RADIO / VOLTAGE REDUCER SOCKET DASHBOARD POWER SUPPLY CONTROL MODUL / FUSE CONDROL TERMINAL 15
24V XM30 XM30 XM30 XM30

Kl.30(5)
/7.9 9 /7.9 5 XM15 /7.9 6 /7.9 7
/5.16 XM15
Kl.15(5) /7.9 8
power supply K11,K12

24V 7 /7.9
FFL Kl.15
/4.15
sw 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
FR5 Fl4
/4.2 rt rt rt 2,5Ø rt 2,5Ø /4.15
rt
sw
FL7 fuse
rt 2,5Ø
10A
fuse power supply K9,K10 FL5 15A

fuse additonal modul FL6 10A
fuse FL8 10A
fuse reserve FR3 15A

fuse additional modul FR6 20A
fuse reserve FL14 20A
fuse reserve FR7 20A

fuse reserve FL11 10A
1 10A 1 15A 1 1 1 10A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10A
control modul input

/7.6 /7.6 /7.1 /7.1 /7.1 /7.1 /7.1 /7.1 /7.1 /7.6 /7.6
FR14 FR5 FL9 fuse dashboard /7.6 /7.1
fuse reserve FL10

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
rt/sw
fuse radio fuse
ge
socket Kl.15
RT1 RT2
3 5 1 7
/7.13 sw
FL10 X10 /7.1 X10
ge
24 volt
/7.13
0V 0V 24VDC 24VDC
/7.20 /7.1
Kl.30
/3.14
Kl.15 ZSML ZSML
/3.15 14
18-30VDC Eingang 11
W24-12-8-P
G4 /3.16 5 5 4 4
X22
X22
12V DC Ausgang 24VDC-12VDC
12VDC Kl.15 12VDC Kl.30 voltage reducer
2 4 8 6
bl/ge
bl/br
vi/ws
CAN/L CAN/H
X10 X10
ge/sw
loudspeaker loudspeaker
bl/br
/7.1 /7.1
bl/rt
sw
ge
ZSML ZSML
rt
rt
+ + 6 3
6 3
B4 B3 14 12 8
bl/ge
17 18 1 11 6 20
bl/br
ZMDL ZMDL ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZMDL ZSML
relay K12 relay K11 travel K9,10 option option
/11.14
- /11.9 - X1 /7.1 X2 /7.1
X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1
X30 /7.1 X31 /7.1 X31 /7.1 X2 /7.1 X31 /7.1 (terminal 15) (terminal 30)
power power power option option
additional additional
rt/sw
rt/sw
rt/sw
power
sw
sw
CAN/L CAN/H
additional (terminal 15) (terminal 30)
rt/ws
supply supply supply
rt
modul modul X2 /7.1 X2 /7.1 supply modul

ZMDL ZMDL terminal 15 terminal 15 terminal 15
clamp 15 clamp 15 terminal 15
XSD24
terminal 30 control
socket 12 volt XSD12
8 9 control
1 1
X170
X170
19 20 21 modul
X170
X170
18 modul
bl/ge
bl/br
1 1 reserve reserve PWM imobilizier open closed open closed central central
18 19 20 21 v ref. 2,5v dig out dig out out 4 output K11 K11 K12 K12 ground ground
X30 X31 /7.1 X31 /7.1 X31 /7.1 X61 /9.1 X31 /7.1 X31 X31 /7.1 X31 /7.1 X2 X2
socket 24 volt
/7.1 5 6 1 2 /7.1 /7.1 /7.1

rt/sw
rt/ws
rt/sw
rt/ge
ZSML +UB CAN/L CAN/H ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZMDL ZMDL
sw
sw
9 3 6 18 10 4 5 9 7 10 11
GND
XA2
/7.19
8 7 4 3
7 4 U1
XA1
XA1
3 4 5 6
display
/10.4 /10.4 /10.4 /10.4
dashboard
bl/sw/ws
sw/bl/gn
bl/sw/gn
gn/ws/vi
rt/ws/gn
gn/ws/rt
rt/gn/vi
rt/sw
X130
X130
X130
X130
X130
X130
X130
X130
6 1 2 3 7 8 9 10
7 4 3 4 5 6
B1
X22
1
radio
/7.13
8
br
8 XA1
br 2,5Ø
br 2,5Ø
W3
br
br
br
br
br
br
/5.16 X31 4 X31 19 14 X31 9 X31 20 X31 10 X31 11 X31 12

Kl.31(5)
X1 connector additional control modul X30 connector central control modul X130 connector switch console Model Electrical system from s/n Edition
X2 connector additional control modul X31 connector central control modul X170 connector operator’s cab / floor frame Tipo Sistema elèctrico desde el no. Fecha
Benennung
X10 connector central control modul X60 connector central control modul XA1 connector radio connection Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 6/6 Page
Feuille 7.28.07
X61 connector central control modul XA2 connector radio / floor frame Denominación
Página Página
X5
2 --
3 Charge signal generator D+
X91

6 Accumulator pressure parking brake
X20
X90
9 Fuel gauge sensor signal

11 Idle signal generator "W" signal
12 --
13 --
X10
14 --
X61
16 Speedometer sensor output

17 link to terminal 18
18 link to terminal 17
X40

2 Central ground Terminal 31
4 High beam signal
6 Hydraulic oil filter clogging (signal)
X80
7 Parking brake (signal)

8 shut off back-up alarm
9 Reference voltage 2.5V
X70
10 Analog input speed 3rd control circuit

11 Spare - Analog
12 Spare - Analog
X30

X31
8 Spare - Analog
9 Spare - Analog
X60
L824-ZSML
TL 160 (SKL 160) 01.2007
Plug assignment Control Unit 7.28.08
X5
X91
3 CAN/HI
4 R1
5 R2
6 CAN/LO
X10 Control panel
X20
X90
1 --
3 CAN/HI
4 --
5 --
X10
6 CAN/LO
X61

X40
3 TXD
4 RXD
5 CTS
6 RTS
X80
X70
X30
X31
X60
L824-ZSML
7.28.08/01.2007
X5
1 --
2 -
X91
3 Spare digital output

6 Spare digital output
X20
X90

floodlight front
X10
input
12 3rd control circuit (PWM output)
X61

floodlight rear
14 3rd control circuit (PWM output)
15 Reversing fan speed PWM output
X40
beacon
17 Spare Digital output
18 Spare PWM output
wipe rear
X80

wipe rear
X70
1 Power supply brake pressure switch

2 --
X30

12 RTD lifting frame lower position (signal)
X31

15 RTD shovel position (signal)
X60

L824-ZSML
18 Brake light switch 100bar signal input
TL 160 (SKL 160) 01.2007
Plug assignment Control Unit ZSML 7.28.09
X61 Rear carriage
X5
1 --
2 --
X91
4 Pre-heating output
7 Travel, direction recognition output
X20
X90
10 Option Immobilizer
11 --
X10
13 --
14 --
X61

17 Back-up alarm output
18 Reversing fan output
X40
19 Solenoid valve parking brake output

20 --
X20 Panel, right
2 --
X80
3 Start-up Terminal 50a signal

4 Pre-heat signal
X70
5 Power supply control unit Terminal 15

X30

11 RTD lifting frame high position (signal)
12 Pressure switch emergency steering
X5 Power supply
X31
X60
L824-ZSML
7.28.09/01.2007
Additional Control Unit ZMDL
X1 plug
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 digin low pressure switch lower
8 digin low pressure switch retract
9 pressure switch gear shift (signal)
10 digin low engine oil level
11 digin low coolant level
12 digin low hydraulic oil level
13 emergency steering (signal)
14 power supply control unit terminal 15
15 --
16 --
17 --
18 --
X2 plug
1 --
2 --
3 brake light pressure switch 5 bar
4 coolant temperature
5 --
7 --
8 CAN-Bus-link ZSML X10 CAN/L
9 CAN-Bus-link ZSML X10 CAN/L
10 central ground
11 central ground
13 level check output
14 float position output
15 --
16 solenoid valve ride control
17 solenoid valve unlock load check valve
18 --
19 RTD retract output
20 RTD lifting frame high position (cut off
output)
21 RTD lower output
X90 plug
TL 160 (SKL 160) 01.2007
Plug assignment Add. Control Unit ZDML 7.28.10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Power supply Start-up system Pre-heat system Sensors
XM30 10
Kl.30/2.1
sw 2,5Ø
XM30 1 XM15 1
Kl.15/2.1
1
rt 6,0Ø FR3 10A Accelerator
2
sw
R10 P1 P2
Temperaturanzeige Tankanzeige
30
rt
UV 5V 0V Signal
S1
41
/8.14 1 2 4 5 6 3
15
pre-heat starter switch 15
0 I II III 15 54 19 17 50A
58
45 58 42 52
sw/ws 0,5Ø
0,5Ø
0,5Ø
Q
ge/ws 0,5Ø
t°
bl/ws 0,5Ø
0,5Ø
br
br
46
G
gn/ws
G 31 31
rt/ws
vi/ws
rs
rt
rt
8 2
43
1 3 2 4 6 5
37
18 X22 X22 XR10 XR10 XR10
br
44
X160 1 3 2 4 6 5
27
53
ge
18 10 4
1,0Ø
1,0Ø
1,0Ø
1,0Ø
1,0Ø
rs/sw
vi/ws
rt/ge
49
ge
rt/ge
vio
ws
gn
2 5
sw
gr
bl
rt
5 4 3 Display SK030 Display SK030

87 86 5 4 3 22 23 9 11 1
ZSML ZSML ZSML ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850
/10.22 W:5
gn
W:2
br
rt
K6 4 3
X20:5 X20:4 X20:3 ECMJ2:22 ECMJ2:23 ECMJ2:9 ECMJ2:11 ECMJ2:1 1
Display SK030 Dash lights Display SK030 Signal Fuel Display SK030
30 85
Terminal 15 Pre-glow Start Vref 5VDC Com 0V Signal Accelerator
W:1 W:1 W:5
br
X31 25
Power supply + Signal Engine temp. Power supply -
Pre-glow Engine oil Air filter Hydraulic oil Fuel gauge Hydraulicoil- Release pressure Temperature sensor Temperature sensor Speed sensor Speed sensor
Charge control Rev. signal Start control Terminal 15 pressure clogging filter transmitter temperature Parking brake engine (coolant) engine (coolant) UV
ECUJ3.2 /2.15
ECUJ3.1 /2.14
FDiag /2.2
K4:30 /3.5
2 X60:3 X60:11 X61:3 ECMJ2:40 X1:8 X61:1 X60:5 X60:4 X30:6 X60:9 X60:10 X60:6 X2:4 X60:8 X60:18 X60:15
F09
5A 1
ZSML ZSML ZSML ECM CM 850 ZMDL ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML
sw 6,0Ø
sw 6,0Ø
3 11 3 40 8 5 4 6 9 10 6 4 8 18 15
sw
2 2 2 2
1,0Ø
F07 F08 F05 F06
50A 1 30A 1 20A 1 20A 1
ge 0,75Ø
sw 16,0Ø
28
sw/bl/gn
sw 2,5Ø
br/ws
br/ge
bl/ws
sw/bl
vi/ws
rt/gn
gn/rt
rt/bl
bl
X5 /10.2
Notlenkpumpe
M3:30 /3.5
7 16 6
ZSML
19 9 8
X160 X161 X160 X160 X160 X161
1 3 1 7 16 6
30 86 19 9 8
sw 35,0Ø
sw 4,0Ø
K1 K2
Start- /10.22 Pre-glow-
gn
/10.21
relay relay 11
2 2 2 2
sw/bl/gn
87 85
F01 F04 F02 F03 X161
58
56
gn/ws
4 2
bl/ws
sw/bl
sw/vi
rt/gn
gn/rt
200A1 30A 1 125A1 125A1 11
vio
gn
ge
rt 2,5Ø
sw 70,0Ø
Eingangsicherrung
br
1
1 1 C
1 1 Q 1
S34
1 1
17 18 3 16 R5 R3
S28 S20 R4
S27 P P P /10.21
R2 P /10.16 /10.14 /13.7
32
X161 /13.6 /13.7 /10.16 /8.22 B B9

1 2 2 2 2 2 /10.9
/10.21 2 2 A
2 17 18 3 16 2
S2
br/ws 1,0Ø
Battery master switch

sw 70,0Ø
sw 70,0Ø
sw 16,0Ø
ge 0,75Ø
rt/bl 1,0Ø
br 1,0Ø
bl 1,0Ø
ge 1,0Ø
rt 2,5Ø
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
31
+ sw 25,0Ø
1
Batterie 30 50a R1
W 15
M Heat-
12 V
G 12 5
G2 3~ flange
D+ B+ 2 X161 X161
31 /10.22
U 12 5
/13.8
G1
16
B- M1 42 42 50 39
+ /13.10 Generator Starter
ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850
sw 25,0Ø
12 V
Batterie ECMJ2:42 ECMJ2:50 ECMJ2:39
br
br
sw 70,0Ø
G3
X31 3 X31 1 br 16,0Ø 2 X31 4 X31 12 X31 6 X31 5 X31 16 X31 5 X31 13 X31 12
Kl.31/2.1
Massepunkt
nahe Batterie

Model Edition
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL02100100 Date 01.2008
Benennung
Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 1/9 Page
Feuille 7.29.01
Denominación Página Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Engine sensors and actuating elements Power supply ECM
Kl.30/1.16 Kl.30/3.1
Kl.15/1.16 Kl.15/3.1
ECUJ3.1/1.1
ECUJ3.2/1.1
SAE 1939
Injector Injector Injector Injector Injector Injector
Diagnosticplug
Cylinder 6
Kl.30
Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2 Cylinder 3 Cylinder 4 Cylinder 5
Kl.30
A B C F D G E H J
ECMJ1:45 ECMJ1:54 ECMJ1:55 ECMJ1:56 ECMJ1:46 ECMJ1:57
ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850
45 54 55 56 46 57
sw
ge
br
gr
1 1 1 1 1 1
YZY1 YZY2 YZY3 YZY4 YZY5 YZY6

A B C
XD XD XD
2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C
sw 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
W28 W29
X31 1
8 6 6
FDiag/1.2
ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 53 51 52 58 60 59 3 4

ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850
ECMJ1:8
Kl.30
ECMJ1:6 ??
ECMJ1:53 ECMJ1:51 ECMJ1:52 ECMJ1:58 ECMJ1:60 ECMJ1:59 ECMJ3:3 ECMJ3:4
CAN High CAN Low CAN Shield
Actor GND Actor GND Actor GND Actor GND Actor GND Actor GND
Crank shaft speed Crank shaft position Rail pressure Water in fuel Charge air Charge air Oil pressure Ambient air Coolant temperature Oilpressure- Fuel pump-
sensor sensor sensor sensor pressure temperature engine pressure sensor Engine Fuelpump switch shut-off
ECMJ1:27 ECMJ1:26 ECMJ1:25 ECMJ1:14 ECMJ1:44 ECMJ1:23 ECMJ1:13 ECMJ1:3 ECMJ1:15 ECMJ1:1 ECMJ1:17 ECMJ1:2 ECMJ3:1 ECMJ3:2
ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850
27 26 25 14 44 23 13 3 15 1 17 2 1 2
1
XWIF
2
1 3 1
+
3 3 2 1 3 3 1
YM1
BM1
2
BM2
2
BM3
1
SM1 Q
BM4
BM5
2
BM6
2 RM1 M 1
P SM2
1 1 3 2 2 4 1 1 2
MM1 2 2
-
1
XWIF
2
br 2,5Ø
br 2,5Ø
16 48 37 47 33 38 11 32
ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850 ECM CM 850
W30 W31
ECMJ1:16 ECMJ1:48 ECMJ1:37 ECMJ1:47 ECMJ1:33 ECMJ1:38 ECMJ1:11 ECMJ1:32
Sensor UV 5V Sensor GND Sensor UV 5V Sensor GND Sensor UV 5V Sensor GND Aktor GND Aktor GND
X31 2 X31 3
Kl.31/1.16 Kl.31/3.1

Model Edition
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL02100100 Date 01.2008
Benennung
Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 2/9 Page
Feuille 7.29.02
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
emergency steering Option shovel return to dig fast / slow reversable fan Versa Steer Backalarm parking brake
Kl.30/2.16 Kl.30/4.1
Kl.15/2.16 KL.15/4.1
Kl.15(X20:1) /4.2
FL10/7.11 FL10/7.11 Display(K:18) /4.2
Kl.15 Kl.15
Kl.58 /4.2
ge
ge
8 2
rt/sw
rt/sw
rt/sw
rt/ge
rt/ge
rt/ge
X151 X151
W11
110
8 2
ge
ge
3 4 10 5 10 5 10 3 4 10 5 10 5 10 5 6 10
/8.15
S36 I 0 B B S18 S33
S14 S19 S42 S35
/8.13
/8.11 /8.13
I-0 1 7 2 8 9
/9.11
C
/9.11
C 1 7 9 1 9
I 0 II 1 7 2 8 9
I0 1 9
I0 1 9 1 7 2 8 9
105
B8 A B6 A
sw/br
sw/bl
br
br
79
9 7 3 1
X151
104
9 7 3 1
sw/br
sw/bl
br
br
1
sw/ge
78
X171
br/ws
gr/sw
sw/br
gr/ge
sw/vi
ws/rt
or/bl
22 21
sw/br
1
13 15 11 12 8 8 2 3 7 8 7
ZMDL ZSML Display Display ZSML
ws/gn
Display Display ZMDL ZSML
or/ws
bl/ge
bl/rt
X1:13 X70:15 K 12 J8 J2 K3 X1:7 X30:8 X30:7
14 14
81
6 1 7
emergency ZSML return to dig Display return to dig Display travel speed 1-2I Display reverse fan Display Versa Steer shut off switch parking brake
return to dig
steering off Back Alarm
signal
X20:11 K 14 K6 K1 J7
lift height return to dig travel speed 1-2 reverse fan reverseble fan
power supply coolant hydraulik pressure switch emergency limitation signal S18 turtle and rabbit manual
level check level oil level emergency steering steering parking
shovel return Versa Steer Back Alarm brake valve
reverseable fan
K4:30/1.1
to dig release lift height limitation reverse fan speed

X2:13 X1:11 X1:12 X20:12 X61:20 joystick release joystick X61:10 X61:17 X61:19
Kl.30
direction (PWM)
ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZSML ZSML X2:19 X2:20 X31:18 X31:15 ZSML ZSML ZSML
13 11 12 12 20 10 17 19
ZMDL ZMDL ZSML ZSML
sw 2,5Ø
ws/gn/rt
bl/ge/gn
19 18
rt/gn/vi
20
gn/sw
gn/sw
sw/ge
15
gr/sw
gn/sw/ws
gn/rt
76
72
86
gr/rt
gn/sw/ws
bl/ge/gn
W51
2 3 15
14 11 12 20
X160 X160 X160 X160 X81 X160 6 X160
86 30
2 3 15
14 11 12 20 6
82
0,75Ø
0,75Ø
/10.21 K4
gn/sw/ws
M3:30/1.1
ws/gn/rt
bl/ge/gn
gn/sw/ws
sw/ge
gn/rt
gn/rt
gn/rt
85 87
rt/gn/vi
Kl.30
101
rt 2,5Ø
77
74
sw 35,0Ø
1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1
W9 Y17 Y31
K4 K5 Y10 H16
S37 P /10.15
Y33 /10.14
/10.10 50a /10.15 /10.9 /8.22
ge 2
2
30 2
M
1,0Ø
31 2 2 2 2 2
/10.2 3 /10.16 3
M3
br
br
S S
gn/rt
/10.9
1 1
+ Q + Q S19 31
ge
1 4
- S18 -
2
X81
2
1 4
107
1
ZSML
X60:1
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
W36 W37
X31 15 X31 16 X31 11 X31 21 X31 23 X31 24 X31 19 X31 32 X31 15 X31 20 X31 13
Kl.31/2.16 Kl.31/4.1

Benennung
Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 3/9 Page
Feuille 7.29.03
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
travel travel speed float position add. circuit LSD working hydr.
(Option)
Kl.30/5.16 Kl.30/7.1
XM15 7
KL.15/5.16 KL.15/7.1
rt 2,5Ø
FL8 /7.14
X80:1 K:18 X20:1 X80:2
1 10A
ZSML Display ZSML ZSML
FL7
1 18 1 2
2
rt/gr
ws
ge
FL7 /7.15
Kl.15(X20:1)/5.15 Kl.15(X20:1)1
6
Display(K:18)/5.15
J11/6.15
118
Kl.58/5.15
ge
bl/br
3 S10 float position 3 S9 3th. add. circuit switch 3
9/
1
5 10 3 4 10 3 4 10 1 2 5 10 10 5 5 10 5 10
S21/3
switch on
Joystick /8.13
S21/2 /8.13
R4 S23
S21/1 7 1 9 S16 1 7 2 8 9 1 7 2 8 9 S12 1 9 1 9 S21/4
1 9 9 1 1
float switch S13
/8.17 S15 4th. circuit switch ´side switch on joystick
2 1
139
2 1 forward / reverse forward / reverse travel shut off working hydr. 2 1
128
154
120
by Joystick potentiometer slow LSD

2
3
119
rt/ws
sw/bl
bl/gn
bl/ge
bl/ge
141
sw/rt
bl/rt
bl/rt
bl/rt
sw
114
gn
gr
or
vi
bl
rt
gr/rt
129
126
111
3 4 5 15 4 10 9 6 7 8 7 10 5 1 6 11 3 11 8 9
ZSML ZSML Display Display Display ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML Display Display ZSML Display Display ZSML ZSML ZSML
X80:3 X80:4 K:5 K:15 J:4 X20:10 X20:9 X80:6 X80:7 X20:8 X20:7 X30:10 J:5 J:1 X20:6 K:11 J:3 X31:11 X80:8 X80:9
travel forward / reverse travel forward / reverse float position float off switch joystick switch joystick add. circuit add. circuit off quantity travel slow shut off LSD working hydr. working hydr. power supply 4th. add. 4th. add.
joystick dashboard 5 dashboard add. circuit add. circuit pre-select add. circuit 4th circuit circuit on circuit off
ZSML
X80:5
travel Travel recognition push button Motor 140 float load check valve
forward reverse of travel direction switch Joystick Q min. clutch position add. circuit add. circuit unlock LSD on/off working hydr. Option opition option
float
X61:21 X61:16 travel travel X61:9 X61:11 X2:14 X31:12 X31:14 X2:17 X2:16 X61:12 X31:17 X31:4 X31:5
fast / slow fast / slow
ZSML ZSML Motor 80 Motor 140 ZSML ZSML ZMDL ZSML ZSML ZMDL ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML
21 16 9 11 14 12 14 17 16 12 4 5
17
X61:8 X61:7
gn/ws
ge/ws/bl
gn/gr
bl/br
ge/ws/rt
ZSML ZSML
122
130
142
131
sw/bl
8 7
156
gn/ws/vi
rt/gn/vi
10 7 8 11 9
X150 X150
140
W218
117
X150 X150
116
155
X150 W219
121
10 5 7 /8.6 8 /8.6
7 8 11 9
X130 X130 X130
ge/ws/bl
ge/ws/rt
123
132
143
133
gn/ws
sw/br
gn/gr
bl/br
bl/ge
rt/br
rt/br
rt/gr
rt/bl
sw
gr
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
Y4 Y3 Y2 Y6 Y26 Y18 Y12 Y7 Y23 Y24 Y16 Y11 Y5

/10.9 /10.9 /9.15 /9.10 /10.9
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
X31 22 X31 23 X31 24 X31 25 X31 6 X31 10 X31 11 X31 4 X31 5 X31 6 X31 14 X31 7 X31 26
Kl.31/3.16 Kl.31/5.1

Model
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL02100100 Edition
Date 01.2008
Benennung
Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 4/9 Page
Feuille 7.29.04
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
signal and light system beacon light working lights brake pressure switch
XM30 2 XM30 3 XM30 4
Kl.30/4.16 Kl.30/6.1
XM15 2 XM15 4 XM15 3
KL.15/4.16 KL.15/6.1
FR5 /7.5
sw 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
FL4
sw
/7.9
rt
1 10A 1 10A 1 10A 1 10A 1 15A 1 15A
FR4 FL12 FL13 FL4 FR1 FR2
2 2 2 2 2 2
br/ge KL15(X20:1)1
171
FFL4
159
193 /7.2
161
ge
rt
sw/ws 1 10 Option Tagfahrlicht 9 2 steering column switch ge
225
5
30 15 49a 15
2 8 3 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5
S7 S3 S5 S6
/8.11 /8.11
sw/ws/gn
SL1 /8.11 /8.11 /8.11

hazard flasher switch S4 0 Horn
sw/ws
56a 56b 58 L R H
br/ge
6 1 5 10 5 6 4 8 7 3 9 1 9 1 9 1 9 1
switch switch switch switch
br
224
rear fog light beacon X31 1 front working lights rear working lights
sw/gn
sw
1 1
12
X150
H1 H2
engine indicator engine indicator
2 lamp yellow 2 lamp red
12
168
18
179
br/ge
X31
rt/gn
sw/gn
sw/ws/gn
rt/ge
ws/ge
1
gr/sw
181
B5
ws
218
223
/9.15
gr/sw
2 21 22
br
horn
49 49a X160 X160
high beam
side marker
side marker
K3 1 10A 1 10A 1 10A 1 10A
low beam
21
light right
/8.16 22
light left
C L R 31 FR8 FR9 FR10 FR11
1,0Ø
2 2 2 2
1,0Ø
flasher relais
sw/ws
ws/ge
gr/sw
gr/sw
gr/ws
gr/sw
vi/ws
rt/ge
169
rt/gn
rt/ge
rt/gn
gr/rt
gr/rt
rt/br
ws
ws
173
5 4 3 44 43 13 14 15 16 10 13
ZSML ZSML ZSML ECM CM850 ECM CM850 ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML
X30:5 X30:4 X30:3 ECMJ2:44 ECMJ2:43 X20:13 X20:14 X20:15 X31:16 X31:10 X31:13
flasher control high beam parking light beacon front working light rear working lights power supply power supply front power supply rear
Kl. 30 working lights working lights
180
182
cab light brake light reversing head light pressure switch

front working light rear working lights brake light switch travel emergency
X70:9 X61:6 X61:15 (100bar) Kl. 15
beacon (5bar)
199
sw/ws ZSML ZSML

ZSML X70:5 X70:3 X70:4 X2:3 X70:18 X70:1
9 6 15 15
ZSML ZSML ZSML ZMDL ZSML ZSML

rt/ge
5 4 18 1
3
sw/bl
vi/sw
sw/ws
gr/sw
gr/rt
sw/gn
9 1 1 2 3 5 3 5 3 4
X150
X160
X150
X150
X150
X160
X170 X170 X170 X170

1 1 2 3 5 3 1
ge
9 5 3 4
S26 P
2
gr/sw gr/rt
17
X160
215
2 4 6 4
X150
X160
X150
X160
17
2 4 6 4
183
190
185
184
1,0Ø
1,0Ø
1,0Ø
1,0Ø
sw/rt205
sw/ws
sw/ws
sw/ws
ws/ge
ws/ge
sw/gn
sw/gn
sw/gn
gr/sw
gr/ws
gr/sw
gr/sw
gr/sw
gr/sw
gr/sw
vi/ws
sw/rt
sw/rt
sw/rt
sw/rt
176
rt/ge
gr/rt
gr/bl
gr/bl
gr/rt
gr/rt
gr/rt
gr/rt
gr/rt
ws
ws
1 1 1 1 1
1 3 2 4 4 3 5 2 3 2 5 4 3 2 5 4 4 3 5 2 3 2 4 + + 1
E1 E2 E4 E6 S25
E5 E3 E4 E3 E6 E5 P /12.9
E8 /9.11 /9.15 E15 E14 E7
/10.14 /12.14
1 6 1 1 1 1 1 /12.14 2
/12.9 2 2 2 2
- -
2 2
vorne hinten
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
X31 1 X31 1 X31 14 X31 9 X31 10 X31 11 X31 7 X31 8 X31 29 X31 30 X31 2 X31 3 X31 4 X31 5 X31 6 X31 15
Kl.31/4.16 Kl.31/6.1
cab light rear light left rear light left headlight left headlight right rear light right rear light right lisence plate light beacon working lights

Model
Type
TL 210 Electrical system
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL02100100 Edition
Date 01.2008
Benennung
Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 5/7 Page
Feuille 7.29.05
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
heating system / A/C wash/wipe system front wash/wipe system rear
XM30 8
Kl.30/5.16 Kl.30/7.1
XM15 5 XM15 6
KL.15/5.16 KL.15/7.1
rt 2,5Ø
W378
rt
261
1 15A 1
FL2 FL3 15A
2 2
power supply + power supply +
ECS:18 ECS:19 ECS:13 K:8 J:11
/4.3
ECS ECS ECS J11
Display Display
18 19 13
gn/sw/ws
sw 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
gn/ws
ws
264
rt/sw
rt/sw
rt/ge
rt/ge
rt/sw
rt/ge
3 4 10 3 4 10
288
1 1 4 3 4 10
M S21 S20 S22

RK1 RK2 MK1
switch switch switch
mixed air outside- 1 7 2 8 9 1 7 2 8 9 wiper front 1 7 2 8 9 wiper rear
2 temperature 2 temperature 1 10A 1 15A 1 15A wish/wash
Sensor Sensor 6 FR12 FR13 FL1
heating
valvel 2 /8.6 2 /8.6 2 /8.1
gn/sw/ws
Option
gn/ws
bl/ws
sw
rs/sw
ge/gn
or/ws
gn/sw
ge/gn
sw/br
242
ge/rt
rs/ge
ge/rt
ge
ge
8 9 2 16 19 2 21
16 10
ECS ECS ECS ECS ZSML Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display
ECS:8 ECS:9 ECS:2 ECS:16 X31:19 K:2 K:16 J:10 K:4 K:17 J:9 K:7 K:9 J:12 X31:21
power supply wash pump wash pump power supply - power supply - power supply - power supply +
front rear
rt/ge
ge
control modul control modul control modul control modul
Air condition Air condition Air condition rear wiper KL 31b
circulating air servo motor fan speed 1 fan speed 2 fan speed 3 Air condition wash pump wiper KL 31b wiper KL 53b wiper KL 53 wiper KL 53a rear wash pump rear wiper KL 53 rear wiper KL 53a
ECS:4 ECS:11 ECS:3 ECS:5 ECS:1 ECS:15 ECS:6 ECS:12 X70:13 X70:17 X70:16 X70:14
X70:7 X70:8 X70:6 X70:10 X70:11
ECS ECS ECS ECS ECS ECS ECS ECS
ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML
4 11 3 5 1 15 6 12 7 8 6 10 11 17 16 14
13
bl/ge
bl/br
rt/ge
gn
bl
br/ws br
253
rt/ge
rt/ge
rt/ge
br/ws
ge
ge
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30
br/ws
rt/ge
rt/ge
rt/ge
bl/sw
ws/vi
br/rt
gn/rt
br/ws
bl/sw
gn/bl
gn/vi
/8.21 /8.19 /8.19 /8.22 /8.19
1
KK5 KK6 KK2 KK3 KK4 KK1 R6
86 7 1 2 3 4 17 16 14
30 86 30 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 13
series resistor XM6
or
X170
X170
X170
X170
Mikroventilator
X170
/8.17 /11.2
gn/sw
1
gn/gr
S53
gn/bl
2 7
/8.22 1 2 3 4 13 17 16 14
2 temp. sensor
2 4 3 XM3
or
/8.22
273
br/ws
bl/sw
ws/vi
br/rt
274
gr/rt
5
sw
ge
2 4 3
bl/ws
bl/sw
gr
br
br
a X160
gr
bl
ge
or
rt
5
or
31b
+ + +
1 2 +
1 3
M M S30 P pressure sensor
M M M M
53
M
53a
/10.2 front wash pump 4

2
M7
or
M5
/8.22 - MU1 M3 /8.17 - MV1 - M4 5 M6 /12.8
15 - /12.9
sw
heating fan Micro ventilator front per 31 rear wiper

circulating air rear wash pump
X161
sw
servo motor
1 15 /13.1
or
/8.22 6
1
1 XM3
/11.2
Y30
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
.7 6
br
Magnet clutch
X31 2 X31 3 X31 4 X31 5 X31 6 X31 7 X31 17 X31 7 X31 1 X31 9 X31 8
Kl.31/5.16 Kl.31/7.1
heating fan front wash pump front wiper rear wash pump rear wiper

Model
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL02100100 Edition
Date 01.2008
Benennung
Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 6/7 Page
Feuille 7.29.06
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
radio / voltage transformer power outlet refueling pump air susp. seat dashboard power supply / fuse Kl. 15
3 XM30 9 XM30 5 XM30 7

Kl.30/6.16
XM15 8
KL.15/6.16
FFL4/5.15 FR5/5.2 FL4/5.15 FL8/4.14 FL7/4.14
rt 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
sw 2,5Ø
Kl.15
sw
rt
rt
rt
rt 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
307
8
X10:5 X10:4
1 10A 1 15A 1 15A 1 10A 1 10A 1 15A 1 10A 1 10A RT1 RT1 1 10A 1 20A 1 20A
FR14 FL14 FR5 FL5 FL11 FL6 FL10 FL9 ZSML ZSML FL8 FR6 FR7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 4 2 2 2
ge 2,5Ø
FL10
bl/ge
bl/br
rt/sw
ge
ge/vi
5 10
ge
S8
3 5 1 7
14 X10:6 X10:3 11
310
0V 0V 24VDC 24VDC
Kl.15 Kl.30 1 9 CAN/L CAN/H
18-30VDC input G4 power
24VDC-12VDC outlet X22 ZSML ZSML X22
W24-12-8-P voltage transformer 6 3
322
12V DC output /8.16
bl/ge
bl/br
12VDC Kl.15 12VDC Kl.30
294
2 4 8 6
306
ge/sw
rt/ws
X2:8 X2:9
bl/rt
sw
ge
rt
rt
CAN/L CAN/H
ZMDL ZMDL
+ + 8 9
20 12 14 1 8 6
ZSML
bl/ge
B3 Option ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL
bl/br
B4
ge 2,5Ø
ge 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
rt/ge2,5Ø
/12.14 /12.9 K9, K10 (Kl.15) Option
ge/sw
- - X31:20 X2:12 X1:14 X30:1 X31:8 X2:6 (Kl. 30)
rt
297
5
power supply add. modul add. modul 6 1 2 power supply add. modul Kl. 30
rt/sw
rt/sw
rt/sw
+UB
sw
sw
Kl. 15 Versa Steer Kl. 15 Kl. 15 CAN/L CAN/H

U1 Kl. 15 add. modul Kl. 15
W345 GND
dashboard
8 7
1 13 /8.6 1 1 3 2
18 19 20 21
XSD12 X160 XSD24 XSDZ XSDZ control modul control modul
X170
X170
X170
X170
V Ref. 2,5V Res. Dig Out Res. Dig Out PWM Out K12 opener K12 closer central ground central ground
1 13 1
/10.2 XSDZ XSDZ
18 19 20 21 1 3 2 X30:9 X31:3 X31:6 X31:18 X31:9 X31:7 X2:10 X2:11
ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZMDL ZMDL

302
303
304
rt/sw
rt/ws
rt/sw
9 10
rt/ge
9 3 6 18 7 11
sw
sw
7 4 3 4 5 6
XA1 XA2
/11.2 /11.2 /11.2 /11.2
321
313
323
311
2,5Ø
bl/sw/ws
sw/bl/gn
bl/sw/gn
rt/ws/gn
ge 2,5Ø
ge 2,5Ø
rt 2,5Ø
gn/ws/rt
rt/sw
rt/ge
W21 W23 W22
6 1 2 3 9 10
7 4 3 4 5 6 + 1 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130 X130
X22
M M
58R 58L 54 13
Radio
XAS
M7 M8
B1 /10.10 31 /8.16
- power outlet 2
8 air susp. seat
refueling
pump
br 2,5Ø
/8.6
XA1
br 2,5Ø
br 2,5Ø
br 2,5Ø
br 2,5Ø
8 6
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
X31 8 X31 19 X31 14 X31 4 X31 9 X31 26 X31 27 X31 20 X31 10 X31 11 X31 12
Kl.31/6.16

Model
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL02100100 Edition
Date 01.2008
Benennung
Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
Circuit èlectrique
Page
Feuille 7/7 Page
Feuille 7.29.07
L
INPUT
E-MODUL

FL9 10A DASHBOARD
FL10 10A SHOVEL RETURN TO DIG
FR8 10A HIGH BEAM
FR9 10A LOW BEAM

24V FR11 10A SIDE MARKER LAMP RIGHT (TERMINAL 30)

RESERVE
FR11 10A FR12 10A FR13 15A FR14 10A FR12 10A AIR CONDITIONER (TERMINAL 30)
I
RIGHT A/C RESERVE 12V FR13 15A RESERVE (TERMINAL 30)
ZMDL RESERVE LEFT

Model
Type
TL 210 Electrical system
Circuit électrique
from s/n
à partir du n/s
TL02100100 Edition
Date 01.2008
Página
F01 F03
F05 F07
F09 K4 F04
F02 F06 F08
K6
K1
K2
F01 200A Notlenkpumpe / emergency steering pump

F02 125A F05, F06, F07, F08
F03 125A Vorglühen / pre-glow
F04 30A ZSML / Machine control unit
F05 30A Klemme 30, Fahrpedal / Terminal 30, accelerator pedal
F06 30A Option
F07 50A Klemme 30, 15 / Terminal 30, 15
Location
F08 30A Motorsteuergerät / ECU
F09 5A Fahrpedal / accelerator pedal

K2 Vorglührelais / pre-glow relay Typ
Model
TL 210
Elektrisches System
Electrical system
ab Fz.-Id.-Nr.
from s/n
TL02100100
Datum
Edition
01.2008
K4 Notlenkpumpe / emergency steering pump Type
Tipo
Benennung
Circuit électrique
Sistema elèctrico
à partir du n/s
desde el no.
Date
Fecha
Sicherungs- und Belegungsplan
K6 Klemme 15 / terminal 15 Description
Dénomination
Assignment diagramm
Schéma de réparation
Blatt
Page
Feuille 7.29.09
Página
LEFT
INPUT
E-MODUL

FL9 10A DASHBOARD
FL10 10A SHOVEL RETURN TO DIG
FR8 10A HIGH BEAM
FR9 10A LOW BEAM
24V
RESERVE
FR11 10A FR12 10A FR13 15A FR14 10A
FR11 10A SIDE MARKER LAMP RIGHT (TERMINAL 30)
RIGHT
RIGHT A/C RESERVE 12V

FR12 10A AIR CONDITIONER (TERMINAL 30)
ZMDL RESERVE LEFT

Model
TL 260 Electrical system from s/n TL02600100 Edition
01.2008
Type Circuit électrique bis Fz.-Id.-Nr. Date
Tipo Sistema elèctrico to s/n TL02600134 Fecha
Página
Ansicht - offene Box Draufsicht
View - open Box Topview
2 1
4
3
1 Relais K3, K4
2 Relais K1, K2 F01
3 Sicherung/ Fuse K1 K3
F05, F06 F02 F05
4 Sicherung/ Fuse
F01, F02, F03, F04 F03
F06
K2 K4
F04
MTA
F01 50A Haupsicherung (Klemme 30)/ Main fuse (terminal 30)

F02 80A Vorglühen / pre-glow
F03 30A Startrelais / start-up relay, ZSML / Control modul
F04 30A Einspritzpumpe / Injection pump
F05 10A Notlenkpumpe / pump emergency steering
F06 10A Kraftstoffpumpe / fuel pump

Location K2 Vorglührelais / pre-glow relay
K3 Einspritzpumpe / Injection pump
K4 Notlenkpumpe / pump emergency steering

Model
TL 260 Electrical system from s/n TL02600100 Edition
01.2008
Type Circuit électrique bis Fz.-Id.-Nr. Date
Tipo Sistema elèctrico to s/n TL02600134 Fecha
Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
START-UP PRE-HEAT
POWER SUPPLY FUEL INSTRUMENTS, SENSORS, SWITCHES, TRANSMITTER
SYSTEM SYSTEM
XM30 24V
Kl.30(1)
/7.9 1 /2.1
XM15 24V
/7.9 Kl.15(1)
1 /2.1
SW 6,0Ø
engine temperature indicator
rt 6,0Ø
F06 fuel gauge
W1 W8
S1 pre-heat starter switch /1.2 R10 P1 rt
P2
30
travel pedal
SW 2,5Ø
15 15
UV 8-24V 0V Signal
/7.11 1 2 4 58 58 31
W371 31
0 I II III 2
t° Q
br
54
17
15
br
50A GG
19
G 31 31
10A F06 fuse fuel pump
sw/ws 0,5Ø
gn/ws 0,5Ø
rt/ws 0,5Ø
/9.19
br/ge
1
rt
/7.14 br
/7.14
8 2
ge
1 3 2
X22 X22 XR10 XR10 XR10
10 4 /7.14 1 3 /9.2
2
/7.14 /9.2 /9.2
vio
ge
gn
br
rt
1 2 4 5 3
gn/ws
sw/ws
rt/ws
br/ge
vi/ws
Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030 Display SK030
sw
sw
sw
rt
5
ZSML
4
ZSML
3
ZSML
56
TPD 1475E
57
TPD 1475E TPD 1475E
17
TPD 1475E
44
TPD 1475E
16 W W W W W
X20 /7.1 X20 /7.1 X20 /7.1 X70 /9.15 X70 /9.15 X70 /9.15 X70 /9.15 X70 /9.15 power instruments engine fuel gauge power
supply + lighting tempe- transmitter supply -
control modul pre-heating start TPD 1475E TPD 1475E VRef Com 0V signal rature
F01 F01-F04 input fuses (starter box)
terminal 15 terminal terminal 8VDC throttle pedal

30 accumulator
30 terminal terminal fuel hydraulic engine pressure
charge control speed 31 fuel gauge engine oil air filter oil hydraulic coolant
31 terminal speed parking
terminal 61 signal starting pre-heating pump transmitter sensor temp. temp. clogging pressure temperature
TPD 1475E TPD 1475E 15 brake oil filter
X60 /9.1
X60 /9.1
X61 /9.1 X61 /9.1 X70/9.15 X70/9.15 X70/9.15 X61 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X60 /9.1 X30 /7.1 X2 /7.1
ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML TPD 1475E TPD 1475E TPD 1475E ZSML1.0 ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZSML ZMDL
3 11 3 4 68 69 58 1 9 15 8 10 4 5 6 6 4
X5
F05
1 /9.2
F06
/2.5
2x sw 6,0Ø
sw/bl/gn
sw 2,5Ø
/1.6
sw 2,5Ø
sw 4,0Ø
sw 2,5Ø
sw 6,0Ø
sw 2,5Ø
gn/rt
bl/ws
sw/bl
rt/gn
ge
gn
K2 pre-heat
R8 resistor
br/ge
vi/ws
16
K1 starter
9 8
relay
X160
relay
2 2
2 2 X160 X160
F03
16
F02
30A
30A
F04
50A
30 /9.21 86 /9.21 11
50A
30 86 /9.21 86 30 6 7 9 8
1,5k Ohm
X161 X161 X161
rt/bl
K3
bl
1 1
sw 6,0Ø /9.19
1 1
/9.19
/9.19
6
/9.19
7 11
2x sw 6,0Ø
fuel pump relay

sw 6,0Ø
sw 6,0Ø
sw/bl/gn
87 85 85 87 87 85
gn/ws
sw/vi
bl/ws
gn/rt
fuel gauge
R2 transmitter
sw/bl
rt/gn
rt 2,5Ø
ge
gn
rt 2,5Ø
sw 6,0Ø
engine oil temperature transmitter

XS30 1 XS30 2 XS30 3 XS30 4
W341
hydraulic oil temperature

br
/9.25
br
rt 70Ø 1 /9.15
1 1
R5
1 1 1 1 1
sw 10Ø
Q /9.10 /12.13 /9.16 1 1 /9.14

/12.15 /12.9 /7.19 /9.21
(24V) 18 16
X161
17
resistor R6
P P P P
Kl.30 X161
hydraulic oil filter S20

/9.22
flame type glow plug
oil pressure S27

2 2
S28
2
parking brake S34

speed sensor B9
coolant temperature
transmitter
R3
2 2
transmitter R4
/2.5
18 2 2 2
17 16 2
+ 2
switch engine
/9.21
switch
air filter clogging
sw 6,0Ø
service switch
switch
W rt/bl
G2 br 2,5Ø
bl
12 V
br/ge
2x sw 6,0Ø
battery
vio
ge
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
br
2x 50a
generator
D+ 1
- B+
G 30 M
R1
+
starter
3~ /12.2
5 12
/13.10
G1
U 31
M1
G3
2
X161 X161
12 V
B- /12.18 48 42 70 16
/12.20 br 10,0Ø TPD 1475E TPD 1475E TPD 1475E ZSML3.0 5 12
battery
- X70 /9.15 X70 /9.15 X70 /9.15 X60 /9.1
sw 50Ø
battery
br
br
1
central ground fuel pump controlling terminal 15
S2 master
2 near battery X31 fuel pump
switch 1 br 16,0Ø X31 2 X31 1 X31 2 X31 3 X31 6 X31 7 X31 5 X31 4 X31 16 X31 12 X31 13
Kl.31(1)
/2.1
Typ
connector additional control modul connector travel pedal / rear chassis
X2 X61 connector central control modul XR10 Model Electrical system from s/n TL02600100 Edition
Type TL 260 Circuit électrique bis Fz.-Id.-Nr. Date 01.2008
connector central control modul connector central control modul connector display Tipo TL02600134 Fecha
X20 X70 W Sistema elèctrico to s/n

X30 connector central control modul X160 connector switch console / rear chassis Description
Dénomination
Wiring diagramm
circuit électrique
Page
Feuille 1/6 Page
Feuille
7.30.02
X60 connector central control modul X161 connector switch console / rear chassis Denominación Esquemas de los circuitos
Página
Página
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LEVEL GAUGE: ENGINE OIL, EMERGENCY SHOVEL PARKING BACK-UP
LIFTING FRAME GEARBOX REVERSING FAN RETURN TO DIG BRAKE ALARM
COOLANT & HYDRAULIC OIL STEERING
24V 24V
Kl.30(1) /1.16
/3.1
Kl.30(2)
/3.1
Kl.15(1) /1.16 Kl.15(2)
24V 24V
/3.2
Kl.15(X20:1)
/3.2
Display(K:18)
F05 /3.2
Kl.58
shut-off gearbox
/1.2
shovel return
sw 2,5Ø
S14
S18
S19
reversing fan
switch
switch
to dig
/7.19 3 4 10 2 5 10 5 9 /7.17 5 9 5 6 10 5 10
switch
switch S42
I 0 10A F05 fuse
back-up alarm
/9.19
I-0
1 emergency II I 0 II I 0 I 0
shut-off
1 7 2 8 9 1 9 4 2 7 10 4 2 7 10 1 7 2 8 9 /7.17 1 9
switch S36 steering S35
emergency switch
steering brake
sw/ge
gr/ge
bl/ge
sw
sw/br
sw/vi
13 6 2 12 14 7 1 3 6 7 8
ZMDL Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display ZSML ZSML
X1 /7.1 K J K K J K K J X30 /7.1 X30 /7.1

emergency gearbox gearbox reversing reversing reversing shovel shovel shovel brake shut-off
steering fan fan fan return return return back-up
to dig to dig to dig alarm
pressure
switch digin low digin low shovel
digin low digin low digin low emergency pressure pressure pressure reversing PWM Out 3 shovel shovel return valves
output engine oil coolant hydraulic emergency steering gearbox switch switch switch fan reversing fan return to dig return to to dig parking back-up
level check level level oil level steering pump switch lower retract gearbox gearbox 1 direction speed retract dig raise lower brake alarm
X2 /7.1
X1 /7.1
X1 /7.1
X1 /7.1 X61 /9.1
X20 /7.1 X60 /9.1 X1 /7.1
X1 /7.1
X1 /7.1
X61 /9.1 X61 /9.1 X31 /7.1 X2 /7.1 X2 /7.1 X2 /7.1
X61 /9.1
X61 /9.1
ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZSML ZMDL ZSML ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZSML ZSML ZSML ZMDL ZMDL ZMDL ZSML ZSML
13 10 11 12 20 12 7 7 8 9 9 18 15 19 20 21 19 17
sw/ws/gn
gn/sw/ws
ws/gn/vi
bl/ge/gn
ws/gn/rt
gn/ws/rt
gn/sw/ws
rt/gn/vi
bl/ge/gn
sw/ws
gn/sw
sw/ge
gn/sw
sw/bl
gn/rt
gr/rt
rt/bl
X160
X160
X160
X160
6 16
X150
11 12 17
X150
20 10 15
X150
7 13 14 15
X160
14 /9.23
14
86 30 X160 X150 X150 X160 X160
7 11 12 20 13 14 10 6 15 16 17 15
K4
gn/rt 0,75Ø
/7.7
gn/rt 0,75Ø
relay
gn/rt 0,75Ø
gn/sw/ws
sw/ws/gn
gn/sw/ws
gn/ws/rt
ws/gn/vi
bl/ge/gn
ws/gn/rt
rt/gn/vi

01 2008 Service Manual Terex English PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

01 2008 Service Manual Terex English PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

SERVICE-MANUAL

TL 65 (SKL824) TL 80 (SKL 834) 1 General

TC 15 (HR 1.5) TC 16 (HR 1.6)

Foreword / Information for the User 1.100.01

Safety and Accident Prevention 1.200.01-05

Tightening torques, piston nuts 1.500.01

Test ports 1.600.01

Drift values 1.650.01

This document is not to be copied and / or

Terex GmbH & Co. KG

Foreword / Information for the User 1.100.01

If special attachments, such as Uni-shovel,

2 Correct use The manufacturer’s operating instructions

Safety and Accident Prevention 1.200.01

Safety and Accident Prevention 1.200.02

Safety and Accident Prevention 1.200.03

Safety and Accident Prevention 1.200.04

20 Fire protection 22 Other dangers

Failure of the hydraulics

Safety and Accident Prevention 1.200.05

Hydraulikzylinder ∅ Gewinde - Führungsbüchse Anziehdrehmomente Nm

35/45 M50x2 200 - 230

Symbol Description Symbol Description

002 Pre-heat 013 Hydraulic oil temperature

003 Engine oil pressure 014 Hydraulic oil filter

005 Engine oil level 016 Operational status,

006 Coolant temperature 017 Parking brake

007 Coolant level 018 Brake accumulator

008 Air filter 019 Excavator brake

009 Fuel, fuel level 020 Service brake

010 Fan, 021 Hazard warning system

011 Windscreen wash/ 022 Direction indicator,

024 Upper beam indicator 040 Oscillating axle lock

025 Direction of travel 041 Steering inversion

026 Rotating beacon 042 All-wheel steering

027 Light, lower beam 043 Rocker pedal for travel

028 Central grease system 044 Only shift when machine

029 Lashing points 045 High gear

030 Overload warning 046 Cabin lift / lower

032 Travel speed, fast 048 First aid kit

033 Travel speed, slow 049 Fire extinguisher

034 Working hydraulics 050 Switch-over monitor for

036 Locked 052 Switch for all-wheel

037 Float position 053 Interior lighting

038 Dozer blade 054 Reset hydraulic pulley

056 Cable uncoil limit switch 072 Danger of injury

057 Auxiliary winch 073 Observe notes in

058 Magnet system 074

059 Hydraulic rock breaker 075 Linde - no load

060 Electric boom height 076 Remote control

061 Undercarriage- 077 Warning - general

062 Switch-over swing 078 Temperature - General

064 Grab rotation 080

065 Bucket return 100 Control by Joystick

066 Ride control system 101

067 Bucket return 102 Quick mount-hitch lock

068 Hydraulic oil level 103

070 Safety distance, 104 Water pump for sweeper

125 Control 161 Control

126 Switch-over rock 162 Control

127 Control 163 Control

128 Switch-over (HR 12) 164 Steering

140 Shifting of slide bearing 165 Wheel lock (HS 41)